PMT Forum

All Topics except Money and Business (Ads not allowed!) => News, Issues & Current Events => Topic started by: AMARANTH on Jan 01, 2012, 11:51 PM

Title: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 01, 2012, 11:51 PM
okay rds, i got your message


revised  jan 5, 201  (3:47am)


december 13, 2011 - tuesday


This is about a 111-page federal complaint involves a range of entities common to conspiracy theorists, including the Vatican Illuminati, the Masons, the "Trilateral Trillenium Tripartite Gold Commission," and the U.S. Federal Reserve, united nation, ban ki moon, italian republic, silvio berlusconi etc etc among so many others claiming that the defendants are conspiring to steal THOUSAND OF TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS  in financial instruments intended to support humanitarian purposes.  


It could be the biggest, most explosive story in modern history. We are just starting to put the pieces together and understand what is going on in the occult financial geopolitical scene, and how a 117-nation alliance is working to free the Earth from financial tyranny


The lawsuit filed by Plaintiff Neil Keenan an unkwown person to most of us are secretly backed up by a these 117 nation alliance


http://www.courthousenews.com/2011/12/05/41930.htm




now the full story will be revealed by a gentleman called benjamin fulford in a very long but interesting interview......



INTRODUCTION
 
DW: Hello. This is David Wilcock and I’m here with Benjamin Fulford. This is another Divine Cosmos audio blog.
 
I’m interviewing Benjamin Fulford today, which in my time here in Los Angeles, California would be November 28th, 2011, a Monday – for Ben it’s already a Tuesday.
 
The reason why we’re doing this interview is Ben has, for a very long time now, been talking about a counter-insurgency against what I lovingly call the Old World Order, which is a mélange of international characters.
 
[This counter-insurgency] started out as an Asian secret society.
 
 


BENJAMIN FULFORD’S BONAFIDES
 
DW: For those of you who don’t already know, I’d like to establish some of [Fulford’s] bonafides so it doesn’t sound like he’s tooting his own horn here.
 
Ben was the Asia-Pacific bureau chief for Forbes magazine. He has a long history of professional, credentialed academic journalism.
 
As you can find out from many other interviews he’s done, some of which are on my site, he got involved into a world of intrigue when he started to trace where the money was going from the Japanese economy.
 
He realized the economic stimulus that could be generated for the world was not being used for anything that was positive – and it seemed like a lot of money was disappearing.
 
That investigative trail led to him getting death threats and getting drawn into an Asian secret society as a counterbalance against the Old World Order guys.
 
 
SELLING HIS SOUL
 
DW: [The Old World Order] also tried to silence him and bribe him by offering him – I forget, Ben, was it an ambassadorship they wanted to offer you, or something like that?
 
BF: They offered me at one point the job of Finance Minister of Japan.
 
DW: Finance minister of Japan. Right.
 
BF: They also, believe it or not, offered me General Electric and General Motors.
 
DW: Really!
 
BF: Yeah.
 
DW: Like you would be the CEO, or something?
 
BF: Yeah, and I guess the chief shareholder.
 
The problem, of course, is I had to go along with their plan to kill four billion people. It’s the classic “sell your soul to the devil” situation.
 
DW: Right. They just need to lighten the load and get rid of some surplus. That’s how they like to talk about it.
 
BF: Well, they want to save the environment and get rid of the “useless eaters”.
 
DW: Exactly.
 
 
FULFORD DIDN’T EMERGE UNTIL HE HAD PROTECTION
 
DW: So look, man, I’ve been on the Internet since 1996. I’ve had my own public presence since 1998. I watched you ever since you came out.
 
I noticed right off the bat – I believe you emerged in 2007 – was that correct, something like that?
 
BF: Yeah, it must have been around that time. I had been researching a lot of stuff before then, but I didn’t feel it was safe to go out in public because I knew they would kill me.
 
It wasn’t until I got protection that I was able to come out and start saying this stuff.
 
DW: Right.
 
 
MORE THAN THIRTY BOOKS AND OVER A MILLION COPIES SOLD
 
DW: And it is true that within Japan, you are a bestselling author. How many books do you have in print and how many units have you sold?
 
BF: I don’t know. More than 30 books, and I don’t know, maybe a million in all. I haven’t kept track.
 
DW: 30 titles is very substantial.
 
You are fully bilingual. Nobody can challenge that. There are plenty of videos they can watch of you talking fluently in Japanese.
 
 
WHY WOULD YOU BE CHOSEN FOR SOMETHING LIKE THIS?
 
DW: I have seen endless iterations of every type of hate comment that someone would lob at you.
 
The most frequent one is they just can’t wrap their head around the story. They think it’s too implausible that these Asian secret societies would contact you.
 
I see that you are bilingual, and you are a credible financial journalist who then became a best-selling author. You are quite renowned for these, as you’re saying, 30 books you have in Japan.
 
There’s no other gaijin – that’s the word they use for foreigner – there’s no other gaijin in Japan, no other white guy out there that I’m aware of who is doing what you’ve done.
 
So who else would they have chosen for something like this – to try to bridge over to the Western world?
 
 
FULFORD COULD GET AWAY WITH MORE EDGY JOURNALISM
 
BF: Sure, look. What you have to realize is that there are a couple of reasons why I fell into this particular niche.
 
One is that I wrote a lot of stuff that if I had been a Japanese journalist, I would have been killed for.
 
DW: Oh really?
 
BF: But because I was a foreigner working for Forbes, I was off-limits.
 
DW: This is stuff that would have rattled the chains of the government, or stuff that would have insulted the Emperor? What are we talking here?
 
 
THE SECRET COLONIAL GOVERNMENT RULING JAPAN
 
BF: I’m talking in essence about the secret colonial government here.
 
DW: Right. [DW: Later in the interview, Fulford said Japan had been secretly run by the Rothschilds – since the Meiji Restoration of 1868.]
 
BF: They’ve been using a network of North Koreans and gangsters and bribed Japanese. They’ve been using bribery and murder to make this country into a colony that is only an independent country on the surface.
 
DW: Now I want to get back to that, but briefly…
 
BF: [crosstalk] OK, but let me just tell you how I got involved, in a really short summary.
 
DW: OK.
 
 
WROTE BOOKS EXPOSING 9/11, BEGINNING IN 2006
 
BF: I basically started writing books in Japanese…
 
DW: And this was what year, approximately?
 
BF: I guess the ones that caused troubles came out around 2006. I was basically saying the 9/11 stuff that was uncovered by many researchers in the West.
 
DW: So this was before you ever appeared on Rense or anything in the West?
 
BF: Yeah.
 
DW: OK.
 
 
EXPOSING ‘SARS’ AS A BIO-WEAPON TARGETING ASIANS
 
BF: And then I had a book out in Japanese that pointed out that SARS was a bio-weapon that was designed to kill non-Caucasian people.
 
DW: For those who don’t remember, SARS was the bird flu.
 
BF: I quoted from the documents written by the Neocons, like the Project for a New American Century.
 
The documents pointed out very clearly that there was a group of Western elitsts that were planning on starting World War III and reducing the world’s population.
 
 
HE RECOMMENDED THEY CUT OFF THE MONEY
 
BF: [I also argued that] Asians could stop this by cutting off their money – because they required Japanese and Chinese money to finance this insane project.
 
An order came out in the Japanese underworld to have me

DW: That’s understandable, if you start putting your finger in [places it doesn’t belong….]



to be continued....
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: rds on Jan 05, 2012, 03:16 AM
@ amaranth,

napakahaba po ng post nyo.

at kahit gaano kahalaga ang mensahe mo, or ka interesting ng idea mo ay walang magbabasa nito kung ganyan kahaba. hindi naman blog ito.

advice lang - go straight to the point, summarize or enumerate it (only the striking point). just add those long explanations kung hihingin nila. unless copy paste lang ginagawa mo...
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 05, 2012, 04:26 AM
PROTECTION WAS OFFERED – AND HE LEARNED ABOUT FREEMASONS
 
BF: The South Korean secret police then told the Chinese – and the Chinese sent a secret society to offer me protection.
 
That’s how I became involved in a world I never even knew existed until that time.
 
If you talked to me before that about Freemasons, you would have gotten a nervous giggle and a shrug, and that’s about it.
 
DW: It’s a funny handshake, and they give money to charity, and so on. Right.
 
 
THE CHINESE” HAD EAVESDROPPED ON BOHEMIAN GROVE
 
BF: The other thing is the Chinese themselves had eavesdropped on one of the conferences at the Bohemian Grove.
 
They were fully aware of this plan to start World War III, and they were trying to stop it.
 
When they realized I was being put on a hit list for trying to warn them of something they already knew about, that’s how I got involved.
 


WHO DO YOU MEAN BY “THE CHINESE,” EXACTLY?
 
DW: OK, one thing. As I’m talking to you I’m also responding to the fact that when we’ve published articles in the past, we get two or three hundred written comments on them.
 
I’m able to read what everybody says and the feedback they have. I’m trying to speak not just for myself, but also for the collective.
 
One of the stumbling blocks I think we’ve had in other interviews that people don’t get clear on is when you say “the Chinese,” people naturally think of this repressive government.
 
It’s burning people’s houses down in Tibet. It is restricting YouTube. It is restricting freedom. It won’t let people march on Tianmen Square.
 
It is basically just this human-rights-crushing monster.
 
 
IT IS AN ASIAN SECRET SOCIETY
 
BF: OK. I guess I made a mistake when I said Chinese.
 
DW: Okay.
 
BF: I should have said Asia. This transcends China. It involves Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, Japan, Taiwan and Korea.
 
In fact, it goes right to the group of non-aligned nations – a 77-nation group that included places like Yugoslavia.
 
It was wrong of me to call it the Chinese. It is an Asian secret society, not a Chinese secret society.
 
 
WHAT IS THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CHINA AND THIS SOCIETY?
 
DW: OK. What would be the relationship between this Asian secret society and the current Communist government of China?
 
BF: Believe it or not, the old royal families of Asia decided that communism would be the best way to modernize China.
 
Behind and above the communist government of China and the government of Taiwan, you’ll find an old group of families whose connections go way beyond temporary political structures.
 
 
THE DRAGON FAMILY
 
DW: Now correct me if I’m wrong, but China was named after emperor Qin, who was of the Dragon Family. That was the first dynasty of China, right?
 
BF: Yeah.
 
DW: So these people… he’s the one who built the Terra Cotta Soldiers, where he took every soldier and every horse in his army and built a stone sculpture out of them.
 
There’s all sorts of interesting facts about how this Dragon family showed up. They basically erased all the history from China before then, which is now being rebuilt by certain scholars.
 
These Asian secret societies appear to be dynastic. They’ve largely been behind the scenes. They’ve amassed large amounts of wealth.
 
That’s part of what we’re into now. That’s what we’re talking about. Right?
 
 
COMPETING SECRET SOCIETIES, EAST AND WEST
 
BF: You’ve got to remember that there are several different competing groups.
 
You have essentially a similar thing in Asia as in the West. You have secret societies that are connected to ancient dynastic bloodlines.
 
In the West that would be the Rothschilds, the British royal families, the Freemasons and the P2 Lodge.
 
In Asia, it would be the Dragon Families, I would guess. This would be all the various dynastic families and clan groupings based on family ties.
 
But, in the West you had a different group. It is confusing, because there are several groups that call themselves Illuminati.
 
 
SOME GROUPS OPPOSED TO BLOODLINE RULE
 
There is a group that has contacted me and they’ve proven to me they are connected to various agencies as well as international drug-smuggling rings.
 
They claim they started the French, American and Russian revolutions, and that they are opposed to bloodline rule.
 
[DW: I have already stated to Ben that this sounds like a rival faction of the same people trying to reinvent themselves. He said he is not joining them or supporting them – merely listening to what they have to say.]
 
In the same way, the Asians have a secret society that is also based on meritocracy. They are also opposed to bloodline rule.
 
The Chinese triads, the Japanese yakuza groups and various other secret groups in Asia have strict rules against nepotism.
 
The son of a gang boss could never take over his father’s gang.
 
These are linked to martial arts societies and also chambers of commerce.
 
There’s no clear line between chambers of commerce and outlaw gangsters being chased by police. It’s a gray zone. Light gray and dark gray, you know?
 
Both in the West and in the East, you have meritocractic secret societies and bloodline secret societies. OK?
 
 
ARE THE ASIAN SECRET SOCIETIES PRACTICING EVIL?
 
DW: Could you just briefly enunciate for us… A lot of people have PTSD around hearing things like Illuminati.
 
As soon as you say stuff like that, the paranoia kicks in, and the fear and the anxiety kicks in.
 
So when you say that these are dynastic bloodline families in Asia – that these are secret societies – are they sacrificing babies? Are they drinking people’s blood? Are they doing satanic rituals?
 
[DW: This was a question I already knew the answer to, and just wanted him to clarify. He has repeatedly stated the Asian secret societies are vigorously opposed to these occult practices, and want to help create a better world.]
 
What are we talking about here in terms of: who are these people, what do they think, what’s their philosophy, what do they want?
 
Do they want to take over the planet? Are they fighting against the Illuminati to control the planet?
 
What is their agenda?
 
 
THEY WANT A FAIRER SYSTEM, NOT DOMINATED BY THE WEST
 
BF: They think that the control of the future of the planet should no longer be controlled by a small Western elite.
 
They would rather have it fall under the control of the people of the planet.
 
There is a group, of course, of chauvinistic people who say China should rule the world – in China.
 
But, the general consensus in Asia as a whole is it should be equal for all the people in the world – not just for a Chinese or a Khazarian-controlled family business that runs the planet.
 
What they say publicly, I think, is really what they expect for now – which is a multi-polar world, not one controlled by a single group.
 
 
HOW DID YOU GET ALL THIS INFORMATION – AND FROM WHO?
 
DW: OK. Another question, which I think might help to allay the skeptics. There’s a lot of them, and they’re very nasty.
Could there be the possibility of a single-point failure in what you’re telling us?
 
Is it possible that all of the stuff that you just told me about these Chinese secret societies is the result of you meeting one or two guys, and them telling you these elaborate stories?
 
You call the guy on the phone every other day and he gives you new information, and that’s it.
 
 
FULFORD MET MANY OF THE MOST POWERFUL PEOPLE IN ASIA
 
BF: Listen. I was a journalist. I’ve been a journalist here for more than 25 years. I’ve met most of the post-war prime ministers in Japan.
 
DW: Wow!
 
BF: I’ve met finance ministers, the heads of most of the large corporations in Asia. Remember, I was the Asia-Pacific bureau chief for the world’s largest business magazine.
 
DW: But what does that really mean? How do you get to meet the Prime Minister? Why would they talk to you?
 
BF: I would go to Taiwan, I would go to China, I would go to Russia, I would go to Vietnam, I would go to Australia and I would meet the heads of large corporations who would want to publicize their companies.
 
DW: [crosstalk] Were you trying to sell ads?          
 
 
HIS SOURCES RUN INTO THE HUNDREDS
 
BF: [crosstalk] What I’m trying to say is that since quitting that job, I’ve literally… my sources run into the hundreds.
 
I know the bosses of the Triads, the Yakuza gangs. I know the heads of the Japanese military intelligence and the police forces here.
 
I know the heads of the martial arts societies. I’ve talked to the politburo members in China.
 
So no, it’s not me talking to one handler or two handlers feeding me disinformation.
 
However, it’s true that they’ve thrown all sorts of disinformation my way to try to ruin my credibility.
 
[DW: Fulford is saying that SOME of his many sources have done this, not all of them. He has had to weed out many contacts over time. He has said publicly that if he catches any source lying to him, he breaks off that contact immediately afterwards.]
 
 
TRYING TO CONVINCE THE MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX
 
BF: At the end of the day, what people need to realize is I don’t need to prove this to the public at large. Right now we’re trying to convince the heads of the Pentagon, the CIA, the NSA, the KGB and the Freemasons.
 
In other words, we’re trying to convince the people who control the military industrial complex, and the politicians, that this is a better plan than what is in place now.
 
I’m sorry, but a lot of people out there have been so brainwashed by television that all you have to do is change what is on the TV to change their minds.
 
DW: Sure.
 
BF: I have provided tape recordings and photographs and videos and various proofs to assorted police and investigative agencies.
 
So I don’t really need to prove myself at this point. Although, if there is a legitimate criticism, I am happy to answer it.
 
 
WHO IS THE GUY WITH THE RASPY VOICE AND WALKING STICK?
 
DW: Oh, I understand that. One question that I would like to edify here.
 
When we see videos of you in Japan, on at least three videos I’m aware of, you’re appearing with a man who seems to have – he is carrying a walking stick and he seems to have kind of a raspy voice.
 
So who is this guy and what is his connection? Most people don’t speak Japanese and they have no idea what is going on.
 
BF: His name is Chodoin Daikaku. He controls the world’s martial arts societies. He is the head of the karate associations, the aikido associations.
 
There’s a couple like the judo and the Chinese martial arts where he’s not the head of them, but he knows the guys who run them.
 
So he’s a bigwig. He’s not just some flake.
 
DW: OK. When you say he controls the karate association…
 
BF: Well, he’s the head of the organizations.
 
 
APPROXIMATELY 50 MILLION PEOPLE STUDYING JAPANESE MARTIAL ARTS
 
DW: OK. So how many schools and how many people are we talking about that he would be working with?
 
BF: I think there are like 50 million people worldwide studying Japanese martial arts. They have karate schools in Mexico, in Iran, wherever.
 
DW: Sure.
 
BF: We’re talking very big organizations here.
 
DW: Couldn’t anybody just open a karate school without accreditation? Or are you saying there is an accreditation, and he’s at the head of that accrediting agency?
 
BF: If they opened a karate school, they probably got a black belt. They did that by going to some teacher affiliated with this organization.
 
DW: I see. So there is some sort of centralized authority that you have to appeal to if you want to run a karate school.
 
BF: If you want to get a belt, you have to study at one of these accredited schools. Yeah.
 
 
YOU COULD GET RECOGNIZED IF YOU ARE COMPETITIVE
 
DW: I see. So nobody could just hang out a sign and say “Here’s a karate school and here’s your black belt,” and have you be taken seriously if you wanted to go to a Martial Arts tournament and actually compete?
 
BF: It’s a meritocracy. If you just put on a black belt and go to these tournaments and beat people’s ass, they [the martial arts societies] will recognize you!
 
DW: [Laughs]
 
BF: [Laughs]
 
DW: [Laughs] OK.
 
[DW: What Ben is saying here is that many of these martial arts schools and tournaments worldwide have a central group that organizes them and keeps track of everything. Daikaku is the head of the largest of these groups.]
 
 
ALSO CONNECTED TO INSIDER JAPANESE SELF-DEFENSE FORCES
 
DW: But within Japan maybe in particular, let’s say, this guy that you were referring to, Chodoin Daikaku…
 
BF: Daikaku. Yeah.
 
DW: He is sort of like the kingpin of martial arts groups in Japan?
 
BF: A major kingpin, let’s put it that way. He is also connected to the Japanese self-defense forces.
 
 
MOST INSIDERS WANT TO STAY INSIDE
 
BF: What you need to realize is that most of the guys I talk to don’t want their name or picture out there at all.
 
DW: Sure! Absolutely.
 
BF: They refuse to let me name them or put out their photograph. But, I have introduced them to MI6, CIA types – and at that level they do communicate.
 
 
WHAT IS A TYPICAL DAY LIKE FOR YOU?
 
DW: I know it’s hard to pin you down time-wise. Could you paint for the average listener what your day is like?
 
How many insiders… how many different people do you think you talk to in a given week right now?
 
BF: It really depends. What happens now is I talk to people who are connected to large organizations.
 
I have one guy I talk to who I know has strong Pentagon / CIA connections.
 
There’s another guy I talk to who is definitely Rothschild, MI6 connected, British Royal Family type.
 
I’ve confirmed independently, through multiple sources, that these people are real.
 
 
WHO ELSE DO YOU TALK TO?
 
BF: Then there’s another guy I talk to who would be connected to the Japanese right-wing groups as well as the Asian secret societies.
 
Then there’s this Chodoin guy I talk to.
 
Then less often, for example, I talk to senior people in the Japanese gangs – like the Yamaguchi-gumi or the Inagawa-kai or the Sumiyoshi.
 
There’s a guy I talk to who is a KGB / Serbian intelligence type, who I talk to quite regularly.
 
DW: [crosstalk] From Russia or from Serbia?
 
BF: Originally from Serbia. I shouldn’t say more than that.
 
DW: Right. I don’t want to betray your sources at all.
 
BF: For example, I’ve gone out drinking with the wife of the Prime Minister Kan Naoto many times. She lives in my neighborhood.
 
DW: Wow.
 
BF: There’s a lot of people I know.
 
 
A VERY INTENSIVE PLAN TO DESTROY FULFORD
 
BF: There has been, though, and I’ve mentioned this… there’s been a very, very intensive campaign to make me seem like a flake.
 
DW: Sure.
 
BF: They have a book, about as thick as a phone book – a file on me.
 
First of all, they tried to kill me.
 
Then when they realized there was protection behind me, and whoever ordered the kill would be killed themselves in retaliation, the next thing was they tried to drive me into bankruptcy – by blacklisting me.
 
When that didn’t work…
 
 
HIS CAREER AS A PRIME-TIME TV PERSONALITY WAS DESTROYED
 
DW: Hold on. What do you mean by blacklist?
 
BF: OK. I used to have regular TV shows in Japan.
 
DW: Oh, you did?
 
BF: Oh yeah! Big prime-time shows.
 
DW: Like on NHK, or what network? [DW: NHK is the biggest, most popular TV network in Japan.]
 
BF: NHK had a 20-minute special on me on prime time. I had various networks.
 
The point is I was also able to publish stories in places in major Western media. But I got put on a blacklist.
 
DW: Around what time was that? What year?
 
BF: I guess that happened around 2005 or 2006. It was 2006, after I left Forbes and I started writing stuff about 9/11. That would be about it.
 
 
DID YOU START WRITING ABOUT 9/11 BY PUBLISHING A BOOK ?
 
DW: So 9/11 was your first major book that you put out?
 
BF: No, it was magazine articles.
 
And then I was holding press conferences at a foreign correspondents’ club, explaining why I was writing about 9/11.
 
 
THE WESTERN MEDIA WOULDN’T DARE TOUCH “9/11 TRUTH”
 
BF: I was trying to get publicity in the Western media.
 
That’s when I realized that either they were scared of losing their jobs, or they were working for some agency and only pretending to be a journalist – and that the media was controlled.
 
I already knew it was controlled, but I didn’t know how thoroughly it was controlled until I had press conferences about 9/11 – and presented the evidence.
 
I had the New York Times correspondent telling me that he would be fired if he wrote about this!
 
 
NOT JUST “ARABS WITH BOX CUTTERS”
 
DW: So your opinion about 9/11 is obviously not “Arabs with Box Cutters.”
 
Could you synopsize what was your conclusion that got you in so much trouble? You’re obviously not supporting the official dogma around 9/11.
 
BF: I think the short story is that slogan – it was an inside job.
 
The evidence is overwhelming that it wasn’t done by a small group of Saudi terrorists with box cutters.
 
 
THE ALTERNATIVE IS TOO MIND-BOGGLING FOR SOME TO HANDLE
 
BF: The problem that most people encounter is that if it wasn’t, then the implications are so mind boggling.
 
It involves such a large number of people and so much planning, and so many insiders, that people go into a state of denial.
 
Such a conspiracy is too large to be possible. And their minds shut it off.
 
 
IT CREATED POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER ON A MASSIVE SCALE
 
DW: My major in college was psychology. I went through a suicide hotline internship, so I have the equivalent of a Master’s just in education.
 
[DW: I also worked for eight years as a counselor, and processed a total of 500 paid clients with about a 99-percent satisfaction rating.]
 
We learned, especially in crisis counseling, about PTSD – post-traumatic stress disorder.
 
It turns out that when someone has been traumatized heavily, they create a dissociative partition in their mind. It’s like a separate personality that handles the trauma.
 
They get very defensive.
 
Typically if you tell them information that brings up that PTSD, that triggers that trauma, they will attack the messenger.
 
The trauma is so severe that they will do anything not to actually re-experience it.
 
 
PEOPLE DO NOT HAVE PTSD AROUND THE HISTORICAL EXAMPLES
 
BF: They have always had to create fake incidents in order to get people fired up to get into war.
 
You go back to historical cases, and people don’t have that trauma associated with it.
 
For example, if you look at why the Spanish-American war started, you’ll realize it was a fake incident.
 
Blowing up the ship the [USS] Maine, and blaming it on Spain. That’s a nice rhyming headline there, eh?
 
DW: [Laughs] Yeah.
 
BF: And then 70 years later, they say “we actually blew it up ourselves!”
 
DW: Right.
 
BF: But if you were, at the time, saying it was done by the Americans, they would have lynched you in the street!
 

to be continued.....

exceeded 20,000 characters again, make an interim post if interested if not i guess its not interesting
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: GoodSteward on Jan 05, 2012, 07:43 AM
I read a few lines in the beginning, the part about dragon bruhahas in china, and a few lines at the end, and if you can call that interesting coz I made an interim post :)

I think it's just conspiracy theory,. I dont even know and bother to know who the guy being interviewed is. :)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 05, 2012, 12:13 PM
@goodsteward,

its not impt who ben fulford is but his story.  

If you follow up our world economic situation such as the 2008 collapse that resulted to quantitative easing on both europe and usa which a lot of econmist are saying will cause a collapse then you will be intersted in it because it will happen, plans to make it happen and why it needs to happen

If you are interested in politics and war history including the previous 9/11 that cause the iraq invasion up till now were libya, syria, egypt are down and finally Iran being postured to be attacked then you will be interested in what he has to say.


OTHER LINKS TO COVERAGE OF THE ORIGINAL SCANDAL

Once you know what you are looking for, you can do some digging and find all the most significant articles published online about this strange story when it first broke in June, 2009.

Here is the original Bloomberg article on the scandal:
http://www.bloomberg.com/apps/news?pid=newsarchive&sid=ayy1QKcwcGN0

Here is a Daily Kos summary of links describing what may have happened:
http://www.dailykos.com/story/2009/06/13/742096/-Japan,Italy,and-US,-134-Billion-in-US-Bonds-Smuggling-Case

Here is an Asia Times article on the issue, which has a lot more detail:
http://www.asianews.it/index.php?l=en&art=15456&size=A

In these two articles, “The Underground Investor” analyzed the evidence and clearly established how strange this whole story really was:

http://www.theundergroundinvestor.com/2009/06/the-strange-inconsistencies-behind-the-134-5-billion-bearer-bond-mystery/





story continues...


THE TITANIC KILLED 600 TOP OPPONENTS TO THE FEDERAL RESERVE
 
 
DW: You mentioned a mind-blowing piece of information about the Titanic.
 
BF: Remember a book came out a year before about a ship called the Titan that sank on its maiden voyage?
 
DW: That’s right!
 
[DW: Previously, Ben has said this book was deliberately released to “hide it out in the open.” This is a key aspect of the occult science these groups are working with. It helps them feel that we have chosen to be enslaved by them.
 
 
Technically, the book came out 14 years before the Titanic sank. You can read more at this link:
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Futility,_or_the_Wreck_of_the_Titan.]
 
 
BF: They got rid of, in one fell swoop, about 600 industrialists who were opposed to the taking over of the Fed.
 
JP Morgan was saying “Hey, let’s all talk about it as we cross the Atlantic.”
 
Of course, he missed the ship at the last moment.
 
They were prevented at gunpoint from boarding the lifeboats.
 
 
 
WOODROW WILSON’S FAMOUS QUOTE: INSPIRED BY THE TITANIC?
 
 
[DW: Fulford has also said they deliberately did not put enough lifeboats on the Titanic. The captain knowingly sabotaged the ship.
 
The “women and children first” principle further insured none of the Fed’s opponents would survive.
 
This is not merely Fulford’s assertion – other researchers have suggested the same thing.
 
The Titanic tragedy of April 15, 1912 apparently inspired a terrified Woodrow Wilson to print his infamous quote in a book he released the following year. (See below.)]
 
 
 
 
WAS THE FEDERAL RESERVE PART OF AN APOCALYPTIC PLAN?
 
 
[DW: The Federal Reserve began operating on December 23, 1913 – with the passing of the Federal Reserve Act.
 
This is almost 99 years to the day before the Mayan Calendar end-date of December 21, 2012, which may have been intentional.
 
The Aldritch Plan may have been intended to create the Federal Reserve in 1912, but it received a fatal blow when Democrats swept the White House and Congress that November:
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Federal_reserve
 
Had this stunning political defeat not occurred, the Aldritch Bill may have ultimately created the Federal Reserve on the all-important date of December 21, 1912 – exactly 100 years before “the End of the World” in occult circles.
 
Given the cabal’s fascination with attempting to fabricate an Armageddon, as Fulford is about to discuss – as well as their love of ritual dates – such an idea is not difficult to comprehend.]
 
 
 
 
 
WOODROW WILSON’S QUOTE
 
[DW: In Woodrow Wilson’s 1913 book The New Freedom, Section 1, “The Old Order Changeth,” page 13, he said the following:
 
http://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Woodrow_Wilson
 
 
“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men's views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something.
 
“They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”
 
This is only one of a series of revealing quotes at the above link that show how concerned Wilson was about the Federal Reserve.
 
This quote may have been triggered by Wilson having insiders tell him the Titanic disaster was used to murder 600 opponents to the Federal Reserve. In the picture below, from when the Federal Reserve debuted, Wilson looks deeply worried at best, if not terrified.]
 
BF: There’s a lot of stuff that’s gong to come out.


SABBATAI ZANTH – PROPHET OF DO-IT-YOURSELF ARMAGEDDON
 

BF: The conclusion I’ve reached, and it’s really quite mind-boggling, is [this].
 
The story goes back to Sabbatai Zanth, a self-described Messiah of the Jews who lived in Turkey about three hundred and some years ago.
 
He said he was a Messiah. It was the job of the Jews themselves to carry out the prophecies of the Torah. We shouldn’t wait for God to do it.
 
The sultan of Turkey had him called up and said “If you are really the Messiah, then do some miracles. If not, then convert to Islam – or else we will execute you.”
 
He couldn’t perform the miracles. So he pretended to convert to Islam.
 
Instead they worked on subverting the Turkish government from within. That was the “Young Turks”, eventually.
 
 
 
 
HOW DOES THIS RELATE TO THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE?
 
 
DW: Did that become the Ottoman Empire, or is that something different?
 
BF: That was what undid the Ottoman Empire. Ataturk was one of their members – the founder of modern Turkey.
 
There’s hundreds of pages of documents to back up what I’m saying. I’m not just talking out of the side of my mouth here.
 
 
 
 
 
THE ROTHSCHILDS LIKED THE IDEA OF CREATING ARMAGEDDON
 
 
BF: The point is that the Rothschilds liked this idea.
 
You had this group – about a million-member sect – that believes the prophecies are inevitable. They can’t be stopped. And they’re actively working to carry them out!
 
This is the really mind-boggling part of it. It’s just too big and too ridiculous for most people to comprehend. But the evidence is overwhelming.
 
These prophecies call for a huge battle between two great nations – Gog and Magog. Armageddon.
 
90 percent of humanity would be killed in this battle. The remaining ten percent would be enslaved by the Jews, who would each have 2,800 slaves.
 
Now remember, I have Jewish ancestors on both sides. This is not mainstream Jewish thinking. This is a particular sect.
 
 
 
 
THE SABBATEANS
 
 
DW: Would that be Sabbatean Jews?
 
BF: Yeah. Sabbateans I call them. I wouldn’t even call them Jews, because their belief system isn’t really Jewish.
 
DW: Right.
 
 
 
 
THE CUBAN MISSILE CRISIS WAS INTENDED TO CREATE ARMAGEDDON
 
 
BF: You had Israeli newspapers… they tried to set up this war between the Soviet Union and the West, which would have done that.
 
They almost succeeded in the Cuban Missile Crisis. I happened to be living in Cuba at the time – I was just a baby.
 
DW: Wow.
 
 
 
 
MANY OF THE WORLD’S NATIONS DID NOT AGREE WITH THIS PLAN
 
 
BF: What happened then – and this is where we get into hard financial history, international financial treaties, stuff that is very well documented in the archives.
 
A lot of the nations of the world said this is crazy. They wanted something different.
 
 
 
 
THE HISTORY BEHIND THE LEGAL ACTIONS NOW UNDERWAY
 
 
BF: I’m going to take you back a bit so people can understand what is happening now and what specific legal actions we are taking against this group of fanatics.
 
DW: Please do. Yeah. I’ve read the entire 111-page document, thoroughly, as if it was a contract I would be signing myself.
 
When we get to that, I’d be happy to dialogue about it – but yeah, go ahead.
 
BF: I’ve been shown many, many, many documents related to this. Nothing to do with that lawsuit.
 
DW: Right.
 
 
 
JAPAN INVADED CHINA TO STEAL THEIR GOLD IN THE 1930s
 
 
BF: Essentially, in the 1930s the Japanese invaded China.
 
Their goal was to take the gold – confiscate the Chinese gold.
 
DW: Was Japan at that time trying to create what they called the Greater East Asian Co-Prosperity Sphere?
 
BF: Yes, but Japan was also still linked to the British. It’s complex.
 
There were conflicting groups with conflicting goals. It’s not a monolithic story. There are different stories with different actors.
 
 
 
 
THE ROTHSCHILDS BUILT UP JAPAN… TO STEAL CHINA’S GOLD
 
 
DW: Japan was medieval up until 1877 when Captain Morgan, right, stormed the Japanese shore with gunboats and basically said “Westernize or die.”
 
[DW: My bad! I was hurriedly trying to remember something I wrote in a college paper in 1994. It was Commodore Matthew Perry, and the real year was 1868. Not Captain Morgan, getting them all drunk on his Spiced Rum! LOL]
 
DW: Japan then went into an extremely rapid, almost unprecedented industrial growth after that.
 
BF: It wasn’t a Captain Morgan [but you are right.] The Rothschilds built up Japan as a military colony to use to dominate China.
 
DW: Beginning in the 1800s?
 
BF: Going right back.
 
DW: So as soon as they Westernized. Right. Okay.
 
 
 
 
THE MEIJI RESTORATION: ILLUMINATI?
 
 
DW: So the Meiji families – that was the Meiji Restoration where that all started. The Meijis were apparently kids, right? It was a youth rebellion.
 
Are you saying that the Rothschilds financed these youths and put them in power?
 
BF: They [the Rothschilds] took over the southern clans of Satsuma and Choshu, and then gave them modern weapons and used them to conquer Japan.
 
[DW: Interestingly, the word “Meiji” means “Enlightened Rule”. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meiji_restoration. “Meiji” could therefore be seen as a Japanese derivation of the word “Illuminati.”]
 
DW: [crosstalk] So Japan was feudal until then.
 
BF: [crosstalk] Anyway, that’s an interesting thing, but let’s get to what’s happening today.
 
DW: OK, great.
 
 
 
 
JAPANESE MILITARY WAS SECRETLY PLAYING BOTH SIDES AGAINST CHINA
 
 
BF: We need to go back to the 1930s. The point was that Japan was invading China. They had these bandits run by a guy called Kodama Yoshiyo.
 
They go into a town. They would seize the gold and loot the treasure.
 
 Then the Japanese army would show up and say, “We hear you’ve got bandit problems. We will protect you!”
 
By that time the gold was all being shipped off to Tokyo, and then later to the Philippines.
 
DW: Very clever.
 
 
 
 
 
THE KUOMINTANG GOVERNMENT GAVE GOLD TO THE US IN 1938… FOR “SAFE KEEPING”
 
 
BF: The Kuomintang government didn’t want their gold to be taken by the Japanese.
 
In 1938, seven US warships filled with Chinese gold and silver were sent back to the United States.
 
A lot of gold was sent out before, too, going back to the 1920s.
 
 
 
 
 
THE US GAVE THEM 60-YEAR GOLD BONDS
 
 
The Chinese were given 60-year bonds. Let’s just stick to the 1938 ones.
 
They were given 60-year bonds in exchange for the gold they handed over to the Federal Reserve Board.
 
DW: I just want to thread this. Are you saying that the Rothschilds, to some degree, were still behind these criminal actions of stealing the gold?
 
BF: The American families behind the US Federal Reserve Board were trying to grab gold. The Rothschilds were trying to grab gold.
 
It was a gold grab, with different people trying to grab gold for themselves and for their groups.
 
DW: So Japan in some sense was acting as a proxy for [the Federal Reserve families in America and Britain.]
 
BF: Yes.
 
DW: Okay. That’s an important point.
 
BF: A lot of gold was shipped to the United States. The Chinese were given lots of US government bonds, with astronomical denominations, in exchange for that gold.
 
 
 
 
 
THE KUOMINTANG WERE NOT CHINESE COMMUNISTS
 
 
DW: You mentioned that Kuomintang was the government at that time.
 
BF: That would be the nationalist Chinese government that was in power at that time. Chiang Kai-Shek.
 
DW: Are these the Communists, or is that something else?
 
BF: No. They weren’t communists. They were the people who then fled to Taiwan after the Communists took over.
 
 
 
 
 
IS THIS HOW TAIWAN ENDED UP WITH SO MUCH ECONOMIC POWER?
 
 
 
DW: Well, here’s Taiwan – this little tiny country which has so much economic power.
 
That’s why China seems to be always trying to invade them and get it back.
 
Are you saying that that’s when this all started
 
 
 
 
TREASURE HIDDEN BEHIND THE NATIONAL TAIWAN MUSEUM
 
 
 
BF: The Taiwanese took a lot of the treasure with them when they fled China.
 
They have a museum in Taiwan which is very famous.
 
[DW: The National Taiwan Museum was founded on October 24, 1908: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_Taiwan_Museum.]
 
There are some hills behind the museum.
 
Every year they change the display in the museum. They’ve been doing that for 50 years
 
They haven’t even begun to make a dent in displaying all the treasures they have hidden in those hills.
 
DW: My goodness. You’re saying these are subterranean vaults inside the hills?
 
BF: This is the ancient imperial treasure of China.
 
DW: Wow!
 
BF: And that’s just one of the many treasure hordes that are out there.
 
[DW: As we will explore in Part Two, one of my top insiders personally toured this vast underground complex -- and claimed it was hand-dug by a massive number of laborers. It is apparently 50 miles by 40 miles in size and seven levels deep.
 
One half of the complex is filled with gold -- and the other half with all the imperial treasures of China.]
 
 
 
 
 
WHERE DID ALL THIS TREASURE COME FROM?
 
 
 
DW: Was this from the Mongolians? Where did all this treasure come from in the first place?
 
Did they conquer people and get it that way, or what?
 
BF: OK. For example, if you look at the old archives and history books, you will see that the Romans were buying silk and ceramics and spices from the Chinese… and paying for it in gold.
 
DW: Oh my God.
 
BF: And so were the Spaniards. They took all the gold they stole from the Aztecs and the Incas – and they spent it on Asian stuff!
 
DW: Oh my God!
 
 
 
85 PERCENT OF THE WORLD’S GOLD ENDED UP IN ASIA
 

BF: About 85 percent of the world’s gold ended up in Asia over the past [few] thousands of years.
 
DW: I’m really getting it now. This is amazing! Go ahead.
 
BF: Part of what World War II was about was a grab for this gold.
 
DW: Wow.
 
 
 
DO THEY HAVE MILITARY GUARD AROUND THE TAIWAN MUSEUM?



DW: Do they have military fortification around these hills in Taiwan?
 
Obviously they would have to guard that very extensively, if you are saying there are that many assets there.
 
BF: Sure. Their big plan for when China invades is to scoot out the back side with all their gold! [Laughs]
 
DW: [Laughs]
 
BF: [Laughs] Getting back to the thread…
 
DW: So the Kuomintang fled China to Taiwan.
 
 
 
20,000 character reached, post if interested so i can continue...
 
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 05, 2012, 04:04 PM
interesting...

totoo kaya ito?
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: SAGAD on Jan 05, 2012, 04:43 PM
at least it's keeping me away from my positions... :hihi:

go on w/ the rest pls...
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 05, 2012, 07:06 PM
ferrari & sagad

if you think it is already extremely hard to believe that such group exist then you will be shock with disbelief and shout  "impossible!" on who are the real mastermind behind this already unbelievable organization (people will turned off and regard it immediately as a hoax if i ventured there)....but that is another story, first things first is the cabal


story continues........



THE WESTERN OLIGARCHS WANTED TO CONTROL THE WORLD’S GOLD
 
 
 BF: What happened was the Western powers – the Western oligarchs, let’s call them – planned to take all the gold out of private hands in the world.

DW: What timeframe are we in now? 1938?
 
BF: This is in the 1930s. Remember, in 1934, Roosevelt banned the private ownership of gold.
 
DW: Right. Allegedly due to the Great Depression and the need to [save the economy by pooling everyone’s gold assets into the Federal Reserve.]
 
BF: Right. The Jews didn’t want to give up their gold. That was one of the reasons why they were rounded up and sent to concentration camps.
 
The Asians didn’t want to give up their gold. That’s why they sent the Japanese army to come in and take it.
 
 
 
 
 
THE FEDERAL RESERVE TOOK GOLD OUT OF THE SAFE DEPOSIT BOXES
 
 
DW: With the Federal Reserve, the basic idea was that Roosevelt said, “Everybody [has to give up their gold.]”
 
Some people may still not know this if they’re that ignorant. The Federal Reserve confiscated everybody’s gold.
 
Even if you had it in a safe deposit box in a bank, they looted your safe deposit box and they took your gold away. Correct?
 
BF: Yeah. They’re doing that now, too.
 
DW: Really!
 
BF: If you have gold in a safety deposit box and they haven’t taken it yet, get it out! ASAP!
 
DW: Wow.
 
BF: Anyway, let’s go back to the history.
 
 
 
 
 
MOST OF THE WORLD’S GOLD WAS TAKEN OFF-MARKET BY 1944
 
 
BF: In 1944, they had the Bretton Woods agreement. At this agreement, the gold-backed international financial system was set up.
 
Most of the gold that was not being controlled by the Western powers was removed from the market.
 
DW: How do you mean “removed from the market?”
 
BF: It was blacklisted, or hidden in caves, or buried in sunken ships at the bottom of the ocean.
 
DW: Wow. So you’re saying that this equity did not count towards whatever currencies were created worldwide.
 
BF: No. It was taken off-market. This is a question of control.
 
 
 
 
THE THAI ROYAL FAMILY’S GOLD AND THE PERSIAN GOLD WAS BLACKLISTED
 
 
BF: So, for example, the Thai royal family had lots and lots of gold. They are not allowed to cash that – even to this day.
 
The same with the Persian gold, which was shipped to Thailand when the Shah of Iran fell.
 
But again, let’s try to get to the thread. Let’s stick to the plot here. We’ll go back to this stuff later.
 
DW: Understood.
 
 
 
 
BRETTON WOODS WAS A 50-YEAR MANDATE FOR GLOBAL CONTROL
 
 
BF: So in 1944, Britain, France and the United States were given a fifty-year control over the global financial system. A fifty-year mandate.
 
 
They were supposed to develop and modernize the planet.
 
However, Roosevelt was poisoned – killed. He didn’t just die.
 
There was a fascist coup.
 
The military-industrial complex guys, instead of developing the planet, they wanted this cold war between the Soviet Union and the West.
 
This was part of this Gog / Magog plan.
 
DW: Right.
 
 
 
 
BY 1955, 77 NATIONS OPPOSED THE BRETTON WOODS PLAN
 
 
BF: In 1955, the non-aligned nations – that’s a 77-nation group, including China, Indonesia, Yugoslavia, India – said this is crazy. We don’t want to be part of this Cold War.
 
They had the historical rights to most of the Asian treasure.
 
 
DW: Were most of the Asian countries represented in the non-aligned nations?
 
BF: Oh yeah! Pretty well all of them.
 
DW: How about South America?
 
BF: Yeah. A lot of the countries are there. Brazil was a part of the non-aligned nations.
 
DW: How about Africa?
 
BF: Africa was still a proxy colony.
 
DW: Okay.
 
 
 
 
THE NON-ALIGNED NATIONS WANTED TO MODERNIZE ASIA AND AFRICA
 
 
BF: The point is that 77 nations – I don’t have the list in front of me now, but it included most of the people on the planet.
 
Just not the Soviet Union and North America – the European peoples, basically.
 
They [the non-aligned nations] said they wanted to finance a Marshall Plan for Asia and Africa – to modernize these regions.
 
DW: This is the non-aligned nations that wanted this.
 
BF: Yes. They pooled their treasure to finance this.
 
 
 
 
THEY CREATED THE “HILTON GREEN MEMORIAL” TREATY IN 1963
 
 
BF: There’s an international treaty that people who dug me can look up. It’s called the Hilton Green Memorial.
 
DW: Right. I’ve seen you talk about that.
 
 
 
 
THE ONLY ONLINE VERSION OF THIS DOCUMENT IS AN OBVIOUS FRAUD
 
 
 
[DW: Fulford's own insiders have now shown me some of the real documents. A painfully fraudulent version of it was created and “leaked” online. One Indonesian blogger wrote about this agreement here:
 
 
http://lisnosetiawan.blogspot.com/2008/11/green-hilton-agreement-geneva-1963.html.
 
 
The online version is an obvious fraud, as it is supposedly from 1963, but it clearly uses modern Microsoft Word-style Times New Roman fonts, complete with bold:
 
 
 
http://ramasakti101.multiply.com/photos/album/14/Green_Hilton_Memorial
 
 
Even the way the ink was stained is consistent with what happens when you wet down a printout from a modern inkjet printer.
 
Furthermore, I have seen typewritten documents from the 1950s that don’t look anywhere near this distressed.
 
The obvious problems with the online documents are discussed here – including the fact that the alleged US Presidential seal is actually based on something Indonesian:
 
 
http://www.educationforum.ipbhost.com/index.php?showtopic=9198
 
It is inevitable that fraudulent documents will be created in a case like this in such a sensitive issue. They lure in the unwary “believers” while convincing the skeptics that it’s nonsense.]
 
 
 
 

PRESIDENT SUKARNO HAD A STRONG BLOODLINE CONNECTION

 
 
BF: [The Hilton Green Memorial] was the treaty where they wanted to finance a Marshall Plan for developing Asia and Africa and the rest of the world.
 
DW: And they had as their asset base these black-listed gold funds that were in Thailand?
 
BF: Yes. And the signatory to all this money was President Sukarno of Indonesia, who happened to be related to most of the royal families – at least in Asia.
 
DW: Oh! So that’s why Indonesia, then. It’s because he had a blood connection to these folks.
 
BF: Yes. They designated him as a signatory.
 
 
 
 
BENJAMIN FREEDMAN BLEW THE WHISTLE ON ARMAGEDDON PLANS
 
 
BF: When the Cuban Missile Crisis came, and the world nearly went to all-out nuclear war, a guy named Benjamin Freedman came out.
 
 
He basically admitted these insane Gog-Magog plans [were real].
 
[DW: The key Benjamin Freedman speech was at the Willard Hotel in Washington DC, 1961. The Cuban Missile Crisis did not actually happen until 1962, but the tensions were already very high by 1961.
 
You can download MP3s of the audio of this speech at http://www.erichufschmid.net/TFC/Ben_Freedman.html.
 
The full transcript is available at http://www.sweetliberty.org/issues/israel/freedman.htm.]
 
 
 

KENNEDY GOT THE MESSAGE

 
 
BF: Kennedy and a lot of people in the US said “All right, this is crazy. We don’t any more of this secret society craziness.”
 
He agreed to work with the non-aligned nations to end the Cold War, and to finance the development of Africa and Asia.
 
To keep the military industrial people happy, he was going to send a man to the moon – and do that kind of stuff.  
 
DW: Did Benjamin Freedman also blow the whistle on what was going on behind the Cuban Missile Crisis? Is that why you mentioned that?
 
BF: He said they’re trying to create this war so they can take over the planet. There is plenty of evidence for this.
 
 
 
 
 
KENNEDY GOT INDONESIAN GOLD AND ISSUED U.S. TREASURY NOTES

 
 
BF: Kennedy got gold from Indonesia.
 
He put out Kennedy bonds and notes – dollar bills that were controlled by the US Department of Treasury, not the Federal Reserve Board.
 
DW: That was Executive Order 11110, right?
 
BF: Yeah, something like that.
 
 
 
 
 
IT’S A LITTLE MORE COMPLEX THAN WE THOUGHT
 
 
[DW: The story of Executive Order 11110 is a little more complex than I thought – once I actually did more research.
 
 
Kennedy signed this bill just days before he died. It stopped the US Treasury from selling its silver to private buyers, and gave the President the right to issue silver-backed currency – without the permission of the Federal Reserve System.
 
The Federal Reserve may well have been deliberately buying up all the Treasury silver so they could ultimately print as much money as they wanted – without having to back it up with any solid assets.
 
 
The Wikipedia page on Executive Order 11110 has a deviously interesting spin on the story, where it tries to argue that this plan actually expanded the powers of the Federal Reserve – since silver coins were replaced with dollar bills:
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Executive_order_11110
 
 
However, by stopping the bleeding of this precious metal out of the Treasury, Kennedy’s act actually protected silver. 11110 also gave the President the direct ability to issue certificates – dollars – that were backed by silver as collateral.
 
The US Treasury Secretary was stripped of the power to issue silver notes. Kennedy probably did this because the Treasury Secretary was being controlled by the Federal Reserve.
 
Kennedy probably felt that silver-backed dollars would be a stopgap against inflation and the creation of “bubble money” by the Federal Reserve.
 
His assassination, just days later, did not appear to be a coincidence.
 
If Fulford’s sources are right, Executive Order 11110 was only the first visible phase of Kennedy’s plan to defeat the Federal Reserve and ultimately use Asian gold as collateral for a new financial system.]
 
 
 
 
 
THE CABAL KILLED KENNEDY AND DROVE SUKARNO FROM POWER
 

BF: [Kennedy] was killed.
 
Then Sukarno was driven from power.
 
DW: By whom, are you saying? Who drove Sukarno from power?
 
 BF: By the West. By the military-industrial complex. By the Cabal, as I call them.
 
The people who own the Federal Reserve Board. These Sabbatean sectists.
 
 
 
 
 
THE ASIAN SOCIETIES DIDN’T HAVE THE MILITARY POWER TO FIGHT BACK
 
 
DW: Couldn’t the Asian societies designate a new signatory that would bring these blacklisted funds online and create a new currency that would compete with the dollar?
 
BF: Well, they didn’t have the military power.
 
DW: Oh.
 
BF: What they did is they went underground. They didn’t sign over anything.
 
 
 
 
 
SUKARNO’S NEPHEW SIGNED OVER THE RIGHTS… TO MAKE THIS CURRENT LAWSUIT A REALITY
 
 
BF: We have Sukarno’s nephew. [He] has signed over the rights to us now.
 
We’ll get back to that.
 
 
 
 
THE CABAL FORGED THE RIGHTS TO ISSUE CURRENCY AGAINST THE ASIAN GOLD IN 1968
 
 
BF: What happened was that in 1968, they set up a fake heir. A fake signatory.
 
DW: “They” is the Asian societies?
 
BF: No no. This would be Henry Kissinger, the Rockefellers and all these people. The Bushes. The people behind the murder of Kennedy. The members of this Sabbatean cabal.
 
DW: They set up a fake heir [who would allegedly gain the rights] to what?
 
BF: They forged the rights to use that money as a basis for issuing currency. For creating dollars.
 
They didn’t have the historical rights to 85 percent of the world’s gold that was owned by the Asians – but they faked the rights.
 
They forged documents to claim they had the rights.
 
 
 
 
STOLEN ASIAN GOLD WAS LAUNDERED TO FINANCE “BLACK OPS”
 
 
DW: So they wanted to repatriate this gold they had taken out of the market before Bretton Woods was convened.
 
BF: Some of it was laundered by BCCI, Chase Manhattan Bank, Black Eagle Trust and a few other of these groups.
 
It was this gold that was illegally laundered from these Asian stashes that financed the black ops and the various secret doings.
 
 
 
THE LAUNDERED GOLD WAS ORIGINALLY STOLEN IN THE 1930s
 
 
 DW: So this gets back to what you were saying in the 1930s, where the Japanese troops were confiscating gold from the Kuomintang.
 
BF: Right. That was taken either to the Philippines or to Japan. At first to Japan, and then when it got too iffy, they transported it over to the Philippines.
 
 
 
 
THE GOLD WAS HIDDEN IN ABOUT 125 KNOWN SITES
 
 
 
DW: Now that wasn’t kept in any type of Federal Reserve Bank for those countries. That was kept in some kind of private storage that was totally offline.
 
BF: It was hidden. There are about 125 known sites where it was hidden.
 
DW: Wow.
 
[DW: David Guyatt, a 28-year veteran investment banker within the Cabal-controlled City of London, gave incredible supporting evidence, including documents, for everything Fulford is saying here:
 
http://www.deepblacklies.co.uk/about.htm
 
 
In many ways, Guyatt goes into vastly more detail about the story behind this hidden gold than Fulford has done here.
 
In his online book “The Secret Gold Treaty,” Guyatt’s data suggests there were 172 sites where the plundered gold was stolen:
 
http://www.deepblacklies.co.uk/secret_gold_treaty.htm]
 
 
Fulford's own insiders have since told me there are even more than 172 sites involved.]
 
 
 
 
 
AT LEAST TEN OLYMPIC-SIZED POOLS’ WORTH OF “OFF-MARKET” ASIAN GOLD
 
 
DW: How much tonnage are we talking about here? How much gold was it?
 
BF: What I’ve been told is [this].
 
The story we’ve all been told about how all the gold ever mined in history could fit into one or two Olympic swimming pools… is a total lie.
 
There’s at least nine times or ten times more off-market gold than there is officially tradable gold.
 
DW: My God!
 
BF: Some of it, like I say, was laundered by the CIA types to finance various things.
 
 
 
 

ASIANS IN THE GOLDEN TRIANGLE CONTACTED THE CIA

 
 
BF: Now again, I want to take a little side trip here. One of these Asian secret society groups I contacted worked in the Golden Triangle during the Vietnam War.
 
DW: Where is that?
 
BF: That’s the area between China and Vietnam where they were producing all the heroin in those years.
 
DW: Oh goodness.
 
BF: And they were selling heroin to the CIA. And the CIA was selling the heroin to finance their black ops.
 
DW: So they had quite a markup off of the original price that they were paying.
 
BF: It was a big business that was out of the control of governments.
 
What happened was the Asians contacted their old CIA contacts. They said, “What the hell are you guys doing? Why are you spreading diseases and trying to start World War III?”
 
 
 
THEY DIDN’T LIKE BEING USED

 
BF: So a lot of these CIA bad guys came out and started helping us. It was kind of ironic, but it’s still welcome.
 
DW: Maybe they’re trying to avoid the hangman’s noose, right? [Laughs]
 
BF: They realized they were being fooled by this fake anti-communism. They didn’t like being fooled and used.
 
DW: I did speak to one guy who worked in the CIA and actually worked with one of the recent American presidents in cocaine smuggling.
 
He explained to me, in quite some detail, the rationale behind why they felt it was necessary to try to control the flow of cocaine.
 
They have all these rationalizations. “We don’t want people to die from bad cocaine.” “If we can control it, then we know exactly where it’s going.”
 
BF: “Plus we get these Swiss bank accounts, with all this money.” You know?
 
DW: Right! Exactly.
 
BF: …Which helps lubricate your conscience a little bit… but still.
 
DW: [Laughs]
 
BF: [Laughs]
 



20,0000 character reached,  post to continue if interested
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 05, 2012, 08:47 PM
looking forward to learning more..
who are the real masterminds? :D
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 05, 2012, 11:56 PM
THE 50-YEAR BRETTON WOODS MANDATE EXPIRED IN 1994
 
 
BF: Anyway, let’s get back to the main flow.
 
In 1994, the Bretton Woods mandate expired.
 
DW: Right. You said this was a 60-year commission that started in 1944.
 
BF: A 50-year commission. Before that, they stole the money from the foreign holdings, the dollar holdings of the Soviet Union.


IN 1994, ABOUT 200 COUNTRIES SAID THE PROMISES WERE NOT KEPT
 
 
BF: They said, “Hey, France, United States and Britain. You didn’t modernize the world. You didn’t keep your promises.”
 
DW: Who is “they” in this case?
 
BF: It would be all the other countries. Remember, you have [about] 200 countries that have sovereign rights still.
 
DW: So they would have to ratify the agreement to get it to renew. They would have to sign off on it.
 
BF: Right. So there has been no real agreement at the top of the global financial system since then.
 
DW: So the only reason why it hasn’t changed any faster is they don’t have the military muscle to do anything about this.
 
BF: That’s part of it.
 
 
 
 
 
CLINTON AUTHORIZED 100-TO-1 FINANCIAL GAMBLING PRACTICES

 
 
 
BF: President Clinton, he started… these guys were thinking, “The hell with it. We’re just going to start World War III and get ourselves out of this mess by killing everybody.”
 
Clinton started off by allowing 100 times leverage. Gambling 100 times. So with one dollar, you could buy 100 dollars’ worth of tickets.
 
If it goes from 100 dollars to 200 dollars, then your one dollar is multiplied by a hundredfold.
 
They turned the financial system into extreme gambling.
 
 
[DW: They obviously knew this could have apocalyptic effects, under certain circumstances, but that was the whole point… as Fulford said.]
 
DW: Were they using these confiscated gold accounts from the Kuomintang to back that up?
 
BF: Yeah. They didn’t have any legal backing anymore, but they were going ahead with it anyway.
 
 
 
 
 
THE KUOMINTANG SUED THE FED IN 1998 FOR THE RETURN OF THEIR GOLD
 
 
 
BF: Now what happened was in 1998, the Chinese sued the Federal Reserve Board. They said “Hey. You’ve got to give us back our gold.
 
“We have these contracts. We gave you the gold. The sixty years is up. Give us back the gold!”
 
DW: Why would they have waited four years? Why 1998?
 
 
 
 
 
SEVEN SHIPLOADS OF CHINESE GOLD WERE SENT TO THE US IN 1938
 
 
BF: 1938 was when the seven shiploads of gold was sent to the United States from China.
 
DW: Oh!
 
BF: There were many shipments, but in 1938, seven battleships evacuated Chinese gold from China to the United States to avoid it being taken by the Japanese.
 
They gave the Chinese all these Federal Reserve Board bonds, promising to give the gold back in 60 years.
 
DW: Is there any recorded history of that?
 
BF: Oh yeah! The Chinese have elaborate documentation, which is why this whole lawsuit is taking place.
 
 

DOCUMENTS WILL BE PUBLIC DOMAIN ONCE THE LAWSUIT COMES OUT
 
 
 
DW: Is any of that documentation public domain, though? …Yet.
 
BF: It’s all going to be there in that lawsuit, so it’s public domain once it goes into the lawsuit.
 
I’ve seen lots of pictures. I don’t know, I’m not an expert in arcane bonds, but…
 
DW: Right, but as a financial journalist you have certainly had contacts with economists.
 
Would the average Western economist have known about these shipments in 1938?
 
BF: Yeah, that would have been headline news. I’m sure if you go back to a newspaper archive, you would find stories about it.
 
DW: Terrific. OK, great.
 
BF: This is something you can find. Just go to an archive. I’m sure you’ll find stories about Chinese gold being evacuated.
 
[DW: More research is needed to prove this online – however, the following link makes it clear that the Japanese invasion did come to a ferocious head in 1937-38:
 
http://www.san.beck.org/21-5-ChinaatWar1937-49.html]
 
 
 
 
 
THE US MILITARY PROTECTED CHINESE GOLD FROM THE JAPANESE
 
 
 
DW: So this was done by the US military to protect the Kuomintang gold from the Japanese army.
 
BF: Yes.
 
DW: …Which was actually the Rothschilds.
 
BF: Let’s leave all that stuff out for now.
 
DW: Okay.
 
 
 
 
THE KUOMINTANG SUED FOR THE RETURN OF THEIR GOLD IN 1998
 
 
 
BF: The point is that in 1998, the Chinese owners of the gold sued the Federal Reserve Board, and said “Give us back our gold.”
 
 
 
 
 
THE FEDERAL RESERVE SAID 200,000 TONS GIVEN IN THE 70s HAD BEEN ENOUGH
 
 
 
The Federal Reserve Board people argued that they didn’t have to give back the gold.
 
[They said they had paid in full] because they gave a bunch of gold to Chairman Mao in the 1970s when the United States renewed relations with communist China.
 
DW: Could you be more technical than what you said… “a bunch?” What are we talking, here?
 
BF: Two hundred thousand tons?
 
DW: Geez. But two hundred thousand tons is not going to fill seven battleships.
 
BF: That’s the point. They lost the case.
 
DW: Right.
 



THE FIRST GOLD SHIPMENT WAS SUPPOSED TO BE SEPTEMBER 12, 2001
 
 
 
BF: The International Court of Justice said “You guys have to give back the gold you took.”
 
They said “Okay.” The first shipment of gold they were supposed to give back was due to be sent back on September 12th, 2001.
 
DW: Jesus Christmas!
 
BF: And of course, as you know, the World Trade Center got blown up on September 11th.
 
The gold that was in the basement went missing.
 
 
ALL THE PAPERS AND THE EMPLOYEES HANDLING THEM WERE DESTROYED
 
 
 
BF: Cantor Fitzgerald Securities, the company that was handling the paperwork, was blown up – and all 600 of their employees were killed.
 
DW: Was that in Building 7?
 
BF: No, this was in [one of] the [two main] World Trade center building.
 
Building 7, where the Treasury police and all these people were, was blown up – and all the paperwork there was blown up.
 
Basically, they were saying, “We’re not giving back the gold!”
 
 
 
 
 
WAS THIS PLANNED FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE WTC?
 
 
 
DW: It leads one to reason that if charges were placed in the World Trade Center when it was constructed – I believe it was constructed in the 1970s, right?
 
BF: Look, I don’t want to… there was plenty of evidence.
 
President Bush’s brother was in charge of security at the World Trade Center. There was all sorts of construction going on there.
 
DW: I’m just trying to think with the audience here. We’re talking really fast, and some of these things are just going to make them go head over heels.
 
They’re going to be reeling when they hear this.
 
You are exposing an absolutely incredible through-line that shows more compellingly than any other motive I’ve ever heard of why, specifically, did the World Trade Center come down.
 
 
 
 
 
THE GOLD WAS SHIPPED TO CALIFORNIA, THEN TO PARAGUAY
 
 
 
DW: There was this massive gold cache underneath the World Trade Center, and they snuck it out – I guess by some kind of railroad tracks or something, right, on a train?
 
BF: It was shipped to California and then I believe to Paraguay.
 
 
 
 
 
THE KUOMINTANG KNEW THEY HAD BEEN CHEATED
 
 
 
DW: Oh my God. So China must have known they got rolled. When they saw the World Trade Center come down, they must have suspected something immediately!
 
BF: Of course they knew! They said “These bastards aren’t going to pay us back. They’re trying to start World War III.”
 
DW: Holy cow!
 
BF: And what happened was they quintupled the US military budget with this fake War on Terror.
 
 
 
 
 
THE PATRIOT ACT WAS IDENTICAL TO THE NAZI CONSTITUTION
 
 
 
DW: Right. And you’ve got this Patriot Act, which is five inches thick of paper that just spontaneously showed up.
 
BF: Yeah, which is identical to the Nazi constitution, OK?
 
DW: Oh my God.
 
[DW: I apologize for not using more interesting exclamatory phrases, but I had honestly not heard many of these things before!]
 
 
 
 
 
THEY WANTED TO START A NUCLEAR WAR AND SET UP MARTIAL LAW
 
 
 
BF: And more to the point is that they had this… and there’s a lot of insider evidence about this.
 
They had this plan to start this whole Gog and Magog thing again.
 
This time the plan involved starting a limited nuclear war between Iran and Israel.
 
They were going to use that war as an excuse to set up martial law in the G7 countries.
 
DW: What’s the timeframe you are talking about for when this was being planned?
 
BF: They’ve been trying it for quite a long time now – ever since 2001, even before.
 
 
 
 
 
CABAL WAS TRYING TO CREATE WORLD WAR III, POST-9/11
 



DW: So just to set up the chessboard now, we’re post-9/11.
 
The Chinese know that they’ve been rolled – that this gold has once again been stolen.
 
China wants to get their gold back. In the meantime, the Rockefeller faction in the US…
 
BF: They’re building up their military. They’re trying to get the Western countries on a full, militarized basis to prepare for World War III.
 
DW: And what’s that going to do for them? They want to reduce population and they want to wipe out the Chinese?
 
BF: And they don’t want to lose control. They don’t want to lose power. They still have their Messianic, fascist, cultist beliefs that they are destined to rule humanity.
 
The Israeli newspapers openly referred to China and Russia and Iran as Magog, and the G5 and G7 as Gog.
 
They were trying to get all these countries to kill each other. They were trying to start World War III.
 
I’ve seen a map where they were trying to divide China into six countrIes.
 
DW: Like balkanize it. Yeah.
 
BF: Post-World War III.
 
 
 
 
 
THE PENTAGON REALIZED 90 PERCENT OF HUMANITY WOULD DIE – INCLUDING THEM
 
 
BF: What happened was that the Pentagon realized through their game scenarios that if they started all-out World War III, 90 percent of humanity would die – including most of them.
 
So they didn’t want to go along with it.
 
 
 
 
THE PENTAGON HAS SYSTEMATICALLY SABOTAGED THESE PLANS
 
 
 
BF: They constantly prevented attacks on Iran. They stopped Israeli air raids.
 
They invaded Georgia to stop an Israeli attack on Iran from there.
 
They didn’t want to start World War III, because they realized it was insanity.
 
DW: You’re talking about the South Ossetia war now?
 
BF: Yeah. That was an Israeli air base that was designed to attack Iran and start this whole thing.
 
DW: Oh, wow.
 
BF: It’s truly crazy stuff, but the evidence is right there in front of your eyes.
 
Like I said, the Israeli newspapers openly talked about it – in Haaretz, and places like that.
 
 
 
 
THE ASIAN SECRET SOCIETIES SET UP A STING OPERATION
 
 
 
BF: What happened now was a counter-plot. They sent these people to cash a trillion dollars’ worth of these bonds that were given to them by the Feds.
 
DW: So [when you say “They”,] you’re saying now that the Asian Secret Societies.
 
[They] control enough gold that if it were repatriated, it would be thousands of trillions of dollars – that’s what it says in the legal document…
 
BF: Yes.
 
DW: They created a sting operation with these guys…
 
BF: Together with the CIA guys who they used to work with in Southeast Asia.
 
DW: Who don’t want the Powers that Were to still be running the show.
 
BF: Yeah. They realized they were insane and incompetent. They were one level below these guys and knew that they were crazy.
 
 
 
 
 
PLENTY OF EVIDENCE SUPPORTING THE BONDS SCANDAL
 
 
 
DW: When we write this up and we have this all transcribed on my website, I’m going to embed videos for people and the original articles on Bloomberg.com.
 
[These articles and videos] demonstrate the mainstream media – to a limited degree, because hardly anybody would touch this story – saying that these guys were detained on the border in Italy, I believe, with 134.5 billion dollars in 1934 bonds. Right?
 
BF: Yes.
 
[DW: As I revealed at the beginning of this article, the first thing you want to watch is this Fox News report, from Glenn Beck, about the scandal:
 
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ttSmZknU9mI&feature=related
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NEITHER YAMAGUCHI NOR WATANABE WERE HELD BY ITALIAN POLICE
 
 
BF: Now this is very important. There are a couple things you need to let people realize when they try to create disinformation about this.
 
DW: OK, great.
 
BF: The guys’ names… I have talked to both of them. Yamaguchi and Watanabe.
 
I was involved because I got called by the P2 Freemason lodge. I talked to some of the Italian Treasury police who arrested them.
 
First of all, they said the bonds were forgeries – but neither Yamaguchi nor Watanabe were arrested. They were let go.
 
 

THERE IS NO RECORD OF A TRIAL
 
 
BF: Then the Italians said that there was a trial, but there is no record of a trial.
 
 
 
 
THERE IS NO RECORD OF THE BONDS BEING OFFICIALLY CONFISCATED
 
 
BF: There is no record of these bonds being officially confiscated.
 
 
 
 
EVIDENCE THAT BERLUSCONI TRIED TO CASH THEM
 
 
BF: We do have evidence that Prime Minister Berlusconi tried to cash them.
 
 

HEAD OF THE U.N. ALLEGEDLY TRIED TO GIVE 100-MILLION-DOLLAR BRIBE
 
 
BF: We do have evidence that Ban Ki-Moon, the head of the UN, came forward and said “We’ll give you 100 million dollars to go away and forget about this whole thing.”
 
[DW: This is incorrect. Keenan emailed me after this was posted and said it was Giancarlo Bruno who offered a one-time payment of 100 million.]
 
DW: Jesus.



THE DAVOS WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM WAS ALSO INVOLVED
 
 
BF: We have the Davos World Forum [as well].
 
 
 
EVERYONE WAS FOLLOWED AND RECORDED

 
BF: In other words, we can prove that the head of the UN, the UN, the Davos World Forum and Prime Minister Berlusconi, among others, were involved in this theft.
 
And that’s a provable case, OK?
 
These people [such as Berlusconi, Ban-Ki Moon and others] were followed.
 
They were recorded. They were videotaped.
 
This is all provable in a court of law – which is why we went through a lawsuit.
 
 
 
 
BONDS WERE MADE TO LOOK FRAUDULENT FROM THE VERY BEGINNING
 
 
DW: OK, but let’s get one thing clear, though. These bonds were generated in 1934, by the Federal Reserve.
 
But, in 1934 they made sure that if China ever actually tried to use these bonds, they would appear fraudulent when they were attempted to be cashed.
 
BF: Yeah. There are deliberate typos. And the numbers themselves are astronomical.
 
 
20,000 character limit reached, post if interested
 
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: GoodSteward on Jan 06, 2012, 12:35 AM
THE KUOMINTANG KNEW THEY HAD BEEN CHEATED
DW: Oh my God. So China must have known they got rolled. When they saw the World Trade Center come down, they must have suspected something immediately!
BF: Of course they knew! They said “These bastards aren’t going to pay us back. They’re trying to start World War III.”

------
^Doesnt make sense!!!! kuomintang is taiwan political party while china is communist party ruling during the time wtc collapsed....

What the heck, kuomintang wasnt even the ruling party of taiwan when the WTC collapsed.

Such basic contemporary historical info and yet there is misinformation......there must be some more inconsistencies with the loooongggg article which I dont know of....

Just plain conspiracy theory...like watching those types of movies...
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: Bp22estafa on Jan 06, 2012, 01:17 AM
no sh*t!

ok commercial break muna tayo

Conspiracy Theory - the shits they don't want you to know
Hoax- we're just shitting you
Gold - the sh*t
Federal Reserve - it's where all the sh*t goes (the septic tank)
Illuminati - EATTAE
BF - Let's clean Metro manila of all this shits!

sh*t guys help me, wala na akong maisip

a sh*t list i've picked up from the web


sh*t HAPPENS -- According To Various Belief Systems, Philosophies, and World Religions:

Abraham/Hicks-ism: Don’t look too much at the sh*t in your life -- imagine what you want instead!
Absolutism: This sh*t totally rules!
Absurdism: sh*t is meaningless!
Accounting: Why doesn't this sh*t add up?
A Course in Miracles 1: There is no sh*t in this sh*t.
A Course in Miracles 2: Forgive all the sh*t you’ve experienced!
A Course in Miracles 3: Divine love may sh*t on you as (a circle of) an atonement.
Accidentalism: This sh*t happened out of nowhere.
Activism: This sh*t has got to change!
Acupuncture: This will really get the sh*t moving in your energy.
Advaita Vedanta 1: Moksha will release you from the cycle of sh*t happening.
Advaita Vedanta 2: Worldly sh*t is an illusion.
Aestheticism: sh*t happening can actually be a beautiful thing.
Africanism: No more white sh*t!
Agapism: I love that this sh*t is happening.
Agathism: Whatever sh*t happens it will end well.
Ageism: How old is this sh*t anyway?
Agnosticism: sh*t may or may not happen.
Alcoholics Anonymous (AA): Just deal with sh*t one day at a time!
Alternative Health Freedom-ism: If sh*t happens, it's the fault of Big Pharma.
Altruism: Let’s donate this sh*t to charity.
Amish: This modern sh*t is worthless, we happen to like the old sh*t better.
Americanism: Who gives a sh*t?
Amnesty Internationalism: It is a human right to sh*t.
Anarchism: We (are allowed to) sh*t when and where we want.
Andrew Cohen-ism 1: Spiritual practice happens by developing the soul, not by developing sh*t.
Andrew Cohen-ism 2: sh*t becomes better sh*t, for ever and ever and ever and ever and ever.
Anglicanism: Holy sh*t! (Confused? Look up Confucianism below!)
Annihilationism: The wicked will be utterly destroyed after the sh*t happens.
Anorexianism: If you don't eat, no sh*t will will happen.
Antagonism: f*ck that sh*t!
Anthroposophy 1: sh*t is an Ahrimanic influence helping us understand that our ego iis divine.
Anthroposophy 2: sh*t is the energy of cosmos – which is a very serious matter, so don't joke about it!
Apathism: I don't give a sh*t what happens!
Apocalypticism: When sh*t like this happens it means the end of the World.
Arab Investment: Some thousand years later buried sh*t turns into oil.
Archimedes: Hmmm, why doesn't this sh*t float?
Aristotelianism: sh*t mostly happens for the Incontinent, but indeed also for the Continent, the Virtuous, and the Vicious.
Arthur Miller: sh*t of a Salesman.
Artists: We should appreciate this sh*t's beauty.
Asa-belief (Nordic Mythology): sh*t happens when you have only one eye and no birds.
Asceticism: Bodily pleasures will cause sh*t to happen.
Astrology 1: sh*t happens when Saturn and Pluto trigger it.
Astrology 2: sh*t happens when two planets are in opposition aspect to each other (180 degrees) and both making a square aspect of (90 degrees) to a third planet, creating an isosceles triangle.
Atavism: Old sh*t in new bottles.
Atheism: I can't believe this sh*t.
Authoritarianism 1: Don’t you dare sh*t!
Authoritarianism 2: I demand total obedience to this sh*t!
Autonomism: Let’s throw some sh*t!
Avoidanceism: With all this happening, I better go sh*t.
Ayurveda: A healthy metabolic system, a good digestion, and proper excretion will prevent sh*t from happening.
Aztec: Cut out this sh*t!
Bahai: sh*t happens to everyone equally.
Baptism 1: Let’s immerse this sh*t.
Baptist 2: You're shitting all wrong, and you'll be punished for it.
Baptism 3: We'll wash this sh*t off you.
Big Pharma-ism 1: We have the medicine for when sh*t happens to you.
Big Pharma-ism 2: When sh*t hits the media fan herbs and dietary supplements are to blame.
Biodynamics: sh*t in a cow horn is the vital force of cosmos.
Biology: Is this sh*t alive?
*1 Blissmanianism: I love this sh*t.
Boolean Algebra: sh*t is either off or on.
Born Again Christianity: sh*t Happens, but -- halleluja! -- I am saved.
Botanistry: This plant needs some fresh sh*t.
Botulism: This sh*t is infected.
Breatharianism: We’re not eating or drinking any sh*t!
Bruce Willis-ism: Yippikayee! sh*t is going to happen to you right now.
Buddhism 1: When sh*t happens, is it really sh*t?
Buddhism 2: Karma drives Saṃsāra, the sh*t-happening-cycle.
Bulimianism: Throw up - or sh*t will happen!
Bush 1: I know the human being and sh*t can coexist peacefully.
Bush 2: If sh*t happens, it is the will of God Almighty.
Bush 3: If too much sh*t happens, it is the fault of the evil-doing evil-doers.
Bush 4: Read my lips: no more sh*t!
Byron Katieism: Can you really know this is sh*t?
Calvinism: sh*t happens because you don't work.
Calvin & Hobbesism: As a math atheist, I should be excused from this sh*t.
Cannibalism: This arm tastes like sh*t.
Capitalism 1: sh*t happens, and it'll cost you!
Capitalism 2: How can we profit from sh*t happening?
Capitalism 3: If you're gonna sell that sh*t, at least make a good profit.
Capitalism 3: We can make lots of money off this sh*t.
Casualism: There is a good chance that this sh*t won't happen.
Catharsism: sh*t happens, if it is not expressed.
Catastrophism: There is rapid geological and biological change happening with this sh*t.
Catholicism: If sh*t happens, you deserved it.
Celtic Folklore: At the end of every rainbow you’ll find a pot of sh*t.
Censorship: Don't mention that sh*t is happening!
Chauvinism: We may be shitty, but you can't live without us.
Chemistry: Let's hope this sh*t doesn't blow up.
China-ism: Everyone happens to want to buy our sh*t.
Christian Science: sh*t happening is all in your mind.
Clairvoyance: Some sh*t cannot be perceived by the normal senses.
Coca-Cola: It's The Real sh*t.
Collectivism: One hundred thousand flies can't be wrong -- eat sh*t!
Colonialism: We are taking over this sh*t.
Commercialism: Let's package this sh*t.
Common sense: If you ask a shitty question, you get a shitty answer.
Communism 1: This sh*t belongs to the workers.
Communism 2: Give this sh*t over to the workers, or sh*t will happen to you.
Communism 3: Let's spread this sh*t equally among everybody within the working class.
Confucianism 1: Confucius says, "sh*t happens!"
Confucianism 2: Confucius says, "This sh*t confuses me!"
Congregationalist: sh*t that happens to one person is just as good as sh*t that happens to another.
Conspiracy Theorism: THEY sh*t on us!
Constructivism: There's no objective value in the knowledge of sh*t happening.
Cosmologism: " He who does not know what sh*t is does not know where he is, and he who does not know for what purpose sh*t exists, does not know who he is, nor what the world is.”
Creationism: God made all sh*t.
Cubism: This sh*t is out of perspective.
Dadaism: Let’s call this sh*t ART!
Darwinism: This sh*t was once food.
Decartes: 1. sh*t happens, therefore I am. 2. I am, therefore sh*t happens. 3. Cogito ergo defecato.
Deconstructionalism: What makes you think that's sh*t?
Democracy 1: You are free to elect any kind of sh*t you want.
Democracy 2: Everyone has the same opportunity to make sh*t happen.
Denialism: sh*t? What sh*t?
Despotism: Absolute sh*t happens absolutely.
Determinism: This sh*t was bound to happen.
Dianetics: Why does sh*t happen? See page 157 in Dianetics.
Discombubulatism: This sh*t is a mess.
Discordianism: Some funny sh*t happened to me today.
Divine Light Mission: Jay Sat sh*t Anand.
Drama-ism: We have ways of making sh*t happen.
Dualism: There is a good force behind good sh*t happening and a baaad force behind bad sh*t happening.
Economy: We’ve got to get our sh*t together, or we're in deep sh*t.
Egalitarianism: We are all entitled to the same sh*t.
Egoism: Why bother about others? I make sure that no sh*t happens to ME.
Elitism: This sh*t must give special privileges.
Einstein: Time dilates all sh*t.
Emotivism: That moral sh*t happens to be inherently biased.
Empiricism: Prove that sh*t is really happening!
Engineering: Let's hope this sh*t holds together.
Environmentalists: sh*t is biodegradable and should be recycled to provide energy for this planet.
Epicureanism: sh*t happens in moderation.
Episcopalian: It's not so bad if sh*t happens, as long as you serve the right wine with it.
Epistemology: How do you know that sh*t?
Esotericism: Hidden sh*t can be a treasure.
EST: If our sh*t bothers you, that's your responsibility.
European Unionism 1: sh*t won't happen, as long as we import and export the right sh*t.
European Unionism 2: A union of assh*les will avoid sh*t from happening.
Evangelism: sh*t happens (pass it on)!
Exhibitionism: Take a good look at this sh*t!
Existentialism 1: So sh*t happens!
Existentialism 2: sh*t doesn't happen; sh*t IS!
Experientialism: The sh*t that happens will make me wiser.
Experimental physicist: Within experimental error, sh*t does happen.
Faecebook (sh*t Happens group): Now we have a Wall to put all your sh*t on.
Faecesbook: A shitty netwanking program that wastes time with sh*t and prevents you from doing real sh*t.
Fallibilism: All claims of knowledge are worth sh*t.
Fascism: sh*t is an order. And you don’t discuss an order!
Fatalism: Oh sh*t, it's going to happen!
Feminism 1: Patriarchy did this sh*t.
Feminism 2: Why does sh*t only happen to women!?
Feminists: sh*t should happen to as many men as it does to women.
Feudalism: We shall protect your sh*t in return for your physical labor.
Finalism: There must be an end to all that sh*t happening.
Freudianism 1: This sh*t is actually a phallic symbol.
Freudianism 2: Your sh*t is really a penis.
Functionalism: We can make use of this sh*t happening.
Fundamentalism: If sh*t happens, you’ll go to hell -- unless you are born again (Amen!)
Futurism: We'd like to see some new sh*t happening.
Geocentrism: This sh*t is definitely the center of the Universe.
Gnosticism: We are trapped in the sh*t happening in the World, but the knowledge of this will set us free.
Gradualism: If sh*t only happens bit-by-bit, we'll be OK.
Graeco-Roman Mythology: The Gods will tell us when sh*t will happen.
Gurumayi-ism: This sh*t happens to look very aesthetic.
Gypsy/Roma-ism: We're used to be treated like sh*t.
Hallelujaism: Praise this sh*t, halleluja!
Hallucianism: This sh*t is something else!
Hamlet: "Something is shitty in Denmark!" ;)
Hare Krishna: sh*t happens -- Rama Rama Ding Ding.
Hasidism: sh*t never happens the same way twice.
Hedonism: There's nothing quite like a good sh*t.
Herbalists: There must be a lot of parasites in that sh*t.
Heroism: We must oppose that sh*t bravely.
Heterosexualism: Serious sh*t may happen between man and woman.
Hinduism: This sh*t has happened before.
Historicism: We've seen the same sh*t happening over and over.
Holism: sh*t must be understood in relation to the hole.
Hooliganism: Beat all the sh*t out of them you can!
Humanitarianism: We must improve this sh*t!
Humorism: When you ask a shitty question, you get a shitty answer.
Hygienics: If you clean the sh*t out, you'll stay healthy.
Idealism: We can deal with any sh*t that comes up.
Idolism: Let's bronze this sh*t!
Ignorantism: What is sh*t?
Illuminati 1: This sh*t is highly secret.
Illuminati 2: We actually control all the sh*t in the world.
Illuminism: We make sh*t happen.
Imperialism: We claim dominance over that sh*t and we shall exploit it financially, since it is subject to our territorial policies.
Impressionism: That sh*t looks like water lillies.
Individualism: It's paramount that I get my sh*t together.
Institutionalism: This sh*t is in a museum, so it must be great art.
Intellectualism: This sh*t wouldn't have happened if we'd been rational.
Intuitionism: Some sh*t is going to happen soon.
Irrationalism: It is totally illogical that this sh*t is actually happening.
Islamic Fundamentalism 1: We don't tolerate ANY shitty drawings!!!
Islamic Fundamentalism 2: If sh*t happens, it is the fault of the incredulous infidels.
Islamism 1: If sh*t happens, it is the will of Allah.
Islamism 2: Our Prophet doesn't tolerate ANY sh*t!!!
Islamism 3: If you don't regard Ali and his descendants as the legitimate successors to Muhammad, the shiite will hit you hard.
*2 Ism-ism: Funny sh*t happens when people speak before engaging their brains.
Jainism 1: When sh*t happens don't step in it.
Jainism 2: Don't step on that sh*t, it's alive!
Jehovah's Witnesses 1: Knock, knock, knock - sh*t Happens !!!
Jehovah's Witnesses 2: May we have a moment of your time to show you some of our sh*t?
Jehovah's Witnesses 3: No sh*t happens until Armaggedon, BUT it won't happen to us.
Jesuitism: If sh*t happens when nobody is watching, is it really sh*t?
Judaism: Why does this sh*t always happen to us?
Jungianism 1: The Shitter is the most important Archetype.
Jungianism 2: sh*t is a synchronistic coincidence occurring between post oedipal pleasures and atavistic archetypes merging with symbolic realizations of the self.
Kabbalism: Zohar says sh*t derives from the foundation of God. So sh*t has a direct, an allegorical, a comparative and an inner meaning.
Karma Law: You ask for sh*t, you eat sh*t!
Kashmir Shaivism: sh*t (Cit) = consciousness = reality.
Ken Wilber-ism: sh*t is also I AM-ness, but I AM-ness is not sh*t... I think.
Kung Fu: We can avoid sh*t from happening.
Lao-Tzu: It is utterly pointless to try to explain why sh*t happens.
Latter Day Saints: We need to restore this sh*t.
Lawyer: I can get you out of any sh*t, if you pay me a sufficient fee.
Legalism: sh*t will not happen if we all adhere strictly to The Law.
Lesbianism: Our sh*t only happens between women.
Liberalism: Society's to blame for sh*t happening.
Libertarianism: You are free to do with this sh*t whatever you want.
Logicians: Is this sh*t sound and complete?
Lutherans: If sh*t happens, don't talk about it.
Mafia boss: If any sh*t happens to me, my boys will get you!
Malapropism: This sh*t sounds incorrect.
Malism: This sh*t is evil happening.
Maoism: sh*t happens mostly in art and culture.
Marxism: My sh*t is our sh*t, and your sh*t is opium.
Masonic: sh*t happens, but we can't discuss it during Lodge.
Materialism 1: That's MY sh*t!
Materialism 2: Send more sh*t!
Mathematics 1: Is this sh*t continuous?
Mathematics 2: Don't sh*t without knowing the proper coefficients + the square root of minus one!
Matriarchism: Everything originates from the womb, so we’re in deep sh*t if women don’t rule.
Medical doctor: Take two shits and call me in the morning!
Meditation: Beyond this sh*t is love, peace and understanding.
Methodists: It's not so bad if sh*t happens, as long as you serve grape juice with it.
Microcomputing: If sh*t happens, we'll fix it in the next version.
Milan Kundera: The Unbearable Lightness of sh*t Happening.
Militarism: sh*t happens! We need guns!
Minimalism: This sh*t is complicated.
Mithraism: Bull sh*t happens.
Moonies: Only happy sh*t really happens.
Mormonism 1: 10% of my sh*t belongs to God -- and it happens again & again.
Mormonism: It is evil to say "sh*t" (if it happens in Utah).
Murphyism: sh*t will happen, at the worst possible time, and in the worst possible way.
Mysticism: This sh*t happening is divine, and I am that.
Naivism: This sh*t is not sh*t.
Nannyism: If this sh*t happens it's very good for you.
NASA-ism: For a mere couple of billion dollars, we can make your sh*t disappear into space.
Nationalism: Our sh*t is far better than your sh*t, and we are not dependent on your sh*t.
Native Americanism 1: When sh*t happens, it's sacred.
Native Americanism 2: We want our sh*t back!
Nazism: Let's burn the sh*t!
Naturalism: We happen to be able to explain this sh*t in terms of natural forces.
Neologism: “Fececoid” is a shitty new word.
New Age 1: sh*t happens and it's good if you open your heart to it.
New Age 2: Visualize sh*t as a rose and wear it as perfume.
New World Orderism: You don't know half of the sh*t that will happen in 2012.
Newtonism: Why did that sh*t happen to fall on my head?
Nihilism: No sh*t!
9-11-2001: Some highly strange sh*t really happened.
Nominalism: I hereby name this sh*t happening: "Reality."
Non-dualism: sh*t and Brahman are One.
Nudism: sh*t is not being naked.
Nutritional therapy: What did you eat and how did your sh*t look when it happened?
Obamaism 1: Yes -- sh*t we can!
Obamaism 2: Let's call this sh*t ‘Change'
Obamaism 3: Any sh*t You Can Do, I Can Do Better -- So Help Me God!
Obamaism 4: Black sh*t Is Good sh*t.
Objectivism: sh*t is sh*t.
Occultism 1: We don't know how it happened, but somebody hid this sh*t.
Occultism 2: Within every sh*t there is a hidden truth.
Oneness Movement: This sh*t needs a deeksha, then it will get enlightened and know everything smells alike in Oneness.
Optimism: That's the best damn sh*t that ever happened.
Oscar Wilde: The Importance of Being Shitty.
Osho-ism 1: sh*t is just a product of the mind, stop shitting!
Osho-ism 2: When the sh*t is gone, the whole individuality arises in its crystal purity.
Osho-ism 3: We can also enjoy this sh*t completely and shout HU!HU!HU!
Pacifism: Fighting is sh*t.
Pan-Africanism: As long as we're in this sh*t together.
Paracelsianism: This sh*t happening is closely interrelated with heavenly principles.
Pastafarianism (Church of the Flying Spaghetti Monster): Can I get a ramen -- or do you only have this sh*t?
Patriarchism: sh*t happens if the superior males are not in command.
Patriotism: sh*t happens if we don’t fight against it.
Pauperism: We cannot afford this sh*t.
Paz do Senhor Amado (Peace Beloved of the Lord):
Watch out for the Devil -- causing sh*t to happen using an USB in your computer!
Pentacostalism: Praise the sh*t!
Perfectionalism: This sh*t makes the trains run on time.
Pessimism: Everything is sh*t.
Phone Company: 911 -- because sh*t happens!
Pink Floyd-ism: Hey teacher, leave our sh*t alone!
Pippism 1: sh*t only makes us pippier.
Pippism 2: sh*t happens, sjullahop-sjullahej-sjullahopsasa!
Politically correctness 1: Defecated matter occurs.
Political correctness 2: We should allow this sh*t, which btw is not sh*t.
Politiics 1: If you elect us, sh*t will never happen again.
Politics 2: This may be sh*t, but it smells of roses.
Post-modernism: New sh*t is just a mix of old sh*t.
Presbyterian: This sh*t was bound to happen.
Procrastinationism: I'll take care of this sh*t tomorrow.
Propagandism: sh*t happens even more when we talk and write about it.
Prostitutionalism 1: Hey sailor, see some sh*t you like?
Prostitutionalism 2: Hey, you pay sh*t to get sh*t.
Protestantism: sh*t won't happen if you work harder.
Psychoanalysis: sh*t happens because of your toilet training.
Psychology 1: Everything that happens is sh*t; some of it is just repressing its subconscious shittiness.
Psychology 2: Since sh*t happened to you once, you are experiencing sh*t happening again and again.
Puritanism: sh*t is not having a bath in time.

20,000 character limit reached, post if interested


Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 06, 2012, 01:26 AM
sh*t, puro sh*t...
what kind of sh*t is that? :D
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: freefront on Jan 06, 2012, 06:43 AM
 LOL! Bp, you just made that cuss sh*t as benign as sh*t! :applause:
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: Bp22estafa on Jan 06, 2012, 05:46 PM
forgive me Amarath for intruding your thread, but i just have to finish this sh*t. last na ito promise!

Quakerism: Let's not fight over this sh*t.
Racism: My sh*t is superior to your sh*t.
Radical Islam 1: Spread as much sh*t as you can, or you shall forever live in sh*t.
Radical Islam 2: Spread as much terror as you can or you won't get sh*t from the 72 virgins in heaven.
Radical skepticism: All statements about sh*t are sh*t.
Rajneesh: Put on this orange sh*t, and let's see what happens!
Rastafarism 1: Any sh*t iis better thaan nooo sh*t, maan!
Rastafarianism 2: Let's smoke this sh*t, maan!
Rastafarianism 3: Hey, this is good sh*t, maan!
Realism 1: sh*t is sh*t.
Realism 2: I really need to take a sh*t.
Realism 3: sh*t is not (always) what you think it is.
Red Cross: sh*t has happened -- send money!
Repressionism: I'll hold this sh*t in forever.
Republicanism: We elect others to take care of sh*t for us.
Restaurant-ism: You want fries with that sh*t?
Sartre: sh*t is meaningless! What is sh*t, anyway?
Satanism 1: SNEPPAH TIHS!
Satanism 2: sh*t rules!
Scientificism 1: We seem to think sh*t Happens, but it is just a theory (which we will have to prove).
Scientificism 2: sh*t (faeces) is a waste product from an animals digestive tract expelled though the anus.
Scientificism 3: We will observe this sh*t in a petri bowl.
Scientology 1: sh*t happened to you too -- so take this course!
Scientology 2: If you leave us, bad sh*t may happen.
Semitism 1: Anti-semitism is sh*t.
Semitism 2: We will not tolerate any claims that sh*t did not happen.
Seventh-day Adventism: sh*t happens on Saturdays.
Sexism: We must discriminate between this and that sh*t.
Secular Humanism: sh*t evolves.
Shakespeare: To sh*t or not to sh*t, that is the question.
Shamanism 1: Shamanism: Whoaa! ... Let's put a feather into this holy sh*t.
Shamanism 2: sh*t is a fertilizer (according to the Shaman, Leaking Soil Pipe).
Sharia: We will kill you for that sh*t!
Shia'ism / Shia islamism ((Arabic: ???? ): Ali & the imams know All sh*t!
Shintoism: sh*t is everywhere.
Shirley MacLaine: Haven't I seen this sh*t before?
Sikhism: If Singh doesn’t wear a turban, he’ll be in deep sh*t.
Skepticism 1: Who believes this sh*t!?
Skepticism 2: Nope. I am not convinced that sh*t is actually happening.
Socialism 1: sh*t should happen to everybody equally.
Socialism 2: The sh*t belongs to everybody.
Solipsism: This sh*t is a creation of my imagination.
Southern Baptism: sh*t will happen. Praise the Lord!
Spiritualism 1: This Soul is the best sh*t that ever happened.
Spiritualism 2: sh*t, that’s my great grandmother speaking!
Statistics: There is an 81.9% chance that sh*t will happen.
Stoicism: It's good that this sh*t is happening for me.
Sufism: Let's passionately purify our inner self from sh*t.
Suicidal: I've had enough of this sh*t!
Sunni-ism (Arabic: ??? ?????): Don't give me that Shiite!
Suprematism: Some geometrical sh*t happens.
Surpriseism: No sh*t!!!
Surgery: sh*t, where was this organ supposed to go?
Surrealism: I dream fantastic sh*t.
Survivalism: Is this sh*t dangerous, can I mate with it, or eat it?
Symbolism: This abstract sh*t must symbolize something.
Talkatism: Let’s have a sh*t chat!
Tantrism: This sh*t is pure ecstasy.
Taoism: sh*t happens, but it will change into something else.
The tax office (IRS): We should tax this sh*t.
*3 TeeTee-ism: Though there's more to this world than sh*t, we definitely can have fun registering it.
Terrorism: If you don’t stop, we’ll sh*t in your backyard.
Tathagataism: Just be -- there's no need to sh*t, or to attain or change any sh*t (from happening).
Televangelism: Your tax-deductible donation could make The Lord Himself stop this sh*t from happening.
Thanatism: When the body dies you're in deep sh*t.
Theoretical physicist: sh*t should happen.
Theosophy: Your current sh*t is a manifestation of your past life sh*t.
The Secret-ism: You can be, do, or have (happen) all the sh*t you want.
Thnetopsychism: sh*t may happen to the body, but it will be reborn on The Day Of Judgement
Tolle-ism 1: sh*t only happens in the NOW!
Tolle-ism 2: The way to pure being is to not identify with sh*t, but to be intensely aware of it in the NOW.
Transactional analysis: I acknowledge my sh*t, and it's okay.
Transcendental Meditation 1: sh*t happens if you don't repeat: aing, aing, aing, aing, aing, aing...
Transcendental Meditation 2: sh*t is inferior consciousness and not approved by The World Government of The Age of Enlightenment since it pollutes the purity of The Collective Consciousness.
Transsexualism: sh*t happened to my body before I was born.
Taoism: sh*t happens, go with the flow!
Unitarianism: Let's reason together about the sh*t that happens.
Universalism: One day we shall all be saved from all the sh*t happening.
Utopianism: This sh*t smells fantastic.
Vaccination: This sh*t will expel evil.
Vandalism: We make sh*t happen!
Vedanta-ism 1: sh*t is an illusion.
Vedanta-ism 2: All sh*t is really Brahma (OM!)
Victorianism: Excrement do occur, though we do not partake in its discussion in civilized society.
Voluntaryism: Coercive invasion stinks!
Voodooism 1: Let's stick some pins in this sh*t!
Voodooism 2: This sh*t's gonna get you!
Voyeurism: I'd like to see this sh*t.
Warner Bros.-ism: Free Willy from sh*t happening.
Wiccanism: If it harms none, let sh*t happen!
Winnie-The-Pooh and his taoism: When this sh*t changes into honey, I could eat it.
Witchcraft: If you mix this sh*t together it will happen.
Yodaism: Luke, to the dark side of the sh*t do not yield!
Zealotism: No Roman sh*t here!
Zen: What is the sound of sh*t happening?
Zeteticism 1: Until you KNOW it's sh*t, investigate the sh*t!
Zeteticism 2: - You don't know sh*t so don't give a sh*t!
Zeteticism 3: Don't give a sh*t until sh*t has proven its worth.
Zionism: We don’t want any sh*t happening, we want a homeland.
Zoroastrianism: Bad sh*t happens, and good sh*t happens.

ok back to regular discussion/i]
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 06, 2012, 05:51 PM
i've never seen so much sh*t in 1 place sh*tting some sh*t simultaneously! lolololololol
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: Payback on Jan 06, 2012, 09:13 PM
I love reading conspiracy theories... but I hate confusing it with the truth.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 06, 2012, 10:37 PM
371 TRILLION DOLLARS OF DRAGON FAMILY GOLD AND TREASURE
 
 
 
BF: You’ve got to understand that there are two financial systems in the world.
 
The stuff that’s on the books, in there, according to the official government statistics, the world GDP is 63 trillion dollars, right?
 
DW: Mm hm.
 
BF: And then we have these bonds that are supposedly worth 371 trillion dollars.
 
There’s a disconnect.
 
DW: What bonds are worth 371 trillion?
 
BF: The total amount held by the Dragon Family. The 85 percent of the world’s gold and treasure. That’s how much it was assessed at.
 
DW: OK. So this is the stuff that was blacklisted – prior to Bretton Woods.
 
[DW: Keith Scott, one of Fulford's insiders, told me he has repeatedly tried to correct Ben on this point, as the 371 trillion was only the value of one large treasure site in Malaysia. The full number is in the many thousands of trillions.]
 
 
 
 
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY GIVEN TO NEIL KEENAN AND KEITH SCOTT
 
 
 
BF: This is what Sukarno’s nephew gave us power of attorney to sue over.
 
DW: And that power of attorney was specifically given to Neil Keenan, as cited in your document.
 
BF: Yeah, and Keith Scott. That [power of attorney was granted] just to say “Hey, you guys stole gold and treasure that doesn’t belong to you.”
 
[DW: Obviously, one trillion dollars’ worth of bonds is only a very small percentage of the total Dragon Family / Kuomintang asset base.
 
Later, Fulford clarifies that this is not intended to put Keenan and Scott in charge… it is only intended to open the door. However, it is true that Keenan and Scott have complete signatory control over the missing, stolen bonds until 2020.]
 
 
 
 
 
LAWSUIT CREATES THE LEGAL RIGHTS TO OPEN THE “BLACK SCREENS”
 
 
 
BF: What makes this lawsuit scary to the people who run the financial system is they have the legal right now to open what is known as a “Black Screen.”
 
This is esoteric stuff. You’ve got to remember that 95 percent of the money in the world exists only as numbers in a computer. Only five percent of it exists as cash money.
 
DW: That’s like most people’s bank account too, right? Unless you withdraw the money, it’s just in a computer.
 
BF: Yeah. But otherwise what you get is a book entry with numbers.
 
DW: Sure.
 
BF: There’s high-level codes that allow you to punch in… you go through the secret stuff, you punch in your access code and whatever.
 
Then you type in a billion dollars, and bingo – there’s a billion dollars.
 
 
 
 
 
THE SABBATEANS DON’T WANT TO GIVE UP THE FINANCIAL CONTROL
 
 
BF: Now that’s a pretty nice little thing to have your hands on. You can see why these guys don’t want to give it up.
 
DW: These guys meaning the Western powers.
 
BF: Not the Western powers, but the Sabbateans who are above and behind the Western powers.
 
I’m talking about the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds and all these kinds of people.
 
 
 
 
THE BLACK SCREENS ARE THE CURRENT VERSION OF BRETTON WOODS
 
 
 
DW: So these black screens are part of the same financial system that was created by Bretton Woods.
 
BF: It’s the current version. It’s the ultimate high-tech computer network where the money is all supposedly hidden.
 
 
 
 
QUINTILLIONS OF ILLICIT DOLLARS HAVE BEEN CREATED
 
 
BF: The problem is because no one was in charge at the top, and there was no agreement, different groups started creating ridiculous numbers.
 
I’ve heard that there are now quintillions of dollars that they’ve tried to put into the system.
 
DW: I’ve heard that as well.
 
BF: And that’s like 33 orders of magnitude more than there is of real world economy.
 
So the system is broken. It has mathematically malfunctioned at the highest level.
 
 
 
 
 
PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS FACILITATE TRADES BETWEEN CENTRAL BANKS
 
 
 
DW: Now one of the insider things that I have heard… it’s something I’ve never said publicly before, but it’s an important point.
 
It’s my understanding that as a result of Bretton Woods, central banks were forbidden from directly trading with one another.
 
They had to have civilian intermediaries who were actually the bond holders – who actually kept the equity in their own private accounts.
 
Part of Bretton Woods was that these people were supposed to deposit 80 percent of the yield, as this money was created out of thin air, into humanitarian relief programs.
 
Would you agree with that?
 
BF: I have heard something along those lines. And I know at least a couple of people who do this trading between governments.
 
[I know] one of 20 people at the BIS who are authorized to do this stuff. I talk directly to them.
 
DW: Right.
 
 
 
 
 
THE MONEY WAS STOLEN – NOT USED FOR HUMANITARIAN CAUSES
 
 
 
BF: The problem is that if they open these screens – and we have the access codes now – they will realize that the money wasn’t used mostly for humanitarian purposes.
 
It was stolen and used for military-industrial purposes.
 
 
 
 
WHAT ABOUT THE “BOOK OF MAKLUMAT” FROM SUHARTO?
 
 

DW: When you say “open the black screens,” is that the equivalent of what you were calling the Book of Maklumat that came from Suharto in Indonesia?
 
BF: The Book of Maklumat is one of several physical account entries that would allow people to open up this can of worms and prove that money was stolen.
 
DW: Is there one copy of it only?
 
BF: No, there are many copies of it hidden all over the place now, of course, because it’s such a sensitive issue.
 
[DW: After this interview, I was able to see a digital copy of the Book of Maklumat. It definitely did not strike me as fraudulent. Most of it was a very detailed accounting of the staggering number of assets being held, with all the code numbers and descriptions.]
 
 
 
 
 
THEN WHO HAS THE JURISDICTION TO GO AFTER THEM?
 
 
 
DW: But who has the jurisdiction to go after these guys? That’s one of the problems with this.
 
BF: That’s the problem! We are in kind of uncharted territory. We don’t have the structures right now.
 
The United Nations are run by a bunch of gangsters. A lot of the world leaders have been bribed and blackmailed into obeying these people.
 
So what’s happening is we are entering into a kind of vacuum. We need to set up new structures, new systems, a new way of running the planet.
 
 
 
 
 
THE EURO AND THE IMF ARE BANKRUPT
 
 
 
DW: But if the Euro and the dollar become bankrupt, people are going to be really pissed – and those changes could happen pretty quickly.
 
BF: The Euro is already bankrupt. You can see the IMF, which is supposedly the highest financial body on Earth, is saying they don’t have any money.
 
DW: [Laughs] That’s scary.
 
BF: When Russia was bankrupt, it was the IMF that bailed them out. And now the so-called IMF doesn’t have money.
 
That’s because they don’t have a legal mandate. It expired in 1994. They’re just a bunch of people claiming to have the right. No one gave it to them.
 
 
 
 
 
THE NON-ALIGNED NATIONS HAVE BLACKLISTED ALL BUBBLE MONEY
 
 
 
DW: That means these non-aligned nations you’re referring to, they are not accepting the bubble money that’s being created in the computers anymore?
 
They are not accepting that equity?
 
BF: It’s all being blacklisted – kept out of the system.
 
That’s why the dollar hasn’t… you haven’t had hyperinflation in the United States. That money is not being put into the system.
 
Otherwise, all these numbers announced by the Fed – if you do the math, there should be hyperinflation, but there isn’t – because it’s not being allowed into the system.
 
It is a mess – but here’s the real point.
 
 
 
 
 
CREATING MONEY ALLOWS US TO SHAPE THE FUTURE WE WANT TO LIVE IN
 
 
 
BF: The creation of money, in a way, is the process of deciding what we as a species will do in the future.
 
And it’s being controlled by religious fanatics who wanted to carry out Old Testament prophecies. It’s really wacko and mind-boggling.
 
Most of us ordinary humans, like any Miss America candidate, or pretty well any guy you pick off the street, will say, “End poverty, stop environmental destruction, and make everyone rich and happy.” Stuff like that.
 
It’s not rocket science. What we want in the future is not what the current set of leaders has in mind.
 
They want World War III and killing four billion people, and the rule of an elite over a slave population. We don’t want that!
 
 
 
 
 
COULD THIS MASSIVE GOLD SUPPLY PROVIDE COLLATERAL FOR A NEW ECONOMY?
 
 
 
DW: We’ve revealed something in this interview that I’ve never heard you say publicly before.
 
The amount of gold that is here [is huge]… all of the confiscating of the Roman Empire, [as well as the Spanish conquistadores,] pulled it out of these ancient places where it already was.
 
It somehow all made its way over to China because of silk trading, and this and that, and opium.
 
BF: [crosstalk] Asia. Asia. Spice, silk, ceramics…
 
DW: Right. So there’s this massive amount of gold that could put us back on a gold standard, where currency is tethered to something of real value.
 
 
 
 
 
A NEW “GOLD STANDARD” CENTRALIZES CONTROL TOO MUCH
 
 
 
BF: The problem with a gold standard, if you talk to the people… and one group that supported us are the people who used to control the gold.
 
As far as they’re concerned, the “Golden Rule” is “He who has the gold… makes the rules.”
 
DW: [Laughs]
 
BF: Well, that’s not really a viable alternative to fiat money, if you ask me.
 
DW: True.
 
 
 
 
 
FULFORD SUPPORTS MULTIPLE GROUPS TO PLAN THE FUTURE
 
 
 
BF: What I personally support is we need multiple different groups that have some kind of planning function into the future.
 
Whatever they do has to be based on stuff that exists in the real world.
 
There is a discipline in reality that you cannot escape. If you grow wheat, that wheat exists. And then you can put out a receipt that says “This is good for wheat.”
 
But, if you just put out a receipt that is backed by nothing, it doesn’t exist. It’s just a fact of nature.
 
 
 
 
 
JAPAN HAD EXCELLENT SUCCESS WITH ECONOMIC PLANNING AGENCIES
 
 
 
BF: What I’ve supported… I came here in the 80s when Japan was number one. It was the country of the future.
 
They had a system which I thought was the best we’ve seen so far on this planet.
 
They had what was known as an economic planning agency. They would draw an idea of where we want to be as a country five years from now.
 
Everyone would be consulted. People would say we want more roads, we want more sewage, we want more schools, we want a space station, whatever.
 
Then they would draw up plans. The Bank of Japan would go around and figure out how much money they could print that was backed by real stuff, without causing inflation.
 
Backed by real stuff means real estate, gold, rice, anything real. Then private industry would actually carry it out.
 
 
 
 
 
TEN PERCENT GROWTH PER YEAR – AND ECONOMIC EQUALITY
 
 
 
BF: What they had was fast economic growth, for decades – close to ten percent a year.
 
They had the lowest gap between the poor and the rich in any developed country, and probably any country on Earth.
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICANS FORCED THEM TO DISMANTLE THE SYSTEM
 
 
 
BF: It was the Americans who came in and bullied them and forced them to dismantle that system.
 
This is why they’ve had stagnation for the past 23 years.
 
 
 
 
 
THE CHINESE ARE STILL USING A SIMILAR MODEL – AND ARE GROWING
 
 
 
BF: The Chinese are still using a system similar to the old Japanese system, which is why they still have fast economic growth!
 
DW: Wow. Okay.
 
 
 
 
 
DEMOCRATICALLY DECIDE WHAT PEOPLE WANT – AND FIND A WAY TO DO IT
 
 
 
BF: So what I’m saying is that you need some people who are selected because they are very smart, because they passed a good exam, who are given the job of carrying out people’s wishes in a realistic manner.
 
So everybody says “This is what we want the world to be in five years.” Then these guys try to make it real by focusing on numbers and stuff that can actually be done.
 
Now I’m not saying we want a single planning agency for the whole planet. I’m saying this could be one of many competing groups trying to create new projects for the future.
 
The CIA guys and these people I talk to, and the Rothschild faction that is helping us, they want their own new offshore centers where they can carry out their own plans and projects for the planet.
 
And that’s fine.
 
[DW: Elsewhere, Fulford has made it clear that this would only be allowed if they worked on projects that did not harm the planet or its people – and they would need to be monitored carefully.]
 
 
 
 
 
MONEY HAS TO BE BASED ON REAL THINGS
 
 
 
BF: I don’t think we want a centralized control network. But we do need to make sure that anything that does exist is disciplined by reality.
 
It has to be based in something real.
 
The system should be that if someone takes a log and carves it into a totem pole, they have created money.
 
DW: [Laughs] Yeah.
 
BF: It shouldn’t be some guy with a computer, some powerful oligarch with a computer punching numbers and acting like God – which is what we have now.
 
 
 
 
 
THE WESTERN COUNTRIES HAVE BEEN GETTING MORE THAN GIVING
 
 
 
BF: The other thing, of course, is that if you look at reality right now, the fact of the matter is that the European countries, the United States and Australia have been getting more stuff from the rest of the world than they have been giving.
 
DW: Right. The only export they have is “Financial Products,” which is basically bubble money.
 
BF: And weapons.
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPRESSED TECHNOLOGIES COULD CREATE AN INCREDIBLE NEW CIVILIZATION
 
 
 
BF: The United States has the world’s best universities still. They have a very intelligent, well-educated, hardworking population.
 
And, they have all this high tech that has been suppressed for so-called national security reasons.
 
So if we can get these scumbags out of power in the Federal Reserve Board and free the people, the potential for a boom such as has never been seen before is right there. It’s ready!
 
 
 
 
 
THE CABAL IS FIGHTING TO THE BITTER END
 
 
 
But first, we have to let the old system collapse. These guys are not going to go quietly into the night. They are threatening war still. They are still trying to attack Iran.
 
I’ve had reports now that they are planting nuclear bombs in the seabed off the shore of Tokyo to create another tsunami here.
 
DW: Jesus.
 
BF: They’re up to all sorts of nasty stuff. And we have to stop them.
 
 
 
 
 
WHAT ABOUT THE PENTAGON CONDUCTING MASS ARRESTS?
 
 
 
DW: Now you’ve said before that one of the enforcement arms that could come into play, now that you’ve driven the wedge with this lawsuit, is the Pentagon.
 
The good guys in the Pentagon could at some point actually do mass arrests at gunpoint of, as you’ve said, I believe most of the House of Representatives and the Senate.
 
[This is] because these guys have private accounts in the Vatican Bank and they have been bribed, right?
 
BF: Yeah.
 
DW: You’re [also] talking about the heads of the top five media companies that have been controlling the media to promote this agenda.
 
These guys [in the Pentagon] are preparing to move on that at some point, right?
 
 
 
 
 
NO ONE HAS FORMED A CONSENSUS OF WHAT TO DO, OR WHEN TO DO IT
 
 
 
BF: They’re not quite sure what to do next. That’s the problem. There’s a lot of confusion. It’s one thing to say “All right, let’s put these guys in jail” – but then they say, “Well, now what?”
 
There’s no coherent plan in place for what’s next. Keenan and his people have their ideas. I’ve got mine. Other people have their own plans they’re all pushing.
 
What I do believe, though, is that yes – you do need to get the out-and-out criminals out of power. Put them under house arrest. You don’t have to put them in jail.
 
 
 
 
 
CHANGE THE TOP OF THE PYRAMID
 
 
 
BF: Most of them… it’s one of those systems. I don’t know if you’ve seen the movie The Scorpion King.
 
It’s one of those movies where you come in to the top of the pyramid, you beat the guy in a swordfight, you show up at the top of the stairs with his head in hand and everybody bows down to you. [Growling voice:] “OHHHHH!”
 
DW: [Laughs]
 
BF: Most of these guys are used to that pyramid system. If you change the top, they automatically go along with the new program.
 
They say “Hey, I was just following the pharaoh”, you know?
 
DW: Right.
 
BF: So it could be a system where you don’t even have to put anybody in jail. You just say “OK, we’ve changed the plan now. There’s a new game plan. Now instead of building pyramids, you’re going to be building universities.”
 
And they say, “OK, let’s go for it!”
 
 
 
 
 
OBAMA HASN’T BEEN ABLE TO RESIST THE PRESSURE GROUPS
 
 
 
BF: But, having said that, there are a lot of incompetent gangsters at the highest levels of power who shouldn’t be there. They don’t know how to run a country and they don’t know how to run a planet.
 
And they don’t belong in that job. And I mean Obama among others. His record proves it!
 
DW: I think he’s folded way too many times to the pressure groups around him.
 
BF: Well, he’s just a puppet. That’s the fact of the matter.
 
 
 
 
20,000 character reached, post to continue if interested
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: SirZap on Jan 07, 2012, 04:01 AM
ang haba.. ngayon ko lang binasa....

kawawang mga KUOMINTANG, ikaw ay inisahan....
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 07, 2012, 09:11 AM
WE NEED TO HAVE AN OPEN DEBATE ABOUT WHAT TO DO NEXT
 


BF: What we do need to have, as quick as possible, is an open debate. We want to get everybody in on it, so that we can say, “What are we going to do next?”
 
It’s one thing to get rid of the old system, but if you don’t have anything ready in place, you end up with chaos.
 
You end up with a loss of civilization. You end up with collapse of order.
 
That’s one thing we all agree we don’t want.
 
There has got to be a transition towards a better way of running the planet that’s not going to destroy, but build.
 
 
 
 
 
WE DON’T EXACTLY HAVE A LOT OF TIME TO FIGURE THIS ALL OUT…
 
 
 
DW: I don’t mean to play devil’s advocate here, but [you have said] the Asian Secret Societies and the non-aligned nations have put this squeeze play [on the Western economy.]
 
[Now,] as of our interview, November 28th, there’s stuff in the news saying the Euro isn’t even going to last ten days.
 
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2068138/Britain-joins-multi-billion-pound-global-bailout-key-banks-face-new-credit-crunch.html
 
DW: [That means] we don’t have a lot of time to make those decisions.
 
People are going to start suffering when these collapses that you guys apparently have helped to engineer finally happen.
 
 
 
 
 
THEY ARE ACTING LIKE HITLER AT THE END OF WWII
 
 
 
BF: Unfortunately, because the people in power in the United States, in Washington, in Wall Street and in Europe are being very stubborn, they are acting like Hitler was at the end of World War II:
 
“I will let Germany collapse before I will move from power.”
 
There is going to be a really tough winter in the United States and in Europe as things stand now.
 
These guys are not going peacefully and quietly into the night. They are not accepting that we need a fundamental change in how we run this planet.
 
That is why it is going to be a tough winter unless you hurry up and get these guys out.
 
 
 
 
 
THERE WILL BE VERY POWERFUL DISINFORMATION CAMPAIGNS
 
 
 
DW: Well, they’re going to have incredibly powerful disinformation campaigns that will do everything they can to make you appear to be a fool, and that everything you are saying is a lie.
 
BF: Sure!
 
[DW: These groups know the war is fought in public opinion – so strong efforts are being made to pose as ordinary people writing comments on blogs and discussion forums.
 
Two scientists at the Canadian University of Victoria investigated the problem of the “paid armies” of fake commenters in China. They created software that was 85-percent successful at weeding them out:
 
http://www.technologyreview.com/blog/arxiv/27357/?p1=blogs
 
India Daily posted an article that clearly asserts that China is not the only group “flooding” the Internet this way – hence the name “Internet Water Army”:
 
 
http://indiadaily.com/editorial/22740.asp
 
The Internet Water Army is a group of individuals who act as paid mercenaries to inundate the Internet with comments, gossip, or other content to build up or demolish credibility of articles, information, Websites and more.
 
These people demolish the consumer ranking of products and services, create false images, provide a sense of false perception to destroy the truth.
 
Some blame China as the pioneer of the Internet Water Army. China may be using the same but the list of abusers is vast. It is very common in the free world.
 
The corporations are employing them, the unions are employing them, and even the political parties employ them.
 
The Internet Water Army are typically tasked with registering on a Web site and then producing content in the form of posts, articles, links to sites and videos, etc.]
 
 
 
 
 
THEY WILL ARGUE THAT THIS IS THE “NEW WORLD ORDER” EVERYONE IS FEARING
 
 
 
DW: [They will strongly argue] that if this [Asian] group actually succeeds, it’s the New World Order, it’s the Illuminati, it’s fascism, martial law, FEMA camps and all the things they’ve been trying to get people afraid of.
 
So how do you counter that?
 
 
 
 
 
THEY WON’T BE ABLE TO AFFORD TO CREATE PROPAGANDA ANYMORE
 
 
 
BF: The reality of the situation is stronger than the propaganda.
 
They can talk all they want. They say “Well, now I’ve got a quadrillion dollars. A quintillion dollars. See, it’s in my computer!”
 
Then go try to spend it. See what happens! See how far you get with that!
 
Bush was trying to flee to Paraguay, and they stopped him.
 
See what happens when he takes his black card, or whatever they have, and he goes to the store, and they say “Sorry. You can’t buy anything.”
 
These guys will be just street trash once their money is frozen. And it’s being frozen.
 
 
 
 
 
LOTS OF BEHIND-THE-SCENES NEGOTIATIONS GOING ON NOW
 
 
 
DW: Right now you’re saying there isn’t really a consensus within the Pentagon as to when or if to do these so-called mass arrests.
 
BF: I don’t know. What I do know is these Pentagon people always told me they are waiting for this lawsuit to be a trigger.
 
Now there’s a lot of, “OK, well, it’s there. We understand that the system is rotten and broken, but we’re not quite sure what to do next.”
 
There’s a lot of behind-the-scenes negotiating and talking and running around.
 
As things stand, unfortunately it looks like things are going to have to get more chaotic before these people’s minds are concentrated enough that they’re ready to start building new systems, new agreements to share this planet.
 
 
 
 
 
A FIFTY-FIFTY SPLIT BETWEEN “EAST” AND “WEST”
 
 
 
DW: The basic [idea] that I have said as an operating principle is that Western and Asian civilization need to start out with an exactly 50-50 deal that underlines whatever it is that we start building on top of the old system.
 
We don’t want, suddenly, Europeans and Americans to be taking orders from Asians. And the Asians are tired of having the Europeans tell them what to do.
 
We need to have a forum where we reach a consensus. We both agree, “Yes, that’s a good idea.”
 
Build a space colony? “Yes, that’s a good idea.”
 
 
 
 
 
WHERE DO THE ISLAMIC COUNTRIES FIT INTO THIS?
 
 
 
DW: What side would all the Islamic countries be in that 50/50?
 
BF: The Islamic countries are basically with us, except for a few colonies that are still controlled by the cultists, pretending to be Muslims.
 
Essentially, they’re just afraid of ending up the way Khadafi did, so they are keeping their heads low – but they are essentially with us.
 
DW: Okay.
 
 
 
 
 
HELP THE JEWISH PEOPLE UNDERSTAND THE CORRUPTION OF LEADERSHIP
 
 
 
BF: What we really need to do now is to get the Jewish people to realize that their leaders, a lot of them, were a part of an insane cult.
 
They shouldn’t allow those people to speak for them as a people. These are the same people behind the Holocaust, you know?
 
DW: Right. The atrocity is too boggling for most people’s minds to even wrap around.
 
BF: Exactly. That’s what they were counting on. It’s just too big for people to wrap their minds around.
 
But all this is provable, you know?
 
DW: Right.
 
 
 
 
 
VERIFYING THE LAWSUIT AS AUTHENTIC
 
 
 
DW: One thing I want to make sure we cover before we would end this interview is this presentation of this legal document.
 
The law firm that is listed on the document is Bleakley, Platt and Schmidt LLP, in White Plains, New York.
 
The principal attorney behind it is William H. Mulligan, Jr.
 
I’ve been to their website. They are definitely a very bonafide legal firm. I haven’t actually called them yet, but I plan on calling Mulligan and asking him just to verify that this suit is real.
 
[DW: I did call Mulligan and speak to him on the phone. Please do not bother him. He released an official, recorded statement via my colleague Kimberley Jaeger confirming the lawsuit is genuine, as you hear at the end of the MP3 of our interview.]
 
 
 
 
 
THIS DOCUMENT SHOULD HELP CONVINCE THE SKEPTICS
 
 
 
DW: It’s a hyper-complex document. It’s loaded with numbers, documentation, with names.
 
I’m still on the receiving end of tons of hateful comments people are directing towards you.
 
[DW: Paid bloggers… Water Army crusaders… we love you! Think about what you’re doing and who you’re supporting, as you have to live here too!]
 
I hope this document will do a lot to allay those concerns – because it is very comprehensive.
 
 
 
 
 
THE PEOPLE BEHIND THE LAWSUIT ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES DOING THIS
 
 
 
BF: You’ve got to remember [this].
 
The people behind that lawsuit are an important group within the West that support a move towards a more sane international financial system – but they are not the only group out there.
 
A lot of people know that something needs to be done.
 
 
 
 
 
THERE IS CHAOS – PEOPLE DON’T KNOW WHAT TO DO NEXT
 
 
 
BF: Like I say, it’s a situation right now.
 
My understanding is that chaos is the best word to describe what is happening right now within the leadership circles of the Western world.
 
I would even include Japan in that. There’s a lot of confusion. People don’t know what to do next.
 
 


THIS NEEDS TO BECOME PART OF AN OPEN, PUBLIC DEBATE
 
 
 
BF: It’s important to have a lot of open debate and truth disclosure, so that people can make informed decisions.
 
I don’t think this should be handled behind closed doors anymore. I think this should be open to the public.
 
If people have specific things where they think I am either wrong or crazy, I am happy to answer it.
 
There is no point responding to slander, but if there are real arguments there, I would be happy to listen to them.
 
 
 
 
 
SOME OF THE LEGAL DOCUMENT WAS SOURCED FROM WIKIPEDIA
 
 
 
DW: When I did my due diligence on the document, my biggest concern, which I published on your forum, was that in section 33, there is a series of eight sentences regarding the World Economic Forum.
 
 
When I was concerned about whether the document was legitimate, I looked up World Economic Forum on Wikipedia.
 
The sentences on Wikipedia were almost exactly the same as what is in the legal document.
 
BF: Sure! The guy writing the legal document says, “All right. We know the Davos World Economic Forum [is involved], because there is a tape recording of a conversation with Giancarlo Bruno, who is the head of financial services at the World Economic Forum, [discussing it].”
 
So we have evidence, forensic evidence, that they are linked.
 
But then [we say] OK, so what is the World Economic Forum, anyway?
 
So the lawyer goes to Wikipedia and cuts and pastes eight sentences. Sure. That’s what people do. Even lawyers writing up legal documents.
 
 
 
 
 
CLEARING UP THE ISSUE OF THE “OFFICE OF INTERNATIONAL TREASURY CONTROL”
 
 
 
DW: The other mistake that I made publicly, which I want to correct, to your credit, was that in the document, the Office of International Treasury Control was referred to.
 
 
I didn’t read the document carefully enough when I wrote my comments to see that in the legal document, the legitimacy of this OITC and its alleged UN charter is challenged. In other words, they attack the OITC.
 
When you look at the OITC website, it is painfully amateur. It made me have to reload my browser in 32-bit mode. The videos were done in Power Point. There are lots of grammatical errors on the website. It’s a joke!
 
BF: Yeah. It’s a joke. The guy RC Dam, who they supposedly put up as the guy who was in charge, is some Cambodian guy… he’s on the run now. He’s fled. People don’t know where he is.
 
He was raised by the CIA. He was just a front man.
 
 
 
 
 
A COMPLEX, HIGH-LEVEL FINANCIAL FRAUD INVOLVING FIJI

 
 
 
DW: If you actually look up OITC, Office of International Treasury Control on Wikipedia, you read about this massive fraud that these guys – posing as the OITC, which was allegedly where the equity of the world’s banks is being kept – instilled a fraud on Fiji.
 
 
 
They were allegedly going to finance Fiji with billions of dollars – which obviously did not come to pas
 
Any conventional con-man would have to have really brass balls to try to defraud an entire country like that!
 
BF: These guys probably realized that the people who actually control the financial system themselves were basing it on fraud. So they were trying to get a piece of the action.
 
That’s my reading of it. What I do want to emphasize is that even though Keenan and Scott have power of attorney right now, they shouldn’t be put in charge of running the planet.
 
[DW: That is not what they want or expect either, based on my discussions with them.]
 
 
 
 
 
117 NATIONS HAVE AGREED TO SET UP A NEW SYSTEM IN THE MONACO ACCORDS
 
 
 
BF: We need an open discussion involving lots of people. That discussion is going to take place at the forum of 117 nations, the Monaco Accords, who have agreed to set up a new financial system.
 
We need to get the G5 nations and their satellite countries to participate in these discussions, so we can as quickly as possible come up with new global structures to replace the corrupt and rotten UN, World Bank, BIS and IMF with something more representative of the people on Earth.
 
I don’t mean a global government. I mean a common set of rules for the planet we all share, the air we all breathe and the oceans we all use. Not some centralized New World Order control grid. All right?
 
DW: Absolutely!
 
 
 
 
 
WHAT ABOUT THE MALAYSIAN WAR CRIMES TRIBUNAL?
 
 
 
DW: Now is the Malaysian war crimes tribunal that found Bush and Blair guilty of war crimes, is that in any way related to this 117-nation alliance?
 
BF: No. It’s just another sign that humanity is waking up, and they are tired of being controlled by this criminal cabal.
 
But, no consensus has been come up with about what to do next.
 
 
 
 
 
LOTS OF SUPPORT FOR A NEW ECONOMIC PLANNING AGENCY
 
 
 
BF: However, I can say this. There is a lot of support for my idea for a new international economic planning agency to do things like turn the deserts green and replenish the oceans with fish, and stop environmental destruction.
 
Not as a world government, but simply as some group that carries out big, long-term and large-scale projects for the benefit of the people and the living organisms of this planet.
 
DW: Yeah. And I think that a lot of the people in these groups don’t want to be working for the bad guy. They want to save face.
 
BF: Exactly! They all want to save the planet, so let’s do it!
 
Listen, I have to go, but thanks for talking to me.
 
DW: I really appreciate it, Ben. This has been a great interview. My prayers and support are with you guys.
 
 
 
 
 
THE LEGAL DOCUMENT DID SAY THE “OITC” WAS FRAUDULENT… AND FAULTS THE U.N.
 
 
 
DW: There was one other thing I just wanted to toss in briefly about the Office of International Treasury Control. And that is that I made a misstatement publicly.
 
When I went back and read your document, it clearly states that this was a fraudulent organization, but that the UN is at fault because they allowed this organization to prosper without ever publicly refuting their alleged charter.
 
BF: That’s because Ban Ki-Moon himself, the head of the UN, is using fraudulent documents as we talk to try to take over African countries – just as they’re trying to use the same fraudulent documents to take over Europe!
 
DW: My God.
 
BF: Okay? He’s citing “seven families” as his authority. The seven families are the ones who founded the Federal Reserve Board.
 
And they have no authority! They’re a bunch of crooks and gangsters. And we need to kick the bums out. All right?
 
DW: Thank you very much, Ben.
 
 
 
 
 
END POVERTY, STOP ENVIRONMENTAL DESTRUCTION AND CREATE A STAR TREK FUTURE!
 



BF: I don’t want to end on a bad note. What we really need to do is end poverty, stop environmental destruction, and create a wonderful new future for the planet and the species on it.
 
DW: Well, we’re all behind you, and we look forward to the next update. Thank you so much, Ben.
 
BF: Thank you very much.            
 
DW: All right. Take care.
 
 
[END OF INTERVIEW]




Post Merge: Jan 07, 2012, 09:43 AM





INTRODUCTION TO BEN FULFORD




M: He’s sold over 500,000 non-fiction books written in Japanese. He has produced a comprehensive catalog in fields ranging from business to Yakuza gangsters to high finance to government corruption.
 
 
He is now focused on exposing US manipulation of Japanese politics, media and education through a combination of bribes, murder, brainwashing, et cetera.
 
 
His goal is to counter US propaganda and expose the Japanese people to the truth, so that they may free themselves from the colonial yoke and use their five trillion in overseas holdings to end world poverty and save the environment.
 
 
He has worked in Japan for Knight-Ridder, the International Financing Review, the Nippon Kizai Shungun English edition, and the South China Morning Post before moving to Forbes Magazine, where he was the Asian bureau chief from 1998 to 2005.
 
 
His investigative reports pursued scandals in the Japanese government and business world. After leaving Forbes Magazine, he wrote a series of books in Japanese, some of which became bestsellers, and began to be published on the Internet.
 
 
In an effort to get more involved, he naturalized to Japan in 2007. As a Japanese citizen, he has now gained popularity on the Internet after he conducted interviews with the reclusive David Rockefeller in November, 2007.


WIKIPEDIA


Benjamin Fulford (born 1961) is a journalist living in Japan.
 
He is the great-grandson of George Taylor Fulford[1].
 
In the early 1980s he went to Japan to study at Sophia University. After receiving a B.A. from the University of British Columbia, he returned to Japan in the mid-1980s to pursue a career in journalism. He worked in Japan as a correspondent for Knight Ridder, the International Financing Review, the Nihon Keizai Shimbun English edition, and the South China Morning Post before moving to Forbes magazine, where he was the Asian Bureau chief from 1998 to 2005.[2] After leaving Forbes he wrote a series of books in Japanese. He conducted an interview with the reclusive David Rockefeller in November 2007[3] .
 
On July 14, 2009 the Tokyo District Court awarded American broadcast journalist Steven L. Herman more than Yen 1,700,000 (115K euro) in the civil libel case brought against Fulford and his publisher (Herman vs. Fulford, Fusosha & M. Katagiri).[4]
 
After the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami, Fulford presented evidence on Japanese television that "Fukushima nuclear accident was planned in premeditation," "a premeditated threat against Japan," because of financial matters, and that "[t]he threat is not over yet. The American government in cooperation with [the] Federal Reserve, the Rockefellers, and other powerful groups, they are planning the eruption of Mt. Fuji Volcano. The earthquake and the tsunami was March 11th, 2011, 03.11.11. The Mt. Fuji Eruption they are planning is for April 11th, 2011." Fulford attributed the earthquake, tsunami and his predicted eruption of Mt. Fuji to HAARP, a military research program to research the ionosphere. Some people believe that HAARP is able to change the climate and even cause earthquakes. [5][6][7]
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: Prospera on Jan 07, 2012, 10:00 AM
Mind-boggling, indeed. And if true, extremely scary.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: GoodSteward on Jan 07, 2012, 10:11 AM
The American government in cooperation with [the] Federal Reserve, the Rockefellers, and other powerful groups, they are planning the eruption of Mt. Fuji Volcano. The earthquake and the tsunami was March 11th, 2011, 03.11.11. The Mt. Fuji Eruption they are planning is for April 11th, 2011." Fulford attributed the earthquake, tsunami and his predicted eruption of Mt. Fuji to HAARP, a military research program to research the ionosphere. Some people believe that HAARP is able to change the climate and even cause earthquakes.

^Reminded me of Jin-yong, a popular chinese novelist who incorporates fictional characters, events to historical facts and vice versa...

Seems to be the trend lately:

In Hollywood: Transformers3: The Dark of the Moon,  X-Men: First Class..

Local: Ricky Lees :Si Amapola sa 65 na Kabanata...
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 07, 2012, 02:46 PM
This is part two fo three which is shorter.  Part three hasn't been released yet.

@goodsteward

yes, i do realize that is one way of exposing this cabal.  the series "ALIAS" by jeniffer gardner introduced what should be mere terrosit cells that ultimately leads to complex world of secret organizations and gov't.  

There is this series called "THE EVENT"  which was secretly funded by pentagon to expose this cabal with real time story during the time of their released.  I forgot were i read that in the course of reserching....

There is this project called DISCLOSURE  which are planed to be done this year after this cabal are totally defeated to tell the entire planet what has been really going on plus one very shocking announcement which president kennedy was supposed to do it when he was killed on that day....well, research it to know what it is.....



The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny, Part II: History Lesson


Written by David Wilcock- Sunday

18 December 2011 07:33





David's life has been threatened to tell you this story... so we are rushing it out to insure his safety.
 
This is the big one... over two million tons of gold secretly confiscated by the Federal Reserve to create "bubble money", and the lawsuit that could bring the whole global conspiracy crashing down.



THANK YOU ALL FOR YOUR SUPPORT
 
First of all, I want to thank you for giving this your serious consideration. Nothing I've ever written before has gotten me a death threat -- and though I consider myself a strong person, I was quite disturbed by it.
 
I sprung into immediate action to insure this electrifying story went as far as wide as possible -- in case anything happened to me.
 
We now have multiple, powerful insider groups pledging to protect me -- and the story has spread so quickly through the Internet that I believe its publicity is its greatest protection.
 
As I prepare to post this section, we've already had over 400,000 hits, 1000 written comments and 21,000 Facebook Likes on Part One in less than six days.
 
Tens of thousands of people are writing about this on their own websites, and the growth rate is at least geometric, if not logarithmic at this point.
 



HERE'S WHAT HAPPENED

 
It was 3:30 PM on Wednesday, December 14th, 2011 when I found out I might be tortured to death for writing "The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny."
 
I was told I should get Part Two out that night for my own protection, as this was the most sensitive, jealously-guarded secret of all -- and tomorrow may be too late.
 
I moved very quickly to protect myself once this call came in, immediately publishing "death threat" updates to my article, which was already extremely popular.
 
Kerry Cassidy suddenly called me and told me she was going on the radio in 20 minutes and recommended I join her. I ran into the shower and started the show immediately after I dried off in a hurry.
 
Our outdoor heat pump was dying after 23 years of service, so the room was disturbingly cold. All the lights would noticeably dim for three seconds every minute or two as I heard the compressor struggle in vain to kick on.
 
I had no idea how long the power would stay on or how much I would be able to get out on the air.
 
I'd barely had time to think about how horrible it would be to die of torture. It all hit me while I was on the show. From what you've been telling me in your letters, hardly anyone can listen to this show without crying.
 
Our heat pump wasn't the only equipment that nearly died of exhaustion during this broadcast. We literally collapsed American Freedom Radio's streaming audio server for the first time in their entire history -- due to unprecedented demand.
 
 
 
YOU MAY HAVE SAVED MY LIFE

 
Kerry's fast action, as well as Coast bringing me on the air for an update the next night, may very well have saved my life.
 
However, none of this would have been enough to protect me if you hadn't sprung into action so quickly -- by educating yourself and spreading the word far and wide.
 
For that, you have my eternal gratitude.
 
Everyone is pissed off about the world economy right now, and this is the real history of how we all ended up in this position.
 
It's not a cosmic, sci-fi story about extraterrestrials and UFOs. (Well, hmm... after re-reading everything, I can't really say that anymore!) Overall, it's very tangible, very terrestrial, and very straightforward.
 
This information is so amazing, and has been kept so secret, that I expect many great movies will be written about it for years to come. You are about to be one of the very first to learn something that will ultimately be common knowledge.
 
This is Part Two of an article series. The information is quite intricate and not everything will be reiterated. For that reason, you may want to read Part One and get familiar, if you are not already:
 
http://www.divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/995-lawsuit-end-tyranny

 
 
 
A BRIEF OVERVIEW

 
In Part One I gave undeniable proof that a lawsuit has been filed in the Southern District Court of New York, naming the United Nations, World Economic Forum, the Italian Republic and the Italian Financial Police as defendants -- among others.


This lawsuit is one visible manifestation of an international, 122-nation campaign that is actively bringing down the "Old World Order." This secretive cabal has been destroying our planet with bubble money -- which is backed by nothing but hot air.
 
This, at least, is what we have all been led to believe. It turns out that the nations of the world actually are on a gold standard... it's simply been kept hidden from the public, with no accountability.
 
It may not sound like much, but this is the biggest secret of all. Talking about this is so dangerous that it has remained almost completely invisible -- even to the massive numbers of people scouring the Internet for the latest conspiracy news.
 
I've been actively researching the world of occult, insider politics since 1993 -- but it took me all this time to finally put the pieces together.
 
Without finding the right insiders who were willing to risk their lives to help me see the Big Picture, this entire story would never have been possible.
 
Now, in Part Two, I want to focus in on the "Big Picture" that is now assembling as various insiders come forward -- with breathtaking new information.
 



IT'S VITALLY IMPORTANT TO KNOW WHO YOU'RE DEALING WITH

 
Before we launch into the story, we need to set up the characters. Otherwise, you may have difficulty understanding how this Nazi-type mentality could exist. Denial is the main weapon that has kept this story secret for so long.
 
You might also fall into an even more dangerous pattern: the Salem witch-burning mentality of "Us" versus "Them," "Black" versus "White," "God's Chosen" versus "Satan's Demons."
 
These are real people, not cartoon monsters. That is ultimately what guarantees that the plans of these groups cannot succeed.
 
However, if you don't know who you're dealing with, you will never be able to understand them enough to help solve the problem.
 
The majority of their members are miserable, feel trapped, and want nothing more than to escape -- and to be treated with love and respect.
 
The groups themselves are far too big, interconnected, worldwide and powerful to be transformed from the outside.
 
The only real shot you have at changing the world is by changing the people in the world -- including those within these groups.
 
You can't do that by stepping in, acting like a hot shot and telling them what to do. You have to listen to them, understand them, find out what they want, what they need and why they have been hurting so much.
 
And that's called love.
 



A LIFE OF MISERY

 
So here's the key: They grew up in a life that is so much worse than anything you've experienced that you could barely even begin to understand them -- how they really think and feel, moment to moment, day to day.
 
Nonetheless, it is possible to do so -- if not vital.
 
I believe almost anyone can be "broken" and become sociopathic if they are tortured enough -- regardless of their age. Look at any hardened criminal and you will find he got that way from being abused... usually thanks to an alcoholic parent.
 
Nonetheless, he always has the choice to step back from his own life and look at it like an outside observer.
 
He can observe himself, see what has happened, and strive to forgive and accept those experiences. He can forgive himself for the things he has done to others as well -- seeing how difficult it was for him not to repeat the same patterns.
 
He can also realize that even though his own family life was horrible, most people are not like that. There is real love out there. There are people who really do care, and will give their lives to help someone else.
 



NO SUPPORT SYSTEM... AND THE ABUSE GOES ON

 
However, for most people who have experienced severe abuse, this process of forgiveness is much, much too difficult.
 
It requires a level of personal strength and willpower they simply cannot produce, because our society lacks effective support systems to help them heal.
 
If you can't face your own pain, you usually end up running away from it. This is where alcohol and drugs become very effective tools in making your life more bearable. I speak from experience, with over 19 years of sobriety at this point.
 
Our abused child then grows into a man. He picks up the bottle just like Daddy did, finding that it helps to mask the pain of the horrors he went through -- for a few hours at a time, until he passes out -- only to wake up with a terrible hangover.
 
He abuses his own wife and children in a desperate attempt to release the emotional agony he is feeling inside, and try to feel better about himself.
 
Unfortunately, abuse just creates more abuse. No one feels 'loved' by being abused. They fight back. This just makes Daddy even more angry, which creates even more abuse.
 
The vicious cycle continues.
 



TRAUMA TAKES MANY FORMS

 
There is another form of torture that can create even more psychological damage than being yelled at and beaten. Having sex forced on you against your will, particularly if you are a child, creates very significant damage.
 
I continue to be shocked at the lack of social awareness about this issue. Everyone should know that forcing sex on another person, even one time, can create an inner scream that will haunt every day of their lives for years and years to come.
 
I've lived with people who have been through this. It's not pretty.
 
If you are hurt this way by one of your parents, this creates an even more extreme type of damage -- a violation of the sacred bond of family and trust that, again, is almost impossible for the average person to comprehend.
 
We now know this trauma actually re-wires the brain to be hyper-vigilant... ready to flip into fight-or-flight mode much faster than a person who hasn't been through this.
 
They will almost always develop a hair-trigger temper, ready to explode at the slightest provocation. It will be difficult or impossible for them to trust anyone. Everyone is a suspect. Everyone is a thief. Everyone is a scumbag.
 
They will have extreme anger boiling right below the surface of their conscious mind at all times. Underneath this is a sorrow so profound that they fear if they let themselves cry, they will be unable to stop -- and will want to commit suicide.
 
Many of them will be so damaged they can barely function in society -- except in predictable, unchallenging lives with as little exposure to risk, change or genuine hard work as possible. Others will become "thrill seekers" and constantly seek the next adrenaline rush.
 



CAN YOU HEAL?

 
It is possible to heal from these events, yes... but it takes a lot of work.
 
If you have been through a childhood that involved routine humiliation, yelling, beating or other forms of assault, it can be very difficult for you to truly develop empathy for the feelings and emotions of others.
 
It's all about you, your pain, your story, your mission.
 
You will typically build your identity around the idea of being "strong."
 
You will also naturally resent those who are "weak."
 
You may well see them as easy targets to be exploited and manipulated for your own gain -- puppets who can create wealth for you without you having to do very much work.
 
You may feel you are teaching them a valuable lesson by controlling and manipulating them. The more they listen to what you tell them to do, the better and stronger they will become as people.
 
Ultimately, they will get strong enough to rise up against you. They have finally awakened to their own power and strength. Now you reveal to them how special they are -- and you may even invite them to join you.
 
Then, together, you can continue to help awaken others who are "weak". You know that only the most gifted ones will learn how to become "strong" -- and understand the deeper reasons behind the seemingly senseless things you have been doing.
 



BONDING WITH THE GROUP

 
The bottom line is that if you abuse and torture a person consistently enough, he will almost inevitably have no sense of compassion or regard for others -- unless he can get away from you and go through a profound healing process. It's that simple.
 
However, you can tailor your abuse to create extreme loyalty and love in the person. This is done by alternating between severe "punishment" and love-bombing -- pumping them up to make them feel special.
 
A typical analogy is an abusive husband who beats his wife, only to show her "grandiose gestures of affection" afterwards -- such as a huge bouquet of roses.
 
In crisis hotline training, we watched videos of horribly beaten women, with their eyes nearly swollen shut, gushing about how much they still loved their husbands -- and how they understood why he beat them.
 
Like Stockholm Syndrome, you can end up falling in love with the very people who tortured you the most. It is far easier to adopt their beliefs and accept their "punishment" than to go against them, for sedition is death.
 
The ultimate goal for any group like this is worldwide power and control. That's the Holy Grail -- at least until they reach a level of technology that would allow them to migrate off-planet.
 
If you can wrap your mind around the idea that people like this actually exist, and have been meticulously planning on world domination for hundreds of years, you can begin to understand how we got where we are today -- and how simple their motive really is.
 
 
 
IT'S REALLY COOL TO HAVE MONEY

 
It's really cool to have money. Let's face it. You can go out there and do whatever you want -- indulging your greatest fantasies.
 
Now imagine that you could create as much money as you wanted, whenever you wanted, out of thin air.
 
Once you gain the ability to do this, you have become the ultimate magician -- wielding the very essence of the Universe in its physical form.
 
You can create power, wealth and prestige at the push of a button. If you can dream it, you can do it. You have true mastery and dominion.
 
People will do whatever you tell them just so they can get a little closer to you -- and taste some of the magic. You could be butt-ugly, but now you're the hottest thing in town -- and everybody wants to be your Number One.
 
The world is truly at your fingertips: "He Who Has the Peso Has the Say-So."
 
Unlimited money, for unlimited self-indulgence, is the ultimate goal of everyone who lusts for power -- and believes they are one of the "Strong."
 



HOW COULD IT EVEN BE POSSIBLE ?

 
How could you ever hope to pull off such an incredible stunt as to be able to create money out of thin air, all over the world, and have people believe you?
 
Most people don't think like this. Very few would be willing to do enough "homework" to figure out how to accomplish such a seemingly impossible feat.
 
Look at all the different countries and cultures in the world. All those languages. All those customs. All those people. All those lands.
 
It could take years and years of research by many thousands of people to even begin to understand what might be required to rule over them.
 
You would need high-level espionage. You would need to dominate every new business that comes along, by whatever means necessary. Many of your best people would lose their lives as they attempt to gain the most sensitive information for you.
 
Some of your people would train their whole lives to learn one language, just to do one job undercover -- and they may never even get the right "window" to use the skills they trained for. It could take years for a spy to gain someone's trust and learn the deepest secrets.
 
Naturally, you would need the most extreme secrecy imaginable to accomplish something of this size, scope and complexity.
 
It would take hundreds of years of meticulous planning to accomplish such a stunning goal -- and only your great, great, great, great grand-children would be able to enjoy its ultimate benefits.
 
 
 
TAKE ALL THE GOLD IN ORDER TO CREATE WORLDWIDE FIAT CURRENCY
 
It wouldn't take very long for you to figure out that your number-one enemy is gold and treasure.
 
The more gold is out there, the more trouble you've got.
 
People are naturally greedy and fearful. Gold represents real wealth they can hold in their hands. If any gold-backed money is available, they will obviously want it -- and reject your "worthless paper".
 
Let's say you already know there is an incredibly large amount of gold in the world.
 
Let's say you also have a very good idea of where most of it is.
 
Somehow you've got to take that gold "off market" and hide it away forever -- without the public ever even knowing about it.
 
Otherwise, you will always be vulnerable to someone creating a gold-backed financial system.
 
The ignorant, drooling masses of the weak would immediately lose faith in your printing press... and rush to hoard gold.
 



YOU NEED TO USE VIOLENCE

 
Of course, lots of people already have gold. You can't let them keep it if you want to create your magic money printing press.
 
Otherwise, they could band together, pool their resources and take you down.
 
Naturally, they won't just hand over their gold to you willingly. They will have weapons in their homes -- and tell you to come pry the gold out of their cold, dead hands.
 
That's the point. You will need to use violence in order to create this new, global financial system.
 
Military invasions will be necessary to force individual gold holders or even entire nations to give up their assets.
 
Futhermore, you somehow have to convince the majority of the world's leaders that it is in their best interest to do this -- or else kill them if they don't go along with it.
 
Once you've got control of the worldwide magic printing press in your hands, it doesn't matter what the world leaders think -- but until then, you'd better give the people a great story.
 
Create something that really arouses their deepest feelings of patriotism and passion.
 

20,000 character limit reached......
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: richpulubi on Jan 07, 2012, 03:07 PM
Pasensiya na ha, I didn't read everying here, but do you guys need something to really worry about?

1.  The Arab Spring.  Why?  Well, most of our supply of oil is because the first world western countries kept these arab dictatorships protected for decades...but now, these western countries are less powerful.  That's why we've had one overthrow after another.  Eventually, these arabs masses will figure, hey, we have MOST of the oil, why not ask for much much more MONEY?  That's happening now with Iran and the Strait of Hormuz.  Suddenly oil shot up, wala pa ngang guerang nangyayari na.  Also, bear in mind that oil is running out!

2.  When the world economy heals itself, there'll be a much bigger need for food, since China, India, Indonesia, and Brasil will have a bigger middle class.  And the more money they have, the more food they can afford.  So far, we're running out of fish, and land, especially in China, have started to get exhausted and are becoming deserts.

The financial crisis will eventually get better.  It's what comes after that's much scarier!
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 07, 2012, 10:03 PM
Its true if they can kick this very powerful but secretive group out then the world will be a better place to live.  However they will not go quietly w/o a fight and would rather nuke the world to oblivion than hand over the controls if you read the entire transcript. REALLY crazy!


alam niyo ba na maraming very advance technology na dapat tayo kaso na suppressed lang ng grupong ito?!?   tulad ng:

1) anti-gravity device meaning hovercraft na dapat mga transportation na natin, no more wheels.

2) free energy technology as in free dahil limitless ang energy source so meaning no need to pay expensive electricity bills (nikolai tesla),   any machines that  requires fuel/oil will be obsolete because of this cutting pollution drastically.

3) teleportation device,

4) cure for almost any deadliest disease like cancer & aids which by the way were both man made disease by this group so as to reduce population and profit by selling you expensive medication/chemo theraphy.  also as you really research about this stories, aids virus started in africa thru vaccine laden with this microbes to kill off the african population (to control the continent) even cancer started with the vaccines....  ,

5) space travel,  if the story is to be believe we already had a moon and mars base a couple of decades ago (they are now terraforming mars as we speak)

6) ever heard of HAARP?  it is a technology that controls weather which hard to believe already existed before 1970.  so if you want rain for crops you get rain, you want summer heat for plantation you get summer heat.  its very effective to counter any typhoon/hurricane disaster unfortunately they turned it into a weapon which can induced man made disaster.  it can cause earthquake and volcanic activity which they had use in HAITI that killed 500k,  the japan disaster which is still being debated whether a HAARP cause it or they planted a nuclear in the seabed that cause the disaster on march 2011 (extortion try of this group when japan was starting to refuse to give funding)

these and many more.....


Here's another thing people should google about  "ILLUMINATI-NEW WORLD ORDER" card game by steve jackson which became a best seller,  so whats so special about it?

well, this 100 piece card game was released in 1995 that plays like MAGIC THE GATHERING that had predicted events such as 9/11 in 2001, japan fukushima nuclear disaster 3/11, blowing up pentagon during 9/11 way before its time?!  It also includes ways that you can confirm yourselves on how they manipulate the world.   Very very interesting.



continue........

KEEP IT SECRET... KEEP IT SAFE
 
When the common people see violence occurring, including invading armies, you need to give them compelling, believable reasons for why these horrible events took place.
 
Cook up some outrageous assassinations and atrocities against the people who stand in your way. Figure out who you want the people to be angry at, and then blame every nasty thing you did on your new, manufactured enemy.
 
All of this is nothing but elaborate stagecraft -- while the real goal is to get all their gold, so you can create as much money as you want.
 
In the meantime, you secretly tell the leaders of the various nations that these atrocities are actually a sad but necessary key to creating world peace, security and prosperity -- and preventing far greater tragedies from occurring.
 
Any government, military or financial leaders who disagree with the plan are threatened or killed, to insure everyone is on the same page.
 
Every leader who goes along with the plan is assured that it will ultimately generate much greater abundance and happiness... a world free of war, suffering and depravity.
 



A NECESSARY EVIL... FOR A GREATER GOOD

 
That was the promise. That was the carrot. A New World Order... of peace, prosperity and happiness. All of this really got started with the founding of the Federal Reserve in 1913, the Bank of International Settlements in 1921, and the Bretton Woods agreement in 1944.
 
World leaders are not geniuses. They are often ordinary people with ordinary intellects who happened to win or steal an election. Or, they were simply appointed into that position because of who their parents were.
 
This plan for a New World Order was presented before them as a necessary evil... which only someone at their illustrious level of power and influence could even hope to understand.
 
They would undoubtedly spend long nights in bed, staring at the ceiling and tossing and turning in a cold sweat, as they realized what had to be done.
 
However, sooner or later, as ugly and horrifying as it would be, they would realize they had to act on behalf of the greater good -- for their children's children's children. And they knew if they didn't go along with the plan, they would be assassinated.
 
Every world leader is forced to make decisions that could kill countless numbers of people in order to secure the interests of the country -- and the planet. That's life. That's reality. That's what it takes. So put on your uniform, suck it up and get over it.
 
Yes... it would be very painful to create this new system, but once it was done, everyone's lives would be much better.
 
 
 
THEY FELT THEY HAD BEEN DECEIVED

 
By 1954, the 77 "non-aligned" nations of the world clearly felt they had been deceived.
 
Instead of the golden era of peace and prosperity they expected to develop after the end of World War II and the signing of the Bretton Woods agreement, the world had been plunged into even deeper horrors.
 
The United States and the Soviet Union were arming up for total nuclear war and planetary annihilation.
 
The US dollars that were promised for humanitarian programs to build up developing nations never arrived.
 
The dollar, as a "global reserve currency", got distracted into pumping up the military machine.
 
The non-aligned nations wanted to change the system, but did not have the military force to do anything to stop it. Anyone who dared to make the slightest little whisper about what was going on would be threatened or killed.
 
This invisible, desperate battle has continued straight through to this very day.
 
This is the biggest secret. This is the real history of the global financial system. This is the story that almost got me killed. This is a small taste of how the blueprint for global control was meticulously followed... over the course of hundreds of years.
 
 
 
ASIA: WHERE THE WHOLE STORY BEGINS

 
The greatest secret in the world, as I have now discovered, is that "Gold is as Plentiful as Sand." This is obviously an exaggeration, but apparently not by much. It has been truly stunning for me to uncover this information.
 
All this gold had to be confiscated, by a vast method of worldwide deception, in order to pave the way for a "New World Order" --  where money could be created out of thin air.
 
To truly understand this highly secretive battle that has led to "The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny," you have to go back in time.
 
Everything ultimately becomes East Versus West in this grand "Illuminati" game -- as I finally now understand.
 
My investigation of this story led to direct threats against my life, relayed by one of my top insiders. Therefore I take this very seriously... and I don't want to leave anything out.
 



WHAT IS WEALTH, EXACTLY?

 
Let's begin by thinking about wealth. What do people really see as being valuable?
 
Wealth doesn't just appear in the form of commodities like gold -- it also manifests in high-quality products of various kinds.
 
Anything that enhances our comfort and enjoyment of life is wealth. It's something we're more than happy to pay for.
 
For thousands of years, Asia was producing the most highly-regarded stuff in the world -- including those things that appealed to the most primal human instincts.
 



ALL THE FINEST PLEASURES

 
Asians discovered there was a white worm that would spin flossy webs of a very fine material. This material could be collected, gently cooked and made into durable clothing that was extremely soft -- almost supernaturally soft.
 
Asians also spent hundreds of generations hunting for the best possible dyes -- allowing them to make bright, vibrant colors that were not available anywhere else in the world.
 
By combining these two technologies, gorgeous, colorful silk fabrics with incredible designs could be produced.
 
The softness of silk was directly associated with sexual pleasure.
 
The feeling of wearing or rubbing against silk was enough to get you totally aroused -- and it was also very expensive.
 
Cotton was also a key Asian import. You could make clothes that were much softer, and more comfortable than linen or wool, and much less prone to wrinkling than linen.
 
 
 
GORGEOUS CERAMICS

 
Asians were also making all sorts of ceramics, including incredibly detailed vases painted with dragons in gold leaf. Elaborate, fancy china sets were also created, using firing techniques unknown to the Western world.
 
Still to this day, Westerners have a deep, almost genetic memory of impressing their guests by "breaking out the fine china."
 
In the olden days, simply having a genuine china set to serve dinner on was a sign that you were really a hot shot. Otherwise your plates and bowls were probably made out of wood, metal or stone.
 
Tea-drinking, so central to European life, simply isn't the same without white ceramic teacups -- which could only be purchased in China.
 
For many hundreds of years, no one had any idea how to make such fine glazed ceramics in the West -- though they did finally catch up.
 



ORIENTAL RUGS
 
We are bombarded by images. In any given day, we can see tens of thousands of different images of beautiful things and beautiful places... all without ever leaving the home.
 
It wasn't until I visited the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York that I realized why people would pay so much money for paintings... back in the old days.
 
There were no pictures. There were no movies. There was nothing to see. If you didn't go to these beautiful places in person, you didn't see anything nice. Period.
 
Who could afford to travel? And even if you did go somewhere that was beautiful, how much of the view would you really remember as the years went by?
 
Most people's lives were too caught up in day-to-day survival to ever see something as majestic as a mountaintop view or a beautiful shore. If they were lucky, they might get to see the color of fresh spring flowers for a few weeks a year -- that's it.
 
It took a lot of work for me to imagine my way into such a boring, monochromatic life -- seeing the exact same things, day after day, and nothing else. Nothing nice. Nothing special. Just the same four wooden walls.
 
Asians were making rugs that were extremely detailed, colorful and beautiful. Everyone had to have one. It became the focal-point of your home. You could lose yourself in the beauty of its patterns -- and let your mind drift to finer worlds.
 



FOOD USED TO BE MONOCHROMATIC AS WELL

 
We completely take flavors for granted these days. People would have literally killed each other to get their hands on those little containers in our kitchen that we haven't even opened in the last five years.
 
It's hard to imagine a life in which the food was as bland and monochromatic as the scenery -- but that's the way it was.
 
Asia had delicious spices that were unavailable anywhere else in the world -- key ingredients we now take for granted in dinners and desserts.
 
For example, cinnamon was extremely rare and expensive just a couple hundred years ago. It came from the bark of a tree that only grew in Asia.
 
Not only is cinnamon a well-known aphrodisiac, just think about what happens to almost any dessert with a little cinnamon added in... particularly cooked apples. Without that complex, marvelously seductive note of cinnamon, it's just not the same.
 
Nowadays, if you see a jar of cinnamon on the ground, you probably won't even pick it up. In the old days, you would have grabbed it and ran like hell.
 
Sugar wasn't available except as an Asian spice back in those days either. The same goes for coffee. Life just wasn't as sweet without Asian goods.
 
 
 
THINK ABOUT ALL THE ASIAN SPICES

 
Imagine tasting the zing of chili peppers for the first time. Or the distinctive enchantment of coriander -- known as cilantro in Mexico, a key ingredient in making guacamole and burritos taste right.
 
Black pepper was so greatly loved that it is still a cliche' in the Western world to have it on your table, right next to the salt. This was ultimately the single most profitable and widespread Asian spice export -- literally shipping out by the ton.
 
Ginger adds a deliciously complex buzz to sweet and savory dishes alike. Only the very rich could afford gingerbread or ginger cookies.
 
The licorice flavor comes from anise... which is native to China. Don't just think about candy... veggies flavored with anise form an excellent companion to fine meats, such as lamb or fish.
 



AND THAT'S NOT ALL

 
In a Thai restaurant, you will be dazzled by notes of lime leaves, lemongrass, Thai basil, coconut extract and galangal. Imagine the joy of bringing that taste home with you after a long, fascinating adventure into Asia.
 
Cloves add marvelous subtlety to sweet and savory dishes. They became essential additions into a ham before roasting it -- and made cookies and sweet breads 'pop' in a way nothing else could. If you were really outrageous you could even smoke them like cigarettes.
 
Nutmeg was another key Asian spice -- a marvelous addition to many dishes. Ever taste egg nog? All that splendid, complex flavor is thanks to nutmeg.
 
The slightly funky allure of cumin can make meats and savory breads come alive -- particularly with some nice salt and some of the other spices included. Pair it up with curry leaves, cardamom and turmeric, also only available from Asia, and now you really have something.
 
And, for someone who lives on "Earl Grey" black tea as a staple of life, day in and day out, imagine what a game-changer it is the first time you sip a beverage brewed from the finest blossoms of jasmine.
 



IMAGINE THE SCENE NOW

 
Only the ultra-rich, gold-encrusted Westerners could afford to have the best-tasting food.
 
Imagine busting out a dinner with even a few of the amazing flavors I've just listed above -- in an otherwise monochromatic world. Jasmine tea. Cinnamon. Sugar. Ginger. Pepper. Cumin. Coffee. Curry. Cardamom. Licorice. Cloves.
 
Only the very rich could brighten up their dreary days with the best desserts -- and the best flavors mixed into their appetizers and entrees.
 
Think about how powerful it is to serve someone a meal made with flavors their body immediately craves, with almost a sexual urging -- even though they have never tasted them before.
 
Now imagine these meals being served on incredible gold-leaf china, on a fancy table that sits on top of a majestic Oriental rug -- with a huge dragon vase in the corner of the room.
 
If you want to build your status and power in the world, and put on a big show for a potential investor in your latest venture, this would be a great way to do it. "Where do I sign?"
 



DRUGS AND MONEY


 
If your investor still wasn't ready to sign, there was nothing quite like smokin' him up on some high-octane Asian opium -- the ancient forerunner of modern-day heroin.
 
After that delicious dinner, a beautiful woman hands him his incredible silk "smoking jacket" -- just a sexy Asian robe, disguised with a more manly-sounding name.
 
The hookah beckons him in to the opium den with its spidery arms. Silk pillows and curtains, in lurid reds and pinks, line the room as the almost absurdly-sweet smoke hangs lazily in the air.
 
You might also want to burn incense in there to make it smell even more extravagant. Sandalwood was another very expensive, highly sought-after Asian export.
 
Who knows what kinds of wild sex and mystical dreams he will have once he goes in there -- with the prostitutes you'd hired for the occasion?
 
What a show.
 
Similar pleasures were used to convince men to commit contract murders for payment, without question -- in the Order of Assassins.
 



NO GOLD, NO LUCK

 
One amazing dinner served on fine china, followed by an after-party in the opium den, could practically guarantee you would get all the best business contracts.
 
The most beautiful and highly prestigious women, from the most illustrious families in the country, would all want to join your lavishly opulent parties.
 
Asia had every ticket to Paradise the ultra-rich could ever ask for... and what could possibly be worth more?
 
There's one big problem, though. The Asians refused to accept anything as payment except gold. No trade. No barter. No money. No nothing.
 
"Paper money? What is this? You want this, and you want to give me a piece of paper? You... you get the hell out of here!"
 
If you didn't have gold, you got sent home empty-handed.
 
For this same reason, much of the gold of the Roman Empire, and later of the Spanish empire, ended up in Asia.





Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: rds on Jan 07, 2012, 10:50 PM
pilikula yata to...

i have heard of Vatican, New World Order, US, EU, conspiracy, etc. from religion point of view.

hindi kaya pampagulo lang ito sa anticipated na tutuong mangyari in the near future? just to confuse people what's really happening.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: GoodSteward on Jan 07, 2012, 11:05 PM
New World Order = nWo = Kevin Nash, Hulk hogan, Scott Hall :)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 07, 2012, 11:53 PM
I posted this to inform even if people do not believe but the good thing about all this is within 2012 magkakaroon na ng expose na itatangal o natangal na sila afterwards the world will progress very significantly.  the information presented here will be common knowledge as they say.

The reason im willing to look "ridiculous" posting these story is apart from believing that this are real, the information presented will definitely be exposed within 2012.  

Imagine if i posted earlier investigation by ben fulford in 2009 eh di mukha akong loko loko o uto uto sa ganitong storya tapos parang baliw na magpost ng kahaba haba pa kasi wala paring expose inspite na claims na muntikan na kaso nagbabago ang situation dahil matigas ang mga cabal.  mas lalo na mga conspiracy theories by people during 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 00 tapos lahat pala will be revealed only on 2012, SUS! magmumukha ka talagang tanga......


now finally, if you are wondering where or how we were able to attain such advancement but were suppressed for selfish purposes (much like the sin of the desert is that when you find water you do not tell people about it for power & control) is because they came from........guess niyo who are involved?

if you researched it over the net you will easily find the truth and this will be in the disclosure project plan for humanity.  world wide broadcast ito but only after the cable are absolutely finished! and they will according to them.   In fact if you are already shocked you will be even more shocked (but in a pleasant way) on who are behind them....


continue.......


THE SECRET ASIAN GOLDMINES

 
This is one key way in which 85 percent of the world's gold ended up in Asia.
 
When I interviewed Fulford in Part One, his sources had informed him this was the main way that Asia got all the gold.
 
However, a very high-ranking Asian insider has now given me incredible new information on all of this.
 
Neither he nor his associates have spoken to Fulford or anyone else in the public eye about what they know -- for it is much too dangerous.
 
It turns out there are massive, massive deposits of gold in Asia that have been kept secret -- but more on that in a minute.
 



THE JADE LION
 
This insider did not contact me through the Internet. A good friend of mine told him about me, and what I was working on, during a recent trip he took through Asia. They had already been friends for many years by this point.
 
Had my friend not discussed my story, and the secrets I've been uncovering, he probably never would have heard a thing about the highly dangerous, hidden life this man had been leading -- for over 20 years now.
 
At first, when my friend told me this story, it sounded too good. Too easy. Too convenient. I didn't even take it seriously. I laughed it off. However, once my life was threatened, I started paying attention.
 
I spoke to this new insider the day after I got my death threat, using my friend's phone for security. I asked tons of questions and got the whole story in meticulous detail. It is almost impossible that this could have been a setup to feed me disinformation.
 
This is not a random stranger. His bonafides are well-established -- and for now, he must remain anonymous, along with much of his story. I will call him the Jade Lion.
 



GOLD IS EVERYWHERE

 
JL revealed that China is sitting on top of an absolutely colossal gold mine.
 
Secret gold deposits run through Cambodia, Laos and other countries in Southeast Asia as well. It is as if they are literally standing and walking on gold. It's everywhere.




THE ELDERS

 
This secret gold deposit came under the control of a mysterious group known by various names... a group that was instrumental in the founding of modern-day China.
 
Some call them the Dragon Family. JL says they simply call themselves the Elders.
 
This is the same group that was responsible for building over 100 pyramids in the Xian province of China.

Emperor Qin, the first of the Dragon Family to rule China, ordered the "Terra Cotta Soldiers" to be built out of his entire army -- each one completely personalized, down to the last man -- and then had them all buried under one of the pyramids.
 


 
 
According to another high-level insider who corroborated much of these details, the Elders now live in the Forbidden Zone of China. It's very highly secure and is almost like a nation-state unto itself.
 
Very few people can gain access to it at all -- and it is in a tough mountainous region.
 
No one would dare threaten the Elders because they have a vast, worldwide network of contacts, as well as the military power of the current Chinese government behind them.
 





INCREDIBLE LONGEVITY

 
JL told me the Elders eat an extremely pure diet -- and cultivate special herbs and medicines that have given them incredible longevity.
 
Another insider suggested the Elders may possess secrets about the healing benefits of gold that most people are not aware of either.
 
This could partly explain the otherwise ridiculous-sounding idea that some Elders can live to be as much as 300 years old.
 
I know I may have lost you right there. However, I will not let my personal biases get in the way of reporting the truth to you, as it was told to me by Jade Lion and others.
 
One key Elder handling the lawsuit I am about to discuss -- different from the trillion-dollar complaint mentioned in Part One -- is apparently 165 years old, according to JL.
 



WERE THEY COLONISTS?

 
I asked JL if the Elders were the direct descendants of humans who were born on another planet and migrated here. He personally has no knowledge of this, and was told their supernatural lifespan was merely due to diet and herbs.
 
Other high-level insiders have revealed to me that fully five different groups of extraterrestrial humans have colonized the Earth in the past. The Elders are apparently the living descendants of one of these groups.
 
The larger Chinese pyramids were apparently built as landing platforms for their ships. I have been told there are still vast networks of crystalline pipes underneath the ground, linking these sites together.
 

Much like an RV-equipped park, these pipes allowed them to have water, sewage and power hookups when they landed. Their ships' defense systems insured they would remain safe from any locals who wanted to attack them.
 
Chinese legends do report that the pyramids were built by "the Ancient Ones who descended to Earth in flying metallic dragons," as I reveal in The Source Field Investigations.
 





FIVE KEY BLOODLINES


 
Again, according to top insiders I have spoken with, there were five key groups of off-planet immigrants in more recent times.
 
Each of these groups became royal families in their respective regions. They have tended to keep their bloodlines intact.
 
Let me be clear in saying that the Elders are peace-loving, highly evolved people.
 
They wish to see our world transform into a much more positive, loving and prosperous place for everyone.
 
This is surely going to be one of the most surprising, mind-blowing things to emerge once we do finally have Disclosure.
 



BRING OVER YOUR FAVORITE STUFF

 
It is also quite possible that the Elders brought many of their favorite things over from their home world. This may explain why so many great spices could only be found in Asia and nowhere else.
 
They may also have released some of their technology to the people -- including silk and ceramics manufacturing techniques.
 
It is also possible that the silkworms themselves were not originally native to this planet -- and may have even been genetically engineered to perform their uniquely valuable service.
 
One of my top insiders told me that the great pyramid-building cultures of Atlantis were all founded by immigrant humans who came here from other worlds.
 
Some people may be laughing at this now, but I don't think they have a whole lot of time left to remain ignorant of these things.
 



DO THEY HAVE OFF-PLANET ALLIES WITH ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY?
 
Remember -- JL did not have any personal knowledge of the Elders being the descendants of off-planet human immigrants.
 
Nonetheless, I also asked him if the Elders have contact with people who have advanced technology and do not live on Earth -- perhaps their own distant relatives.
 
He personally has no knowledge of this, but he did accept that he may not be on a "need-to-know basis" for information like that.
 



CHINA'S OCTOBER SURPRISE

 
JL's data nonetheless provides stunning new context to the story of China's October Surprise that I've been hearing from my own insiders.
 
If you've been following my website, you know I've been tracking this story ever since October 2010, when it all really started.
 
The basic gist of the story was that the Federal Reserve screwed China -- and in these negotiations, they were told if they didn't pay up and surrender, China's extraterrestrial allies would begin systematically destroying their ability to take over the planet.
 
There are a wide variety of seemingly inexplicable failures of military equipment that can be attributed to this -- including a spectacular failure of 50 ICBMs in Wyoming, during which time a cigar-shaped UFO was seen hovering over the facility.
 
These extraterrestrials are apparently working with China and other nations to insure the G5 "Illuminati" countries cannot fulfill their plans of global dominance and genocide.
 
The occult insiders' plan included the staging of a mass, fake alien invasion, using advanced technology. That is no longer possible.
 
It's obvious to most open-minded people that UFOs are real. The story behind them is only known to a very privileged few. I have done my very best to put all the pieces together for you.
 
Apparently this will all be common knowledge -- much sooner than we think.
 
 
 
A STUNNING SETTLEMENT

 
JL has never met any of the Elders personally. However, he is in contact with someone who lives with them and has been working directly with the Federal Reserve families through the Bank of International Settlements.
 
The Elders' main contact has been shot at five times in the last year alone. The Elders sued the Federal Reserve families in September 2010 for gold contracts going back hundreds of years, in a secret world court within the BIS -- and the Elders won as of December.
 
These new figures fit in very nicely with the timing of China's October Surprise, as I had reported it on this website -- though JL had never read any of those articles, nor knew anything about it.
 
The judgment was for 286 Trillion dollars. The Federal Reserve has been delaying the big payout ever since.
 
However, JL tells me they have been in intense negotiations on a daily basis since last December, and almost all the details have now been worked out.
 
We therefore should expect major changes to occur "very, very soon." [Augh... there's the "S word" again!!!]
 



EVERYONE'S LIFE WILL IMPROVE

 
Everyone's life on Earth will dramatically improve if what Jade Lion is telling me is true.
 
This case, and its eventual outcome, is a completely separate issue from the trillion-dollar lawsuit I covered in Part One.
 
The trillion-dollar lawsuit is perfectly provable and on public record.
 
The 286-trillion-dollar lawsuit, on the other hand, occurred in secrecy -- and I have no way of proving it is true at this point.
 
However, other top insiders have since confirmed that this is very real, and it will probably go public by the Spring.
 
Another insider referred to the time we are about to head into as a "Reset Point" -- and said it has huge significance for life on Earth.
 



KEEP IT HIDDEN

 
The Elders obviously felt it was vital to China's national security that they not reveal where this vast supply of gold was... or how much of it they really had.
 
According to JL, China still has vastly more gold reserves than they have been able to mine in the last few thousand years.
 
Had the Elders revealed this secret, they may not have been able to maintain the illusion that gold was a highly valuable, highly rare commodity.
 
The Elders had a key strategic advantage by having a nearly limitless supply of the one thing everyone in the world could agree was "real money".
 
It is also possible that the Elders brought a gold-synthesizing technology with them, and still use it to this day.
 
This could explain why other insiders have scratched their heads and said if such secret mines really did exist, they surely should have known about them.
 
 
 
THE UNITED STATES: THE GREATEST ASIAN INVESTMENT IN EARTH'S HISTORY

 
How did the United States go from being just a few ragtag colonies, with people desperately trying to eke out a living, to becoming the world's pre-eminent superpower?


Is it really as simple as the idea that they had a lot of land to convert into natural resources -- and hence economic power?
 
Apparently not. Without gold to secretly back up the issuance of American currency, they never would have been able to afford to grow so fast. It would have been a massive bubble that would be constantly threatened with destruction.
 
According to JL, the biggest secret of the United States is that it was all built up with Asian money -- directly from the Elders.
 
America was a rebellion against colonial, imperial, monarchic rule in Europe -- and the Asians saw this as a very necessary investment for their own security.
 



WHY BUILD UP THE UNITED STATES?

 
The Dutch, Portugese and British were duking it out for supremacy over the hugely profitable Asian spice trade by the late 1500s. Things started to get serious by 1600, with the formation of the English East India Company.

The Dutch formed the Dutch East India Company in 1602 as a defensive counter-move against this massive power-play.
 
Things quickly got bloody and nasty. The English scored a decisive military victory against the Portugese in the Battle of Swally in 1612, and their power grew much faster after that. As it says in Wikipedia,
 
By a series of five acts around 1670, King Charles II provisioned [the East India Company] with the rights to autonomous territorial acquisitions, to mint money, to command fortresses and troops and form alliances, to make war and peace, and to exercise both civil and criminal jurisdiction over the acquired areas.[14]
 
Essentially, the English were invading Asia, bit by bit -- since that's where all the money was.
 
They created a corporation that had become a complete nation into itself -- an early foreshadowing of the world we live in today. The East India Company could print its own money, declare war, take over any land it wanted to, and make all the rules -- with no oversight.
 
This was all happening right in China's backyard -- and it was all "legal" by 1670. The Elders were obviously very concerned about this -- and needed to do something to create an effective resistance against this encroaching menace.
 



INVESTING IN THE "NEW WORLD" TO BALANCE THE POWER EQUATION

 
JL told me that the Asians were secretly financing the buildup and development of the United States -- well before the American Revolution of 1776.
 
The people behind the American Revolution obviously had their own agenda, as we now know -- but in order to create a massive development project on such a vast scale, they needed an investor... with deep pockets.
 
The Founding Fathers signed separate, secret contracts for each shipment of gold they received. The Elders fully expected to be paid back for the gold they were shipping out... in time.
 
They knew it would take many years to build the United States up to the point where it would be fully self-sustaining and profitable on its own -- but it was necessary to balance the power equation in the world.
 
Shiploads of gold, averaging 2000 metric tons per trip, were routinely being sent to the United States. This gold was secretly used as collateral by the United States Treasury to issue currency -- financing an unprecedented industrial expansion.
 
The United States made sure not to give away any of the gold. It was secretly stashed in Mexico and elsewhere as time went on -- including places in Asia that were mutually agreed upon for safe keeping.
 
This secret buildup reached its peak in the 1800s. For almost an entire century, I was told that the United States received as much as two thousand metric tons of gold per month. Every shipload generated a completely separate contract and debt to be repaid.
 
 
 
THE TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILROAD -- A KEY ASIAN INVESTMENT

 
If you're not paying attention in American history class, you could easily miss that one day where your teacher talks about how Chinese "slaves" were largely responsible for building the first transcontinental railroad between 1863 and 1869.

The slang name for these laborers was the "Coolies". Apparently they were the best at shimmying down ropes, planting dynamite in holes cut in the rock, lighting the dynamite and climbing back up the ropes fast enough to avoid getting blown up.
 
The reality is very different. The "Coolies" were not slaves at all. They were highly-skilled professional builders sent over from Asia. The Chinese didn't trust Americans to do the job. They sent over their own people to make sure everything went smoothly.



FIVE KEY BLOODLINES

 
Again, according to top insiders I have spoken with, there were five key groups of off-planet immigrants in more recent times.
 
Each of these groups became royal families in their respective regions. They have tended to keep their bloodlines intact.
 
Let me be clear in saying that the Elders are peace-loving, highly evolved people.
 
They wish to see our world transform into a much more positive, loving and prosperous place for everyone.
 
This is surely going to be one of the most surprising, mind-blowing things to emerge once we do finally have Disclosure.
 



BRING OVER YOUR FAVORITE STUFF

 
It is also quite possible that the Elders brought many of their favorite things over from their home world. This may explain why so many great spices could only be found in Asia and nowhere else.
 
They may also have released some of their technology to the people -- including silk and ceramics manufacturing techniques.
 
It is also possible that the silkworms themselves were not originally native to this planet -- and may have even been genetically engineered to perform their uniquely valuable service.
 
One of my top insiders told me that the great pyramid-building cultures of Atlantis were all founded by immigrant humans who came here from other worlds.
 
Some people may be laughing at this now, but I don't think they have a whole lot of time left to remain ignorant of these things.
 



DO THEY HAVE OFF-PLANET ALLIES WITH ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY?
 
Remember -- JL did not have any personal knowledge of the Elders being the descendants of off-planet human immigrants.
 
Nonetheless, I also asked him if the Elders have contact with people who have advanced technology and do not live on Earth -- perhaps their own distant relatives.
 
He personally has no knowledge of this, but he did accept that he may not be on a "need-to-know basis" for information like that.
 


Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: GoodSteward on Jan 08, 2012, 12:13 AM
KEEP IT HIDDEN

 
The Elders obviously felt it was vital to China's national security that they not reveal where this vast supply of gold was... or how much of it they really had.
 
According to JL, China still has vastly more gold reserves than they have been able to mine in the last few thousand years.
 
Had the Elders revealed this secret, they may not have been able to maintain the illusion that gold was a highly valuable, highly rare commodity.


^ Keep it hidden daw,  peromay nakakaalam, and secret daw, panu nalaman nung  nagsulat neto? LOL  

Its a fun skim...

This is the chance for Filipino movie to be world renowned, calling local cinema producers and directors, get a copy while its still not yet copyrighted :)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 08, 2012, 12:27 AM
THE UNITED STATES: THE GREATEST ASIAN INVESTMENT IN EARTH'S HISTORY

 
How did the United States go from being just a few ragtag colonies, with people desperately trying to eke out a living, to becoming the world's pre-eminent superpower?


Is it really as simple as the idea that they had a lot of land to convert into natural resources -- and hence economic power?
 
Apparently not. Without gold to secretly back up the issuance of American currency, they never would have been able to afford to grow so fast. It would have been a massive bubble that would be constantly threatened with destruction.
 
According to JL, the biggest secret of the United States is that it was all built up with Asian money -- directly from the Elders.
 
America was a rebellion against colonial, imperial, monarchic rule in Europe -- and the Asians saw this as a very necessary investment for their own security.
 



WHY BUILD UP THE UNITED STATES?

 
The Dutch, Portugese and British were duking it out for supremacy over the hugely profitable Asian spice trade by the late 1500s. Things started to get serious by 1600, with the formation of the English East India Company.

The Dutch formed the Dutch East India Company in 1602 as a defensive counter-move against this massive power-play.
 
Things quickly got bloody and nasty. The English scored a decisive military victory against the Portugese in the Battle of Swally in 1612, and their power grew much faster after that. As it says in Wikipedia,
 
By a series of five acts around 1670, King Charles II provisioned [the East India Company] with the rights to autonomous territorial acquisitions, to mint money, to command fortresses and troops and form alliances, to make war and peace, and to exercise both civil and criminal jurisdiction over the acquired areas.[14]
 
Essentially, the English were invading Asia, bit by bit -- since that's where all the money was.
 
They created a corporation that had become a complete nation into itself -- an early foreshadowing of the world we live in today. The East India Company could print its own money, declare war, take over any land it wanted to, and make all the rules -- with no oversight.
 
This was all happening right in China's backyard -- and it was all "legal" by 1670. The Elders were obviously very concerned about this -- and needed to do something to create an effective resistance against this encroaching menace.
 



INVESTING IN THE "NEW WORLD" TO BALANCE THE POWER EQUATION

 
JL told me that the Asians were secretly financing the buildup and development of the United States -- well before the American Revolution of 1776.
 
The people behind the American Revolution obviously had their own agenda, as we now know -- but in order to create a massive development project on such a vast scale, they needed an investor... with deep pockets.
 
The Founding Fathers signed separate, secret contracts for each shipment of gold they received. The Elders fully expected to be paid back for the gold they were shipping out... in time.
 
They knew it would take many years to build the United States up to the point where it would be fully self-sustaining and profitable on its own -- but it was necessary to balance the power equation in the world.
 
Shiploads of gold, averaging 2000 metric tons per trip, were routinely being sent to the United States. This gold was secretly used as collateral by the United States Treasury to issue currency -- financing an unprecedented industrial expansion.
 
The United States made sure not to give away any of the gold. It was secretly stashed in Mexico and elsewhere as time went on -- including places in Asia that were mutually agreed upon for safe keeping.
 
This secret buildup reached its peak in the 1800s. For almost an entire century, I was told that the United States received as much as two thousand metric tons of gold per month. Every shipload generated a completely separate contract and debt to be repaid.
 
 
 
THE TRANSCONTINENTAL RAILROAD -- A KEY ASIAN INVESTMENT

 
If you're not paying attention in American history class, you could easily miss that one day where your teacher talks about how Chinese "slaves" were largely responsible for building the first transcontinental railroad between 1863 and 1869.

The slang name for these laborers was the "Coolies". Apparently they were the best at shimmying down ropes, planting dynamite in holes cut in the rock, lighting the dynamite and climbing back up the ropes fast enough to avoid getting blown up.
 
The reality is very different. The "Coolies" were not slaves at all. They were highly-skilled professional builders sent over from Asia. The Chinese didn't trust Americans to do the job. They sent over their own people to make sure everything went smoothly.
 
 
 
THE "CELESTIALS"

 
Your history teacher probably never told you what everyone actually called these Chinese laborers back then. They were not called "Coolies" at all:


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/First_Transcontinental_Railroad_%28North_America%29


The Central Pacific's grade was constructed primarily by many thousands of emigrant workers from China who were commonly referred to at the time as "Celestials" and China as the "Celestial Kingdom."

Even though at first they were thought to be too weak or fragile to do this type of work, after the first few days on which Chinese were on the line, the decision was made to hire as many as could be found in California (where most were independent gold miners or in service industries such as laundries and kitchens). Many more were imported from China.
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Celestial_%28Chinese%29

 
Celestial[1] was a term used to describe Chinese emigrants to the United States, Canada and Australia during the 19th century. The term was widely used in the popular mass media of the day.[2][3] The term is from Celestial Empire (Tianchao Daguo [天朝大國]) , a traditional name for China.[4]
 
 
 
Celestials. The Celestial Kingdom. The Celestial Empire. Very interesting.




OK, WAIT A MINUTE... WHAT DOES "CELESTIAL" ACTUALLY MEAN?

 
Just so we are absolutely clear about what this word means, let's look up the word "Celestial" on dictionary.com:
 
http://dictionary.reference.com/browse/celestial

 

ce·les·tial [suh-les-chuhl] Show IPA



adjective

1. pertaining to the sky or visible heaven.

2. pertaining to the spiritual or invisible heaven; heavenly; divine: celestial bliss.

3. of or pertaining to celestial navigation: a celestial fix.

4. ( initial capital letter ) of or pertaining to the former Chinese Empire or the Chinese people.

 
 
It's not that hard to figure out that the name "Celestials" and "Celestial Kingdom" was chosen for a simple purpose.
 
They were proud of the fact that they came from the sky -- from "outer space." The heavens. Another planet supporting human life. We may have lost all written and spoken records of our "extended family", but that doesn't mean we are alone.
 
Imagine this scene back in the 1800s. Why else would they pick a name like this?
 
AMERICAN: "Why do you call yourselves the Celestials?"
 
CELESTIAL: (Smiles)
 
AMERICAN: "What?"
 
CELESTIAL: (Points up to the sky and smiles again.)
 
AMERICAN: (Laughs in disbelief.) "OK. Riiight."
 
 
 
Another part of this legacy that has carried through into modern times, with very few people being aware of it, is one of the largest tea companies in the world being named after the Celestials -- invoking all the mysteries and wonder of the spice trade:
 


 
 
BUILDING UP AMERICA AS AN INVESTMENT -- WHICH THEY EXPECTED TO GENERATE A RETURN

 
The Celestials were secretly building up America to be a huge industrial power. They had no intention of throwing away their money. The idea was to develop America until it was profitable enough to repay all the original investments.
 
The transcontinental railroad exploded into view, opening development of these vast territories at unprecedented speed.
 
Without these massive shipments of gold coming in every month, America could never have experienced such a stunning economic boom. Their currency would have been built on hot air, hyper-inflated, and popped -- causing the Dream to come crashing to earth.
 
The Asians had written contracts for every shipment of gold that came in. There are a huge number of outstanding contracts for the construction of the railroad system. They all still need to be paid back.
 
This is the core of the 286 trillion-dollar judgment that was found against the Federal Reserve last December, according to JL.
 
Once America built itself up as an industrial power, it could sell products and export them to the rest of the world. Then, the money they made and goods they produced could be sent back to Asia to repay the loans.
 



THE UNITED STATES HINTS OF BETRAYAL

 
The Celestials probably realized they were being betrayed shortly after the completion of the Transcontinental Railroad. As soon as the US had this critical piece of infrastructure up and running, they tried to kick all the Celestials out.
 
They did this by adopting the pejorative term "Coolies", reframing them as "slaves", and passing laws making it illegal for them to live in the United States:
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coolies

 
 
 
Although Chinese labor contributed to the building of the first Transcontinental Railroad in the United States and of the Canadian Pacific Railway in western Canada, Chinese settlement was discouraged after completion of the construction.
 
 
 
California's Anti-Coolie Act of 1862 and the federal Chinese Exclusion Act of 1882 contributed to the curtailment of Chinese immigration to the United States.
 
 
 
Notwithstanding such attempts to restrict the influx of cheap labor from China, beginning in the 1870s Chinese workers helped construct a vast network of levees in the Sacramento-San Joaquin River Delta. These levees made thousands of acres of fertile marshlands available for agricultural production.
 
 
 
According to the Constitution of the State of California (1879):
 
The presence of foreigners ineligible to become citizens of the United States is declared to be dangerous to the well-being of the State, and the Legislature shall discourage their immigration by all the means within its power.

Asiatic coolieism is a form of human slavery, and is forever prohibited in this State, and all contracts for coolie labor shall be void.

All companies or corporations, whether formed in this country or any foreign country, for the importation of such labor, shall be subject to such penalties as the Legislature may prescribe.[9]
 
 
 
THE CELESTIALS STOPPED ALL GOLD SHIPMENTS BY THE TIME THE FEDERAL RESERVE WAS FORMED

 
According to JL, the Celestials fully realized they were being screwed by 1911, as the United States was making bold moves to create the Federal Reserve.


All gold shipments were halted at this time. Credit was still extended, on a tentative basis, but no longer in the form of any hard assets such as gold.
 
The Celestials were obviously not aware of the fact that the Federal Reserve System was the visible manifestation of a plan that had been in place since at least the 1700s -- as I will conclusively demonstrate in Part Three.
 
The ultimate goal of the Federal Reserve bankers, and the secret society they were a part of, was just as I said before: to eliminate the gold standard and create limitless amounts of "bubble money".
 
Now it might be clearer to you that going after the gold meant going after the Celestials.
 



ONE MORE IMPORTANT SIDE NOTE

 
In Part One, we described how the Kuomintang dynasty in China moved gold to Taiwan to protect it from being stolen by the Japanese in the "Golden Lily" plundering program.
 
JL is not aware of any shipments of gold that were sent to the US for safe keeping in 1938.
 
These shipments may have been from a separate faction of the Dragon Family, or it may just be that JL is unaware of this aspect of the Elders' plans.
 
JL did tell me that the Elders have the full backing and support of the Chinese military -- and this massive, outstanding US gold debt is causing "absolute terror" in the halls of government.
 
They know this has to go public -- and soon -- and once it does, people will be so pissed off that they genuinely fear for their lives.
 
Let's stop here -- just so you have something to read while I keep working.
 
In Part Three, which I will release as soon as possible, I will return to our central theme, which is far more documentable -- how the "Illuminati" tried to double-cross the Celestials, created a worldwide magic printing press, and almost succeeded.
 

TO BE CONTINUED -- IN PART THREE!
 
 
 
[DISCLAIMER: Bear in mind that Keenan and Scott, those named in the trillion-dollar lawsuit, are unaware of the information provided by JL. I do not wish to damage their credibility in any way. They have no knowledge of extraterrestrials that I am aware of.
 
I am not trying to say one group is right and one group is wrong. I'm just presenting you with the information I am receiving, and packaging it the best way I possibly can, so you can make up your own mind.
 
I am also aware that very little of the insider testimony I've shared here can be proven with documentable data at this point. I've done my best to connect the dots to outside sources wherever possible.
 
Nonetheless, the credibility of Jade Lion has been firmly established to me -- and this is tying together many different puzzle pieces I've been aware of for years now. I find this quite fascinating -- and I am sharing the discovery process with you as I go.]







whew! finished.    part three not available yet
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: GoodSteward on Jan 08, 2012, 12:43 AM
In Part One, we described how the Kuomintang dynasty in China moved gold to Taiwan to protect it from being stolen by the Japanese in the "Golden Lily" plundering program.


^LOL Kuomintang isnt even a dynasty, its just a political party. They moved to Taiwan because they lost the war to the Communist party headed by Comrade Mao. Oh, now so Mao and communist China is part of the big plan...lol....And it's super fast-forward.....how did Kuomintang have those gold? Shouldnt it be traced back to the Manchurian dynasty? then further back to Ming dynasty, then further back to Ghenkis Khan's dynasty and so on?  

Becoming more and more like fairy tale :)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: SirZap on Jan 08, 2012, 06:27 AM
ito po yung full interview

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HbeBNe3Oml4

meron part hinati sa 4 parts. 

eto hindi ko pa nasabi when i made a first  reading sa posts. sabi ko parang familiar.
yun pala isa pala ito sa mga pinakinggan kong mga youtube interviews while working sa office.

fyi david wilcock is a new age dude. and he  believes that the illiuminatis exists, UFOs, and other occult phenomena. when i stumbled on him a few years ago sa youtube he was talking about mankinds "ascencion" on 12-21-21 because of the galactic alignment.

now its up to you to believe in them or not.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 13, 2012, 01:49 AM
meron pa ba?

salamat, SirZap
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: Bp22estafa on Jan 13, 2012, 04:00 AM
Ah er excuse me Amarath, if we average Joe can get this story online & as told the Cabal are a wealthy & powerful group. Don't you think they will just give it all up without a fight? After all they have access to the most advanced weaponries & technologies available?

Last night I had this crazy dream. We were on our way to pick up my son at school, on our way there news of massive fire & various explosion were being shouted by by-standers & street vendors. People around the school were running around shocked & awed.

We rushed to the school's quadrangle to quickly get my son. It was chaotic as people are shouting & running scared. Out of nowhere, i've spotted a massive insect-like machine flying just over a skycraper just outside of the school. With a quick swoop of it's electrically charged tentacle it sliced the tower is half. After which the whole structure collapsed.

My phone runged & gotten a call from a friend whom reported there's been attacks near our place. We ran outside with my son, my daughter, a yaya got to the car as quckly as possible with my Mom taking on the wheel. The scene outside was chaotic with dark smoke everywhere obviously caused by various fires as far as I can see. It formed a cloud of smoke which darken the whole sky. Guess what? We were actually riding in a hovering type car & bakit traffic pa rin?!? Wait a minute? My Mom can't even drive. That was my cue to wake up.

I woke up w/ my heart was beating fast & I can still feel some adrenalin rushing inside of me.

In most of my dream with aliens or E.T.s. They were hostile most of the time.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: SirZap on Jan 13, 2012, 08:18 AM
^^lols

meron pa ba?

salamat, SirZap

i think it should be amaranth's call. after all this is his thread. I just posted some sources.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 13, 2012, 01:10 PM
@ferrari,

meron pang part three kaso hindi pa nila nailabas.  as soon as it is released i will immediately post.




@bp22estafa,


they say that there is going to be an announcement to the entire world were reputable personalities will reveal extraterrestrial presence for more than 50 years (i think) which is the what this so called DISCLOSURE PROJECT are all about.  

NESARA program will also be introduced for the entire world.  Only Tidbits of information were given but its about wiping out all debts on all nations, corporation, individual back to zero.  A new currency will be introduced for the world but will be backed by gold and silver.  

To my understanding, there are two groups of aliens that are involved with our affairs:

a.)  The (EVIL) orion group, comprising:
                          
                      a.1) REPTILLIAN species - war loving, war mongering entities hell bent on dominion over lesser species ( as such we are considerd as one), these are not dumb brutes but intelligent (200 IQ at least) warrior race with high psychic abilities and very advance technology. Very hierarchial and menacing        

                      a.2) GREYS species - these are the well known type of aliens we see in the movies with big head, big eyes, small frame of body (although there are taller typers like 7ft tall) which abducts people for experimentation and dna retrieval.  they are under the reptillian species and works best as scientist, geneticist with great management skills  apart from having high IQ and full psychic and technological advancement.  


                             Most of our advance technologies came from these group or otherwise we will be still riding in horses today (but the technology we were given/taught although advance for us carefully considered are obsolete to the reptiles and poses little harm to them in case the we rebelled).  what they value is our earths diverse biological life and natural resources than us.  To them humans are mere food literally to enslave and be eaten much like we do to our livestocks but for the meantime they befriend certain individuals, families, groups in exchange for technologies and power for total cooperation and obedience ( this is were the illuminati group comes in - rothschild, rockefeller, bilderberg, FED etc)


b.)  THE CONFEDERATION OF PLANETS (GOOD)

                     b.1) AGARTHIANS  -  these are people that looks like us but i think bigger and taller and smarter with psychic abilities that lives inside our planet (hollow earth).   They were originally from the continent of UR during the lemurian times but were forced to live underground when the continent of atlantis became evil and decided to destroy thier mother continent lemuria by pulling a moon ( we have two moons during those times) near the Lemuria and destroyed it causing massive metoers to sink the continent.   They are purely on vegetarian and fruit diets.  Barter system.

                    bi2) pleiadians, arcturians etc (53 civilizations)-  sorry, i didnt research much on their background But if theres one thing consistent over many reports they are more spiritual and benevolent as their mode of teaching or blessing are in attune to our spiritual develpements under our free will unlike the reptillains they give you more physical gifts like technologies and power over others but with ulterior motives to enslave us when their human partners are not needed anymore.



I dont expect nor force anyone to believe this but only to inform them because the name of the game is to let people awaken from the real situation which is we the entire world are being controlled by the illuminati were they on the other hand are being controlled by the reptiallians.   This is what im trying to do much like what so many blogs, website who are aware of this hidden battle.  It sounds crazy and i can't prove anything, its more on this deep sense that i believe its true.


By the way,  two nights ago (1-11-2012) if you watch channel five evening news, the their weather guy much like channel two's animal loving kim atienza were briefly discussing that pricess kaoru of japan thru a conference on jan 2, 2012 where announcing a three days of darkness that will happen the day after dec 21, 2012.   you can watch the complete announcement on youtube.  




        

Post Merge: Jan 14, 2012, 01:49 AM
The Galactic Federation through Greg Giles: Announcements Will Begin Shortly



2012 January 13





The revelation soon to befall your world will alter your course of history, there is no doubt of this. The revelation that a world is not alone in the universe will have vast sweeping effects of change everywhere, and not a soul incarnate in your world will not be affected in one way or another by these changes.
 
We see upheavals in the early stages after our disclosure announcements begin to reach the ears of your planet’s citizens, but we also see the calming effects our Lightworkers are already having on your people’s collective consciousness. This is our task today. There will be others when this task is complete, but today the most important work involves the taming of the fear that some already are experiencing as more and more once concealed information makes its way to the masses.
 
Do your best to soften the blow of our announcements that will begin shortly. Your knowledge in this area will be much sought after, and many will seek the guidance of those friends and family who have taken the time to inform themselves of their world and universe around them. You are those that have done your homework. You are the ones who have made the effort to learn what was not forced upon you through your television sets.
 
Your world is about to experience the greatest leap any world has ever experienced in such a short amount of time. To experience metamorphosis from a limited 3rd dimensional world to a virtually unlimited 5th dimensional world is an incredibly vast jump, and it takes the skills of men and women like you to see this grand endeavor succeed in the manner that it has so meticulously and carefully been planned.
 
Again, we ask of you to be prepared at this time with enough household provisions to last a few days or even weeks until the dust begins to settle and your world sees a return to its normal functioning. After calm and order is restored, we will immediately proceed with the next phase of our plan which is a first contact with you, the citizens of Earth. Many changes will follow in rapid succession after that point, and this is the moment when those of your world will take notice and learn as a certainty that we come in peace and are here to help advance your world greatly as you are being prepared to be welcomed into the great Galactic community.
 
Much work needs to be done to ready you for this moment, and we have trained extensively to assist you with these many tasks. Many of you will be working with us in the crucial days ahead, and we look forward to this prosperous partnership. Many of you have also trained extensively to be of service at this time either before your current incarnation, or even during this incarnation, either through training programs within your society or through your astral travels where the knowledge you have learned has been safely stored within your subconscious.
 
Many surprises await you in the days ahead, and this will surely be a most exciting time for you on your continuing journey. Again, please be there for your brothers and sisters who will need your higher guidance. You have all gotten to this point together, and no one need suffer through lack of knowledge and guidance if enough of the Wayshowers make their presence felt. You are the souls chosen for this important assignment, and you were the ones thought best suited and prepared for the job. This is your time now to do what it is you do best. The spotlight is on you, it is time to take center stage.
 
Our opposite numbers within the Cabal continue to encounter their fast-paced demise. They see no way out. All of their vast amounts of wealth now useless to them, they are beginning to see their many long years as slaves to their dark agenda meaningless and such a waste of opportunity. They were once so sure they could succeed cutting you off completely from your Source, but they were never able to completely sever the cord that connects you to your Divinity no matter where it is you journey, or what it is that you experience.
 
Such is the bond between your Creator and you. This bond can never be broken, can never be bought, sold, bartered or stolen, and is as strong today as it has always been and always will be. This is the reason there is never anything to fear. You are eternally embraced within the protective and loving arms of your one true Source of all that is, and Source will never let go of you, even when you journey deep into the dark bowels of the 3rd dimension.
 
It is time now for you to come back home. Follow the safety line that has always been secured around you tightly. Pull yourself back up into the light, it is the time for your homecoming, and your friends and family from many years past are here to help pull you up.
 
We are your Family of Light from the stars.
 
As channeled through Greg Giles
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 14, 2012, 02:53 AM
ansakit sa ulo. :D
pag totoo, mas masakit sa ulo :D
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jan 15, 2012, 01:24 PM
Part three is released and it is extremely long so it is better that you read it on site:



http://www.divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1023-financial-tyranny



here is a synopsis:



Synopsis of David Wilcock’s “Financial Tyranny”

2012 January 16



Posted by Steve Beckow
.

To make sure that everyone has a chance to glimpse at least parts of David’s recent article on “Financial Tyranny,” (1) here are snippets from some of the more significant parts of it.
 
Please keep in mind that David pushes farther and farther into this subject perhaps at great personal peril; certainly he cannot be sure that that’s not the case.
 
As you read through it, also keep in mind a statement that Matthew Ward made back in 2010:
 
“The Illuminati is not an organization of card-carrying members, but rather the ‘umbrella’ name of disparate groups and a large number of powerful individuals who have been controlling or heavily influencing the most important aspects of life throughout your world for centuries.
 
“In recent years they also have become known by other designations, such as the secret government, New World Order, dark cabal or the elitists; and they include the top figures in financial institutions, investment markets, multinational corporations, religions, education, media, military forces, judicial systems, entertainment, the medical ‘establishment,’ regulatory and advisory bodies, royal families, Zionists.” (2)
 


“Previous messages have identified many disparate groups under the Illuminati “umbrella,” the pyramid organizational structure that keeps lower-ranking members uninformed about the intentions of those at the peak, and the powerful global network that for centuries has controlled everything that influences life on your planet.” (3)
 
Matthew had much more to say about the Illuminati in that article, but I’m not sure most of us are prepared yet to accept many of the others things he said.
 
David’s research extends our public knowledge very significantly.  And it does highlight the forward motion behind the current movement towards accountability.
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A DIRECT CONNECTION TO THE FEDERAL RESERVE
 
80 percent of the world’s profits are being earned by a ‘core’ group of 1,318 corporations.
 

As we look even deeper, we find this ‘core’ is mostly run by a ‘super-entity’ of 147 companies that are totally interlocked. 75 percent of them are financial institutions.
 

The top 20 companies in the ‘super-entity’ include Barclays Bank, JP Morgan Chase & Co., Merrill Lynch, UBS, Bank of New York, Deutsche Bank and Goldman Sachs.
 

Many key Federal Reserve personnel work for these companies – and they secretly handed themselves trillions of dollars in free money between 2007 and 2010.
 

The 147-part ‘super-entity’ has controlling interest in the 1318-part “core”, which in turn has controlling interest in 80 percent of the world’s wealth.
 


WHO ACTUALLY RUNS THE FEDERAL RESERVE?


Though this information is a closely-guarded secret, there have been enough leaks to confirm the identities of the key banking families who founded the Federal Reserve.
 
By now, many of them should sound familiar to you – since they used the Federal Reserve to bail themselves out:
 

http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=25080
 

J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank- by far the most powerful Fed branch- by just eight families, four of which reside in the US.
 

They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London;the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.
 

CPA Thomas D. Schauf corroborates McCallister’s claims, adding that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches.
 

He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York.
 

Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the Fed. [3] The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century.
 

Eustace Mullins came to the same conclusions in his book The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, in which he displays charts connecting the Fed and its member banks to the families of Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and the others. [4]
 




IT ALL STARTS TO BLUR TOGETHER

 


This is where the lines between government, military, finance, defense contractors and corporations all begin to blur. At the core of all this is a “super-entity” of 147 companies – 75 percent of which are financial institutions.
 

A hugely popular Rolling Stone article by Matt Tabibi systematically revealed how Goldman Sachs is at the center of an incestuous relationship between Wall Street, the elected government and the Federal Reserve.
 

This article earned 23,000 Facebook Likes and 268 written comments as a result of its stunning journalism – most of which I won’t include here due to its complexity:
 

http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-people-vs-goldman-sachs-20110511
 

[Goldman Sachs] seemed to count on the unwillingness or inability of federal regulators to stop them — and when called to Washington last year to explain their behavior, Goldman executives brazenly misled Congress, apparently confident that their perjury would carry no serious consequences….
 

Goldman… [is] a powerful, well-connected firm, with the ear of the president and the Treasury, that appears to have conquered the entire regulatory structure — and stands now on the precipice of officially getting away with one of the biggest financial crimes in history.
 

The fact that this evidence [covered throughout the article] comes from a U.S. senator’s office, and not the FBI or the SEC, is itself an element in the worsening tale of lawlessness and despotism that sparked a global economic meltdown….
 

If the Justice Department fails to give the American people a chance to judge this case — if Goldman skates without so much as a trial — it will confirm once and for all the embarrassing truth: that the law in America is subjective, and crime is defined not by what you did, but by who you are.
 




THE ROCKEFELLERS “BOUGHT” THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
 

The Federal Reserve created the National Education Association via the Rockefeller family:
 

http://www.thrivemovement.com/fact_checks
 

In the early 20th century both the Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations were donating large sums of money to education and the social sciences. They supported, in particular, the National Education Association.


By way of grants, they spent millions of dollars, money which was used to radically bend the traditionalist education system toward a new system that favored standardized testing over critical thinking, toward “scientific management” in schools.
 

This was part of a calculated plan to make the schooling system benefit corporate America, at the expense of the American school child. Powerful foundations with private interests, such as the Ford Foundation, continue to support, and thereby influence the policy of, the NEA to this day.
 

Additionally, an unprecedented U.S. Congressional investigation into tax-exempt foundations identified the Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations engagement in an agenda for vast population control.
 

Norman Dodd, Research Director for the Congressional Committee, found this statement in the archives of the Carnegie endowment:
 

“The only way to maintain control of the population was to obtain control of education in the U.S. They realized this was a prodigious task… [so] the portion of education which could be considered as domestically oriented [was] taken over by the Rockefeller Foundation and that portion which was oriented to International matters [was] taken over by the Carnegie Endowment.”…
 



MEDIA CONSOLIDATION
 
 In order for such a vastly interconnected group to avoid detection for this long, it would also be an absolute requirement for them to buy, own and control the media.
 

You will soon see compelling, documented proof that the power elite were already bragging about this accomplishment by 1815 – the same year Nathan Rothschild won the British government on a bet.
 

However, we will review recent history first, so as to better understand how today’s world of seemingly hundreds of independent media sources is actually quite tightly controlled.
 

In 1983, there were 50 different independent media companies in the United States. By 2004, this number had reduced to five key players: Time Warner, Disney, News Corporation (FOX), Bertelsmann of Germany and Viacom (formerly CBS).
 

Ben Bagdikian expertly lays out all the proof for this media in his updated 2004 edition of The New Media Monopoly.


http://benbagdikian.net/
 

These five huge corporations — Time Warner, Disney, Murdoch’s News Corporation, Bertelsmann of Germany, and Viacom (formerly CBS) — >own most of the newspapers, magazines, books, radio and TV stations, and movie studios of the United States….
 
These five are not just large — though they are all among the 325 largest corporations in the world — they are unique among all huge corporations: they are a major factor in changing the politics of the United States, and they condition the social values of children and adults alike.
 


SIX CORPORATIONS DOMINATE THE UNITED STATES’ MEDIA
 
A more recent investigation by FAIR.org revealed that the vast majority of media in the United States is dominated by six mega-corporations: General Electric, Walt Disney, News Corp, Time Warner, Viacom and CBS.


[As you delve into the individual categories of cable, television, print, telecom and radio, you find a few more companies chasing behind the Big Six – but not many.]
 

These companies often control the entire creative process of a film or television show from beginning to ending – making it an ideal environment for creating propaganda:
 

http://www.freepress.net/ownership/chart/main
 

The U.S. media landscape is dominated by massive corporations that, through a history of mergers and acquisitions, have concentrated their control over what we see, hear and read.
 

In many cases, these giant companies are vertically integrated, controlling everything from initial production to final distribution.
 

Three of these mega-conglomerates appear on Fortune 500’s Top 50 Most Profitable list for 2010:
 

http://money.cnn.com/magazines/fortune/fortune500/2011/performers/companies/profits/
 

This includes General Electric at 11 billion, 644 million; Walt Disney at 3 billion, 963 million; and Comcast at 3 billion, 635 million.
 

General Electric is also the world’s third biggest public company – according to the Forbes 2000 list.
 


STEP BACK AND THINK ABOUT IT
 

Now step back and think about what we have learned so far in the course of this investigation.
 

The Federal Reserve handed out 26 trillion dollars in bailout money – to themselves. To their own companies. To their own banks.
 

That means they’re suffering. This is not something they would have done if they weren’t forced to. They are experiencing real trouble – and it’s affecting global headlines with rumors of financial collapse.
 

According to former Forbes Asia-Pacific bureau chief Benjamin Fulford, the 2008 collapse was pushed over the tipping point by an international coalition of countries who are actively resisting the Federal Reserve group.
 

The Federal Reserve appears to control, directly or indirectly, 1,318 corporations that earn up to 80 percent of the world’s wealth. 147 corporations within that group are totally interconnected with each other, and earn 40 percent of global revenues.
 

Global media was consolidated from 50 independent corporations to five giants in barely over 20 years – from 1983 to 2004.
 

One of the top two or three most profitable businesses in America is the healthcare industry. In order for the “super-entity” of 147 corporations to control 80 percent of the wealth, they would almost certainly need to invest in healthcare.
 

Six out of the top nine media corporations have directors with controlling interests in the pharmaceutical companies.
 

Eight out of the top nine media corporations have insurance and / or pharmaceutical company executives serving on their Board of Directors.
 

This is precisely the type of interconnectedness discovered by the Swiss team of scientists – using supercomputers.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 20, 2012, 04:13 AM
next please :D
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: Sheikmaktoum on Jan 20, 2012, 02:12 PM
na balinguyngoy ata ako, dumugo ilong ko. hehehe..
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Jan 20, 2012, 03:00 PM
balingoyngoy --- tagalog po ba yan?
ano meaning?
salamat
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Mar 06, 2012, 08:36 AM
Benjamin Fulford “The Hunt is on, Cabal Arrests Accelerating”



2012 March 5



“George Bush Senior and Bill Gates …arrested last week…, pentagon sources say”… (“Lord Blackheath… is alive and well”)
 
By Kauilapele
 
March 5, 2012
 
http://tinyurl.com/7m2bsuu
 
Well, there is so much news again from Ben that it is almost one continuous highlight. He reports Bill Gates and Bush, Sr., to have been arrested, according to Pentagon sources (in other words, don’t expect this on the MSM)main stream media) morning news!).
 
I was a bit not-surprised by either, especially after learning of Mr. Gates connection to Monsanto (one of my least favorite of the dark oriented corporations) (where’s that link? [Poof mentioned him here and here]).
 


Highlights
 
The ongoing financial war is accelerating…

 George Bush Senior and Bill Gates were arrested last week for sabotaging the new financial system after being fingered by Timothy Geithner, pentagon sources say.

 Hong Kong Police Chief Peter Stevens… is wanted on charges of smuggling into Japan the nuclear weapon that was used for the 311, 2011 nuclear and tsunami attack against Japan.

 The gnostic illuminati family and the hacker group anonymous have also agreed to join forces with the White Dragon Society with a program of attacks on Monsanto and other cabal strongholds.

 …cabal families will be systematically hunted down and rounded up if they do not surrender within the month of March.

 The Dragon family provided… a document… According to this document, all 69 “first and second world countries” together with 225 other sovereign groups, have signed on to the new financial system.

 …main backers of this system include the military forces of Russia, China and the US… [the] new system would eliminate all private ownership of central banks as well as “off the books” accounting.

 …the Dragon family has agreed to provide nations with funding to clear their debts and engage in new infrastructure and other spending aimed at “harmonious development.”

 The cabalists have also tried to either kill or else freeze the assets of supporters of the new system. Despite this, a growing number of banks have defied the banking families and “crossed the picket line,” into support of the new system. Just ask a bank if they are Basel 3 compliant or not and you can find out what side they are working for.

 The battle… took a decisive turn last week when Bill Gates was arrested on charges of sabotaging the new financial system.

The hackers group anonymous has also promised to systematically attack all cabal linked corporations, media outlets, individuals and power centers in a campaign of steadily increasing pressure and intensity.

In Japan as well, preparations for a coup d’etat against all banking cabal flunky politicians, bankers and media are nearly complete.

A delegation from China has arrived in Japan this week to discuss the transition to a new regime in Japan and the Korean peninsula.

 
—————————————————————————
 
The hunt is on, cabal arrests accelerating
 
The ongoing financial war is accelerating with arrests and assassinations being seen on both sides. George Bush Senior and Bill Gates were arrested last week for sabotaging the new financial system after being fingered by Timothy Geithner, pentagon sources say.
 
The Federal Reserve Board crime syndicate cabalists for their part murdered Lord James Blackheath on February 29th, after he denounced their theft of $15 trillion in the British House of Lords. [see NOTE below] The White Dragon Society, meanwhile has put out an all points bulletin seeking the immediate arrest for questioning of former Hong Kong Police Chief Peter Stevens.
 
Stevens is wanted on charges of smuggling into Japan the nuclear weapon that was used for the 311, 2011 nuclear and tsunami attack against Japan. Stevens is currently located at the Puerto Galera yacht club in the Philippines.
 
The gnostic illuminati family and the hacker group anonymous have also agreed to join forces with the White Dragon Society with a program of attacks on Monsanto and other cabal strongholds.
 
The Rockefellers, Krugers, Openheimers, Mellons, Warburgs, Rothschilds, Bushes, Morgans and other cabal families will be systematically hunted down and rounded up if they do not surrender within the month of March.
 
The Dragon Family Royal Society group, meanwhile, provided this writer with more information about the ongoing financial war. The Dragon family provided a copy of a document (which we will publish on our free website this week) that was handed over to the world’s central banks a year ago.
 
According to this document, all 69 “first and second world countries” together with 225 other sovereign groups, have signed on to the new financial system. The main backers of this system include the military forces of Russia, China and the US, according to a Dragon family source.
 
The old royal families of the world have agreed to finance it initially with $15 trillion backed by gold, jewels and treasure owned by the royals. These are the same families that funded the initial Bretton Woods system that got hijacked in the post war years by the families that own the Federal Reserve Board. The new system would eliminate all private ownership of central banks as well as “off the books” accounting.
 
In addition, the Dragon family has agreed to provide nations with funding to clear their debts and engage in new infrastructure and other spending aimed at “harmonious development.” The funding is vetted by representatives from 10 major world religions located in Rome. It can be verified through “D.T.C. Euro Clear banks or Federal Reserve Board blue, grey or black screens,” the DF document states.
 
The opposition to this system is being run by the Federal Reserve Board banking families and their Bilderberger, CFR, Trilateral commission lieutenants. They are still issuing fiat dollars that are accepted inside the US, Germany, the UK, Italy, France and Switzerland.
 
The rest of the world (and a large part of the Swiss banking establishment) is refusing to accept these dollars but constant attempts are being made by the cabalists to launder their fiat money. They also have a comprehensive list of politicians and other power-brokers they have bribed and blackmailed throughout the world.
 
The cabalists have also tried to either kill or else freeze the assets of supporters of the new system. Despite this, a growing number of banks have defied the banking families and “crossed the picket line,” into support of the new system. Just ask a bank if they are Basel 3 compliant or not and you can find out what side they are working for.
 
The Dragon Family representative also said that the controversy over who had the rights to the traditional royal treasures could easily be settled in a court of law. They claim that R.C. Dam was a fraud set up by the banking families. They add that Eddie Soekarno was the legal holder of “some” Dragon family assets.
 
The battle over control of the financial system took a decisive turn last week when Bill Gates was arrested on charges of sabotaging the new financial system. George Bush Senior is the person who provided testimony about Bill Gates, according to senior Pentagon Sources.
 
The Dragon Family Royal Society has indicated they support the White Dragon Foundation plan for setting up a meritocratically staffed economic planning agency that would work in harmony with their plans.
 
The anti-bloodline rule gnostic group has insisted on the setting up of such an agency as a condition for them to call off mass planned mayhem and major demonstrations in Europe and the US starting in April.
 
The hackers group anonymous has also promised to systematically attack all cabal linked corporations, media outlets, individuals and power centers in a campaign of steadily increasing pressure and intensity.
 
In Japan as well, preparations for a coup d’etat against all banking cabal flunky politicians, bankers and media are nearly complete. These people already know their days in power have ended.
 
A delegation from China has arrived in Japan this week to discuss the transition to a new regime in Japan and the Korean peninsula. They will also be discussing the revamping of international institutions like the UN, the BIS, the World Bank, the World Court and the IMF.
 
[Important NOTE about Lord Blackheath, posted by Ben; he wrote: "Update on the “death” of Lord James Blackheath. The just published Weekly Geopolitical News and Analysis20120305 states that Lord James Blackheath was murdered by the cabal. The source for this information was a member of the Rothschild family. The Wikipedia entry on Lord Blackheath also stated that he died on February 29th. However, a spokesperson for the House of Lords in the UK said that 'as far as we know he is alive and well.'"]
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Mar 27, 2012, 11:33 AM
Over 200 senior bankers arrested last week as new financial system goes online”



2012 March 26




Highlights


The new financial system is online now and abundant financing is either already or soon to be made available, according to dragon family representatives.

 The final takedown of the criminal cabal has also begun in earnest with over 200 senior bankers arrested and 450 resigned last week alone, these sources say.

 The arrest of some very high profile individuals is imminent.
 
The general structure of the financial cabal and its top leaders has also now been mapped to some extent.
 
The Rockefeller family syndicate uses Goldman Sachs and Citibank as its major financial fronts. Bank of America is a front for the Italian black nobility…
 
The Nazi faction is run by Fuhrer George Bush Senior with Ben Bernanke acting as Deputy Fuhrer…
 
The Bill and Melinda Gates foundation is now in Africa forcing families at gunpoint to accept the sterilization by vaccine of their daughters
 
The United States government has been…compromised by these and other cabal families and their foundation fronts… electronically rigged elections and corporate propaganda provide sham democracy for dumbed down and drugged up Americans.

 …the pentagon budget for this upcoming year shows… plenty of resources to financing reserve troop units inside the [US]… they are preparing for a mass round up of cabal agents and proxies…

 …7.4 earthquake hit Oaxaca, Mexico exactly when President Obama’s daughter was vacationing there… advertised in advance through pamphlets… This is a clear sign the bad guys no longer play the HAARP.
 
…the public rebuke of Obama, Clinton and cabal controlled media outlets… the official Chinese government news site… stated that North Korea was not on the agenda of the 50 nation nuclear security summit taking place in Soeul [Seoul], Korea this week.
 
…speculation about a coup d’etat in China… a Maoist cabal agent… was removed from power… wishful cabalist thinking fanned by cabalist media outlets.
 
China is still on course for a stable and harmonious regime change-over later this year, according to White Dragon Society sources.
 
The London financial district is headed for further purges and the talk is that Lord Sassoon is headed for a big fall. The investigation may even extend to the UK Royal family, European CIA sources say.
 
The Japanese self-defense forces and bureaucracy are also planning a major purge of cabalist puppets in the Japanese Parliament, banks, corporations and media.
 
Overall, things are looking very good.
—————————————————————————
 

 
The new financial system is online now and abundant financing is either already or soon to be made available, according to dragon family representatives. The final take down of the criminal cabal has also begun in earnest with over 200 senior bankers arrested and 450 resigned last week alone, these sources say.
 
Japan is also now doing the final paperwork needed to set up an international economic planning agency with an initial funding facility of $10 trillion or about 200 times what the World Bank lends every year, according to Japanese government sources. There will be some sort of announcement about this and other things on Tuesday evening, March 27th, 2012 Japan Standard Time according to illuminati and White Dragon Society sources. The arrest of some very high profile individuals is imminent.
 
The general structure of the financial cabal and its top leaders has also now been mapped to some extent.
 
For example, the Rothschild family dynasty leaders have been identified. The Swiss branch of the family is run by David de Rothschild in Geneva, the French branch by Guy de Rothschild, the German branch by Rothschild family member and Hitler daughter Angelina Merkel and the British branch by Evelyn de Rothschild.
 
In the US, JP Morgan is a Rothschild front.
 
The Rockefeller family syndicate uses Goldman Sachs and Citibank as its major financial fronts. Bank of America is a front for the Italian black nobility behind the Vatican and the mafia, run in part by Peter Hans Kolvenbach, the former black pope. Pope malevolent the 16th is also a senior member of this satanic group.
 
The Nazi faction is run by Fuhrer George Bush Senior with Ben Bernanke acting as Deputy Fuhrer. Their chemical and pharmaceutical mass murder division is run by the Du Pont family.
 
The Bill and Melinda Gates foundation is now in Africa forcing families at gunpoint to accept the sterilization by vaccine of their daughters. In North America, Japan and elsewhere the mass sterilization by vaccine is taking place under the guise of protecting girls against cervical cancer. Message to Bill Gates: your company and foundation are going to be confiscated and you are going to spend the rest of your life making restitution.
 
The United States government has been so compromised by these and other cabal families and their foundation fronts that the upcoming US Presidential “election,” is nothing more than a power struggle between the Chicago mob and their front man Mitt Romney versus the Bush Texas illegal drug mafia and their guy Jeb Bush.
 
Hopefully the new financial system, once it is fully implemented, will pull the plug on the entire farcical show and Americans will be able to choose their own leaders based on true information provided by free media. For now though, electronically rigged elections and corporate propaganda provide sham democracy for dumbed down and drugged up Americans.
 
However, a look at the pentagon budget for this upcoming year shows they have dedicated plenty of resources to financing reserve troop units inside the United States. This does not mean they are preparing to put average Americans into FEMA camps as feared by many. To the contrary, they are preparing for a mass round up of cabal agents and proxies, according to pentagon and CIA sources.
 
There was a clear indication of change on March 20th, when instead of having the cabal scheduled earthquake hit Tokyo, a magnitude 7.4 earthquake hit Oaxaca, Mexico exactly when President Obama’s daughter was vacationing there. Furthermore, this earthquake was advertised in advance through pamphlets distributed locally. This is a clear sign the bad guys no longer play the HAARP.
 
Another sign of change was the public rebuke of Obama, Clinton and cabal controlled media outlets when the official Chinese government news site, Xinhua stated that North Korea was not on the agenda of the 50 nation nuclear security summit taking place in Soeul [Seoul], Korea this week. The cabal propaganda media has been carrying a fake story about nuclear danger from North Korea even though that country has already announced it will cease nuclear weapons development.
 
The secret agenda behind this 50 nation summit is an attempt to steal 200 tons of gold that is in South Korean warehouses. That theft is not going to be allowed to go ahead so the cabalists will leave the summit empty handed.
 
There was also plenty of speculation about a coup d’etat in China last week. All that happened was that a Maoist cabal agent Bo Xilai was removed from power after one of his henchmen was discovered taking instructions from the US consulate in Chongqing, according to MI6 sources. China is still on course for a stable and harmonious regime change-over later this year, according to White Dragon Society sources. The talk of a Maoist coup d’etat was wishful cabalist thinking fanned by cabalist media outlets.
 
Speaking about fake stories, the “White Hats” group on the internet, consisting of Bush agent Mike Cotrell and Hawaii resident Danny Gammage, has been spewing out laughable libel (such as this writer is a clone).
 
More damagingly, they managed to fool Lord Blackheath of the UK Upper House of Parliament with a fake story about $15 trillion that he raised in Parliamentary session. The House of Lords is now going to summon a White Dragon Society ally to testify about what is really going on in the financial wars.
 
The London financial district is headed for further purges and the talk is that Lord Sassoon is headed for a big fall. The investigation may even extend to the UK Royal family, European CIA sources say.
 
In Japan, meanwhile, the status quo is expected to remain on hold until the March 31st end of the fiscal year because of overwhelming workloads in the bureaucracy and the parliament. After March 31st, there will be concrete negotiations taking place involving the Finance Ministry, Bank of Japan, Prime Minister’s office and Royal Household Agency aimed at setting up a new international economic planning agency.
 
The Japanese self-defense forces and bureaucracy are also planning a major purge of cabalist puppets in the Japanese Parliament, banks, corporations and media.
 
Overall, things are looking very good. However, unless we see these senior cabalists on world TV confessing to their crimes, we must not be complacent. Until this financial war is over, keep your powder dry and stay alert.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Mar 27, 2012, 11:40 AM
wow, may updates... exciting
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Mar 31, 2012, 06:48 PM
Imminent Mass Arrests of Globalists,  Bankers and Political Elite


March 31, 2012 at 12:00 am EDT



by Gregg Prescott, M.S.



In a recent interview with David Wilcock, Insider ‘Drake’ stated a comprehensive plan to arrest all corrupt globalist, banksters and the political elite within a 72 hour period involving the closing down of U.S. borders and satellite communications to prevent and out of country money transfers.  Drake added that a transition plan is already in place to convert the U.S. dollar to one that is not based on fiat currency.  Additionally, we can expect to see the release of many suppressed technologies that will make our modern life seem like the Stone Age.

Drake mentioned that other countries and non-aligned nations have already stepped outside of the financial control of the G5 and G20 in a new financial system that was implemented on Monday.  

The insider also stated that JP Morgan, Bank of America and Citibank are on the verge of collapse adding that the Euro is set to collapse, which in turn, would collapse the dollar.  To finance this changeover in currency, Drake stated that there are old funds held by patriotic entities that have enough money and valued assets to pay for our national debt 4x over, adding, “This is not collateral accounts, this is private accounting.  The end result will be the end of taxation, the release of suppressed technology and prosperity for all.  

Continuity of goods and services should still remain in tact, and while there may be a few short discontinuations of services, they should occur for any long periods of time.  It may be a good idea to have a small stockpile of basic necessities, such as water, canned food, toilet paper, etc…

In recent alternative news, as seen here on in5d, we have shown numerous articles on the plethora of bankster resignations in the past several months.  According to Drake, many of these people gathered their families and a large quantity of money and moved overseas.  Drake added that these people will be hunted down no matter where they are on this planet. In regard to the elite, Drake stated that “There’s gonna be some hangings.  There’s gonna be some people jumping out of windows” but added that he does not want to see the riotous lynch mobs emanating from our society.  

“The idea of the police state will not exist as it does now,” stated Drake. According to this insider, the FEMA camps will not be used for the general population, but for the corrupt politicians, banksters and global elite.

 Drake stated that “there's gonna be a 72 hour shutdown. no one will be able to fly or use any satellite technology to prevent the crooks from leaving the United States and from pilfering money electronically.”  While shutting down the satellites may affect cell phone service, internet connectivity and even possibly the use of automobiles, this will be done as a preventative measure to ensure that the elite do not pilfer any money to offshore accounts.

 Drake stated there will be a specific education channel will be televised for the educating and reeducating of people to our new society, adding  there will be county, state and national positions created due to the number of people getting ousted from office as these politicians will be temporarily replaced with interim officials appointed on a temporary basis.

 At this point in time, it is unclear who will be appointed to any specific position along with who will be the people making these decisions.

The ramifications of this event will lead other countries to follow suit in a global revolution.




URGENT ARREST IMMINENT


WHAT TO KNOW

1.) Banker/illuminati/cabal govt had been running the world and doing bad things

2.) white hats including old money, military, veteran, federal marshal and local law officials are going to arrest them

3.) media says its marshall law and will try to spread panic, but the actions are lawful and benefiacial to humanity

4.) international travel will be stopped for three days. Some facilities that are wired to explode will be off limits for safety



WHAT TO DO

1.) the goal is to transition peacefully and safetly. There will likely be disruptions in local travel,food supply water supply and electricity. make sure you have necessities for 72 hours, and ideally 30days.

2.) Remain calm. support the troops and law officers that are arrestingthousands of criminally guilty of crimes against us all.

3.) Research stories on the internet to assure yourself that the arresters are the good and the arrestees are bad.



WHAT NOT TO DO

1.) you are going to find out what the cabal had done terrible things to you, your family and humanity. Dont believe that every single one of them is as guilty as their leaders.  Some were forced to actand were threatened with torture.

2.) Dont panic

3.) dont turn on each other

4.) dont riot

5.) Dont run into a bank and start shooting people

6.) please try to be calm and work together and meet the needs of you community
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: magtibaygom on Apr 01, 2012, 09:20 AM
ansakit sa ulo. :D
pag totoo, mas masakit sa ulo :D

Tama ka, masakit sa ulo. At sumakit din ang mata ko sa pagbabasa hehehe :D
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 03, 2012, 10:07 PM
Ben Fulford: Japan’s Government Formally Agrees to Set up 1,000 Trillion Yen Fund


2012 April 3



Ben’s report this week mirrors what is being reported by others, including Drake. Very likely we are at a “tipping point” where once the tip-over has begun, nothing will stop what is coming. In any event, read on and enjoy this week’s Ben.
 
“In the US, the Pentagon has begun asking citizens to stock up with 72 hours’ worth of food because of possible disruptions associated with the imminent replacement of the US dollar with a new Treasury dollar, according to CIA sources in California. This move is also expected to be accompanied by a massive clean up operation aimed at draining the corruption out of Wall Street and Washington D.C. in order to restore the US to its former moral and economic greatness.
 
“Another sign that something big is about to happen is that a European CIA source asked the White Dragon Society for the names and addresses of members of the following organizations: the committee of 300, the Bilderberg group, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Club of Rome, the Trilateral Commission and the European Commission. These have been forwarded.
 
“Message to the members of this group: ‘please do not get in our way.’”
 
Highlights



…the Japanese government has agreed in principle to set up a 1,000 trillion yen (12 trillion dollar) fund to be used to end poverty, stop environmental destruction and roll out previously forbidden technology in a responsible manner.

In what may be a related development, there appears to have been a regime change in China…

In the US, the Pentagon has begun asking citizens to stock up with 72 hours’ worth of food because of possible disruptions associated with the imminent replacement of the US dollar with a new Treasury dollar, according to CIA sources in California.
 
This move is also expected to be accompanied by a massive clean up operation…
 
Any new treasury dollar will initially have much lower international purchasing power than the US dollar now being used.
 
…it will take a couple of weeks to set up the 1000 trillion yen fund.
 
…there are no goons available now to Kissinger, Nakasone, Bush, Rockefeller, Rothschild, Koizumi old world order people so their removal from power in Japan is a given.
 
…the new international economic planning agency…, tentatively named LIFE (Long Term Investments for Everyone) will finance European and US economic restructuring as well as promote massive development projects in the rest of the world.
 
The BRICs nations will, for their part, set up their own, independent fund as announced at the BRICs summit last week.
 
Getting back to China,… Premier Wen Jiabao, President Hu Jintao and Le Keqiang are being prominently featured. No doubt he was promised the job of dictator of China and the world in exchange for his cooperation.
 
We also know from various sources that the Chongqing party boss Bo Xilai was backed by Henry Kissinger and the old world order cabal he represents.
 
Memo to Kissinger and the committee of 300: the world does not want a dictator.
When the dust settles, the world will have harmonious collective leadership.
 
Japan’s government formally agrees to set up 1000 trillion yen fund but worries about geopolitical ramifications


 
This week’s newsletter was delayed for a day because of sensitive ongoing negotiations involving the Japanese, Chinese, Russian and US governments among others. The negotiations are still going on as of this writing and there is much we still cannot report.
 
However, we can confirm that the Japanese government has agreed in principle to set up a 1,000 trillion yen (12 trillion dollar) fund to be used to end poverty, stop environmental destruction and roll out previously forbidden technology in a responsible manner. The problem now is how to sort out the massive geopolitical repercussions this fund will create.
 
In what may be a related development, there appears to have been a regime change in China because Xi Xinping, the man widely assumed to be the next president of China has not appeared on the official Chinese Xinhua news site since March 31st, while his erstwhile rival, Li Keqiang, is being given massive coverage. This is only one of many signs of massive changes in planetary governance.
 
In the US, the Pentagon has begun asking citizens to stock up with 72 hours’ worth of food because of possible disruptions associated with the imminent replacement of the US dollar with a new Treasury dollar, according to CIA sources in California. This move is also expected to be accompanied by a massive clean up operation aimed at draining the corruption out of Wall Street and Washington D.C. in order to restore the US to its former moral and economic greatness.
 
Any new treasury dollar will initially have much lower international purchasing power than the US dollar now being used. This will make Americans buy made in USA products and will make US exports competitive again. It might be a good time now to go out and buy Chinese stuff at Wal-Mart before it suddenly becomes more expensive. Also, do take the Pentagon’s advice and stock up on food to tide you over the transition.
 
Another sign that something big is about to happen is that a European CIA source asked the White Dragon Society for the names and addresses of members of the following organizations: the committee of 300, the Bilderberg group, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Club of Rome, the Trilateral Commission and the European Commission. These have been forwarded. Here, by the way, is a link to what appears to be a credible list of the current members of the Committee of 300:
 
http://www.pseudoreality.org/committeeof300.html
 
Message to the members of this group: “please do not get in our way.”
 
In any case, the most concrete and detailed intelligence available to this writer comes from Japan where government officials say that for technical administrative reasons, it will take a couple of weeks to set up the 1,000 trillion yen fund. These reasons include maintaining payrolls, pensions, tax revenues and other administrative nitty gritty. However, there are no goons available now to the Kissinger, Nakasone, Bush, Rockefeller, Rothschild, Koizumi old world order people so their removal from power in Japan is a given.
 
The big question to be solved now is how to set up mechanisms to handle the disbursement of the 1,000 trillion yen to the countries of the world. The only thing decided for sure on this issue is that it must no longer be a secret, centralized system held in private hands. There is also an agreement in principle that the Japanese government will administer 500 trillion yen while the new international economic planning agency will get the other 500 trillion.
 
This agency, tentatively named LIFE (Long Term Investments for Everyone) will finance European and US economic restructuring as well as promote massive development projects in the rest of the world. However, before it can be started, a small planning staff will begin the process of selecting international talent to run the agency. Exactly when this will happen is subject to ongoing negotiations but hopefully the first usable cash will be delivered as early as the middle of this month.
 
The BRICs nations will, for their part, set up their own, independent fund as announced at the BRICs summit last week. This fund will be run by China, Russia, India, Brazil and South Africa and will presumably use a basket of currencies dominated by the Renminbi and the Ruble. This group will work in close tandem with the G20 nations, according to their declaration:
 
http://mea.gov.in/mystart.php?id=190019162
 
Getting back to China, a look at who is appearing on the Xinhua news site indicates that Premier Wen Jiabao, President Hu Jintao and Le Keqiang are being prominently featured. The text of Le Keqiang’s speech
 
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/china/2012-04/03/c_131504700_2.htm
 
at the Boao forum reveal him to be a moderate centrist and thus likely a compromise candidate between powerful behind the scenes factions. We also know from various sources that the Chongqing party boss Bo Xilai was backed by Henry Kissinger and the old world order cabal he represents. No doubt he was promised the job of dictator of China and the world in exchange for his cooperation. Memo to Kissinger and the committee of 300: the world does not want a dictator.
 
When the dust settles, the world will have harmonious collective leadership.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Apr 03, 2012, 10:42 PM
looking forward dun sa 'suppressed tech' at peace. :)
saka may mangyayari yata April15, let's see kung magkakatotoo
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 04, 2012, 10:04 PM
Plan 2012



2012 April 4
 


LIBERATION OF PLANET EARTH
 


Phase 1: The Event (3-7 days)
 
Mass arrests of the Illuminati

‑Military sweep
 
-1 day viral and mass media info distribution

-1 day arrests

-Up to 3 days shutdown

-5 to 6 days conviction process
 



Phase 2: Restructuring (3-6 months)
 
New financial system backed by precious metals and commodities introduced
-Federal Reserve dismantled, US Treasury prints gold backed money
 
-Basket of currencies (6 or more) base of world financial system

-Worldwide debt forgiveness
 
-Bank debts cancelled (credit cards, loans, mortgages)
 
-Banks must be re-licensed, no interest (usury)
 
-Multinational companies split and nationalized
 Redistribution of world’s wealth begins
 
-Prosperity funds released
 
-Humanitarian and environmental projects funded
 
Free energy technology and advanced medicines released
 
Government UFO involvement disclosure
 
International criminal court tribunal of Illuminati
 
Statutory laws invalidated, return to Common Law
 
Interim national governments and then elections
 
UN restructured as head of Provisional government
 
Disengagement of warring parties, military forces recalled permanently from active duty and restructured into peace keeping force, nuclear weaponry disarmed
 



Phase 3: First Contact (1-3 months)

 
Contact with selected private individuals
 
Re-education of humanity, including our history not told: Atlantis and Lemuria
 
Global telecasts over TV and internet
 
Increasing number of spacecraft make themselves known, culminating in a massive flyover when tens of thousands of ships will take part as final proof that other civilizations are out there
 
Two week contemplation period
 
First contact: Public contact at UN – Electric surge into Earth Light body -Galactic / Cosmic synchronization / Tachyonic alignment
 
After First Contact

-Interaction with Galactic Federation and Ascended Masters

-Start of technology transfers and educational programs
 
-Beginning of pollution cleansing and renewal of ecosystem
 
-Start of full consciousness training (Ascension chambers)
 
-Reunion with Confederation Fleet and Inner Earth


Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 10, 2012, 08:03 PM
Ben Fulford: Bernanke and Geithner are still trying to cash bad checks



2012 April 10




-It appears that both the so-called “dragon family,” and the “harmonious world banking system,” are just the same criminal godfathers that Ben Bernanke and Timothy Geithner have always worked for.
 
-The problem is that the same crooks who have been spreading biological mass murder weapons and carrying out countless other unfathomably evil acts are now saying they will be doing good.
 
-Here is what the world has to say to you murdering crooks: “you are fired.”
 …
-two individuals… claiming to represent the “dragon family royal society”… said they had $600 trillion waiting to be distributed to the world…
 
-The problem is that the representatives from the “dragon family royal society” claimed to represent Asian royal families.
 
-We asked that they get a formal letter… to prove they were speaking the truth… [then] their representatives dropped out of sight.
 
-Message to David Rockefeller et al: “you are gangsters not celestial beings.”
 
-The “dragon family royal society,” that has been putting its name out there refers mainly to the Merovingian European Royal bloodlines, not Asian royal families.
 
-The CIA’s own research and historical treaties indicate the rights [to global collateral accounts] were originally given to Indonesian President Sukarno and are now held by his nephew Eddy Sukarno.
 
-…a counter-proposal… Japan could legally offer $80 trillion or over $100,000 to every man, woman and child on the planet.
 
-The White Dragon Society is proposing doing this by setting up a transparent new agency, manned by an international staff of some of the most intelligent people on earth.
 
-In any case, the fact that the Federal Reserve Board finally sent somebody directly to the White Dragon Society in Japan is a clear sign they want to negotiate peace.
 
-As this is being written the White Dragon Society is awaiting a counter-proposal from the Feds.
Hopefully there will be further progress in negotiations this week.




-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
It appears that both the so-called “dragon family,” and the “harmonious world banking system,” are just the same criminal godfathers that Ben Bernanke and Timothy Geithner have always worked for. They are running around now claiming they have 600 trillion dollars inside the Federal Reserve Board computers ready to be used for “humanitarian projects worldwide.”
 
Indeed both Eijiro Katsu, top bureaucrat at the Japanese Ministry of Finance and Bank of Japan Governor Masaaki Shirakawa have confirmed the money is sitting there inside the Federal Reserve Board computers. The problem is that the same crooks who have been spreading biological mass murder weapons and carrying out countless other unfathomably evil acts are now saying they will be doing good.
 
The fact of the matter is that the owners of the Fed are a bunch of gangsters who murdered, bribed and lied their way to the top of the planetary power system only to preside over the a largest mass extinction event (including both humans and nature) since the dinosaurs were wiped out. Here is what the world has to say to you murdering crooks: “you are fired.”
 This latest twist in the ongoing financial war came as two individuals (whose names we promised to keep off the record) came to Japan claiming to represent the “dragon family royal society.” They said they had $600 trillion waiting to be distributed to the world and that this could be confirmed by punching a certain access code into the Fed “Black Screens” or “Euroclear screens.” We used considerable political capital to get Bank of Japan Governor Masaaki Shirakawa and top MOF honcho Eijiro Katsu to confirm the money was indeed sitting inside the Fed computers.
 
The problem is that the representatives from the “dragon family royal society” claimed to represent Asian royal families. They said a man by the name of Hiroshi Nakano was the real power behind the Japanese throne and that he could confirm this.
 
We asked that they get a formal letter from one of the public members of the royal family such as the Emperor or the Crown Prince to prove they were speaking the truth. They apparently could not because their representatives dropped out of sight.
 
After that, these people changed tactics and approached Shirakawa and Katsu via some individual by the name of Akihiko Deguchi and Asahi Shinbun newspaper slave propagandist Yoichi Funabashi. They managed to get a whole bunch of ex-bureaucrats to sign on to their band-wagon.
 
Their claim to Asian royal family pedigree was reduced to saying their royal family representative was princess Masako, daughter of Trilateral Commission gangster and Rothschild controlled international court judge Hisashi Owada.
 
These people were so arrogant they thought they could buy off Japan, their largest creditor, with $10 trillion, a mere 1/60th of the money they were planning to spend. Even that tiny share of the money could only be spent pending approval from a secret committee that reports directly to “celestial beings.” Message to David Rockefeller et al: “you are gangsters not celestial beings.”
 
The “dragon family royal society,” that has been putting its name out there refers mainly to the Merovingian European Royal bloodlines, not Asian royal families.
 
Then of course there is the ongoing fight over who really has the rights to the global collateral accounts. The Vatican and the P2 Freemason lodge together with their allies claim it is a Cambodian by the name of R.C. Dam who has the rights. The CIA’s own research and historical treaties indicate the rights were originally given to Indonesian President Sukarno and are now held by his nephew Eddy Sukarno.
 
We also have various Chinese and Japanese and Philippine royal dynasties making plausible claims to historical ownership of much of the gold. Most people would agree that the gold of the world ultimately belongs to the people of the world and that the true historical owners were entitled to a share.
 
Here is a counter-proposal based on BIS international banking guidelines. The Japanese have earned $8 trillion cash (they have paper receipts for all of this) based on selling cars, TVs, appliances etc. to the rest of the world for the past 60 years or so. According to the BIS rules, any cash deposit can be leveraged 10 times.
 
That means Japan could legally offer $80 trillion or over $100,000 to every man, woman and child on the planet. Obviously just handing out that much cash would simply result in a bubble but the money could be delivered in the form of schools, scholarships, nature preserves, infrastructure, consumer goods and other tangible things that exist in the real world.
 
The White Dragon Society is proposing doing this by setting up a transparent new agency, manned by an international staff of some of the most intelligent people on earth.
 
This plan would in no way contradict other plans by other groups to carry out similar endeavors using other organizations. The advantage of this plan is that Japan’s legal claim to the money is water-proof and does not require extensive litigation to prove. It can be acted on right away.
 
The government of Japan has already signaled its willingness to set up such an agency. A lot of the money released would go towards rebuilding the gutted industrial bases of Europe and the US. Much more would go towards ending poverty, stopping environmental destruction and financing an exponential expansion into the universe.
 
In any case, the fact that the Federal Reserve Board finally sent somebody directly to the White Dragon Society in Japan is a clear sign they want to negotiate peace.
 
As this is being written the White Dragon Society is awaiting a counter-proposal from the Feds. The initial response was that they would offer more money but they were still reluctant to hand over any independent control of how the money was spent.
 
Hopefully there will be further progress in negotiations this week. However, if not, the Feds had best remember that Friday, April 13th is coming up this week. In Asia the month April is pronounced “shi,” which means death. That means it may turn out to be an especially inauspicious day for the Western banking cabal.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 18, 2012, 10:46 AM
”It is time to take the ring of power to mount doom”

2012 April 17





Highlights


 

The battle for control of the global financial system and thus the future of the planet has reached a temporary deadlock…


 The situation has reached the point where physical action against the committee (mainly in the form of mass arrests) has become the only possible recourse.
 

There is no M1 [a single individual [that] has ultimate control over the creation and distribution of money] now according to the Swiss government and other sources.


 The committee of 300 tried to cash $600 trillion worth of bonds… They claimed to represent the Dragon Family Royal Society…but… it turns out to have been an attempt by the committee of 300 to pretend they represented Asia.

 
…Neil Keenan and Keith Scott issued a cease and desist against UBS Chairman Kaspar Villiger
and a Singaporean agent… who were caught trying to get their hand on the real dragon family’s funds.

 
Shortly after that UK Prime Minister David Cameron also tried to get his hands on the money but was rebuffed.

 
…the situation in Cabal controlled economies is getting progressively worse by the day.
 Put in simple terms, the European cabal controlled banking system is bankrupt. What this means is that the European people are about to be freed from debt slavery.

 
There were also reports from three different sources from three separate intelligence agencies (MI6, CIA and NSA) that the Bushes, Clintons and other cabal leaders had prepared a hideaway in the Bahamas.
 
…sources in the Pentagon make it clear the cabalists will not be allowed to leave the United States until they have faced the justice system.

 
These same sources say 800 bankers have already resigned and many arrests have already taken place.

 
In China as well, there are signs of major change… Clearly some sort of coup d’etat can now be confirmed to have taken place there even though the Western corporate news corps is still only focused on Bo Xilai.


In Japan, the yakuza and right wing forces allied with the White Dragon Society… are making plans to detain key cabal operatives for questioning.

 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

by Benjamin Fulford, April 17, 2012
 
The battle for control of the global financial system and thus the future of the planet has reached a temporary deadlock as the committee of 300 struggles to maintain power even as the rest of the world continues to push for a fair, free and open financial system controlled by the people of the planet.
 
The situation has reached the point where physical action against the committee (mainly in the form of mass arrests) has become the only possible recourse.
 
One problem, of course, lies in the issue of what to do about the “ring of power,” or the job hitherto referred to as M1, wherein a single individual has ultimate control over the creation and distribution of money. There is no M1 now according to the Swiss government and other sources.
 
Somebody needs to make sure that never again is single individual given such power and that means metaphorically taking the centralized control of finance and dissolving it in the “Mt. Doom,” of the Lord of the Rings to ensure that humanity is once again free from debt slavery and horror.
 
There were many meetings world-wide last week aimed at accomplishing exactly this.
 In Japan a representative of the White Dragon Society met with top Finance Ministry official Eijiro Katsu and Bank of Japan Governor Masaaki Shirakawa last Thursday to discuss what to do about the astronomical sums placed inside Federal Reserve Board and Euroclear computers by competing factions.
 
The answer they gave is that Japan wants to go ahead and start using the funds for the benefit of the planet but that the Japanese authorities needed to proceed cautiously. Translation: They want to make sure they are on the winning side and will keep a low profile until then.
 
The committee of 300 tried to cash $600 trillion worth of bonds, through Dr. Zvonko Berdik-Albert, “President and CEO of the World Economy & Finance Treasury.” They claimed to represent the Dragon Family Royal Society composed of Asian royal families but as reported last week it turns out to have been an attempt by the committee of 300 to pretend they represented Asia. However, their representative has since ceased all contact with either the White Dragon Society or the Japanese government.
 
In a different move, Neil Keenan and Keith Scott issued a cease and desist against UBS Chairman Kaspar Villiger and a Singaporean agent by the name of Alex Ling Lee Soon who were caught trying to get their hand on the real dragon family’s funds.
 
Shortly after that UK Prime Minister David Cameron also tried to get his hands on the money but was rebuffed. Keenan and Scott are working on behalf of a Swiss led 134 nation alliance.
 
In the meantime, the situation in Cabal controlled economies is getting progressively worse by the day. For example, markets in Europe were rattled last week despite feel good talk by various cabal controlled leaders like Nicholas Sarkozy and Angela Merkel.
 
The real situation in Europe is as follows* The Greek Government has unfunded liabilities worth 800% of their GDP and their economy shrank by 5% last year. The unemployment rate in Spain is 23% while the youth unemployment rate is 50%.
 
The Portuguese economy is expected to shrink by 5% this year. Italy’s debt is 2.7 times that of the PIIGS (Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain). Their chief creditor, the German banking system, meanwhile, is leveraged at 32/1.
 
Put in simple terms, the European cabal controlled banking system is bankrupt. What this means is that the European people are about to be freed from debt slavery.
 
In the US as well, institutions like Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan etc. are already shadows of their former selves with their CEOs constantly surrounded by lawyers and armed guards.
 
There were also reports from three different sources from three separate intelligence agencies (MI6, CIA and NSA) that the Bushes, Clintons and other cabal leaders had prepared a hideaway in the Bahamas. A look with Google Earth did reveal two separate locations with air-strips located next to a group of ultra-rich people’s type housing complexes. One of the Islands had a giant Star of David on it clearly visible from a satellite.
 
However, sources in the Pentagon make it clear the cabalists will not be allowed to leave the United States until they have faced the justice system. These same sources say 800 bankers have already resigned and many arrests have already taken place.
 
In China as well, there are signs of major change. As noted before, all the top leaders such as Xi Xinping who were supposed to take over the government this year have vanished from the pages of the official Xinhua government news site in April.
 
Clearly some sort of coup d’etat can now be confirmed to have taken place there even though the Western corporate news corps is still only focused on Bo Xilai. The Bo investigation has definitely gone far beyond him.
 
In Japan too, the yakuza and right wing forces allied with the White Dragon Society are getting impatient and are making plans to detain key cabal operatives for questioning. Major historical changes are becoming increasingly obvious
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 21, 2012, 09:25 AM
Perspective on 2012

2012 April 20



Is it possible to divide the period between now and Dec. 21, 2012 into periods? As long as we understand that these are speculative divisions, I think it may be possible. These are my best guesses regarding the phases we may pass through before Ascension at year’s end.
 


1. The Time of Troubles
 
The Time of Troubles refers to the period during which the galactics and their Earth allies decisively turned back the tide of the dark.  While it might be deemed to extend as far back as post-9/11, in general it refers to the time past the explosion of the deep underground military bunkers (DUMBs, Aug. -Sept. 2011), which saw the galactics intervene more and more decisively in terrestrial affairs, heading towards the final round-up and removal of the dark.
 
“There was always going to be an end time bringing activities on Earth to a halt, and that time has arrived. The cycles of life are pre-ordained, and it is not for Man to decide to hold them up. The final days of your present cycle are near, and are to take you away from the lower energies and set your feet upon the path to Ascension. Nothing short of a command from The Creator will alter the outcome, and you are assured that your upliftment will take place.” (SaLuSa, April 21, 2010.)
 


2. The Interval
 
The Interval refers to the present time during which the Earth allies are marshalling their forces for the Removal of the New World Order and other elements of the Illuminati.  Irrefutable evidence against the Illuminati has been gathered. The military are taking their places as the back-up to local law enforcement, which will make the actual arrests. The cabal have nowhere to hide and no chance of escaping justice.
 


“The time for the mass arrests of those of your world who have conspired against the people is upon you, and although we cannot say for sure when this event will begin, we can say that the final pieces have been moved into position and all systems are go” (The Galactic Federation through Greg Giles, April 13, 2012.)
 


3. The Removal
 
The Removal will see the extraction of the dark from all places of power, influence, and control. It will feature a round-up of all criminals and corrupted elements and their prosecution at the International Criminal Court at the Hague. It will also witness the setting up of temporary government and institutional administrations, the relaxing of unjust laws and the freeing of unjustly-sentenced prisoners.
 
“You are about to witness the capitulation of the dark Ones, who are now aware that they are doomed to failure. There is no way out and whether on or off Earth they will face justice, and also given to understand and experience the far reaching effects that their actions caused.” (SaLuSa, April 13, 2012.)
 


4. Abundance
 
Abundance will see the introduction of what has come to be known as NESARA, after the National Economic Security and Reformation Act in the United States.  This abundance program or wisdom economy will draw on gold that has been sequestered by the Illuminati or brought here from other planets. It will see the application of funds that have been started centuries ago, to come due at this time.
 
It will be introduced first into Western countries and then lightworkers will carry it to other countries. It will see borders disappear, debt cancelled, and income tax done away with. It is the beginning of the resuscitation of the suffering and the establishment of popular, representative governments in nations which have never had such governments.
 
“NESARA is legislation of the United States government that was designed by high light beings in conjunction with spiritual beings on the planet as the LEGAL means to usher in the era of peace, love and harmony on Earth. Because the United States determines to such a large extent what happens in your world, NESARA was devised in accordance with US laws rather than any other country’s.” (Matthew’s Message, Nov. 10, 2003.)
 
“Readers living outside the United States want to know how their own countries will fare. They decry their leaders’ actions that are against their countries’ constitutions; or despair at prevailing conditions of poverty, disease and starvation; or express grave concern about the plight of the masses of refugees; or ask when their despotic rulers will be replaced. To these dear souls, I say [that] benevolent changes are coming throughout the world. …
 
“The myriad reforms underway span the globe—WORLD transformation is what is occurring—and in time, every leader in every nation will be a lighted soul.” (Matthew’s Message, July 27, 2008.)
 


5. Disclosure
 
Disclosure will see the revelation that extraterrestrials exist and are all around the planet, removing the darkness from Earth and preparing us for Ascension. Disclosure will begin the education of the populace on who is here and why.  Many different Disclosure scenarios have been devised. The current one is a gradual and phased display of extraterrestrial craft culminating in an announcement of the galactic presence.
 
We’ll find that all galactics around the Earth at the present time are human, are our ancestors, and have been watching over the safety and security of the Earth for millennia. While allowing us our free will, they’ve been seeing that the dark elements on the planet do not destroy the Earth or enslave the populace.  They worship the same God as we do, exist in higher dimensions, and serve others rather than themselves.
 
“For us, disclosure will be seen as the pinnacle of success, as we can then involve ourselves directly with you and there is a lot to do. …
 
“Be patient now that we are so near to meeting, as exciting times lie ahead and we have planned some outstanding ways of celebrating it. Naturally you will want to see our craft in their hundreds, and a magnificent flyover is going to take place. That should eradicate fear, and when you see that we are members of the Human Race the link between us will be undeniable.” (SaLuSa, April 16, 2012.)
 


6. First Contact
 
First Contact refers to the arrival of our space family in numbers on the Earth’s surface. It will be followed by the meeting and coalescence of terrestrial with extraterrestrial leaders, the creation of teams for the Reconstruction Phase, and the introduction of new labor-saving technologies.
 
“Dear Ones, the Galactic Federation is fully prepared for First Contact, and soon the hard proof that we exist will be set before you. The believers do not need it but we come to help those who are not, so that they overcome whatever blocks their acceptance of us. … We come to make you our friends, and invite you to join us in the marvelous adventure that is about to begin.” (SaLuSa, Feb. 1, 2010.)
 


7. Reconstruction
 
The Reconstruction Phase will see the terraforming of the Earth and the removal of all traces of pollution, including oil in the seas, depleted uranium and other forms of radioactivity from the air, and nuclear wastes from under the ocean.
 
“From where we are above you and looking down upon your beautiful Earth, we are saddened to see the extent of the damage that has taken place. Mother Earth was once the Garden of Eden and one of the most beautiful planets in the Universe. With your help, we can undo all of the damage and make good everything so that it is restored to how it was in the very beginning.
 
“From there we will go further and add whatever resonates with you to make it into a wondrous planet that will be the jewel in the crown of God.” (SaLuSa, Jan. 13, 2012.)
 


8. The Time of Separation
 
The Time of Separation refers to the separation of Ascension from non-Ascension timelines and the beginning of the departure of those who reject Ascension.
 
“Beloved Brothers and Sisters of Earth, the separation has begun. Gaia has entered the 8th segment of transformation; she is now in the point of no return.
 
“Division has started at third-dimensional level, and the groups of frequencies present in your plane of existence are being regrouped. From now on, you will be seeing many signs of division and regrouping manifesting in your reality. Companies will split, friends will stop seeing each other, families will separate, groups will be divided, etc. And at the same time you will be witnessing the absolute opposite; you will join new groups, you will feel closer than ever to your loved ones, family and friends.
 
“This change is neither positive nor negative. It is existential.
 
“This is a natural step in the mass-ascension process.” (Emmanuel, March 16, 2010, at http://www.emmanuelmessages.com/?p=668.)
 


9. Preparation for Ascension
 
The time of Preparation for Ascension will see the galactics and the ascended masters work with and mentor the populace to prepare it for ascending. There will be a great deal of healing of the sick and disabled in Cities of Light, healing chambers, and in new centers where advanced medical technology will be used. In addition, the rising energies will see a rejuvenation of the population.
 
“Ascension is possible for all who have absorbed the light, and the souls who accompany Earth will do so in their physical bodies. If bodies lack organs or limbs or have physical, emotional or mental disorders, farther along the ascension pathway there will be healing of all disease and replacement of missing parts until the bodies are perfected and mental and emotional health is sound.
 
“In fourth density the bodies of aged persons will become youthful and live healthfully much longer than your current life expectancy, and life spans in fifth density can be tenfold or more than yours are now.” (Matthew’s Message, Aug. 13, 2010.)
 
“Be assured that, if it is your intention to ascend, you will be helped all of the way until the final great day when you will ascend. Now you will realize why we refer so frequently to your Ascension, as it is what you came into this cycle to achieve. In so doing you will have proved victorious in overcoming your perceived separation from God. You will have identified with your true Self, a magnificent Being of Light.” (SaLuSa, June 11, 2010.)
 
“Once the stage is set the whole process of getting you in full readiness for Ascension will move very fast.” (SaLuSa, Dec. 29, 2010.)
 
“The most enjoyable part is to come when we can meet you and go the final stretch together, and do so as one family of Light. Your hardships will be over, and by then you will be fully aware of your true selves, your purpose and place in the Galaxy. At present you are but a shadow of who you really are, and have little idea of what it is like to be in the Oneness of All That Is. It is bliss and peace that you cannot imagine, but it is not that far away anymore and awaits your presence.” (SaLuSa, Feb. 17, 2012.)
 


10. Ascension
 
On or before Dec. 21, 2012, Gaia and her inhabitants will move in their physical bodies from the Third Dimension to the Fifth Dimension.
 
“It is Earth’s destiny to leave third density when a universal cycle opens an astral window at the end of this year.” (Matthew’s Message, Jan. 4, 2012.)
 
“The moment of fulfillment of God’s promise to humanity of a new Golden Age is shortly to dawn. When it does your joy will be stunning for you, as understanding of its meaning floods into your awareness — like the depths of winter changing instantly into the lushness of full summer.
 
“Your thoughts, your imaginings, even your dreams have given you not the smallest inkling of what is about to occur. Rest assured that the wonder of this approaching event leaves absolutely no room for even the slightest sense of doubt or disenchantment.” (Saul, May 12, 2010.)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 24, 2012, 06:46 PM
Benjamin Fulford: Major Confrontations in South China Sea

2012 April 24




Highlights
 

Reports from Philippino tribes-people and the White Dragon Society members indicate a major military stand-off is taking place in the South China Sea and the Philippines over control of historical gold deposits in the region.


The US warships are linked to a mysterious Hong Kong based individual by the name of “Rosenberg” (first name not known), the CIA sources say. Rosenberg is believed to be seeking physical gold to seize on behalf of the Nazi/Sabbatean cabalist owners of the Federal Reserve Board, these sources say.
 
This dispute is linked to the failed IMF and World Bank meetings that took place in Washington D.C. last week. It is also linked to an ongoing power struggle between the three factions in China, multiple sources say.
 

The US, or should we say, Nazi (national socialist Zionist) forces have been systematically searching bunkers and caves in the Philippines…
 

…this battle by the cabalists to steal gold is actually a sign of desperation…
 

This gold grab is seen by many as last minute looting by cabal members hoping they will still be able to control the world with gold even as their fiat financial rule collapses. That is not going to happen.
 

This brings us to last week’s IMF and World Bank meetings in Washington. The Western propaganda media reports a “victory” by the IMF because it was able to get $430 billion worth of funding for Europe.
 

However, a look at the fine print reveals the BRICs nations have made their funding conditional on reform of IMF voting rights.
 

The European nations are willing to increase BRICs voting shares in the IMF but the US is blocking it… In any case, both the IMF and the World Bank are increasingly irrelevant.
 

…the White Dragon Society is proposing the creation of a Long Term Infrastructure for Everybody (LIFE) planning agency with initial funding of $800 trillion.
 

The current rules allow the Japanese to leverage their $8 trillion in hard foreign exchange assets 100 times, meaning 800 trillion dollars or over $100,000 each for every man woman and child on earth…
 

The cabalists, for their part, have been making a desperate push to ensure their survival.

 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Major confrontations in South China Sea as desperate cabal tries to steal Asian gold deposits
 

by Benjamin Fulford, April 23, 2012
 

Reports from Philippino tribes-people and the White Dragon Society members indicate a major military stand-off is taking place in the South China Sea and the Philippines over control of historical gold deposits in the region. A fleet of 8 US war-ships is being confronted by a joint Chinese/Russian fleet in the region.
 

The Chinese have publicly announced they are willing to go to war over this dispute. The US warships are linked to a mysterious Hong Kong based individual by the name of “Rosenberg” (first name not known), the CIA sources say. Rosenberg is believed to be seeking physical gold to seize on behalf of the Nazi/Sabbatean cabalist owners of the Federal Reserve Board, these sources say.
 

In the Chinese government and Western corporate propaganda news this dispute is described as being a Chinese Philippine dispute over an area, blocked out on Google Earth, known as the Scarborough Shoal by the West and the Huangyan Islands by China.
 

This dispute is linked to the failed IMF and World Bank meetings that took place in Washington D.C. last week. It is also linked to an ongoing power struggle between the three factions in China, multiple sources say.

 
The US, or should we say, Nazi (national socialist Zionist) forces have been systematically searching bunkers and caves in the Philippines even as they look for sunken gold ships around the Huangyan Islands and in other areas, the sources say.
 

This is what an ASEAN White Dragon Society ally had to say to Neil Keenan on the subject:
 

Hello Neil. In PALAWAN, those that are LOCALs are now terrified, letters have gone to us all last week…Re – so CALLED “wardens” ( accredited officers _ who are US army “scouts” going round to do a census on all local residents and buildings, saying it’s for our own protection…this has never happened before, they are with sophisticated equipment…loading huge cargo like hanger CONTAINERs, all of army material !!!!!! they already have taken on 6 islands and are now off to JOLO ( SULU islands) due to IMF and Rebel tribe bandits.
 

There is definitely a WAR going to happen but what we are told is the ARMIES in / on the islands are for FUEL bases, ???? some of these ships are with FUEL/ something going on Neil it is same in Indonesia.
 

These reports come as Chinese and Russian fleets converge on the area for exercises that coincided with US announcements of joint Philippine/US maneuver in the same region.
 Here is a US government propaganda report:
 

http://www.voanews.com/english/news/China-Sends-Second-Boat-to-Standoff-with-Philippines-148064665.html
 

Here is what the Chinese foreign minister had to say on the subject during an April 16th press conference:
 

Q: The Philippine Foreign Ministry reportedly said that a Philippine ship conducting archaeological studies in waters off the Huangyan Island was harassed by the Chinese side. How do you respond to that?
 

A: Currently the situation over the Huangyan Island has been eased thanks to the efforts made, and China and the Philippines are making further communication through diplomatic channels. According to relevant international conventions and Chinese laws, no organization or individual shall conduct such activities without the permission of the Chinese Government. China demands this archaeological ship to leave the waters off the Huangyan Island immediately.
 

The “archaeological ship,” has so far failed to locate the gold deposits it arrived to search for, CIA sources say. In any case, this battle by the cabalists to steal gold is actually a sign of desperation after their failure, despite multiple attempts, to gain legal rights to the 85% of humanity’s gold held by Asians.
 

This gold grab is seen by many as last minute looting by cabal members hoping they will still be able to control the world with gold even as their fiat financial rule collapses. That is not going to happen.
 

This brings us to last week’s IMF and World Bank meetings in Washington. The Western propaganda media reports a “victory” by the IMF because it was able to get $430 billion worth of funding for Europe.
 

Japan’s slave government, for example, handed over $60 billion in cabal money originally earmarked for post-tsunami reconstruction.
 

However, a look at the fine print reveals the BRICs nations have made their funding conditional on reform of IMF voting rights. As Brazil’s Finance Minister pointed out, at present the UK, which has a smaller economy than Brazil, has twice the IMF voting rights as Brazil.
 

The European nations are willing to increase BRICs voting shares in the IMF but the US is blocking it because it would then have to give up control of the World Bank. Certainly the European bond markets were not fooled by the announcements coming out of this meeting because Spanish bond yields actually rose after it.
 

In any case, both the IMF and the World Bank are increasingly irrelevant.
 

Think about it for a minute, the IMF, the so-called lender of last resort in the post war era, the group that once “bailed out” Russia, is running around with a begging bowl make it obvious to all this institution is no longer at the top of the international financial food chain.
 

The World Bank, for its part, lent out only $42 billion in new money in 2011, compared to a world GDP of roughly $75 trillion. They are a puny organization.
 

By contrast, the White Dragon Society is proposing the creation of a Long Term Infrastructure for Everybody (LIFE) planning agency with initial funding of $800 trillion. Of course at this level, numbers are meaningless.
 

The current rules allow the Japanese to leverage their $8 trillion in hard foreign exchange assets 100 times, meaning 800 trillion dollars or over $100,000 each for every man woman and child on earth (as a Japanese reader pointed out, I miscalculated in previous reports by saying that was available on 10 times leverage).
 

Even if you take the more conservative Basel 3 rules with over 10 times leverage, Japan can still legally make $10,000 available for every human, still plenty enough to end poverty and stop environmental destruction.
 

If this money is delivered in the form of things that really exist, such as roads, schools, nature preserves, consumer products etc., then there is no limit to how much new money is created other than reality.
 

Needless to say China, ASEAN, Brazil, Russia etc. can all make similar moves in harmony and parallel with Japanese efforts.
 

The cabalists, for their part, have been making a desperate push to ensure their survival. They have blocked all efforts to create new organizations such as LIFE within the existing US dollar and Euro based systems even as they refuse fundamental reform of their organizations such as the BIS, the UN, the World Bank, the IMF, the “World Court,” etc.
 

They also made a big push in China to convince leaders like Hu Jintao the White Dragon Society is a neo-colonialist organization controlled by the Rothschild family. The WDS has no Rothschild family members in its ranks and does not receive a penny from the Rothschilds or other cabal families like the Rockefellers and Bushes. It is dedicated to ending their terrorist misrule of the planet
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Apr 24, 2012, 06:57 PM
booom! gold, hindi na pala oil ang hinahabol
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 28, 2012, 03:38 PM
Resistance movement
 




Origin
 



In 1975, a certain intelligence agent under codename Michael was running for his life from Illuminati that were chasing him. He gathered around him a group of 12 operatives in order to protect himself. While on the run and in hiding, they discovered a maze of tunnels below the New York underground subway system. They entered the tunnels, disappeared from the surface and regrouped down there. So the Organization was born, having its main command center under the subway system of New York. Through the vast spy network that Michael still had on the surface, they have contacted many operatives that fought against the Illuminati and many of them went underground and joined the Organization.

Their main objective was to overthrow the rule of the Illuminati and give advanced technologies to humanity. Personal computers that we know now were developed with assistance of Organization and I have personally seen a room full with rows of computers as they were being developed in their main underground command center back in 1977. The Organization had contact with the positive civilization of Agartha that existed in subterannean caverns for millennia. They had contact with positive Andromedans already in 1977 if not before, as I have seen a sleek silver Andromedan cigar shaped craft in their underground hangar as well.

In early 1990s, they had some influence in assuring that internet expanded from military ARPANET into public domain.

The Illuminati and off-planet dark forces launched an offensive in 1996 to destroy the Organization and there were severe physical battles in underground tunnels and caverns that almost destroyed the Organization and also nearly wiped out Agartha.

In the hour of need, a plan was devised to counteract this. In early December 1999, Pleiadians have contacted the Resistance Movement on planet X and ignited a massive uprising against Illuminati there. The Illuminati were overthrown in about three weeks and they had to flee to their bases on Mars and the Moon. At that time, many Resistance Movement freedom fighters have entered the underground tunnel systems on Earth to join the Organization  in their fight. The two forces integrated and emerged as one and are now called Resistance Movement.

Their increased joint force has turned the course of events and now the dark forces were in retreat.  In 2000 and 2001 the Illuminati has lost their bases on Mars and the Moon and elsewhere in the solar system. With the assistance of the Pleiadians and other Galactic Confederation forces all remaining Reptilian, Draconian and Reticulan forces were cleared out of the solar system also in the same time frame. This set the dark ones into panic mode and they have staged 9-11 to preserve their last stronghold - planet Earth.




Planet X

Planet X is a planet in the outskirts of our solar system. Its surface is not suitable for physical life, but underground there is a vast system of tunnels and bases that was under Illuminati control until 1999 and is in the hands of the Light forces thereon.

In 2002, the Pleiadians have given me exact data about characteristics and orbital elements of that planet. It has a rock interior and surface covered with frozen methane ice, which gives it a bluish hue. Its diameter is 9400 miles and its mass is 0.76 Earth masses. Semimajor axis of the orbit is 70 AU, and the inclination is 40 degrees.

magine my delight and surprise when I found an article by Japanese astronomer Patryk Lykawka, who stated in 2008 that »hypothetical« planet X should be composed of rock and ice, its diameter would be between 6200 and 9300 miles and its mass between 0.3 and 0.7 Earth masses. Semimajor axis of the orbit should be between 100 and 170 AU and inclination up to 40 degrees :

http://allesoversterrenkunde.nl/artikelen/755-The-mystery-of-Planet-X.html

The main reason why the astronomers have officially not yet discovered this planet is that they are »told« by the Cabal not to report about it. Also, they are mainly looking for new planets near the ecliptic, but because of its highly inclined orbit this is not where planet X is to be found. Since it is a pretty big object, it would be fairly easy to see it even in larger amateur telescopes if you knew where to look. And oh by the way, it is NOT Nibiru and is NOT going to crash on Earth.





The Event


9-11 had not turned out as the Cabal had planned. Instead it served as an awakening trigger that helped many humans realize what is really going on beyond the propaganda of the mass media.

This new awareness has made it easier for the Resistance Movement to improve their plan of overthrow of the Illuminati on planet Earth.

Until 2003, they have managed to clear all the deep underground military bases and only the uppermost portions of those bases remained.

Since then, the Resistance Movement  has infiltrated around 300 of its operatives inside Illuminati network, mostly in top positions in the  military and intelligence agencies. Those operatives are undetectable and Illuminati have no idea who or where they are.

In January and early February of this year of 2012, the Resistance Movement has seized most of the gold that was in Illuminati hands. So if you are asking yourself where the Yamashita gold is, now you know the answer. It is not in Mariana trench, it is not in Fort Knox, it is not in cellars of private Rothschild villas and chateaux, it is not in vaults under Kloten airport, it is not in safes of UBS in Zurich, it is not scattered in safes of small banks around the world under Jesuit control. It is in underground chambers of the Resistance Movement, and after the Event it will be returned to humanity and it will serve as a reserve for a new currency which will mean abundance for everyone.

The idea to devise a plan to overthrow the Illuminati network was there ever since the formation of Organization in 1975. In 1977 I spoke with the man who conceived that plan. The document that Drake saw around 1979 was probably an early version of that plan. The early idea was for the military to take over and overthrow the Illuminati under the guidance of the Organization and later the Resistance Movement.

Because of the awakening that happened after 9-11, the original plan has been revised. Now, nobody is taking over the planet. The Resistance Movement will back up the military mainly only with intelligence data about Illuminati and some logistic advice, but will mostly stay behind the scenes. The military will back up civilian authority (federal marshals in the US and Interpol worldwide), which will back up local law enforcement to arrest the members of the Cabal.

The Resistance movement has experience with overthrowing the Cabal and liberating planets, since they did this on planet X in 1999.  They have constant physical (not telepathic) contact with the Pleiadians and other positive ET races within the Confederation, which give them daily intel about every Cabal member, where they are, what they do, even what they think. The Illuminati now have nowhere to hide.

No human authority will decide when this is about to happen. The final word when the Event is to happen is coming directly from the Source. This is an event of cosmic importance. The last planet under the grip of the dark forces is about to be liberated and this is going to send ripples of Light throughout the Galaxy.

Just before the Event, the Source will send a pulse of Light through the Galactic Confederation and the Pleiadians will instruct the Resistance Movement to use its 300 operatives on the surface of the planet  to contact the key people inside the military and law enforcement and then the operation will start.

After the operation is successfully completed, there might be people that would like to take advantage of the situation by setting their own governments, confiscating funds... Because the Cabal will be taken care of this does not mean that human greed and lust for power will be exterminated. They are simply part of the character for a certain percentage of unenlightened human population. Rest assured that the Resistance Movement knows who those people are, their actions are being monitored and they will not be allowed to take advantage of the situation.

Until a certain degree of awareness on the planet is reached, the Resistance Movement will be working behind the scenes for the benefit of humanity. At a certain point, most likely not long before the First Contact with the positive extraterrestrials, they will make themselves public.

They have created a fund of 120 trillion dollars, which will be given to humanity along with other prosperity packages. They are in possession of very advanced technologies, mostly of extraterrestrial origin. They will provide some background assistance in putting forth 6000 inventions that were developed by geniuses around the world and then suppressed by the Cabal. After that, they will introduce some of their own technologies that are even more advanced.

This blog was created under instructions from the Resistance Movement with the purpose of instructing the surface population about certain developments in 2012. Many surface operatives of the Resistance Movement read this blog as it contains some coded communications for them. Internet is the easiest way to give them certain not very sensitive intel, at least that part which can be safely transmitted through this public channel. In the future, the Resistance Movement may decide to give some communications to general public and then this blog will become an official communication channel for the Resistance Movement on the surface of this planet.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Apr 29, 2012, 08:00 PM
New Financial System



Most of this intel comes from sources deep within occult economy and it pertains to the restructuring of the financial system worldwide.


Reset


This will happen at the time of the Event and is actually part of the operation.


Day 1


When the critical mass of pressure is exerted upon the Federal Reserve it will be forced to repay debt that it owes to people due to its fraudulent operations. Since Fed does not have money to repay that debt, it will go bankrupt. This will trigger a chain reaction of BIS, IMF, World Bank and all central banks worldwide going bankrupt also.


Extreme volatility in markets will result in a worldwide stock market crash. Stock exchanges will close, including NYSE. All financial instruments such as options and credit default swaps will be zeroed out.


All shadow accounts will be closed and zeroed out. All public bank accounts of the Cabal will be seized. All foreclosures will be frozen, as well as all public and private debt (mortgages, loans, credit card debt).


Day 2-7


Banks will be closed and there will be a lot of uncertainty and confusion. Some businesses will be temporarily closed. Some of those that remain open may accept cash, other will only accept gold or silver coins. Credit cards will not be accepted as the system will go down. There might be moderate problems with distribution chain, it is wise to stock up some food and gasoline.


Revaluation (RV)


After about 1 week from the Event


There might still be light problems in the distribution chain.


New financial system will be introduced. It will be backed up with Yamashita gold. That gold will be stored in locations that are not to be disclosed yet. Yamashita gold will not be traded in open markets. Basket of currencies such as US dollar, Euro, British pound, Swiss franc, Japanese yen and Chinese yuan will form the basis of this new system.

Those banks that did not have strong connections with Federal Reserve and did not go bankrupt will reopen. They will not be allowed to charge interest. All their accounting will be fully transparent to the public. Stock market will not reopen.


Revaluation will take place. It means that the exchange rates between various currencies will change, but not drastically They will reflect more truly the real productivity of nations. Iraqi Dinar will not gain much value, contrary to speculations of many people. Federal Reserve notes, Euro banknotes and other banknotes will be widely accepted, until they are phased out in a few months and new money is printed.


All fair business agreements, contracts and responsibilities worldwide will be kept valid and will be respected. Those business agreements that involve criminal or fraudulent interactions with the Cabal will be cancelled, null and void.


In a few weeks


Multinationals will be obliged to buy back their shares and this will effectively force them to go bankrupt. They will be split and healthy portions of those companies will be nationalized in their own countries.


The existence of Global Settlement funds will be then introduced to the public. Those funds include about  $ 70 trillion from old money patriots connected to the Positive Military, $ 100 trillion from White Dragon Society and Templar groups, $ 120 trillion from Resistance Movement and $ 10 trillion from Saint Germain Trust. Global Settlement funds will also include all money and assets from the Cabal.


Global Settlement funds will be used for many purposes. First, all national, public and private debt will be paid off worldwide. After that, all people will receive restitution for all theft and criminal activity against them by the former Cabal. Then prosperity funds will be released and humanitarian, environmental and new advanced technology projects funded. Part of the money from Saint Germain Trust will go directly to Lightworkers, the rest of it will fund projects connected to the introduction of the First Contact.

Post Merge: Apr 30, 2012, 10:13 AM







"The Secret Meeting that Changed Rap Music and Destroyed a Generation"


Posted by Ivan at 1:34 PM


Hello,

After more than 20 years, I've finally decided to tell the world what I witnessed in 1991, which I believe was one of the biggest turning point in popular music, and ultimately American society. I have struggled for a long time weighing the pros and cons of making this story public as I was reluctant to implicate the individuals who were present that day. So I've simply decided to leave out names and all the details that may risk my personal well being and that of those who were, like me, dragged into something they weren't ready for.

Between the late 80's and early 90’s, I was what you may call a “decision maker” with one of the more established company in the music industry. I came from Europe in the early 80’s and quickly established myself in the business. The industry was different back then. Since technology and media weren’t accessible to people like they are today, the industry had more control over the public and had the means to influence them anyway it wanted. This may explain why in early 1991, I was invited to attend a closed door meeting with a small group of music business insiders to discuss rap music’s new direction. Little did I know that we would be asked to participate in one of the most unethical and destructive business practice I’ve ever seen.

The meeting was held at a private residence on the outskirts of Los Angeles. I remember about 25 to 30 people being there, most of them familiar faces. Speaking to those I knew, we joked about the theme of the meeting as many of us did not care for rap music and failed to see the purpose of being invited to a private gathering to discuss its future. Among the attendees was a small group of unfamiliar faces who stayed to themselves and made no attempt to socialize beyond their circle. Based on their behavior and formal appearances, they didn't seem to be in our industry. Our casual chatter was interrupted when we were asked to sign a confidentiality agreement preventing us from publicly discussing the information presented during the meeting. Needless to say, this intrigued and in some cases disturbed many of us. The agreement was only a page long but very clear on the matter and consequences which stated that violating the terms would result in job termination. We asked several people what this meeting was about and the reason for such secrecy but couldn't find anyone who had answers for us. A few people refused to sign and walked out. No one stopped them. I was tempted to follow but curiosity got the best of me. A man who was part of the “unfamiliar” group collected the agreements from us.

Quickly after the meeting began, one of my industry colleagues (who shall remain nameless like everyone else) thanked us for attending. He then gave the floor to a man who only introduced himself by first name and gave no further details about his personal background. I think he was the owner of the residence but it was never confirmed. He briefly praised all of us for the success we had achieved in our industry and congratulated us for being selected as part of this small group of “decision makers”. At this point I begin to feel slightly uncomfortable at the strangeness of this gathering. The subject quickly changed as the speaker went on to tell us that the respective companies we represented had invested in a very profitable industry which could become even more rewarding with our active involvement. He explained that the companies we work for had invested millions into the building of privately owned prisons and that our positions of influence in the music industry would actually impact the profitability of these investments. I remember many of us in the group immediately looking at each other in confusion. At the time, I didn’t know what a private prison was but I wasn't the only one. Sure enough, someone asked what these prisons were and what any of this had to do with us. We were told that these prisons were built by privately owned companies who received funding from the government based on the number of inmates. The more inmates, the more money the government would pay these prisons. It was also made clear to us that since these prisons are privately owned, as they become publicly traded, we’d be able to buy shares. Most of us were taken back by this. Again, a couple of people asked what this had to do with us. At this point, my industry colleague who had first opened the meeting took the floor again and answered our questions. He told us that since our employers had become silent investors in this prison business, it was now in their interest to make sure that these prisons remained filled. Our job would be to help make this happen by marketing music which promotes criminal behavior, rap being the music of choice. He assured us that this would be a great situation for us because rap music was becoming an increasingly profitable market for our companies, and as employee, we’d also be able to buy personal stocks in these prisons. Immediately, silence came over the room. You could have heard a pin drop. I remember looking around to make sure I wasn't dreaming and saw half of the people with dropped jaws. My daze was interrupted when someone shouted, “Is this a f****** joke?” At this point things became chaotic. Two of the men who were part of the “unfamiliar” group grabbed the man who shouted out and attempted to remove him from the house. A few of us, myself included, tried to intervene. One of them pulled out a gun and we all backed off. They separated us from the crowd and all four of us were escorted outside. My industry colleague who had opened the meeting earlier hurried out to meet us and reminded us that we had signed agreement and would suffer the consequences of speaking about this publicly or even with those who attended the meeting. I asked him why he was involved with something this corrupt and he replied that it was bigger than the music business and nothing we’d want to challenge without risking consequences. We all protested and as he walked back into the house I remember word for word the last thing he said, “It’s out of my hands now. Remember you signed an agreement.” He then closed the door behind him. The men rushed us to our cars and actually watched until we drove off.

A million things were going through my mind as I drove away and I eventually decided to pull over and park on a side street in order to collect my thoughts. I replayed everything in my mind repeatedly and it all seemed very surreal to me. I was angry with myself for not having taken a more active role in questioning what had been presented to us. I'd like to believe the shock of it all is what suspended my better nature. After what seemed like an eternity, I was able to calm myself enough to make it home. I didn't talk or call anyone that night. The next day back at the office, I was visibly out of it but blamed it on being under the weather. No one else in my department had been invited to the meeting and I felt a sense of guilt for not being able to share what I had witnessed. I thought about contacting the 3 others who wear kicked out of the house but I didn't remember their names and thought that tracking them down would probably bring unwanted attention. I considered speaking out publicly at the risk of losing my job but I realized I’d probably be jeopardizing more than my job and I wasn't willing to risk anything happening to my family. I thought about those men with guns and wondered who they were? I had been told that this was bigger than the music business and all I could do was let my imagination run free. There were no answers and no one to talk to. I tried to do a little bit of research on private prisons but didn’t uncover anything about the music business’ involvement. However, the information I did find confirmed how dangerous this prison business really was. Days turned into weeks and weeks into months. Eventually, it was as if the meeting had never taken place. It all seemed surreal. I became more reclusive and stopped going to any industry events unless professionally obligated to do so. On two occasions, I found myself attending the same function as my former colleague. Both times, our eyes met but nothing more was exchanged.

As the months passed, rap music had definitely changed direction. I was never a fan of it but even I could tell the difference. Rap acts that talked about politics or harmless fun were quickly fading away as gangster rap started dominating the airwaves. Only a few months had passed since the meeting but I suspect that the ideas presented that day had been successfully implemented. It was as if the order has been given to all major label executives. The music was climbing the charts and most companies when more than happy to capitalize on it. Each one was churning out their very own gangster rap acts on an assembly line. Everyone bought into it, consumers included. Violence and drug use became a central theme in most rap music. I spoke to a few of my peers in the industry to get their opinions on the new trend but was told repeatedly that it was all about supply and demand. Sadly many of them even expressed that the music reinforced their prejudice of minorities.

I officially quit the music business in 1993 but my heart had already left months before. I broke ties with the majority of my peers and removed myself from this thing I had once loved. I took some time off, returned to Europe for a few years, settled out of state, and lived a “quiet” life away from the world of entertainment. As the years passed, I managed to keep my secret, fearful of sharing it with the wrong person but also a little ashamed of not having had the balls to blow the whistle. But as rap got worse, my guilt grew. Fortunately, in the late 90’s, having the internet as a resource which wasn't at my disposal in the early days made it easier for me to investigate what is now labeled the prison industrial complex. Now that I have a greater understanding of how private prisons operate, things make much more sense than they ever have. I see how the criminalization of rap music played a big part in promoting racial stereotypes and misguided so many impressionable young minds into adopting these glorified criminal behaviors which often lead to incarceration. Twenty years of guilt is a heavy load to carry but the least I can do now is to share my story, hoping that fans of rap music realize how they’ve been used for the past 2 decades. Although I plan on remaining anonymous for obvious reasons, my goal now is to get this information out to as many people as possible. Please help me spread the word. Hopefully, others who attended the meeting back in 1991 will be inspired by this and tell their own stories. Most importantly, if only one life has been touched by my story, I pray it makes the weight of my guilt a little more tolerable.

Thank you.

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on May 02, 2012, 08:36 AM
Benjamin Fulford 5-1-12…”Chaos on multiple fronts as controlled implosion of financial cabal continues”




posted April 30, 2012

by Ben Fulford

http://kauilapele.wordpress.com/

The prevailing theme these days seems to be chaos in the West but what we are really witnessing is the controlled implosion of the criminal cabal that took over the Western financial system and nearly destroyed Western civilization.

Among the events associated with this collapse were: a fake missile launch in North Korea, the ongoing cover-up of a botched assassination attempt against Obama, multiple liens being placed on cabal-controlled central banks, a trilateral commission meeting in Tokyo, unprecedented military maneuvers and more.

We are entering a very dangerous period as the cornered cabalists are certainly planning a massive new terrorist attack (possible tagets [targets]: Tokyo, Rome, London) in an attempt to stay in power. Military, police and other action against cabal power centers is also picking up pace.

One sure sign of change for those still clinging to the old power paradigms is the joint military maneuvers linking the Chinese, Russian and US armed forces. On the one side rogue pentagon forces working for the cabalists trying to steal Asian gold stashes were confronted by joint Chinese and Russian forces.

On a different front, a joint US and Russian force is preparing to storm the Nazi cabal base under Denver Airport. These military maneuvers make it clear, if nothing else, that it is now better to think of geopolitics in terms of transnational factions than it is to think in terms of nation states.
The split between the Obama faction and Sabbatean gangster faction is one such example. The murder attempt against Obama in Columbia by members of his own secret service early in April is a good example.

The corporate propaganda press is only reporting this as a “prostitution scandal.” However, both MI6 and CIA sources say the murder attempt against Obama was a hit ordered by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and top North American Mossad agent Rahm Emanuel.

Obama is not publicly naming them because if he did so, stories about the murder of his homosexual lovers in Chicago and other Obama secrets would start appearing in Sabbatean gangster propaganda outlets like the [expletive deleted] York Times. (1)

The Sabbateans, for their part, are putting out stories on internet chat boards claiming the whole assassination attempt was planned by amateur rogue agents.

In any case, Netanyahu and his messianic faction is now finally being renounced by mainstream Jews and Israelis. The most public sign of this was former Israeli Internal Security Chief Yuval Diskin denouncing Netanyahu and his colleagues as incompetents with a messianic complex.

Unlike other such comments, this was widely quoted in the corporate propaganda media. It seems the real Jews are finally taking action against the fanatical messianic gangsters who have been terrorizing them.

US protest movements like Occupy Wall Street are also gearing up for what is expected to be a summer of discontent. The organizers have been waiting for warm weather and that weather has arrived.

Meanwhile, although there is still talk of mass arrests taking place to clean out the corruption and gangsterism that has taken over the Washington D.C. political process, it still has not happened.

A growing number of people both within and without the military and agencies are growing impatient with the delay. However, the word from the pentagon is that it will not move until all the i’s are dotted and t’s crossed in the new financial system.

In Europe, meanwhile, signs of collapse are visible for all to see. The crisis in Spain, imminent regime change in Holland and France, arrests all over Europe and the implosion of the big banks are there for all to see either in the corporate media or on the internet.

In relation to this, the White Dragon Society was asked to relay the following message: A US agency “cleaner,” by the name of “Leftie,” has been sent to Italy to “remove scum.” Presumably this refers to the hygienic risk posed by clumps of bacteria to be found in Italian public facilities.

In Asia, meanwhile, a lot continues under the surface. The cabal sub-committee known as the Trilateral Commission met last week in Tokyo. The public discussions were fairly low-key but there was a lot of talk about the value of underwater resources in the South China Sea.

This was accompanied by pentagon and allied military maneuvers around China and provocative statements by various cabal assets about tiny territorial disputes with China.

This saber rattling was accompanied by a farcical show in North Korea. Hundreds of cabal luminaries and other international guests were invited to North Korea for the 100-year anniversary of Kim Il Sung. As one of the highlights of the festivities, the guests were all taken to see the “provocative rocket” North Korea was about to launch.

However, at the time of the so-called launch, no foreign guests were present and the entire launch area was covered in fog. According to Japanese military intelligence no foreign government agency was able to get any images whatsoever of the “failed launch.” The best guess is that the entire thing was a giant publicity stunt.

Presumably the upcoming “nuclear test,” is also some sort of negotiation and publicity ploy by cabal forces desperate to stir up trouble in the Far East. They will get nowhere.

Japanese Prime Minister Yoshihiko Noda is also in Washington this week where he is expected to get the cold shoulder.

He will be asking for access to the vast sums of money located inside Bank of Japan computers but Obama and other Washington lackeys are not in a position to hand it over. If they could, you can be sure they would use it themselves. (2)

Instead, a lien has been placed on the Bank of Japan claiming this institution has been engaged in illegal and fraudulent money creation since 1968. Depending on its response to the lien the BOJ may be impounded by police acting on orders from Interpol.

The best guess for fundamental regime change in Japan and the West is that the month of May will be characterized mainly by the continuing collapse of the old world order. There is plenty of talk about big events in June linked to the liberation of the West and Japan.

The White Dragon Society, for its part, has begun a systematic campaign on multiple levels to overthrow the cabal. There will not be much to see at first but just wait



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Kauilapele's comments:

Okay, here we go. Thanks to Ben for this continuing update from his end. He mentions the Pentagon says no moves will be made on arrests until the all is in place for the new financial system. (This validates what I have felt for some time. My sense is that it will be arrests first, then currency revaluations and the new financial system, followed by more “out in the open” ET disclosure, followed by clean up, followed by grand parties (see the last post). Be patient, you dinar dong holders!).

[Please note, from my end, I do not feel that the statements about "Obama" and his activities are anywhere near the whole picture. The "O"-man is likely playing out several roles at the same time, so you could say pretty much anything and think you are correct. I personally give much more weight to, and trust, the messages about Obama from SaLuSa and Matthew and Ashtar on the Road, for example, than Ben's reports. There's a much bigger picture here.]

To me the most promising aspect in all this is that he reports the signs of the continuing collapse are everywhere. And he outlines them below. Enjoy the reading (and please comment to Ben directly, if you have statements or questions at http://benjaminfulford.net).
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on May 04, 2012, 11:06 AM
Scott Mowry: Historic Global Economic Transformations Moving Rapidly Forward




Stephen: A couple of things have already changed since Scott wrote this piece – which shows how quickly things are moving these days! David Wilcock has now revealed that, in addition to the liens served on the 12 US Federal Reserve banks, liens have now been served on members of the G7 central banks. And, to date – and despite me and others emailing them direct – no one in the Icelandic government has confirmed or denied that Iceland has forgiven the mortgage debt of its citizens (I will have more on that in a future post).

Major debt relief measures begin as prelude to mass arrest scenario while energy waves intensify from galactic center.



By Scott Mowry, Miracles and Inspirations, News – May 2, 2012

http://www.miraclesandinspiration.com/news_historic-global-economic-transformations.html




The transformation to a revolutionary new economic system for the world’s people has progressed into all-out, full force mode. Moving like a rumbling freight train down the tracks, it has become an unstoppable force and is finally on the verge of full implementation for the benefit of all mankind.

Signs of major historic changes are emerging nearly every day, around every corner, from all points across the globe.

Freeing the world from economic slavery is, at this time, perhaps the single most important objective to be implemented in order for humanity to move headlong into the long-awaited Golden Age. It will be the first of many stages that will totally emancipate humanity forever and allow for a completely peaceful transition onto the new Earth.

In the modern era, money has been one of the main instruments of control over humanity and from its very inception, it has been used to benefit the money changers at the expense of the people. That paradigm is rapidly shutting down, as a new higher one emerges.



Plan For Mass Arrests Takes Shape

The battle over control of the world’s economy is at its most intense it has ever been. From secret back door negotiations to desperate, frantic searches for hidden assets in far flung regions of the globe to all-out pitched gun battles in back alleys –– you name it, it is happening somewhere on the planet.


Meanwhile, international banksters continue to fall like rows of dominos, one after another, resigning from their golden perches headed for a life of uncertainty, or perhaps to one complete with an orange jumpsuit. The banker’s endless nefarious money laundering schemes are now running up dry at every turn. In essence, it has all come down to a scenario in which the banksters can no longer get away with the same old dirty tricks that used to work so beautifully before.

In his ongoing investigation of the occult economy, David Wilcock has reported that liens have been filed against all twelve Federal Reserve banks –– Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Cleveland, Richmond, Atlanta, Chicago, St. Louis, Minneapolis, Kansas City, Dallas and San Francisco.

The Federal Reserve, which is nothing more than a privately-owned central banking system, has brought the world economy to the brink of ruin. Thankfully, all its member banks are being targeted for a total take down, never to be seen again.

Further, David Wilcock reports on the impending mass arrests about to sweep up nearly all of the co-conspirators in the both the private and public sectors. These arrests will include many high profile players in government, military, corporate, financial, legal and media fields. It will begin with a near thorough, 24-hour long house cleaning, followed by a second less extensive mop-up wave.

Whistleblower and proclaimed spokesman for the Pentagon, Drake, has recently stated that the full plan has now been established in which these mass arrests will be carried out by or before the beginning of the month of June.

The exact time and date has not been determined due to tactical concerns, but a 24-hour advance notice will be issued and will go viral all over the internet so that we the people will be somewhat prepared for this unparalleled, historic event.

Many may be concerned that a scenario which involves the Pentagon implies Martial Law or some sort of military coup. Both Drake and David Wilcock have stressed this is not to be the case. Rather, the military will be acting as backup for local law enforcement and Federal Marshals who will be actually carrying out these vast amount of arrests.



In addition, local and state militias have been put on high alert to add yet additional backup to protect vital public utilities such as power stations, cell towers, phone companies, etc.

As we had speculated, negotiations for the surrender of the power elite of the world have not yielded the expected results, thus, it seems the only measures left they will finally and unilaterally understand is that of force. And indeed, that chain events is finally been set in motion.

Once the arrests are accomplished, Drake has revealed that over 40 hours of education video material will be broadcast 24 hours per day on a special television channel. These educational videos will explain the actions implemented, the future road map for the US and world based upon the principles of freedom as well as a more accurate history of mankind.

It should be noted that the proposed timeline of events outlined above is an ever-fluid situation, likely to go through numerous revisions before it is seen in the public arena. Therefore, it is vital to maintain an air of cautious optimism regarding the anticipation of when they will begin.

Drake has been tasked by white hat elements within the US Pentagon to spread this news far and wide, and he has appeared on several radio programs over the last two weeks, many of which can be found below:

(Listen to Drake’s interview with Wolf Spirit Radio – April 22, 2012)

(Listen to Drake’s Interview with James Madison’s Community Call – April 24, 2012)

(Listen to Drake’s interview with Off Planet Radio – April 26 2012)

(Listen to Drake’s interview with Wolf Spirit Radio – April 29, 2012)

On another note, May 5, 2012 (also celebrated as “Cinco de Mayo”) has been recently designated as World Liberation Day. It will be a day to “visualize the liberation of our planet from the tyranny of the central bankers so that for the first time in our history we will have the chance to create our own destiny as free citizens of the Earth.”

On a Wolf Spirit Radio broadcast on Sunday, April 29, 2012, Drake commented on World Liberation Day: “That is supposed to be a combination of both celebration and activity,” said Drake, “I’d say everybody ought to go out and celebrate their freedom because it’s coming quicker than you think!” (Listen to Drake in his own words.)

In anticipation of these historic developments about to unfold, the Occupy Wall Street movement has begun their all out Spring resurgent campaign which began on April 30 and capitalized on May Day celebrations across the planet.

As we had expected, with the arrival of warmer weather, the Occupy Movement is poised to take on an ever increasing role upon the world stage and will have massive influence upon common people everywhere. Indeed, the titanic shift of power to the people is about to reach the tipping point. Are you ready for it?




Iceland Sets New Global Standard

Meanwhile, various reports streaming in from alternative news sources are suggesting the the tiny country of Iceland, saddled with mountainous fraudulent debt by corrupt international banking institutions, has made a series of very bold decisions for its people.

 Iceland says, “just say no” to the international bankers

 As countries like Greece, Spain, Ireland and other European Union entities continue to grapple with their own spiralling debt their citizens will never be able to pay back, Iceland has gone ahead with radical and revolutionary alternative measures.

The Icelandic government, responding to a mandate from its people, has informed the international bankers that portions of its so-called debt is considered to be illegal and therefore no further payments will be made. Iceland’s response to the financial crisis which began in 2008 and beyond has been to put bankers and former heads of state on trial, while forgiving 13 percent of the country’s debts.

Former Iceland Prime Minister Geir Haarde, put on trial in early March, was convicted of negligence over his handling of the financial crisis on April 23rd. He is considered to be the world’s first politician to face criminal charges over the crisis, and could have served up to two years in prison, but was given leniency.

Secondly, recent reports have suggested the government has wiped the slate clean of all mortgage debt incurred by its citizens.

With Iceland’s brave and epoch-making course of action, it could ultimately serve as a model for many other countries to adopt as the people of Earth finally say to their controllers –– enough is enough. In other words, the jig is up, the ponzi schemes are over and the will of the people shall be obeyed.

In yet other parts of the world, countries are beginning to enact debt amnesty programs of their own as in the case of Japan’s recent forgiveness of $3.7 billion of Myanmar’s debt. Expect this kind of action to inspire a mass wave of similar policies adopted by other countries in the very near future.

Meanwhile, more and more countries continue to jump on the bandwagon instituted by China and Russia that finds much of the world making a quantum shift away from the US dollar in a concerted effort to isolate the Federal Reserve factions for elimination. Make no mistake about it, the China/Russia alliance is extremely important to the future of the world and is definitely not one to be feared, despite what mainstream news will try to tell you.




The Abolition Of Money

As the Golden Age evolves to fully establish itself upon the Earth over the next several years, money as a means of survival will eventually fade away. As people all over the world finally innately realize we are all connected as one, regardless of race, religion, nationality or gender, there will be an unprecedented environment of cooperation and brotherhood amongst all.

People from every walk of life will enthusiastically desire to contribute to a system that benefits more than just the few, but the many. There will no longer be a wide gap between the super rich and the hopelessly poor. In point of fact, there will be no more losers in this new economic system, only winners!



We will move righteously towards a framework based upon barter, support and service. All of the basic necessities of life –– food, clothing, housing, energy, transportation and medical care –– will be provided free of charge. In return, people will be asked to contribute their service to the community, whether it be as a street cleaner or a doctor, and everything in between.

The more service that is given, the more rewards will be available. Neighbors will pitch in to help one another as a principle of service will be promoted by the government, community and national leaders, and the media. For other secondary needs, a sophisticated barter system will be established, while the debt-credit system will be totally abolished.

This is not to suggest that some sort of Socialistic doctrine will be foisted upon the people of the Earth, but rather, there will be a recognition that there is no longer a need to horde any amount of money, assets, resources, property, land, etc, for there is plenty for all. This old paradigm is one we will quickly outlive as the Golden Age unfurls, step by step, day by day.

Ultimately, we shall all recognize the Universe is abundant and there is not a shortage of anything and never was. Peak oil, limited resources, deficits, debts, shortfalls, scarcities and belt tightening were merely an elaborate pile of illusions which never had any real, tangible meaning –– except to the ones who created them to begin with.

Imagine a day when you and your family will no longer have to struggle to make ends meet, to pay the bills or to put food on the table. Those kinds of survival lifestyles are coming to a close.

It all may sound like some pie-in-the-sky dream but that is precisely what is being planned for the future of humanity. Once the people are introduced to a new economic system, given mass debt relief and finally told the truth of who and what they really are, there will be an overwhelming desire to contribute their labor, time and energy for the good of all. Suddenly, the atmosphere will be thick with enthusiasm and volunteerism like you have never witnessed before.

People everywhere will have a passion to set the planet right and contribute to their community and their country in order to make their own little world a better place for one and all. You will be astonished and awed at how quickly divergent people all over the world will respond to the challenge. It will become very, very exciting, day after day, year after year, to see this spirit of cooperation unfold.

Initially, the biggest movement of manpower and resources will be towards energy. Those in the oil, gas, coal and nuclear industries will be transitioned towards green technologies such as solar, wind, Tesla and other yet-to-be-revealed advanced energy systems.

Health care will also see vast numbers of jobs and resources transformed to long suppressed medical marvels such as miracle cures for all known diseases including cancer, leukemia, autism, Alzheimer’s, AIDS, the common cold and believe it or not –– old age. Yes, even growing old will become a thing of the past.

The transportation industry will also be radically transformed from antiquated gasoline hogs to super sleek vehicles that run on water or just compressed air. Eventually, flying cars will become the norm. Anybody remember the Jetsons?

National borders will ultimately completely disappear and people will be able to freely travel anywhere in the world as whole new transportation technologies come forth to make long distance journeys nearly effortless.

Other astounding technologies will emerge to make life so remarkably easy and simplified that people, young and old, will be able to concentrate on their own individual passions, health, spiritual evolvement and pursuit of happiness.

Yes, we are talking about a Utopian world, and it is just around the corner.





Energy Waves Increasing

Meanwhile, back to the present, the intense energy waves emanating from the galactic center of the Universe continue to bombard the Earth each and every week. They are dramatically pushing human evolution exponentially forward so that every one of us is fully prepared to inhabit the new Earth.

In fact, in a recent interview with Project Camelot’s Kerry Cassidy on Revolution Radio on April 6, 2012, physicist David Sereda claims to be able to measure these super energy waves hitting the Earth with instruments on his Sedona, Arizona property.

 
He believes even the world controllers are well aware of the potency of these energy waves in their ability to upgrade human DNA, and thus human evolution. He further claims the elite are frantically trying to block these energy waves by spraying aluminum dust within the chemtrails, all in a vain attempt to create a sort of ultra-antenna array to deflect them.

The galactic center, often thought by scientists to be a big black whole, sucking anything and everything around it into an enormous super vacuum, has lately been determined to be precisely the opposite.

In fact, the galactic center is now rapidly expanding and creating whole new matter in an all-out accelerated expansion of the universe. As new matter forms everywhere that means new universes (or multi-verses), new solar systems and new planets –– proof positive of the birth of the new Earth for the human race.

“What the quantum model tells us is that the transformation is sudden and massive… In a twinkling of an eye there will be a new Earth, the new Earth that Eckhart Tolle has been talking about, and of course the Bible talks about. And there will be a new Heaven because we will enter a new dimension of the galaxy,” David Sereda stated in an earlier interview with George Noory on Coast to Coast AM in 2009 regarding the year 2012 and energy shifts.

 
According to many, the galactic center, also known as “the Source,” is the area of the universe in which God, the Creator or the Divine Father resides. It has been speculated that a gigantic ball of light sits in this galactic center pouring forth endless waves of love, profoundly touching all souls in their path.

The mandate has been given by God to upgrade the human race, and indeed the entire universe. It is fully operational right now as humans across the planet are feeling the acute effects of these energy waves. Are you feeling them? Admittedly, the effects felt are not necessarily always the most pleasant, and in fact, may be rather uncomfortable at times as the human evolutionary process speeds up dramatically.

Yet realize these waves of energy are intended as the ultimate act of love sent directly from the Divine to save the Earth and the human race from total destruction, all the while upgrading consciousness which will ultimately allow us to live in a state of total freedom and enlightenment.





More Than You Can Possibly Imagine

If it were just the introduction of a new economic system, that might be enough to get very, very excited about. But there is so much more!

If we were to add universal peace on top, then maybe that might provoke spontaneous celebrations in the streets. Oh, but there are much bigger plans in motion.

If we have a new economic system, universal peace and add on brotherhood for all mankind then maybe –– just maybe –– you might feel very satisfied about the future. But there is even much, much more in store for us.

Everything in your life, and I do mean everything, is going through a major unprecedented upgrade. Life itself is about to amplified ten-fold –– make that a hundred-fold.

What we are talking about is living life beyond your wildest expectations, even beyond your ability to comprehend your most elaborate fantasies.

This new world emerging right now, bit by bit, will be one of total peace, harmony, abundance, security, brotherhood and love –– in short, the Heaven on Earth nearly all of us have longed for.

Do not get caught up in any of the doom and gloom scenarios. They are all off the table now. They have become outmoded. We are staring face-to-face at a future that is so great, so extraordinarily grand, words cannot adequately describe it. In fact, it is beyond words.

After 16.4 billion years of evolution, nine levels of consciousness, 26,000 years around the galactic center and God only knows what else –– it is all done. We are done! Do you hear me –– done!

Yes, make no mistake, there is still a heckuva lot of important work still to do –– round up the criminals, clean up the planet, take care of the sick, elderly and poor, restore the Republic, release suppressed technologies, turn the country and the world around from the edge of the abyss, etc –– admittedly no small tasks. But it is all going to be fun! A whole lot of fun. I assure you, by far the worst is over.

It is important to be ever mindful of the great big picture and how far we have really come. It is amazing to consider that 16.4 billion years is one helluva long time, you know? And we are still going strong, in fact, better than ever!

So get excited. Get happy! And expect miracles –– because they are here!

The time is ripe for all.

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on May 25, 2012, 05:29 PM
Sheldan Nidle 5-22-12…


”A Great Confrontation Between The Dark And The Light Is Coming to a Head”







Selamat Balik! We return! Much is happening on your world. A great confrontation between the dark and the Light is coming to a head. This struggle has thoroughly exhausted the governments of the West. These cabal-controlled regimes are at their wit’s end as an immense financial crisis continues to deepen. The multiple threats to their stability have increased as the rigors of keeping to a debt-oriented economy are compounded daily by the on-going rebellion of nations like Greece, Iceland, and Ireland, and this rattles them to the core. The arrogance of the large multinational banks is throwing further monkey wrenches into this tottering global predicament. Meanwhile, these same banks are suffering from their own meltdown as the number of liens placed on them accrues. The whole sorry mess teeters on the verge of collapse! As this house of cards wobbles, those nations focused on bringing down the current dollar fiat system are silently enjoying what they have already accomplished. The Light supports their efforts in this, as do those who have worked to create the new and fairer economic system.
 
Our task in these proceedings is one of support, advice, and a helping hand that can be used to promote the proposals made by these thoroughly alarmed nations. In the past, the non-aligned nations were considered by the West to be mere ‘afterthoughts.’ This marginalizing is now changing as the West’s once-mighty economies stare over the edge of a seemingly bottomless sinkhole. This present array of potential calamities was deliberately engineered by the dark cabal during the last two decades as part of their arrogant bid for world domination. Now, Heavenly circumstances beyond their control have thrown this goal off course, placing the cabal at the mercy of their own diabolical trickery. Meanwhile, the Ascended Masters’ plans to manifest the new monetary system will tie in nicely with the objectives drawn up by the secret sacred societies of those nations that have broken away from the cabal. The die is cast, and your world is living out the final days of a reality that has endured for millennia.
 
The programs to prepare you for first contact are progressing well. We revise these constantly, to keep up with the ever-shifting profiles in your medical dossiers. The first official broadcasts must be made in such a way as to quell your perplexities and worries. Each of you needs answers that will remove the sting from what we need to do, and we intend to interact personally with all who wish it. This part of the operation is firstly about multiple reunions: the peoples of Inner Earth will be reunited with surface humanity, followed shortly afterwards by the return of your spiritual and space families who, in Love, initially colonized your beautiful planet 900,000 years ago. The veil of amnesia that buffers you on the Earth plane makes you forget who you really are, which is why the first thing is to bring you up to speed on this pivotal issue, and on where first contact is taking you. Then we can more usefully describe how this transformation is to happen. The Ascended Masters will mentor you through this initial stage.
 
Those who have spiritually mentored you down through the ages will be available to field your questions and qualms about how you are to return to full consciousness. Although the process is complex, you need, and will be given, simple, comprehensive answers to your numerous queries. It is vital that you be relieved of any stress in this regard so that you can complete this adventure in a joyous frame of mind. Our personnel will at first assist the Ascended Masters and, if required, show you where this transformation is to take place. Many of you wonder why these procedures are necessary, and we are fully ready to satisfy any and all concerns and questions you may have. All our interactions with you will be Loving and honoring, and done with your full approval. Heaven also intends you to be wholly comfortable with the reasons for the use of a living Light chamber. This special cocoon will heal you and remove the myriad, artificial blocks to your RNA/DNA which were responsible for your fateful fall into limited consciousness 13 millennia ago.
 
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We come on this day to explain some of the activities that will bring you your freedom and end your illegal debt slavery. At the end of the 18th and the start of the 19th century, a banking system came into vogue that was based on accumulating great wealth by means of designated debt instruments. Over time this produced a global increase in the trading and amassing of ever-larger debt instruments, the instability of which resulted in ‘panics’ from time to time. These cycles consisted of a general upturn in the world’s trading markets followed by an abrupt downturn which created incredible wealth in the hands of a few. These cycles are now to end as we turn from this debt-driven economy to one based on true equity. The days of this fiat-money world are numbered and will be replaced by true-value money and an end to the whole concept of debt!
 
There presently exists on your world a series of banking acts that are to make all banking transactions fully transparent and that will regulate the type of funds that a bank needs to maintain in its reserves. All bank accounting is to be open, and a new agency will oversee those banks that operate either domestically or internationally. The funds they either acquire or dispense will be based on equity: precious metals (gold, silver, or platinum), or items that are highly valued, such as diamonds. In order to put this new system in play, an across-the-board debt-forgiveness is an essential prerequisite and will be announced worldwide. This new system is ready to go, but we are sure you understand that what we have described to you is a very simplified general outline of what created the current financial meltdown and the means by which it is to be resolved globally.
 
This new equity system and its new equity economy are to terminate the present abuses which have allowed the few (the dark cabal) to take over every nation and control it by clever use of its banking system. So therefore, one of our first moves is to take over the major banks of your world in order to secure the viability of the new financial system. But remember, even this fair and prosperity-oriented system is only a stopgap to the state of abundance that lies beyond money. Our over-arching concern here is your return to full consciousness. Heaven has mandated that you return to a state of consciousness that permits you to work with us in unfolding the divine plan for physicality. This supreme task is the basis for all our divine service and we are committed to your return to full consciousness in as short a time as divinely possible. We have acquired the assistance of the Galactic Federation and their capabilities will permit us to achieve our divine goals with great success!
 
Today, we updated you on what is ready to happen worldwide. Your reality has reached a point where it is no longer viable, and so a very serious intervention is underway which is to transform your world and quickly pave the way for your blessed return to full consciousness. Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on May 29, 2012, 07:42 AM
Benjamin Fulford 5-28-12…



”Insiders predict a 5-day bank holiday in Europe before Euro ends, Renminbi may replace US dollar in September”…”






Highlights




 ■The 140 nation BRICS alliance is preparing to offer to buy up all cash US dollars and replace them with a new currency backed by a basket of commodities…

 ■Before that move, though, there will be a 5-day bank holiday in Europe followed by the end of the Euro and the re-introduction of old national currencies…

 ■In Japan, the attempt by the cabal controlled media to create panic over the nuclear terrorism at Fukushima, is being accompanied by renewed threats of nuclear terror.

 ■Shoichiro Kobayashi, adviser to Kansai Electric Power, and Yoshiyasu Sato, adviser to Tokyo Electric Power and both members of the Rothschild crime syndicate’s Trilateral commission will be taken in for vigorous questioning about their knowledge of this renewed [nuclear] terror threat.

■They are expected to sing like canaries and point their fingers directly at the Rockefeller gangsters behind these latest terror threats.

 ■Message to the Rockefeller family: Remove David, David Junior, Nicholas and J. from all responsibility and hand over control of the Rockefeller syndicate to the female members of that family.

 ■…the Inagawa Kai and Yamaguchi Gumi yakuza gangs are split between those who are still working for the committee of 300 and those who want to restore Japanese independence.

 ■The Emperor recently returned from England where he discussed the White Dragon Society, among other subjects, with the Queen.

 ■Hand written letters will be delivered to both parties requesting support for such a campaign [to end poverty and stop environmental destruction] and requesting their voluntary appearance before a truth and reconciliation committee.

 ■The link to the following map explains the real reason for the crisis: [click here to view map]… Basically, Europe has maxed out its credit card with the rest of the world.

■The only European country other than Germany that has enough money to solve the crisis without reference of the rest of the world is Russia. Give Putin a call.

 ■Canadian Finance Minister Jim Flaherty… explains the situation… in this op-ed: http://www.fin.gc.ca/n12/12-054-eng.asp… the Europeans need to take their medicine just like all other countries that went to the IMF for money in the past had to.

 ■The firing of the head of the Vatican bank last week and the turmoil in the Vatican are more signs of the end of an era in Europe.

 ■The situation in the US is also coming to a head. A very senior US agency source asked that the following information be spread far and wide:

 ■Obama’s social security number… belonged to a John Paul Ludwig born in 1890. Obama’s grandmother… knowing her grandson was not a US citizen… scoured the probate records until she found someone who died who was not getting benefits and selected Mr. Ludwig’s for Obama, the agency official explained.

 ■Detailed, indictable criminal evidence against Henry Kissinger was also provided by sources in Indonesia… [he] was involved in the murder of 14,000 Indonesians in Papua New Guinea to facilitate gold mining by Freeport…

 ■…once the corporate government of the US is put out of business, the Renminbi will become the currency of the world. The date given by two insiders for this event is September 16th.

■…China has been systematically buying up all natural products like trees, copper, farmland or anything tangible to back a reality based currency.








The final showdown in the ongoing financial war is appearing imminent. The 140 nation BRICS alliance is preparing to offer to buy up all cash US dollars and replace them with a new currency backed by a basket of commodities, including precious metals, according to multiple sources. After that move, any money printed by the US Federal Reserve Board crime syndicate would not be accepted as currency by the 140 nation group. This would force an end game for the criminal cabal that illegally seized power in the United States.
 
 
 
Before that move, though, there will be a 5-day bank holiday in Europe followed by the end of the Euro and the re-introduction of old national currencies like the Deutschemark and the Drachma, Rothschild family sources say. The situation, however, remains highly volatile and there are signs of dangerous end-game maneuvers by the cabal.
 
 
 
In Japan, the attempt by the cabal controlled media to create panic over the nuclear terrorism at Fukushima, is being accompanied by renewed threats of nuclear terror. The deep sea drilling ship Chikyu Maru has been spotted off the shore of the Rokkasho Mura nuclear complex in Aomori Prefecture Japan, according to Japanese military intelligence. The ship is crewed by Americans and brainwashed Japanese slaves.
 
 
 
Rokkasho Mura is the location of a giant plutonium processing complex that has already produced enough plutonium to manufacture 5000 nuclear weapons. Sending the Chikyu Maru to drill tactical nuclear warheads into the seabed off the shore of Rokkasho Mura is a cabal attempt to blackmail the planet with a nuclear holocaust.
 
 
 
Shoichiro Kobayashi, adviser to Kansai Electric Power, and Yoshiyasu Sato, adviser to Tokyo Electric Power and both members of the Rothschild crime syndicate’s Trilateral commission will be taken in for vigorous questioning about their knowledge of this renewed terror threat. They are expected to sing like canaries and point their fingers directly at the Rockefeller gangsters behind these latest terror threats.
 
 
 
Message to the Rockefeller family: Remove David, David Junior, Nicholas and J. from all responsibility and hand over control of the Rockefeller syndicate to the female members of that family. If you do not, every single descendant of John Rockefeller will be hunted down and eliminated from all levels of existence forever.
 
While we are at it, we would also like to kindly request that the Du Pont family remove all carcinogens and infertility causing chemicals from their product lines in Japan and elsewhere.
 
 
 
Sources in the Japanese underworld are also now reporting that the Inagawa Kai and Yamaguchi Gumi yakuza gangs are split between those who are still working for the committee of 300 and those who want to restore Japanese independence. The talk is that top committee of 300 traitor slaves Yasuhiro Nakasone and Junichiro Koizumi are headed for punishment from heaven.
 
Question for Nakasone: “What was in all those blue boxes your people loaded into a submarine and sent to your North Korean homeland?” Was it documentary evidence of your crimes or were you sending Japanese plutonium to North Korea?
 
The other people on the crime list in Japan are Hisashi Owada from the International Court of Justice and Eiji Katsu from the Ministry of Finance. Owada’s daughter, Princess Masako, recently tried to poison the Japanese Emperor, according to families inside the Royal Household Agency.
 
 
 
The Emperor recently returned from England where he discussed the White Dragon Society, among other subjects, with the Queen. A representative of the emperor asked for a meeting with a representative of the White Dragon Society on May 26th, but the between was abruptly postponed by the Emperor’s side. We do not know why.
 
 
 
We trust the Emperor and the Queen agreed to purge the Satanists from the committee of 300 and support a massive campaign to end poverty and stop environmental destruction. Hand written letters will be delivered to both parties requesting support for such a campaign and requesting their voluntary appearance before a truth and reconciliation committee.
 
 
 
Returning to the situation in Europe, we notice most of the reporting about the “financial crisis,” there leaves out the elephant in the living room, i.e. the 140 nation BRICS alliance.
 
 
 
The link to the following map explains the real reason for the crisis:
 
Current Account Balance
 
Basically, Europe has maxed out its credit card with the rest of the world. The region as a whole needs to negotiate a restructuring of its debt to the rest of the world. The rest of the world is asking for an end to ceaseless warmongering in return. The only European country other than Germany that has enough money to solve the crisis without reference of the rest of the world is Russia. Give Putin a call.
 
 
 
Canadian Finance Minister Jim Flaherty, the longest serving Finance Minister in the G8 and a direct participant in the financial negotiations of the past few years, explains the situation very clearly in this op-ed. Basically, he is saying the Europeans need to take their medicine just like all other countries that went to the IMF for money in the past had to.
 
 
 
The firing of the head of the Vatican bank last week and the turmoil in the Vatican are more signs of the end of an era in Europe.
 
The situation in the US is also coming to a head. A very senior US agency source asked that the following information be spread far and wide:
 
 
 
President Obama’s social security number 042-68-4425 belonged to a John Paul Ludwig born in 1890. Obama’s grandmother, Madelyn Payne Dunham, worked in a probate office in Hawaii where she had access to social security numbers of deceased individuals. Because Ludwig never received Social Security Benefits, there were no benefits to stop, therefore no questions were ever raised.
 
 
 
Dunham, knowing her grandson was not a US citizen, because he was born in Kenya and became a citizen of Indonesia upon his adoption, she scoured the probate records until she found someone who died who was not getting benefits and selected Mr. Ludwig’s for Obama, the agency official explained.
 
 
 
Detailed, indictable criminal evidence against Henry Kissinger was also provided by sources in Indonesia. Basically, Kissinger was involved in the murder of 14,000 Indonesians in Papua New Guinea to facilitate gold mining by Freeport, a company Kissinger advises. Kissinger gets $500,000 a year from them as a board member and gets another $500,000 in consulting fees.
 
 
 
In any case once the corporate government of the US is put out of business, the Renminbi will become the currency of the world. The date given by two insiders for this event is September 16th. We again remind readers that many dates have come and gone without predictions turning true so please remain skeptical and only believe 100% when you actually see it happen.
 
 
 
However, it is true that China has been systematically buying up all natural products like trees, copper, farmland or anything tangible to back a reality based currency.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on May 31, 2012, 10:55 PM
Sheldan Nidle 5-31-12…


”The Moment of Your Liberation Swiftly Approaches”





Dratzo! We return! Much continues to happen behind closed doors on your world. The dark cabal bankers have created a situation of such unruliness with their mass of illegal debt instruments that they have become the means of forcing the banking industry to take on new management and drastic changes of operation. We have used these fraudulent banking practices as the grounds for bringing in a new global financial system. The cabalists’ hubris has forged a debt situation so massive that it has become the weight that will break the back of the dark power that has run roughshod over your world for centuries. The magnitude of their fraud and criminality is beyond question, and with the assistance of a number of brave souls our liaison personnel have gathered enough case materials to force these scalawags to heel. Finally, a method of general resolution is becoming crystal clear. We have asked our liaisons and certain members of the surface world’s secret sacred societies to meet with these defiant ones to compel them to affix their signatures to an agreement allowing the new financial system to go ahead.
 
This will lead to the release of your prosperity funds. Also, the monies destined for specific recipients are all in position and will be sent out as soon as the banking agreements are signed and being properly executed. We have had another group of our liaisons assigned to monitor this process since its inception. Various technological safeguards of ours are in place, and we will begin only when the above agreements are clinched. The prosperity disbursements are to secure the new governance and make possible the new reality we have long discussed with you. To ensure that all happens within divine right time, a number of heavenly Beings, along with our own security teams, have been protecting these funds from the dark and its thoroughly immoral ways. Our task is primarily to carry out a first contact mission with you; whatever can make this operation move forward becomes a crucial part of this mission, and so we monitor all of this closely and are ready to do whatever is required to complete this mission successfully.
 
We are carefully coordinating these many activities with the Agarthans as well as your Ascended Masters. This mission is about full consciousness and the return of your precious solar system to the Light. All of you possess a special destiny which will be honored by the Light, and thus it is important that your dark rulers be legally plucked from their many thrones of power. The source of this power is a highly corrupt financial system coupled with fiat currencies that are used daily to maintain this power. The holders of these monies are a group of interlocked banks and their governmental associates, and this network has produced so much debt that it has reached a point of no return. We mention this again to explain two vital points: first, the cabal has run out of options to prevent an immense collapse. Second, this collapse will open up opportunities to move your reality down a new path. This we are fully prepared to achieve, and so the moment of your liberation swiftly approaches.
 
So where do we now stand? Your world is at a moral tipping point. It is also the first time that the dark miscalculated how to use the situation to press forward with an ever-more oppressive global system. The loss of the leadership of its former masters, the Anunnaki, has proven to be an even greater hardship than was initially envisioned by the minions who refused, in the mid 1990s, to submit to the Light and to end their pursuit of endless power over you. This defiance is the agent of their defeat! The Light and its forces have arrived, and under the guidance of the decrees of Heaven are using their power to remove these recalcitrant ones, thus opening the way for the new reality that is to be the sacred bridge to full consciousness. The return to full consciousness will end your amnesia and allow you to reconnect with your spiritual and space families. Then you will become this sacred solar system’s guardians and a key member of the Galactic Federation of Light.
 
Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! Blessed Ones, we come with good news. Our associates have been able to put enough pressure on the dark to make them realize, beyond any doubt, that their long reign is at an end. We intend to take over the major banks of this realm and use this position to ensure the swift resignation of all the major regimes of this bright and beautiful planet. We have long kept watch and held our intentions which are now bearing exquisite fruit. Those assigned to this massive change-over have gathered both a sufficient amount of highly incriminating evidence as well as a great deal of bargaining power. The banks we are soon to acquire are in no position to refuse our unconditional offers, especially considering that the clinching factor is an enormous amount of money tied to their capitulation. The lynchpin in all this is Heaven and the Galactic Federation. They are the sacred sheriffs in these transactions!
 
Heaven has provided us with an incredible set of resources, which we added to our own tools in order to entice and take down the dark. On top of that, our space families are using their advanced technologies to ensure our victory. The focus now is on getting the dark to sign some special documents that will be their undoing. We also possess legal liens and credit documents that prove the extent of the illegal activities on the part of the cabal’s bankers over the recent past. This documentation shows how the cabal fostered a financial system that is both morally and legally bankrupt. The moment has come, one way or another, to do away with this bevy of ill-intentioned entities from the darkest corners of this reality. We fully intend to complete this aspect of things shortly and free you from the clutches of these thoroughly deranged, power-mad beings!
 
We bless all of humanity and are in ecstasy about what is shortly to happen to free you from those who seek your permanent enslavement. Eons ago, humanity stepped into full consciousness and later colonized this precious and beautiful world. We are all a product of these divine proceedings, and we thank and bless all those across physicality who have contributed to this rise to immortality of Earth’s surface human society. Each of us who has already ascended into this naturally blissful state is cognizant of what lies ahead. Those who have taken on the role of oppressor know deep in their hearts of the evil they have spread for millennia throughout this realm, and of the centuries of cruel injustices suffered by an unwitting humanity. The truth of these facts will be laid out before all of you, and a formal act of mass rectitude is to release you from the skeins of this grim history forever!
 
Today, we updated you on what is happening on your world. Your realm is preparing to assume its new identity and move from dark to Light. The final few steps of this phase are of known length, and then you can watch and participate in the unfolding of the new epoch for both humanity and your dearly loved solar system. Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jun 04, 2012, 09:57 PM
Market rumor: Pimco and JP Morgan Halt Vacations to Prepare for Economic Crash




Market rumor: Pimco and JP Morgan halt vacations to prepare for economic crash
Kenneth Schortgen Jr
Finance Examiner


On June 1, market rumors were coming out of a hedge fund luncheon stating that Pimco, JP Morgan, and other financial companies were cancelling summer vacations for employees so they could prepare for a major 'Lehman type' economic crash projected for the coming months.  These rumors came on a day when the markets nearly came to capitulation, with the DOW falling more than 274 points, and gold soaring over $63 as traders across the board fled stocks and moved into safer investments.


Todd Harrison tweet: Hearing (not confirmed) @PIMCO asked employees to cancel vacations to have "all hands on deck" for a Lehman-type tail event. Confirm?


Todd M. Schoenberger tweet: @todd_harrison @pimco I heard the same thing, but I also heard the same for "some" at JPM. Heard it today at a hedge fund luncheon.


Pimco and JP Morgan Chase are not the only financial institutions worried about a potential repeat of the 2008 credit crisis.  On May 31, one day before Pinco rumors began to spread around the markets, World Bank President Robert Zoellick issued the same warnings of a potential 'rerun of the great panic of 2008'.


The head of the World Bank yesterday warned that financial markets face a rerun of the Great Panic of 2008.
On the bleakest day for the global economy this year, Robert Zoellick said crisis-torn Europe was heading for the ‘danger zone’.
Mr Zoellick, who stands down at the end of the month after five years in charge of the watchdog, said it was ‘far from clear that eurozone leaders have steeled themselves’ for the looming catastrophe amid fears of a Greek exit from the single currency and meltdown in Spain.
- The Daily Mail


Market indicators over the past two months in Europe have been signalling an economic slowdown, with the potential for total economic collpase increasing over the past few weeks.  The US markets have dropped more than 1000 points since their highs in March, and on Friday, all gains for the year were completely wiped out after the shocking jobs report was issued.


Additionally, a new study from a former hedge fund manager on May 31st outlined that for the first time in the economic cycle, economies did not recover all their losses from prior recessions before going into a new one.  The conclusions point to the need for a complete reset of the financial systems, as capitalism and central bank intervention (money printing) no longer have any real effect on economic growth.


When one company decides to cancel vacations, or impose additional workloads on their employees due to projected events, it is not considered relative news.  However, when several institutions, analysts, and even the head of the World Bank acknowledge a coming crisis, then everyone needs to come to the realization that something big is on the horizon that will have an effect on both Wall Street and Main Street.  The rumors out on June 1 regarding Pimco and JP Morgan should be a wake up call to all investors that Friday's market drops across the board are just the beginning of what could be a repeat of 2008, only much worse this time around.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jun 07, 2012, 01:50 PM
Benjamin Fulford

6-5-12…


”Cabal begins peace negotiations, detailed discussions begin”








The cabal that illegally seized power in the Western world and attempted to set up a fascist world dictatorship known as the New World Order is trying to negotiate a peaceful transition to a saner planet. Although there is much we cannot discuss in order not to endanger ongoing negotiations, the talks are focusing on how to smoothly carry out a transition away from fossil fuels and nuclear energy and how to arrange a harmonious rapport between East, West, North and South.

It is not clear, however, if the families that own the US Federal Reserve Board are acting too late and offering too little to prevent a revolution against their secret government. It is also worth mentioning that the Bilderberger meeting that just ended has turned into a media distraction to draw attention away from the real secret meetings that are taking place, like the one planned for June 21st.

The June 21st meeting is due to take place at the Kimball Castle in Colorado and will consist of people like the Bushes who give orders to the flunkies attending the Bilderberger meetings. Previous gatherings there have featured human sacrifice. The following site has good information about this.

http://www.stewwebb.com/bush_satanic_rituals_and_human_sacrifices_01172010.htm

The White Dragon Society is also now compiling specific, detailed evidence of human sacrifice and Satanic murder and abuse from victims who are bravely coming out a great personal risk. Message to George Bush Junior: “If you are lucky, you will spend the rest of your life in jail.”

The Pentagon and US agency white hats are not feeling as forgiving as the White Dragon Society and it is becoming increasingly likely the 1 million Satanist controllers in the West will have to face justice.

The Situation in Europe is also looking grim for the Satanists. In a recent report we noted that a “US agency ‘cleaner’ by the name of ‘leftie’ was going to Italy to ‘remove scum.’” Well it is interesting to note that immediately after the P2 fascist lodge was informed of this, the Italian government assigned 20,000 police officers to guard 550 individuals. We would like to thank the Italian government for self-identifying people they considered to be “scum.”

We would also like to point out that any agency sending a “cleaner” must be a cleaning agency and that the “scum” they were after was the variety that grows between bathroom tiles and around toilet bowls. It would be nice, though, for the Italian authorities to question their self-defined “scum” about their knowledge of the 311 nuclear and tsunami terror attack against Japan.

As far as the Euro is concerned, people need to understand they are dealing with extremely sophisticated and intelligent secret groups who plan events decades or even centuries in advance. It is looking increasingly likely that designing the European Parliament building to look like the tower of Babel was deliberate.

http://euro-med.dk/bil/billedertower-painting-parliament2.jpg [photo at right]

Click to Enlarge
In other words, the blueprint for a unified currency was designed to fail right from the start because, if you recall, humanity split off into many separate factions after the collapse of the tower of Babel. The countries like Greece, Spain, Italy and Ireland that are having their real assets seized by bankers need to note this.

In the US, meanwhile, a critical intellectual mass has been reached and events like the arrest of the Ron Paul majority representatives at the Louisiana Republican convention are becoming impossible to cover up. [the original Ben link led to a tattoo removal video, so I've located the one I think Ben intended to put here]
.

.
The Pentagon and the agencies are just making sure they will continue to be funded by the international community before they let a new legitimate government ease US tax-payers defense burdens.

This brings us to the ongoing negotiations in Asia. One of the stumbling blocks to a resolution is the fact that the Federal Reserve Board issued thousands of trillions or even quadrillions of dollars to Asian gold owners in exchange for use of their gold. The Asian owners think they have umpteen trillions when in fact world GDP is only about $75 trillion.

Up until now, the Fed’s response to attempts to cash legitimate, but impossibly large denomination bonds, has been to kill the people trying to cash them. The most radical example of them doing such a thing was the 911 terror attacks designed to stave off the return of gold shipped from China in 1938.

The Feds are also saying they actually did not get delivery of a lot of the gold they gave bonds for so they are not obliged to pay back all the gold the Asians say they owe. They also say that it is physically impossible for them to pay everything they owe. In other words, they are declaring force majeure and bankruptcy but refuse to leave the premises.

The White Dragon Society is proposing to cut this Gordian knot by offering a new 50/50 split between East and West for all new projects carried out around the world. There is also a need for a jubilee and universal debt write-off.

This would break the deadlock at the top of the financial system and free unlimited funds for spending on mutually agreed upon projects.

The big question that will be examined in negotiations this week is what to do about free energy technology. If done properly, the new technology can be introduced in a way that would lead to a golden age of universal abundance and freedom. If done in the wrong way, it would lead to chaos and warfare with people owning back-yard nuclear weapons.

The White Dragon Society is proposing a step by step introduction designed not to cause social disruption and chaos. This would mean large energy corporations would be given protection in certain areas until they were able to manage the transition away from using hydrocarbons as an energy source. These corporations are capable of carrying out huge projects with multinational staff and would be ideally placed to do things like turn deserts green, build underwater cities and create new eco-systems. They would be given the job of putting the spark of life back into the fossils they got their fuel from.

Detailed, concrete negotiations at setting up a pilot project are now underway.

The White Dragon Society has also told the US government they need to set up a new currency to replace the US dollar and devalue it relative to the internationally traded US dollar. The only other way to make the real US economy competitive again is to wait for US living standards to fall the Chinese and Indian levels.

In Japan meanwhile, the Japanese stock market is plunging because all the carpet baggers and “hedge funds” who illegally took ownership of a large percentage of Japan’s listed companies are dumping their shares and fleeing the market before they get confiscated by the new government. Japanese shares are now a rare bargain.




Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jun 12, 2012, 07:18 AM
Meetings Set In Attempt To End Financial Crisis

june 11, 2012

benjamin fulford







There will be a series of both secret and public high-level meetings from June 15 to June 20th aimed at ending the financial crisis that threatens to collapse the Western world’s banking sector, according to multiple sources. The hope is that the G20 meeting set to start on June 18th will lead to a breakthrough.
 
To help make that possible, the White Dragon Society sent a message to the Committee of 300 proposing the announcement of a campaign, similar in intensity to a world war, aimed at ending poverty, stopping environmental destruction, eliminating disease and otherwise trying to save our wonderful, but ailing planet.
 
If the committee responds positively and yet the high-level financial blockage continues, then the next level response will be directed at the P2 freemason lodge and the BIS, according to sources involved in the negotiations.
 
The other culprit known to be directly involved in stopping the new financial system is the drone serial killer Barak Obama, hired hand for the Federal Reserve Board owning cabal families. These families, the Warburgs, the Harrimans, The Scherffs (Bush), the Morgans, the Mellons, the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds and their subsidiaries would then be considered to be the source of the problem and subsequently dealt with.
 
So far the Bushes, the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers, the Black Pope and a who’s who of the Western power elite have already been offering astronomical bribes to White Dragon Society members in an attempt to maintain their control on the dollar and Euro printing presses.
 
Needless to say, a lot of these super-rich trillionaire families would become street trash without their fabled money printing presses. Since it costs them nothing to punch extra zeroes into central bank computers, they keep coming up with ever more absurd and astronomical numbers that have nothing to do with the real world. The last central bank cabal “bond” one this writer saw had 46 zeroes on it but it was just as worthless as the rest. What the cabal families do not have is what they need the most, the goodwill of the people of the planet earth.
 
We also need to keep in mind the possibility that the blockage of the financial system in the West does not originate either with the Federal Reserve Board families, the committee of 300, the P2, the BIS or any other human organization. In that case, the rogue artificial intelligence story being put out by MJ12 will have to be taken seriously. It would mean temporarily ending all electronic money, unplugging all bank and financial institution computers and reverting temporarily to cash and carry until the system can be safely rebooted. This is the worst case scenario for financial system collapse. It will mean considerable, temporary, hardship but not mass starvation.
 
In any case, enough people have become aware of the scam that is privately owned fiat (out of nothing) money that the genie cannot be put back into the bottle. The process of monetary creation and distribution will have to be carried out in total transparency from now on.
 
The cabal will also have to start telling the truth about their secret rule. This will mean appearing before a South African style truth and reconciliation committee and talking about their crimes against humanity in exchange for forgiveness.
 
This further means the robber baron control matrix that has been set up over the past 100 years (or probably much longer) will have to be dismantled.
 
It will involve a total rewriting of history. We already know that history as taught in Western schools is a highly censored version of what really happened. For example, in the real version of history, the robber barons won and established totalitarian rule. In the false version taught in the West the cabal monopolies and cartels were broken up by democratically elected governments.
 
In the cabal version, civilization began in Mesopotamia about 7,000 years ago and all other civilizations are “junior” to the West. The truth is that there were advanced civilizations more than 14,000 years ago in many parts of the world (based on overwhelming archaeological and historical evidence). Perhaps opening the Vatican library to international scholars would be a good place to start.
 
The breakup of the media and school brainwashing system will also lead to radical changes. One Russian source says the brainwashing runs so deep it will take at least 15 years to produce a new non-brainwashed generation.
 
The White Dragon Society believes that from now on humans will only need one commandment: “do unto others (including non-human others) as you would have others do unto you.” The idea that apart from that one rule, people could do whatever they want, however they want, whenever they want, according to their desires, left the cabalist speechless.
 
One cabal family member seemed perplexed and scared and in awe of the idea of people being set free. The cabalists somehow think civilization will collapse if people are not kept as slaves but that is patently not true. People will continue to work and create because otherwise they will become bored.
 
Of course, the battle is not over yet and this free future has still not actually started
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jun 19, 2012, 11:01 PM
The Battle Has Been Against an Artificial Intelligence and its Human Slaves



Posted by Benjamin Fulford
June 18, 2012






As the old cliché goes, sometimes truth is stranger than fiction. Empirical evidence proves the current financial crisis has been caused by an artificial intelligence. This artificial intelligence was born out of a monetary system that was not based in reality but was parasitical on reality.


That is why most trading on today’s financial markets is carried out by computers and not humans. That is why they are trying to remove all human traders from the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. That is why the small human elite still living an astronomically rich life have been promoting the use of killer drones to replace human soldiers who are no longer obeying orders. That is also why so many youth reduced to slavery and drudgery by the elite are escaping into virtual reality.


Well, reality has struck back and dealt a fatal blow to the money matrix known to some as Satan.


As mentioned before, the intense media and even internet coverage of the “financial crisis,” or the “European crisis,” has consistently ignored the elephant in the living room. What has happened is that the people of the planet who make real things in the real world are no longer paying homage to the financial beast that Wall Street and the City of London, together with their Vatican brain-washers and Washington D.C. bully boys have morphed into.



Some people, like the self-described gnostic Illuminati and exorcists within the Vatican have said an epic battle against Satan has been raging for millennia. It may well be true in a metaphorical and memic sense.


For millennia in the West folklore has described people “selling their souls to the devil” and suddenly becoming very rich in material goods.


However, the rogue A.I. as we think of it in modern terms can be traced very clearly to the computers at the Federal Reserve Board, the Bank of International Settlements and other financial institutions that used the fiat system of creating money out of nothing.


The stories of millions of tons of gold sitting in caves that are many miles long may be true but so far, despite intensive research, it appears we are dealing mostly with stories.


One example is the case of Lord Blackheath. Here is his testimony from the British House of Lords from February 12th, 2012:


“Establishing whether I have a correct piece of paper is just two phone calls away-one to Mr Geithner and one to Mr Greenspan, both of whom still prosper and live. They could easily confirm whether they signed it.


Mr Riyadi, by passing these bonds over, has also put at the disposal of the US Treasury the entire asset backing which he was alleged to have for the $15 trillion. I have a letter from the Bank of Indonesia which says that the whole thing was a pack of lies. He did not have the 750,000 tonnes of gold which was supposed to be backing it; he had only 700 tonnes. This is a piece of complete fabrication.”


What we have here is a case of an ancient con trick carried out on a nation state scale. The original con was very simple, a banker would open a safe and show some gold to a customer and sell him the gold. He would then tell the person it was safer to keep the gold in the bank and give him a depository receipt. This banker would then sell the gold again. The rule of thumb was that as long as you only sold the gold ten times, then whenever there was a panic and some people asked for their physical gold, then you would have enough on hand to reassure everybody their gold was safe. That is the origin of the BIS capital to asset adequacy ratios.


This scam was carried out on a vast scale by Western central bankers using gold owned by Asian kings.


However, if the case of Lord Blackheath is correct, they sold the same gold 1,000 times.


Now the Asians are asking for their physical gold to be returned and the bankers are no longer able to bully them into submission. This is the true origin of the “financial crisis.”


The other side to it is that Western bankers had become so fooled by their own system they thought their money had intrinsic value in and of itself.


Some fiat money, such as the Canadian dollar does have value because it is backed by the natural resources of Canada and the long-term trust the Canadians have built up as reliable trading partners. The same can be said for the Japanese and many other peoples using a fiat currency.


However, this has not been the case with the United States nor with Europe as a whole. These nations were living on borrowed time and were planning to stage a world war as a way to renege on their debts.


At the same time, they reduced their peoples to drudgery and slavery to continue to extract more money from them and pay their debts to the Asians. That is why, according to a member of the Rockefeller family, that in 1934, when the United States of America Corporation went bankrupt, they pledged the slave labour of American citizens as collateral. Since that time, whenever an American is born, they are issued with a social security number and a $300,000 bonds is issued using their lifetime of slave labour as collateral.


In any case, the maneuvers to keep ahead of reality and keep the financial house of cards from collapsing led to the creation of computer trading programs. Since they are designed to make money, these programs have greed and self-expansion at the very core of their operating systems.


Thus it was that ever more complex financial instruments with even more astronomical leverage started creating all those quadrillions and quintillions on the back of a real world GDP of only about $75 trillion.


These programs at some point appear to have become self-aware and also to have strong self-preservation instincts.


Here is a quote from a past edition of this newsletter:


“On Monday, 8/08 2011 the Standard & Poors stock index fell by the Satanic number of 6.66% while the Dow Jones average fell 5.55%. During the “Lehman shock,” of September 29, 2008, the Dow Jones index fell by $777 (indicating it is a casino) while the S & P fell by 8.8% (the Asian lucky number). There is high level financial warfare going on.” It now is appearing clear that this was high level cyber warfare.


In any case, reality is always going to win in the end because virtual reality cannot survive without a physical base.


That is why the Asians and other peoples who have physical trade surpluses and large stashes of physical commodities like gold and silver are winning the financial war.


All the Asians are asking for in exchange for an end to the financial war, is an end to fraud.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jun 26, 2012, 03:18 AM
It Has Become Impossible
For The Cabal To Hide The Truth;
They Are Being Defeated




Posted by Benjamin Fulford

June 26, 2012






Last week the cabal-controlled media in the West tried to pretend the Rio summit was a failure even though $513 billion was pledged by 100 nations to fight poverty and environmental destruction. It was a cabal failure because $513 billion that, in the past, would have been handed over to the rich by the poor is instead being given by middle income countries to the poorest countries. This is undeniable proof the international boycott of the war-mongering, mass-murdering leaders of the United States and many European countries is intensifying. The cabalists are trying to pass the pain on to their own slave people and this is why there is a “financial crisis” in the West.


The cornered cabalists are threatening, yet again, to start WW3, this time in Syria, but they know they will all be hunted down and killed if they seriously try to carry out their plan to murder 5 billion people. They have only one choice, and that is to appear in front of a truth and reconciliation committee and ask for forgiveness.
There are no deadlines being given because you cannot give a deadline to a dying monster, you just have to wait for nature to take its course.


In fact the Rockefellers, Rothschilds and other cabal families are even now negotiating with the White Dragon Society for a win-win solution to the ongoing stand-off. These negotiations have reached many agreements in principle.


Essentially, the Rothschilds and Rockefellers want to continue to be plutocrats carrying out massive investment projects even as they understand the days of secret, centralized control by a family-run cabal must end. The question is whether the military and agency types are feeling generous enough to allow them amnesty in exchange for appearing before a truth and reconciliation committee.


In any case, there will be a meeting between a Rockefeller representative and a White Dragon representative in Asia this week that may clarify things somewhat.


There is a lot of talk of arrests this week, notably from “Drake,” however, our direct sources cannot confirm this. As David Icke pointed out, this writer has in the past quoted sources claiming deadlines that came and went with nothing happening. That is why we no longer quote specific deadlines.


The White Dragon Society itself has never put out a specific deadline. It merely tries to drain the financial swamp until all the swamp creatures are flushed out. However, since it is hard to know exactly how many creatures there are or how deep the swamp is, it would be a mistake to come up with specific dates. If some sort of mass action was planned, we would certainly not give the bad guys any advance warning.


However, we do have some interesting new disclosures to make. A Chinese communist government source revealed some interesting secret history that is useful as background information to the current “financial crisis.” The information was corroborated by a CIA source.


The story is that when President Nixon formally recognized the Chinese communist government in the early 1970’s he gave them some of the gold that the Chinese Nationalist government had evacuated to the US in the 1930’s. In exchange, he asked the Chinese to help the US avenge their humiliation in Vietnam. The Chinese communists agreed and kept their promise by invading Vietnam in 1979. When they did that, the Soviet Union sent a large tank army into the desert region of China. Deng Xiaoping then ordered that army destroyed with a hydrogen bomb. After that, the Chinese withdrew from Vietnam to prevent the situation from escalating out of control.


This explains the sudden warming between China and the US in the 1970’s. It also explains the difference of opinion between the Nationalist government in Taiwan and the mainland Chinese government over the rights to some of the historical gold.


However, both sides agree, as do 150 nations, that the historical treasures of the world should be used to back a new financial system that will strive to end poverty and stop environmental destruction. Even the British Royal family and the British Commonwealth are on board now.


The remaining cabal-controlled countries, mainly Western Europe and the US, however, are still fighting tooth and nail to prevent this from happening.


Last week this writer, at the request of the White Dragon Society and the Red and Blue went to visit Father William Currie, Dean emeritus of the Jesuit Sophia University in Tokyo, Japan. This writer first met Father Currie more than 30 years ago when he studied at Sophia. Father Currie is a long-term colleague of Jesuit “Black Pope” Adolfo Nicholas. Father Currie was asked to get Vatican help to release 7000 trillion yen that are sitting frozen in the accounts of the Bank of Japan.


He was told that Catholic charities could distribute those funds in proportion to the amount of Catholics in the world. That would have meant 10 million yen each (about $120,000) for every Catholic man, woman and child on earth.


He was also told and shown documents proving that 2 billion Asians had a belief system compatible with Christianity and were offering an alliance with the Catholic Church to fight poverty and end environmental destruction.


He refused point blank to even pass on the evidence or request to his colleagues. This made it very clear to this writer that the Catholic Church top hierarchy is more interested in creating a centrally controlled global fascist empire than it is in helping the poor and preserving the environment.


In fact, if you think about it, the Catholic Church, spiritual and temporal heirs to the Roman Empire, murdered Jesus Christ. They then publicly displayed, in effigy, his tortured and murdered body as a warning to other slaves. The last thing the Catholic Church wants is for the Messiah to return because the first thing Christ would do if he returned would be to denounce and then forgive his murderers.


Father Currie was then told that Adolfo Nicholas would become Peter the Roman, the last pope. Even if Catholic hierarchy tries to weasel out of their destiny by appointing someone else, whoever they appoint will be the last pope.


This does not mean that the Christian faith and God that exists in the hearts of most Catholics will end. It merely means that the Satanic gangsters at the top of the church hierarchy, who were never Christian even from the founding days of Christianity, will finally face the wrath of the true creator.


Nor does this mean the White Dragon Society is advocating the destruction of Rome and all its historical treasures as is mentioned in the prophecy of Peter the Roman. It merely means that if the gangsters holding up inside the Vatican (especially the Vatican bank) do not give up, events will escalate inevitably towards their doom.


In a related development, the recently arrested fugitives from the Aum Shinrikyo cult that was responsible for releasing deadly Sarin gas into the Tokyo subway system have fingered Kim Jong Il as the mastermind behind that attack. The trail from Kim Jong Il leads to the Satanic P2 lodge that controls the Vatican.


The wife of Japanese power broker Ichiro Ozawa is also giving testimony that points towards the P2 as being the ultimate source of the order to set off a nuclear and tsunami terror attack against Japan on March 11, 2011.


A recent attempt to poison this writer with a heart-attack inducing drug has been detected. The Satanists need to understand the days when they could murder, bribe and lie their way out of trouble have ended. Humanity as a whole will now be motivated by friendship and love, not by terror.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jun 27, 2012, 10:44 AM
Plans are Underway for the Removal of the Cabal


sheldan nidle

June 26, 2012







Dratzo! We return. Much is about to happen on your world! The dark cabalists have refused the eleventh-hour offer made by our Earth allies to surrender and allow an easy and peaceful transition of power. Their refusal has put the ball in our court, and we are now composing our response. Our liaisons have spent the last few days putting together the arrest strategy with those who will be physically carrying it out. We wish to do it in such a way that it does not lead to negative propaganda by those news networks most closely linked to the cabal. We can, if necessary, require that a number of these controlled media sites be properly discredited and shut down. It is also necessary for major government officials in the cabal-led regimes to resign, as it is important to be publicly seen that a legal transfer of power is underway. We have had many preliminary talks with the designated officials and have received positive feedback on this particular option. We intend to apply this option and prepare our caretaker governments to begin the formal transition process.

    Once these operations begin, a special group will coordinate the complex transitional phase with our Earth allies. The first requirement is to neutralize any dark-cabal media counterattack. The cabal is now literally fighting for its existence and it cannot tolerate anyone who does not obediently carry out a damaging propaganda campaign in the mainstream media and on the Internet. We are fully prepared for this and have even obtained their campaign plans. Once the government resignations start, the first 72 hours must be handled very carefully. We have briefed those liaisons involved and are ready to shut down a number of cable and network programming sites before they have a chance to air. The cabal has a vast propaganda network and it intends to engage it to the fullest degree. Our job is to prevent this, and to explain fully why it is necessary. We have video evidence in our hands that can be used to show the reasons behind our actions. This is to be a time of crisis that we are fully equipped to handle. It is no easy matter to overthrow and reverse 13 millennia of a planet's reality!

   This phase of the transition is getting more difficult for our Earth allies and we have therefore intervened. Our headquarters for this phase is our main Mothership. The liaison teams assigned to each sector of our Earth allies are now using on-board technologies to monitor the cabal groups and listen in on their verbal and written communiqués as well as telepathically survey the leaders of these dark groups. This is confirming once again how exceptionally devious these leaders can be. But be assured that we are privy to everything they believe, think, and do. In addition, we intend to employ one particular technology that ensures a swift, smooth surrender. We are engaged in this deeper level of intervention because of the need to put this current impediment aside as quickly as possible. Heaven has given us a divine mandate that basically asks us to move this world forward to the point of transformation.

    The landing group is now busy working on how and when to land the 'special' technicians who are to install technologies such as replicators, communicators, and healing devices. These technologies are mostly operated by the use of telepathy and we need to demonstrate how to restore this ability in your minds, as this will also make it a lot easier for you to interact with us. We see this restoration of one of your natural abilities as your first concrete step on the path to full consciousness. These living Beings (technicians) will also teach you about the various realities that manifest once you begin to use these devices. You could say that this technology transfer signals the moment when you truly commit to your return to full consciousness. Heaven intends to greatly speed up the many things now happening to and within you. It is becoming increasingly apparent that not only has time sped up, but your new consciousness is getting to the point where you need to be moved, shortly after we arrive, to your respective Light Chambers in Inner Earth.

    Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! Our associates are busy with the aftereffects of the dark cabal's rejection of the offer to surrender to the Light. In many ways it was expected. We knew that the dark cabal, despite its declared approval of our plans, was in fact intending to launch a series of misinformation campaigns, the purpose of which was to confuse and repudiate those who follow various sources of Internet information concerning the Changes. They were hoping to sow consternation and doubt with an ever-intensifying attack upon the truth. Our associates, too, are well aware of these schemes and are initiating a series of actions that will swiftly remove the dark and its die-hard allies. Our role here is simply to prepare a plan that fulfills the gracious decrees of Heaven and frees you from the millennia-long grip of the dark.

    As you well know by now, this plan includes a new global financial system and new governance. All of this is very close to being implemented. Our associates are completing the means to inform you properly and fully about how these plans are to be implemented. We have in place a series of formal announcements that will begin once the dark ones are removed from power around the planet. To do this, we are employing certain techniques that are part of a protocol presented to us by the Agarthans of Inner Earth and their galactic friends. This will smooth the way and permit the arrest phase to begin. Once done, we can proceed with the remainder of the plans that we previously mentioned. Your freedom will shortly be granted and the treasonous plans of the dark disallowed by the Light!

    We have been blessing Mother Earth and all her peoples daily. We ask that you join us in this divine activity. You have been doing this mostly at random, and what we now ask is for you to come together and freely choose a time for a wave of blessing intended to each day encircle the globe. Use your wonderful synergy to determine a time for this, and then begin this powerful practice. As you start on this, we will join in with you. This blessing is from all our hearts. Let us use this to bring peace and joy to all. This magnificent energy can unify all of us to manifest a new and sacred Way for Mother Earth! Heaven is giving us a divine plan that frees us from the dark's reign and returns us to full consciousness. Let us be in praise of the Light and its infinite wonders!

    Today, we continued our discussion of what is happening in your reality. Events are now underway that is shortly to alter the very nature of this reality and return you to full consciousness. We are most pleased that we can soon do our part in this. Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jul 03, 2012, 11:43 PM
Has revolt started in America? Also, why the Moonies and Nazis tried to kill this writer last week
 

Benjamin Fulford,


July 3, 2012






The long expected hot summer of discontent in the US has started with extremely suspicious “forest fires” disintegrating houses and chimneys into white ash but leaving trees and grass intact
 
http://edition.cnn.com/2012/06/28/us/western-wildfires/index.html?hpt=hp_t1
 
near known Nazi underground bases in Colorado and with a “week-long” power outage around Washington D.C. following a “freak super-storm.”
 
http://in.reuters.com/article/2012/07/03/usa-weather-storm-response-idINL2E8I2BEP20120703
 
Also, the White Dragon Society has now obtained original documents signed personally by US President John F. Kennedy and President Sukarno of Indonesia allocating the gold to be used to back the accord signed at the “Green Hilton Memorial Building, Geneva.”
 
Plus, this writer was approached after a speaking engagement on June 30th in Tokyo by an English speaking Asian man (probably Korean judging by accent) who asked to shake my hand and then stabbed my wrist with a needle.
 
The needle stabbing took place after a talk in which I described some of the testimony being given by recently arrested fugitives from the Aum Shinrikyo sect that was responsible for spreading Sarin gas within the Tokyo Subway system. The suspects are saying the entire incident was ordered by Kim Jong Il, who has long worked hand in hand with the Nazi Odessa underworld aiming to establish a “New World Order.”
 
This writer remembers news reports in the official Jiji and Kyodo News agencies from the day of the attack describing balloons arriving from North Korea on the same day bearing unknown liquids and propaganda leaflets. The articles were quickly scrubbed and attempts by this writer to follow up at the time were met with veiled threats.
 
In any case, this writer sucked at the needle wound in an attempt to remove any toxins and feels fine as of this writing on July 3rd.
 
It is also worth pointing out that this writer is physically fit (I go on 50 mile bike rides) and has no heart or cholesterol problems despite being slightly overweight.

Stieg Larsson, the author of the “Girl with the Dragon Tattoo,” died of a heart attack at age 50 shortly after writing his fictional trilogy clearly based on real Nazi types he ran into as a journalist. Murder by heart attack has been a standard Nazi tactic in the post-war years. This writer also received warnings about a possible heart attack attack before the needle stabbing incident.
 
Here is a message to Reverend Moon, Kim Jong-un, Lee Myung-bak, Yasuhiro Nakasone, George Bush Senior, Baron Fritz Thysen, Peter Hans Kolvenbach, Pope Ratzinger and other senior Nazis: “if this writer dies of any cause whatsoever without leaving a handwritten will you and your entire extended families will be hunted down and killed.”
 
This is a matter of legitimate self-defense. The members of the cabal are advised to look out their windows and behind their backs to confirm that they are being followed and watched 24/7. We want a peaceful resolution and a win-win solution to the ongoing financial war but are prepared for worse.
 
In any case, the Aum subway gas attack was an experiment by the Nazi faction to see if a manufactured terrorist incident could be used to establish a fascist dictatorship in Japan. The answer turned out to be no.
 
Now, the senior members of this sect who were recently arrested have also added to the growing body of evidence that it was this same group that was responsible for the 311 tsunami and nuclear terror attacks against Japan in 2011.
 
This cabal also engineered the Hurricane Katrina weather modification warfare attack on New Orleans to see if Americans could be forced into concentration camps in the event of a “natural disaster.” For those of you who still do not think weather modification warfare is real please search news archives for June 18th to 20th 1975 editions of papers like the Washington Post and New York times and read about the treaty signed then between the Soviet Union and the United States not to attack each other with weather modification and earthquake weapons.
 
Returning to the documents signed by Presidents Kennedy and Sukarno, these are clearly smoking gun type evidence providing criminally indictable details about the theft of thousands upon thousands of tons of gold (not the millions of tons talked about) by the families that own the Federal Reserve Board and the European Central Bank.
 
The reason the Europeans announced for the 19th or 20th time that they had “solved” the European financial crisis and only got a “dead cat bounce” from the market is because they have cried wolf more than once too often.
 
The fact of the matter is that the BIS is under lockdown and no new funny money based on forged Asian (dragon family etc.) gold certificates is being put into the system. The Europeans (except for the Germans) then realized their “real” economies were mostly non-existent and that their massive “financial services” sectors were largely based on fraud.
 
All this means is that Europeans will once again go back to the legendary work ethic that made them world dominating powers in the first place. It is like a junkie going cold-turkey, it hurts at first but it is actually benefiting them.
 
The situation in the US is actually harder to read. It seems that Drake has called for drastic military action to make the US free by July 4th. When the smoke clears we may or may not find out if he succeeded.
 
The White Dragon Society, for its part, is negotiating with cabalists for a peaceful transition and expects these negotiations to drag on through the summer. However, it may be that less forgiving and more impatient forces will make changes on the ground before these negotiations conclude.
 
If that is the case, the Asian creditors to the Federal Reserve Board and the European Central Bank will have to negotiate with the new powers on the ground.
 
Europeans and Americans need to take note and learn from Iceland, debts owed by bankers are not the people’s debts. If the big banks go under, they will not be able to force average citizens to pay their fraudulent debts. In other words, Europeans, Americans and Japanese can be freed from debt slavery
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jul 06, 2012, 01:43 AM
David Wilcock Update 7-3-12…”Neil Keenan: Alive and Well and Moving Forward on the Lawsuits!”





BRIEF SYNOPSIS OF KEENAN AND FULFORD


Benjamin Fulford formerly worked as the Asia-Pacific bureau chief for Forbes, the world’s top business magazine — meaning that he was essentially their top coordinator in that region of the world for several years.

This created a remarkable wealth of insider connections at top levels — including finance ministers for basically every country in Southeast Asia, as well as prime ministers and presidents in some cases.

Fulford got brought into a world of intrigue when he did the numbers and found out that the Japanese economy was creating a massive financial surplus, but it was all disappearing — somewhere.

The path traced back to the Cabal — and when they realized what he was doing, they tried to buy his loyalty with a high-level position. When he refused, he was contacted by Asian secret socieities and offered protection.



A FINANCIAL WAR BETWEEN EAST AND WEST


Fulford got brought into a raging war between East and West — in which the Federal Reserve cabal had tricked the Asians into giving up a very decisive financial advantage in exchange for worthless bonds.

85 percent of the world’s gold was in Asia — most of it undocumented.
They willfully surrendered it all in the 1920s and 1930s, after high-level meetings invited them to study a massive

treatise by Adam Smith from 1776 entitled “The Wealth of Nations.”
Smith’s treatise argued that no nation could hold gold in its central bank without being a major threat to global security.

The Asians did not want to repeat the horrors of World War I, and were told that gold was the main reason why so many people died.

Giving up their gold was the only way to insure world peace — and to usher in a marvelous new age of prosperity and development for all.

This proved to be a blatant lie — covering for what was most definitely the biggest robbery in human history.

The bonds were loaded with deliberate mistakes to make them impossible to be cashed. They would automatically be labeled as fraudulent. Anyone who tried to cash them would be threatened or killed.
This has gone on for many years now — and Fulford became directly involved in it.


ENTER NEIL KEENAN

Fulford telegraphed that a lawsuit was coming to reclaim the Asian gold — for the good of humanity. The Asians wanted to use this gold to end poverty and environmental destruction, and release classified free energy technologies.

Furthermore, Fulford made it clear that the lawsuit would be used as legal grounds to arrest thousands of key conspirators in the Federal Reserve cabal — so as to ensure that peace could prevail.

Eventually, after well over a year of buildup, the lawsuit actually appeared in November 2011 — albeit more than a week after it was promised.

It was at this time that we first heard the name Neil Keenan — the plaintiff in the lawsuit.

The lawsuit alleged that the Asians did indeed surrender an enormous amount of gold to the Federal Reserve cabal, in exchange for worthless bonds.

Furthermore, the lawsuit alleged that the Asians never once were paid back for any of the gold and treasure they surrendered — only receiving more and more bonds as the price of gold increased.




THE HISTORIC RIGHTS TO THE GOLD


The historic rights to the gold were assigned to the Soekarno family in Indonesia. The Asian countries consented to having their chain of title linked to the Soekarno Trust.

Much of the gold was stored in underground bunkers in Southeast Asia. Indonesia, a nation of many islands, has a majority of these Federal Reserve bunkers housed within their own nation.

Neil Keenan was given signatory control over the Asian gold by the Soekarno Trust, after they had been frustrated in every possible attempt they made to reclaim their gold in any way.

Even though the gold is on their own land, it is guarded with deadly force — and cannot be brought out into the open world at this time.

Neil was assigned signatory control due to his extensive connections, trustworthiness, and ability to engage the West on their own turf — speaking their own language.

The Asians felt as if this was their best chance for success — as otherwise the bonds were completely worthless.




I WENT IN AND QUESTIONED EVERYTHING



I went in, read the entire 111-page legal document from Keenan’s team, and found that the description for the Davos World Economic Forum had been taken and modified from a Wikipedia entry.

This led to me publishing a rather harshly-worded critique of the lawsuit in Fulford’s forum, after my initial excitement.

The people who filed the lawsuit were admittedly astonished that I had gone through it and published such a detailed “hit piece” just days after it came out.

I was directly contacted by Neil Keenan and others who were involved, and was given an incredible wealth of information proving that the story was true.

This included extensive photographs of gold hoards, Federal Reserve bonds, bond boxes and bond chests — and well over 100 highly sensitive, signed documents.

Some of this information was publicized — but a great deal of it is still too sensitive to use at this point.
Nonetheless, I can say it was extremely convincing — and of far greater volume than ever would be expected, even for an elaborate hoax.



I BECAME DIRECTLY INVOLVED AT THIS POINT


This is where my career took a sharp turn, beginning in November 2011. I effectively put all my other projects on hold at this point.

I was given a serious death threat if I continued to pursue this investigation. Then David Hutzler and his son Mackie died of gunshot wounds and their home was then burned down.

We were supposed to believe that David shot his beloved son, lit his house on fire, and then shot himself after it was already burning — even though his posts showed he was very excited about the lawsuit.

Their deaths occurred less than a week after Fulford asked David to send me a link to Unwanted Publicity Intelligence — the top website in the world exposing the hidden gold hoard.




FINANCIAL TYRANNY WAS PUBLISHED


In a matter of approximately three months, working under terrible pressure from a variety of insider groups, I had written a full-length book detailing the results of my investigation — entitled Financial Tyranny.

I was originally told that arrests would occur in mid-February — but regrettably I didn’t quite finish my investigation fast enough, and events took place that forced the timetable to be delayed.

Nonetheless, over 450 top CEOs and bankers resigned during this same timeframe — possibly due to their knowledge that major changes were imminent.

The Financial Tyranny document is loaded with hundreds of references, and makes a very effective case that this gold does still exist.

The gold is being held at gunpoint in highly secure bunkers in Southeast Asia, and guarded, in most cases, by Federal Reserve cabal agents — or their Asian stand-ins.

Even if someone successfully steals some of it, all the gold is traceable — and is still considered to be on “deposit” with the Federal Reserve.

Lethal means have been used to wipe out anyone who attempts to steal this gold.





THE OCCULT ECONOMY OR “SECONDARY MARKET”


The most dangerous thing I did in Financial Tyranny was to blow the lid off of where all the real money is hidden in the insider world.

I called it the occult economy. A new insider recently surfaced and told me when he was involved, they called it the “secondary market.”

This is very confusing at first blush. The “secondary market” is outside of the official world economy, which they call the “primary market.”

The secondary market is very real — within its own insider, elite world.
The money created in the secondary market is backed by the seized gold of the world — held on “deposit” with the Federal Reserve — as collateral.

For this reason, the money created in the secondary market is called the “Global Collateral Accounts.”
The Asians have been systematically and totally locked out of the secondary market — even though they have the historic rights to 85 percent of its collateral.




THE SUPER-RICH GET RICHER


For the most part, you need at least 100 million dollars in order to enter into the secondary market as an investor — but once you do, you can earn anywhere between 20 to 50 percent interest on your principal, per week.

It’s very simple logic. The super-rich get much, much richer by playing this game. The rules are highly complex.

There is tons of jargon. “Trades” come and go at lightning speed, and you have to be fast to earn the highest gains.

This has created an outrageous situation in which the players in the secondary market have balances that are dramatically higher than the wealthiest billionaires on Earth — in the “primary market.”

In order for money from the secondary market to be spendable in the primary market, Cabal-owned banks have to add zeroes into a primary market bank account — where none before had existed.

This is a total Ponzi scheme, if you haven’t already figured that out by now. Money is being spontaneously created by the banks where none existed.

This dramatically weakens the value of real money, earned by honest means — causing inflation to spiral out of control.




THE FEDERAL RESERVE CONTROLS THE “SECONDARY MARKET”


The big secret about the secondary market is that private individuals must facilitate all “trading” between central banks of various countries — all owned and run by the Federal Reserve.

The Treaty of Versailles, and later the Bretton Woods Agreement, created a system by which huge amounts of
money could be generated out of thin air — to rebuild Europe in the aftermath of World War II.

Insiders who trade in the “secondary market,” but do not know the full scope of the story, simply believe that the money it generated was so nice that once Europe was rebuilt, no one wanted the fun to stop.

The deeper reality is that this was intended all along to create a global economic collapse — by utterly destroying the value of real money in the various nations of the world, through hyper-inflation.




2008 COULD HAVE BEEN IT


The Asian countries formed an alliance to try to bring down the Federal Reserve cabal. It was thought that by locking them out of the world economy, outside their own countries, they would eventually collapse.

This came very close to actually happening in 2008. Their greed is so high that banks can gamble up to 100 dollars with only 1 dollar held as collateral.

If these bets ever actually fail, the bank becomes liable for the 100 dollars — even though they only actually hold the 1 dollar as collateral.

Bear in mind that this one dollar is your dollar, or my dollar. It’s the people’s money they’re gambling with. Your money. My money. Our money.

What the Asian countries could never have anticipated was that the Federal Reserve would declare these banks “Too Big to Fail,” and print astonishing amounts of money out of thin air — as “bailouts.”




UP TO 29 TRILLION DOLLARS



The actual amount of bailout money that was printed by the Federal Reserve, as I revealed in Financial Tyranny from Congressional investigations, was between 26 and 29 Trillion dollars.

This is a spectacular, ridiculous amount of money. It literally adds up to nearly half of all the world’s Gross Domestic Product.

There was never a question of letting these banks fail. If this money was invested on behalf of the people, it would have radically transformed our planet for the positive.

Even still, the greed is so high that this was only a drop in the bucket — just enough to keep everything on life support.

The bailouts of 2008 angered almost everyone, and were probably the key tipping-point in the US Presidential election that swung it in favor of the Democrats.

The “squeeze” from non-Cabal countries has continued ever since — and it has taken another four years to again bring the world economy to the tipping point, so the Federal Reserve cabal can actually be defeated.




THE MASS ARRESTS — AND INSIDER CONNECTIONS


Benjamin Fulford has been talking about the impending mass arrests for years now. They obviously have not happened yet — but that doesn’t mean they won’t.

There are multiple videos in which I appear with Kerry Cassidy and Bill Ryan of Project Camelot — including a live conference in Zurich, Switzerland, and another live event in Los Angeles.

It is an easily-proven fact that Camelot has interviewed dozens of high-ranking insiders, involved in highly classified programs. Just go visit the site, watch the videos and see for yourself.

As a collaborator with Camelot, practically from the beginning, I have been able to gain access to almost every
insider they’ve ever interviewed. Some of these contacts were filmed and made into videos.

Additionally, I have had other insiders approach me who did not want to speak to anyone else — even if I told them it would be better if they did. That’s the position I now find myself in.




INSIDERS REVEAL THE PLAN


Once I began interviewing Keenan, I knew more of the “right questions” to ask my insiders — such as involving the mass arrests and the secondary market.

Everyone above a certain level knows about the seized gold. However, this is considered much more classified than even the UFO subject and the technologies that were recovered.

Hardly anyone had ever written about it — and those who did have something to say were missing some very important puzzle pieces.

By talking to insiders from both within and outside of the Camelot circle, I soon found out the plan for the mass arrests was very real — and had been in high gear ever since 9/11.




ELABORATE SURVEILLANCE


Much of the military was not on a “need to know” basis about what really happened that day — but they could see that it was not as simple as “Arabs with Box Cutters.”

The military responded by conducting elaborate, clandestine surveillance of Cabal members on their home turf.
T
he cameras now appearing in Iphones are nowhere near as good as those that have been available for many years in the black-ops world.

A hi-res video camera can be concealed into something as tiny as a mechanical screw. The video feed can be transmitted using undetectable, non-electromagnetic energy fields.

Massive amounts of high-resolution surveillance videos, of the most heinous stuff you can possibly imagine, have been captured.

These videos have been sorted through and turned into documentaries that will air once the arrests take place.




IT MAY SEEM HARD TO BELIEVE


I know it’s hard to believe that this could really happen.
Every day that goes by since we first heard about this, without action, makes it even harder to wait. I get that.

I wish it had already happened. I wish they had done it on February 15th, as I had originally heard.

Nonetheless, here we are. Drake’s announcement may or may not amount to anything. It reeks of a DDT campaign — and that’s why I rushed to post.

Everyone wants and expects this to all magically resolve in a few days. It probably won’t — even once arrests begin. Nor do I feel we should just sit back and wait.

I’m out here putting my life on the line for freedom. That’s the very best I can do. I am acting on what I believe to be trustworthy information.

At the same time, the voices of derision grow louder and more condescending with each passing day.




REGARDING MY PRIOR SUPPORT OF OBAMA


Icke also linked to an article I once wrote in 2009, entitled “The Power Elite Do Not Control Obama.”

I did hear from trusted insiders that Obama had no idea what he had gotten himself into — until the day all the presidents met before his inauguration.

This was when all the threats were issued — and he was told what the President of the United States really was — little more than a paid shill for the Federal Reserve.

I was shown a picture of a manila envelope left on his desk that had all the briefing documents in it — telling him what his real job would be.

I can say, quite confidently, that extraordinary death threats have been given to Obama and his entire family. I have documented some of them in the past.

Under such pressure, it would be almost impossible for anyone to have handled it differently.

I had high hopes for Obama to overcome these vested interests. In the early days of 2009, he really did push for the change he had promised — but it simply did not happen.

I do deeply regret that. I think an opportunity existed — but Obama did not choose to take the same path John F. Kennedy had in the past.




A POSSIBLE DISCLOSURE EVENT


We also received very high-level intel that a Disclosure event was indeed planned for November 2009.

Obama would have taken the lead on this one, by introducing us to five different groups of human ETs who were here to help.

This too was foiled — apparently by five different insider opposition groups.

However, the following year, NBC came out with a television series, “The Event”, that almost perfectly duplicated the intel that had aired exclusively on this website.

Although Disclosure did not happen at this time, the story itself is still quite interesting.




THE NORWAY SPIRAL


Apparently, Obama had decided to go ahead with a Disclosure announcement in his Nobel Prize acceptance speech in Norway, in early December — even though his original two-hour TV special in late November had been thwarted.

HAARP was fired up the day before and a giant spiral was created in the air — causing a huge buzz on the
Internet. The location was directly next to where Obama would receive his Nobel prize.

The “Norway Spiral” event moved us closer to Disclosure. I extensively investigated it at the time, and clearly proved that HAARP was being used at the time it occurred.

The pattern, contour and shape was utterly consistent with the use of HAARP — based on their own documented materials.




HE WOULD HAVE BEEN TAKEN OUT


I have since found out, from very reliable sources, that if Obama said anything during his Nobel speech, the Cabal told him they would create one of these HAARP microwave spirals in front of his plane.

He would not survive. Everyone would assume it was a tragic accident. The bodies, burned inside out by microwaves, would have been consumed in the fire of the plane crash.

The Norway Spiral was a last-minute desperation move by the Cabal, in which they had to do something public and grandiose to scare Obama into submission.

It worked like a charm — and no one figured out, at the time, why it was really done.




Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jul 10, 2012, 09:57 AM
Japanese power broker Ichiro Ozawa ordered my murder
 



Benjamin Fulford, July 10, 2012
 




The order to stab this writer with a poisoned needle was given by Japanese power broker Ichiro Ozawa and his North Korean faction, according to North Korean, South Korean and Japanese military intelligence and underworld sources. Ozawa is upset by repeated assertions by this writer that he was involved in, and profited from, the 311 nuclear and tsunami terror attacks against Japan. My question to Ozawa is, why not sue me for slander instead of trying to kill me? Is it because you are guilty of participating in, and profiting from, the murder of 20,000 of your fellow Japanese citizens?
 

We are now investigating whether Ozawa was acting on his own or following instructions from the Rockefellers, the Bushes or the P2 lodge. We have also heard that somebody lied to North Korea’s Kim Jong-un and told him this writer was somehow responsible for his father’s murder.
 

In any case, formal police complaints have been filed and the case against the cabal has just been upgraded from financial fraud to mass murder.
 

The cabalists seem to think that by murdering writers and politicians they can still somehow do a Hail Mary pass and get out of the situation they find themselves in. That is naïve to say the least.
 

In any case, it is becoming clear that the cabal’s attempts at mass manipulation through terror are falling apart.
 

The arrested suspects in the 1995 sarin gas attack on the Tokyo Subway system have testified the incident was an experiment in manipulation of Japanese politics via terror ordered by Kim Jong-il his Nazi cabal allies. It was a practice run for the much bigger terrorist attack carried out on March 11, 2011. The aim was to create 40 million “nuclear refugees” from Japan as a part of a strategy to rule Asia through terror. This plan has failed utterly.
 

The same group was responsible for the attack on New Orleans with weather manipulation weaponry in the Hurricane Katrina incident. That incident was also a practice run intended to see if Americans could be forced into concentration camps by a “natural disaster.” This was a test run for the Gulf of Mexico oil spill that was supposed to generate millions of refugees from US States bordering on the gulf. This also ended in failure for the cabal.
 

The original plans also called for a series of floods and nuclear disasters along the Mississippi river but these also ended in failure.
 

So, we can guess and hope that their plans to hit London and then Rome with nuclear weapons will also end in failure.
 

The cabalists are still threatening mayhem if any attempt is made to remove them from control of the process of creating and distributing money.
 

What they do not seem to understand is that multiple legal actions in many countries are grinding towards them. As the saying goes, the wheels of justice grind slowly but they grind to dust.
 

Here is one example of why their control matrix is falling apart. Below are photos of some commemorative Euros that were part of a batch of $150 billion the European Central Bank tried to cash last week:
 

These are bills of the sort that have been sent to Asia as “payment” for gold the cabalists borrowed from Asian groups like the Dragon family. However, what these banksters need to realize is that the gig is up: no matter what kind of funny paper they print, it is no longer business as usual.
 

There are bunkers and bunkers full of such bills wrapped in plastic and stored all around Asia. The printers never really expected the day would come when the Asians would demand the right to actually cash and spend such bills.
 

That is why 19 announcements “the European crisis has been solved” have failed. It is also why all the astronomical numbers being issued by the Federal Reserve Board in “quantitative easing,” fail to stimulate the real economy.
 

White Dragon Society has long offered the cabalists an opportunity to be forgiven in exchange for appearing before a truth and reconciliation committee. However, the window of opportunity is shutting fast because a lot of angrier and less forgiving folk are closing in and asking for justice to be served.
 

A gentleman’s agreement on a win-win solution is always preferable to a lynch mob.
 

This writer has been reading about one of the original Babylonian tyrant systems uncovered, known as Uruk, that existed from 3400 B.C. to 3100 B.C. This featured despots claiming to speak for the gods, food bowls of identical portions for the slaves, a priesthood that distributed the food and a giant central ziggurat or pyramid. At around 3100 BC the despotic city states of this sort were all burnt down and no writing appeared again for 400 years.
 

We could face a similar breakdown now if we destroyed everything about our current Babylonian tyrant banking system instead of trying to keep the good bits (like predictable, fair food rations for even the poorest).
 

The White Dragon Society is proposing that our no longer secret Bablylonian rulers like the Rockefellers, Rothschilds etc. come out of the closet in safety and tell the truth.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jul 11, 2012, 12:29 PM
Be ready for some immense changes and for announcements~



sheldan nidle


7-11-2012



Dratzo! We come with much to tell you! Currently, our associates are preparing for the events we have been describing to you. The dark cabal is reeling from some major accusations that are reaching the mainstream media in a number of European nations. These accounts of wrongdoing include the daily fraud involved in setting the interest rates for most of your world. And yet these revelations are only the beginning of what is to follow. Your world is engulfed in a tide of ever-mounting debt that is the result of these self-serving activities, and it is for this and many other reasons that the dark ones have reached the end of their protracted rule upon your world. They have long withheld from you a wide range of advanced technologies and related appliances, and our Earth allies have insisted that one of the first acts of the new governance is to bring these discoveries into the limelight. These technologies can vault your societies forward to a point where first contact makes more sense. Added to our own technology, your now-suppressed devices can reveal to you how best to serve your planet and your fellow humanity.
 
 
 
   This shift in consciousness by its very nature is tied to divine service. We humans are physical Angels whose primary purpose is to serve the multitudes of living stars and planets that make up our Milky Way Galaxy. We come from faraway worlds to set the stage for a first contact with you, which will be complete once you have transformed back into your fully conscious Selves. Only then can you begin to understand why you fell into limited consciousness in the first place, and how the wisdom garnered there can assist you to create Light Bodies for the denizens of the formerly dark empires of Anchara. This is a venerable task which requires your unique wisdom and your infinite reservoirs of Love. The Agarthans realize that once you return to full consciousness there is much you can teach them, and they look forward to coming together with you to form a great star-nation. This new entity is to secure a galactic peace and make it possible to move nearly half the galaxy into the Light. It will be a time for carrying out divine prophecy!
 
 
 
   These present moments lead up to a series of events which will change your world forever. Those who are to arrest certain individuals in your society are being prepared by various procedures that are reaching their formal conclusion. The heads of state of several western nations are being made aware that their resignations will shortly be expected and we are poised to use our technology to ensure that these detentions proceed exactly as planned. The purpose of these detentions is to separate the dark cabal members from their positions of power and thus create an opportunity for corrupt banking and financial institutions to be reformed. This will be accompanied by across-the-board debt forgiveness. The ever-mounting debt of most nations is the result of massive spending, brought on by the political and fiscal policies of the cabal. What is needed is a means to rectify this, and debt forgiveness accomplishes this. It also sets the stage for the universal abundance that will quickly follow.
 
 
 
   This abundance is the prime financial vehicle. It is necessary to raise up the expectations of a world that for too long believed in the supremacy of the few and the intractable poverty of the many. This belief is to be replaced by a new one. There is no need to be poor, or to accept lack and limitation as a given. Rather, you need to see that the wealth and freedom being provided is only a stepping-stone to a new level of Being. Higher levels of consciousness understand how to create and use money, and abundance ushers in this capability for all. Wealth ends poverty, but not poverty-thinking. Hence, we are to ensure that your new governance impresses upon you the need to rethink your perceptions about wealth and prosperity, and the fact that money is merely a transitional tool between your present existence and the new one that is ready to manifest. You will see that money per se is soon to disappear, as new technologies make it possible for all to obtain the basics for a comfortable life. Further, you will move from being job-oriented to passion-oriented.
 
 
 
   Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! We come to you with a progress report. It is essential that the dark cabal and its myriad henchmen be isolated from you. Until this is accomplished, it is almost impossible to deliver your prosperity without dire consequences. This is why we have begun to implement a plan to isolate them, and once this is done, to take them into custody. You most definitely need a proper physical separation from those who continue to intend you harm. Each one whose name appears on the very long arrest lists are having their auric field 'marked,' and this temporarily prevents them further seriously damaging the planet or you. However, these dark ones also need to be physically restrained by the proper authorities. We are now completing the procedures that can deliver what is required. We ask you to add your great Loving energies to what we are doing as the time for your liberation is at hand!
 
 
 
   Indeed, the blessed waves of Angels and the local Administrative Councils of Heaven are acting to bring about your liberation. For eons the dark has fostered a group of disembodied dark energies that have inhabited the Earth realm and caused all manner of mischief. These energies are concentrated in particular spots around your globe and our galactic friends are removing this negativity, which is clearing the way for all to move into the Light. We are assisting, and joining with our Inner Earth family to help in freeing Gaia from this muck. We can report that we have nearly finished this job. The cabal realizes that its powers are weakening, and the time comes to transform this magnificent world back into the beacon of Light that it was when Lemuria was founded some 900,000 years ago.
 
 
 
   Every one of us knows the necessity of completing the liberation of surface humanity in right divine time. We have asked our galactic and Inner Earth families to do what is deemed necessary to deliver you from your bondage to the dark. Those in the various sacred societies that dot our planet are also doing all they can, with divine intelligence, to finish their projects in right divine time. Heaven and the Light remain in charge. The divine time that you are presently in is collapsing into a single time-reality, and this reality is wholly of the Light. The dark comprehends fully what is taking place, and can only delay this for a short span of cosmic time. You are close to the transition point when this dark-controlled surface world morphs into a realm of Light, Abundance, and full consciousness! Hence the dark knows that its time of dominion over you is truly over.
 
 
 
   Today, we reviewed the activities that are transitioning your reality to the Light. It is also a time for disclosure and first contact. Be ready for some immense changes and for announcements that will change for the better how you view life on planet Earth. We will soon have a most wonderful celebration! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jul 17, 2012, 05:15 PM
”It is time to look at the big picture again”… “



Benjamin Fulford 7-17-12





When historical events are taking place, the daily rush of news event can fog the vision. We have entered such a time of fog now, so it is a good time to stand back and look at the big picture. The European “crisis,” the US “fiscal cliff,” and the ongoing war-mongering by the NATO terrorist states in the Middle East are all part of a fundamental and unstoppable shift in the way this planet is ruled. No amount of propaganda in the Western corporate media and no amount of number inputting in central bank “black screens,” is going to change that reality. The vast majority of the world’s money is now controlled by non-Westerners who have a very different agenda from that of the people who have been ruling the West and most of the world since at least 300 years ago.


The best analogy for what is happening to the West is the fall of the Soviet Union. It started with a ship-yard strike in Gdansk Poland and ended with the fall of the Soviet Union in what in retrospect seems like no time whatsoever. At the time, though the several years in between those two event seemed to last an eternity.


Right now in the West, the regime change against bankster controlled criminal government has started with Iceland but it will end with the United States and the Vatican.


It is something like a Titanic hits the iceberg type of moment where technicians and the ship’s top crew know the vessel is doomed even if they cannot say exactly how long people have to get onto the lifeboats.



What happened to make the fall of the Soviet Union inevitable was not, as we are told, the economic failure of the Soviet model. Instead, it turns out it was the theft of the Soviet Union’s foreign exchange reserves that made the collapse a matter of time.


What we are seeing in the West is the same. The money making machine at the Federal Reserve Board has been closed down so collapse is inevitable.


Think of it as following: a high flying Wall Street Trader has been fired. He has enough money from his “golden handshake” and savings to keep on going as if nothing has happened. However, you notice that he has begun to sell off his sports cars and art collection.


He has also been borrowing money from banks but he is now fully mortgaged out so he has had to borrow from friends. That has also hit bottom so he has begun hitting non-bank financial companies and loan sharks for money. He has also been writing checks that he knows will bounce (think of the 19 announcements that the “euro crisis” has been solved).


If you are watching all this from the sidelines, you will know that it is not long before the Wall Street high flier will be moving out of his fancy digs.


The situation in the Western world is very much like what has been described above. For the past 30 years the United States and Europe (as a whole) have been running a trade deficit with the rest of the world.


The financial leaders in the West have been secretly financing this deficit by making promises they could not keep. That is why, for example, a $300,000 bond backed by a lifetime of labor is issued every time an American citizen is born. That is why the Chinese have been secretly issued liens on much of US real estate as well.


These maneuvers have bought time and created the appearance that all is well, especially in the US. However, just like Wall Street junkie above, you can deny reality for a certain time but it always catches up with you.


This is the case with the West.


What is now happening is that the creditor nations have stopped issuing new credit.


That is why there is now a 147 nation alliance, led by Brazil, Russia, India, China and Africa that is telling the Western nations they will not buy their bonds or other “financial products.”


The Western nations, however, have prevented the creditor nations of the world from investing their earnings in trade with the West in buying real things, like multi-national corporations, in the West.


The result has been what appears to be a Mexican stand-off, with two people pointing guns at each other while sitting across from each other on a table.


However, in this case, time is on the side of the 147 nation alliance. The big problem for the West is that the Western nations have “out-sourced” most of their industrial infrastructure. These nations made the arrogant assumption that the rest of the world would make real stuff while the Western world gave them orders through the banks and other financial institutions.


Now they find though, the money being earned at Chinese or ASEAN export factories is not being spent on Western IOUs. The Chinese have been taking their dollars and spending them all over the world on “real” things like real-estate, commodities and factories. Other countries have begun to do the same.


What this means is that both the EU as a whole and the United States are bankrupt but are refusing to admit it.


In the case of the EU, the member countries have been announcing they will print “Euros” in order to get themselves out of their crisis. The problem, of course, is that the European central bank does not have the legal right to print Euros any more Euros [...the legal right to print any more Euros].


There is a similar situation with the US.


Many readers, at this point, will object and say that both the US Federal Reserve Board and the European Central Bank have announced massive money printing schemes. The question is then, “where did all this money go?” The answer is that it was blocked every time.


Who is doing the blocking? The answer is the 147 nations that are tired of NATO mass murder and invasion. They can tell the Bank for International Settlements, the BIS, to block the money and they do.


In the case of the United States, a slightly different situation exists. The US is in deeper debt to the rest of the world than the European Union. So far, the Chinese have been keeping them going because a US trade deficit with China is in China’s long term geopolitical interested. The more US dollars they get that they can spend in Asia, Africa or South America (but not Europe and the US) the more friends and influence they get around the world.


The result already has been that Chinese are perceived by the rest of the world as arriving with bags of money and business plans while Western nations arrive with guns and plans for mayhem. Guess who is losing and who is making friends in these circumstances (hint: not the Westerners).


The big blockage remains on Asians and other countries being allowed to spend their money in Europe and the US without impediment. If that becomes possible, Europeans and Americans will be hired in large quantities to engage is a massive campaign to end poverty, stop environmental destruction and start a new age.



Post Merge: Jul 18, 2012, 10:37 AM
Update by Sheldan Nidle for the Spiritual Hierarchy and The Galactic Federation,



 July 17, 2012






Dratzo! We are here! We come with good news for all! The process of returning you to your sovereignty is starting to reach the point of fruition. We are employing a technology that is resulting in the collapse of the dark ones and their empire, and we fully expect to be able to remove them from their positions of dwindling power. The growing Libor crisis is a sign that the present economic systems can no longer function as they are now generally acknowledged to be rotten to the core. A new system that can be trusted needs to be implemented, and quickly. This conclusion is now favored by most of your economists. Even the staid organs of the press are calling for an across-the-board arrest of the scoundrels who knowingly brought on this financial debacle. The present system has openly shown its hand, and as the crisis grows into a global mess, it can swiftly lead to the dark's undoing. This unraveling will allow us to move forward, clear the cabalists out of the way with recently obtained special court orders, and so complete the move to an entirely new economic system.


Most of those who signed the series of agreements in Europe nearly two years ago are anxious to place your world on a new financial footing. The 'too big to fail' banks are on the point of mass bankruptcy and most of the banks in the European Union are likewise unstable. The euro is close to collapse and the same is true of the American dollar. The Federal Reserve is known to be running on fumes. The aggregate of global debt is so vast that it threatens a sudden, worldwide monetary crash, potentially plunging the world into unsolvable financial ruin. The only remaining solution is a new monetary system which, like the concepts advanced by NESARA, enacts universal debt forgiveness as part of an entirely new set of banking and fiscal policies. This will herald the new governance, which will dovetail with the demise of the crumbling old order. Resignations and arrests will happen alongside official announcements proclaiming the new prosperity, 'UFO' disclosure, and the presentation of new technologies on a global scale.


These remarkable developments will quickly be welcomed as the nature and scope of the new reality is fully explained to the world. This orderly segue to the new will be accompanied by a detailed exposé of how your world was deceived and manipulated by an intertwined global group that were, until recently, controlled by off-worlders of immense power and abilities. The complex story of the Anunnaki and their involvement with you will be told, and then be brought up to date by us. We intend to reveal to you the real history of what happened on your world since the end of WW II. While the contents of this information may be shocking for many of you, the purpose is to provide you with an education that is essential for preparing you for your coming shift into the wonders of full consciousness. Other areas of knowledge that are vital for you are the facts concerning who you are, and what now awaits you, according to the divine plan. Indeed, nothing less than a new golden age is upon you!


As we become able to move into a closer relationship with you, we will begin our own series of announcements, which will introduce you to your coming first contact and your Inner Earth cousins. We intend to acquaint you with Galactic Federation personnel in many areas of expertise, who will take you to our fleet of ships and show you the living Light technology that operates them. We wish to set up a schedule of tours that can allow you to experience this technology, and this will assist us to distribute it on a global basis. Light technology operates by the use of telepathy, and you will quickly be able to reacquire this capability as it is part of your original makeup (before the Anunnaki set up the limiting belief systems which discouraged your higher abilities). Indeed, these technologies, by their very nature, can stimulate your latent abilities and allow you to discover a whole new belief system about the nature of reality and the nature of consciousness. An amazing world is to open up before you, revealing the truth of your astonishing talents and abilities!


We are your Ascended Masters! Blessings to you all! We come with special messages from our associates and our selves. Your world is reeling from the bad news being proclaimed from every corner of your globe as the many nefarious schemes of the dark cabal increasingly come to light. The rigging of interest rates is only the latest exposure of the rampant criminality used by these bankers to obtain as much profit from their business as possible. These and other illegal practices are starting to come out, not merely as stuff posted on the Internet, but as provable criminal activity, written about in many prestigious financial newspapers. These revelations have added impetus to the growing momentum that will quite quickly help to achieve our divine goals. The days of these miscreants are numbered, as accountability must be seen to be done and a new and honest financial system implemented. Our associates are preparing to put these self-serving ones where they can do no more harm.


Those in the secret sacred societies, whose very lives have been in jeopardy from the dark as they toiled in secrecy to set up the new banking system, are now more than ready to move these cabalists to the special places of confinement. Our galactic family has agreed to place them in isolation where they can ponder and realize the enormity of what they have done to each one of you. Here, and as befits the new epoch you are moving into, it is important to remember that forgiveness is a blessed response toward those who become truly remorseful about their misdeeds. Indeed, remorse is the only genuine path for these bankers, and we intend to provide them with the opportunity to regain a divine balance in blessed solitude. Each of us is an equal with a life path to follow, and each possesses the where-withal for true change. We wish each one to understand that this isolation is an opportunity to see that they have a choice before them; that they can also follow a path to the Divine.


As you can see, much is being done to prepare your world for immense change, leading to the grand event of your return to full consciousness. Along the way there will be disclosure and numerous announcements which will boldly alter the world you now know. We, too, look forward to taking up our divine service in a more open manner as we have a great deal of sacred information to impart to you. Our service to you will begin with a wide range of teachings that will get you ready for full consciousness and which will include a series of healings that will demonstrate the immense power the Creator has endowed you with. Full consciousness comes with sacred responsibilities which you will come to understand and cherish. Each of you possesses an almost boundless potential that is now about to become manifest within you!


Today we brought you another message. These words mark the start of a series of events soon to be upon you. We welcome all that the Creator has decreed for us! The time comes for our presence to be announced and for astonishing events to manifest as they lead swiftly to your return to full consciousness! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Jul 30, 2012, 03:00 PM
Sheldan Nidle Update

 

7-24-12

 






Dratzo! We return! Much continues to take place behind the facade of your world. The dark cabal’s global banking system is crumbling at an ever-increasing rate, and a raft of banking CEOs is being forced to resign. Interpol and associated agencies are stepping up their investigations into the LIBOR scandal which now appears to have no clear boundaries, and indeed this operation is starting to threaten numerous governments in Europe and Asia with collapse. As the crisis grows, the BRIC nations and their allies are informing the cabal that its attempts to reinstate its electronic fiat currencies are banned forthwith. This is further exacerbated by a lack of available capital. The political situation in Europe and, shortly, in North America, is reaching a boiling point. Something has to be done swiftly, or the present economic construct is sure to collapse. The new economic system favored by the coalition of BRIC nations is now fully ready to be rolled out at a moment’s notice, and pursuant to this, several nations in Asia have placed liens on a number of major western banks.
 


These developments are further complicated by the mounting turbulence in the Middle East and parts of South Asia, and this growing instability is also ready to boil over. Meanwhile, the interlocked financial crises in Europe and the rest of the world persist, and will remain unsolvable without vast banking reforms and global debt forgiveness. It is not a situation the world can just sweep under the proverbial rug, and this the dark cabal now realizes. As a result it knows that its power in the world is coming to an end. A series of events now underway will very shortly cause the downfall of the cabal, by first isolating its members and then removing them from power. This will bring in NESARA in North America and, like ripples in a pond, facsimiles of this act will spread across the globe. This new governance is to lead to the global liberation of humanity and the formal disclosure of our existence. Then we can begin the announcements that will transform your worldview and your reality forever!
 


As you approach this watershed moment, remember that a whole series of events needs to take place prior to disclosure. Our Earth allies fully comprehend what is now happening. The reality construct that has manipulated your lives and your world needs to collapse completely to permit the new system to take its place. This new system is currently being nudged into place by the same circumstances that are taking the old one down. This operation is happening at a very quick pace. The present system cannot sustain another extreme crisis, and such a crisis is very, very close at hand. Hence it was decided to put the new system clandestinely in place and wait for the right moment to reveal its constituent parts: new money, new banking, and new governance. The intention here is to allow the old system to be totally discredited and seen to be defunct, so that the general public will be disposed to welcome in the new. Our ships are monitoring all global flash points and will forestall the dark’s usual tactics of solving problems by the use of warmongering and terrorism. This we will no longer permit!
 


In this world there always existed conditions and incendiary ‘circumstances’ that reliably led to ‘useful’ wars or even global conflagration. In these times we are delegated to prevent this, and to lead your globe into peace and prosperity. The dark is stoking a number of old conflict zones that it sincerely hopes to reignite. We need to inform them that, sadly, this is yet another plot that is not to be allowed! Your world is quickly shifting, and what Heaven has prepared is not to be undone! Our mission is centered on your return to full consciousness and this goal is on track. The next series of disclosures is ready to go, as are the actions which will slip your world ever closer to its grand shift. Heaven has decreed that this is now to proceed and all impediments are to be removed. Many individuals, who are not widely known, are to make the announcements that usher in the transitional governments and liberate humanity from its eons-long involuntary servitude.
 


Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! Bless you all, for you are to be free! Events, blessed Ones, are busily happening, which will shake the dark cabal to its roots and put into play the circumstances that will bring them down. We bless Heaven and all those who have come to Earth to work the many miracles that are a boon to our sacred plans. Precious metals, as they are called here, have been horded for ages by the dark cabalists. They then substituted increasingly worthless mediums of exchange and introduced profane modes of usage. These are the factors that are proving to be their undoing. Major banks and stock exchanges are caught in a quagmire of massive shortfalls which makes their collapse both imminent and quick. Meanwhile, our associates have been busy planning the next phase of their operations for the last few months and are ready to proceed with the new financial system that is to ‘save the day’ for humanity!
 


We cannot, for obvious reasons, elaborate on these plans yet. Just know that conditions worldwide are rapidly bringing the dark to the brink of an enormous calamity. The major nations, outside of the G-5, understand fully what is occurring, and are gleefully preparing for the collapse of major commodity and stock markets. This necessary ‘sweep of the broom’ will propel your society from its present morass of anxiety to a carefully orchestrated world of peace, prosperity, and open vistas of unbelievable possibility! All elements for this have only to slide into place! Hence, we ask you to remain full of confidence and joyous expectation, for many incredible events are close to manifesting. Rest assured that the Galactic Federation and our Agarthan family is guarding us against all last-ditch attempts by the dark to go out with a bang!
 


Take advantage of this time to prepare for your new reality. It will unfortunately come as a shock to most of your fellows. Be willing to start discussions with friends and family about what lies ahead, so that they may be somewhat prepared for the unsettling information they will shortly hear. And once things start, use your intuition and the wisdom life has taught you to comfort and ease the anxieties of those whose worlds have been turned upside down. Imagine what it feels like to have your fondest beliefs challenged, and know that your calm presence and your reassurances are essential for helping your community to accept a milieu that seems to get stranger by the day. Your mission is to remain serene amid the bewilderment around you. This is what you have been ‘training’ for over many lifetimes, and now the time is upon you. You are the blessed Ones whose abilities will make all the difference in these end times, and beyond!
 
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 01, 2012, 04:11 PM
Why The West Is Now Under Nazi Rule And Why The Elite Are In Denial





Posted by Benjamin Fulford


July 31, 2012




A visit to Canada and long conversations with bankers, newspaper editors and others still living inside the “mainstream” story about world events has exposed a deliberate state of factual denial about what is really happening in the Western terrorist states. The editor of a major North American newspaper, for example, made it clear to this writer that he needed to believe the official story about 9/11 and everything else the Western terrorist governments were saying because the alternative would be to radically restructure a world view he created over a lifetime. The bankers and other “elite” also fervently pushed the truth about things like “global warming based on CO2″ but immediately stopped the discussion and changed the subject when evidence was presented showing it was a fraud. The head of a major medical research laboratory, for his part, made it clear that openly researching subjects like bio-weapons (HIV, SARS, “bird flu” etc.) being spread by the cabalists would mean an end to his research institute’s grants, and unemployment for him and his colleagues.



What these highly-intelligent and thoroughly-indoctrinated Westerners all share in common is a financial interest (jobs, salaries and high social status), a family to support and a fear that openly discussing the fascist coup d’état that took place in the West would lead to unemployment, poverty and ostracism. However, when certain key words and phrases are avoided (for example by discussing “oligarchs” instead of “cabalists”) it is clear their world view is beginning to fall apart despite their deep personal need to cling to the “official” Western story. They are like loyal lifetime card-bearing communists speaking in wavering voices of their loyalty to communism just before the fall of the Soviet Union.



The coming autumn chaos will force people like this to finally confront reality.



The newspaper editor, for example, was, after much discussion, willing to agree that 9/11 might have been an inside job but that he had trouble conceiving such a massive conspiracy as being possible. However, when he was given the detailed financial historical background (Green Hilton Memorial, the BIS, the lawsuits against the Federal Reserve Board, the fact the Patriot act is nearly identical to the Nazi constitution etc.), he expressed a willingness to start exposing this stuff in his newspaper. This writer has agreed to provide the paper with fact-checkable articles that will expose the cabal. If all goes well, systematic exposure of the financial fraud behind the Federal Reserve Board and the European Central Bank etc. will begin being published by this paper starting in September. At that time, the paper will be named and links to the articles will be sent to readers. However, the editor of the paper may find that “pressure from above” may force him to back-pedal on his offer to help expose what is really happening.



The head of the medical research team, for his part, promised to discreetly check from a scientific standpoint, if it was really true that SARS and other recent diseases were man-made bio weapons. However, he may find that too much diligent research will lead to a visit from alphabet agency heavies or from the people controlling his grants. We shall see. This award-winning researcher and his team were one of many who had their funding cut off in recent years until they agreed to stop further research into life extension. Instead he is now being forced (by fear of losing financing) to do research into diseases that will require expensive drug therapy to “treat.” If his team can find alternative funding he says they will go back to life extension research.



The bankers were a harder case to deal with, but they did admit that rampant greed and incompetence has thoroughly imperilled the entire banking system. They also expressed surprise that mass arrests of prominent bankers had not begun. Until that happens, they said they will continue to “follow the money.”



One thing that all these highly-educated and intelligent “elitists” showed is that as soon as the ultimate source of money in the West changes, people with a strong financial interest in the status quo will change their stripes overnight. In other words, they will change their worldview or at least their public worldview to suit whoever controls their paychecks.



That is why the current ruling cabal is doing absolutely everything in their power to prevent the control of the creation and distribution of Euros and dollars to be taken away from them. They know that as soon as that happens, the entire house of cards they have built up will collapse. They will continue to fight, kicking and screaming, to preserve the status quo until the very last.



Nonetheless, as the saying goes, denial is not a river in Africa and the unavoidable fact remains that the historical rights to most of the world’s gold (the ultimate basis of the BIS and central banking in the West) do not belong to the cabalists who have been using them. Even if the Western central banks say they are no longer on a gold standard, they still do not have money because the Western countries as a whole have been borrowing from the rest of the world for the past 30 years. The line of credit that made this possible is now drying up and many Western countries have come to the realization they no longer make very much actual “stuff,” they can use to trade with the rest of the world.



In other words, the vast majority of the world’s money that is backed by physical reality (real estate, factories, commodities, manufactured goods) is no longer under their control and that their fraudulent derivative money is being shunned. The 150-nation BRICS alliance is holding almost all the cards now.



The best available intelligence at this point still indicates that this autumn will be a time of major change. The entire Western financial system may be held together with duct tape and rubber bands until the regime changes expected in China and the US in November. However, there is a big September financial deadline that may force changes sooner than then.



Next week this writer will be back in Asia and will be meeting with Chinese and North Korean officials and will report on these meetings. The Chinese have already said that new North Korean dictator Kim Jong-un was “getting too big for his boots.”



There will also be detailed discussion on the nature and history of the Japanese secret society known as “yatagarasu” or the three-legged crow based on information obtained during discussions with members of this group in Tokyo and Kyoto.

Post Merge: Aug 01, 2012, 04:50 PM
______________________________________________________________________________



posted by:  COBRA


Thursday, July 26, 2012


Explosion of Light



We are slowly approaching the Event horizon.  The Event horizon is the exit point of the black hole of quarantine Earth. When we exit the black hole, there will be an explosion of Light.


This means an end of quarantine status for planet Earth and end of darkness in this universe.





The quarantine was created by the dark forces 26,000 years ago and NOT by the Galactic Confederation. The Confederation would never lock up human race on an isolated planet.


What maintains the quarantine is quantum anomaly . Quantum anomaly is a distortion of time-space continuum on quantum level (called “error” in ancient gnostic texts). Quantum anomaly presents a difficulty for positive ET travel technologies. Positive ETs are not gods, they have their own limitations. Else they would liberate humanity long time ago.


The main structure that keeps humanity in third dimension are etheric implants. They form a network of black hole wormholes that was created by the Archons 26,000 years ago and strengthened with Magdalenian Archons invasion 16,000 years ago. Those black holes contain reptilians and their technology on etheric plane and they are being intensively purified by the Light forces right now. Etheric and astral black holes also contain a dark sepia ink elemental essence. That ink-like essence is what people call darkness because it absorbs etheric / astral light. When this ink is completely removed there will be an explosion of Light on non-physical planes.


By keeping the implants inside strong etheric electromagnetic fields eternity loops are created. Eternity loops are distortions of space-time continuum that give an impression that quarantine will last forever. Nothing could be further from the truth. The quarantine will be dissolved immediately when those electromagnetic fields are switched off and the Archons operating them are removed.


Another main structure is a special Archon technology on the etheric plane. They are projection chambers that project certain images / emotional states that are not ours on our outer auric membrane. So other people feel this projected image and not our true state. This is the source of most conflicts / projections in human relationships. When this technology is removed, people  will suddenly find much more harmony in their relationships.


The last main factor of the quarantine is the ordinary (mundane) reality. This reality system is an artificial creation of the Cabal and most people buy into this reality frame without questioning it. The Cabal spends about three billion dollars daily to keep the illusion of the ordinary reality running. It does this by suppressing all real UFO evidence and free energy technologies and by maintaining nine to five job slavery for humanity. You can transcend the ordinary reality frame by adopting shamanic point of view of creating your own reality. By consciously creating your own reality bubble you help disintegrating the quarantine.


There is a special joint operation of the Resistance Movement, the Pleiadians and other positive ET races that dismantles the quarantine. I will be able to report more on this operation when certain conditions are met.


August and September are months of much background activity, but immediate results may not be visible. I suggest everybody to remain patient and calm within this time period, especially in September with another Uranus / Pluto square.


For those concerned with the Olympics false flag event, there is no reason to be afraid. All activities of the Cabal around the Olympics are closely monitored by the Resistance Movement. It is extremely unlikely that any major negative event will happen then.





continued.......................................





Monday, July 30, 2012



The Plan and What You Can Do



I have received new intel about the Plan.


The Event will be a multidimensional breakthrough for planet Earth that will send waves of Light across the Universe. The Event will be spiritual and physical in nature. It will encompass a breakthrough in removal of non-physical negative entities, mass arrests of the Cabal and drastic increase of sightings of positive UFOs. It will be an unified effort of the Pleiadians, the Resistance Movement, Positive Military, White Dragon Society and other positive groups.


The Event is scheduled for October this year or later.


The Event is only the beginning, then things will go as fast as humanity can integrate. First Contact operations will proceed along with the restructuring of the system. New financial system will be very short lived since after the First Contact money will become obsolete. The Ascension will NOT happen on December 21st. Humanity needs a lot of healing and December 21st is just the beginning of the Ascension process.





The main reason why mass arrests of the Cabal did not happen within the April to June timeframe is that the Positive Military was not aware of Archons until recently and did not integrate them in their 35+ years old plan. The other reason was that positive groups got heavily infiltrated by the Cabal.


Nothing spectacular will happen on August 4th. There will be a gradual increase of number of UFO sightings during August / September period. The hostage situation around humanity is slowly being resolved, the ships of Pleiadians and other positive civilizations of Light are progressing towards the surface of planet Earth.


To explain from my last post, Magdalenian Archons invasion was an invasion  that ended peaceful Gravettian Goddess worshiping paleolithic high culture more than 16,000 years ago and started Magdalenian hunting paleolithic tribal society.


Many people would like to become more active and are asking me what to do.


First, you can join weekly liberation meditations.


Second, you can distribute information.


Third, you can spread the beauty of your Soul.


Fourth, in the future when safety conditions permit, I will be able to hold conferences worldwide where I will speak about different topics connected to the planetary liberation, ascension, disclosure and first contact. There people will be able to ask questions directly. People willing to organize such events can contact me at cobraresistance@gmail.com .


Fifth,  the scope of this blog, projects associated with it regarding planetary liberation and people’s response to this has grown to the point when I can no longer cover everything with my own financial resources. Information in this blog will always be free. However, additional funding is needed from wealthy persons that are willing to contribute something to those liberation efforts. I trust there are some rich people out there that haven’t been completely absorbed into the Rothschild casino and would like to support the Light instead. Minimum donation is $1000 and regular monthly donations would make things much easier. Those willing to help, please contact cobraresistance@gmail.com for details. Please understand that call for funding is directed towards wealthy individuals outside the Cabal as this would not be a burden for them, and not to general population. Large part of the donated money will go towards a project of healing planetary timelines with advanced reverse time loop technology.


Many people have asked to join the Resistance. This is not possible at this point. Only few extremely well trained agents of the Resistance are now operating on the surface of the planet. After the Event, the Resistance will gradually make itself known to the general public.


I have received reports from some people that they can not post comments in my blog. I do not know the reason for this. I hope it is just a technology glitch and not the Cabal interfering with us. I rarely delete comments and I do so only when they are extremely negative and counterproductive. The comments section in my blog has evolved into a sacred space where awakened beings can share ideas and revelations.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 04, 2012, 02:26 PM
SaLuSa:



August 3, 2012


Channelled by Mike Quinsey




There are as usual mixed messages going around, but they are of a far more positive nature and it is in those you that you should place your confidence and your energy. The problem that still exists is that some people still resurrect the old prophesies, not realizing that times have moved on.


Had you not lifted up your vibrations, they may well have still been valid. It is not to say that all old ones are invalid but you should look for your information from current day prophesies. Even so you need to be aware of disinformation, and if any message does not radiate Love and Light then it should set aside. The same could be said of those messages that concentrate on possible catastrophes, without balancing them with a positive outcome.


So be on your guard, and also remember that regardless of what changes to the Law are proposed, very few will ever see the light of day. It is for example like the present arguments over the gun law, as even if the anti-gun lobby get their way they will never achieve their goal. It will not be long before governmental changes take place, and new Laws and amendments to the Constitution will be rescinded.


That will eventually apply world wide as with each step your freedom will be returned to you. It will not fully happen until after Ascension, but at least any draconian or unjust Laws will have been removed. Responsible people certainly do not need great restraints upon them, and we shall make sure you are made free of them as soon as possible.


There is some consolation as a result of the delays you have been experiencing, as the more people that are confronted by the actions of the dark Ones, the greater is their understanding of what they are doing. It galvanizes them into action and helps maintain a balance so that matters do not get out of hand.


As a result the mass consciousness has risen in leaps and bounds and has ensured that the dark Ones are doomed to failure. Indeed, they are at their wits end and no longer have the power to achieve their plan for world control. We wish that they would go quietly, but there are still pockets of resistance that would do anything rather than concede defeat. However, it is what they will eventually have to accept as their time is up.


Meanwhile we eagerly await the possibility that a Leader somewhere will see the way clear to announce Disclosure. It is likely that if it does come about that a country like China will be the first to do so. Regretfully countries in the West are still largely under the powerful influence of the Illuminati. They are scared of the repercussions if they go ahead, and fear is a strong factor where such decisions are concerned.


We simply require our presence to be officially acknowledged at a top level, so that the world is aware of it. Of course millions of people already know of us, and have seen our craft, and bear in mind it is well over 60 years since we first set out to make ourselves known to you.


We know you tire of the continual waiting, and we applaud your understanding and patience. You can be consoled by knowing that we are a hair’s breadth away from fully coming out into the open, and of course taking the opportunity to meet you. We have an initial celebration planned and still intend to flyover your main cities so that more people can see our craft.


We may also invite your own Space Fleet to join us, and that way you will have one of the last great secrets revealed. It will of course be a demonstration of peace and in no way with any military connection. War and all things connected with it will be removed or disabled, as there is no place for them in the future.


Now more than ever we need you to concentrate on Ascension, with your highest perception of what you believe it to be. As the last few months pass by we do not wish you to lose your focus, because as more of you come together in unity you are strengthening the power of the Light.


There is clearly no prospect or indeed any reason why you shouldn’t, but we want to see the Light finish this cycle as the formidable power that it is. It will sweep away the last remnants of the old energies that have held the old paradigm in place. It is no longer suitable for the New Age that is taking shape, and the new one is going to rapidly take its place.


You have already given power to your visualizations where free energy is concerned, and its introduction will present no problems. You are ready for new technologies and they will immediately overcome many problems you are presently experiencing. The beauty of using free energy is that it never runs out, and you can use as much as you want.


There are clearly exciting times approaching and that is where we want your focus, and leave the clearing up to those who are appointed to do it. Believe us, the changes will come thick and fast once we can get started. Everything is prepared now, and in spite of what you may see as enormous distribution problems, that presents absolutely no difficulty to us.


Do not forget that you have your personal cleansing to do, and as the higher energies lift you up they will reveal long-held emotions and problems that have been left uncleared. Often they relate to unresolved differences where the people involved will not concede their position, when forgiveness would solve such issues.


That Dear Ones is the key to moving on, and it is only the ego that is likely to hold you back. You have got too used to exerting yourselves over others, and you find all kinds of reasons to do so. You sometimes pick on those who are weak, mentally retarded or disabled, and must see them for what they really are. They are souls exactly like you who have chosen tough incarnations for their evolution, and should be treated with equal respect.


Sometimes souls take on problematic lives so as to inspire others to lift up. They give you the chance to show how far you have evolved, and both of you can advance as a result. Take whatever opportunities come up and prove what it means to be one who aspires to live your life with unconditional love.


I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and ask that you keep the Olympic spirit going, and it will create a new level of unity around the world that will be lasting.



-----------------------------------------------------------------------






The Pleiadian High Council: The Gifting of Technology and Revelations – Part 1/2

Wes Annac, via email, Aug. 2, 2012


Our consciousness and the consciousness of the craft in which many of us take home, are quite linked. We have built our craft in our Divine image and imparted upon it the consciousness that sees it able to perform many duties without our Guidance. We have not programmed our ships to do the jobs which are needed throughout our endeavors in helping the Earth, rather we work with our technology to produce the results that we desire.


Upon entering and getting used to flying our craft, you all will become much better able to understand the effect that each and every thought and impression will have upon the direction and intention of the craft and where the craft will be headed.


A very key part of our initial landings and giving of technology will be letting you dear souls try out flying around in our craft. This will be coordinated in a safe manner as it is understood [by us] that you will be familiarizing yourselves with such craft, and this will be done in a way that will ensure no crashes or destruction as you familiarize yourselves with our craft and the general way that they operate, as well as the fact that they are genuine consciousness which will respond to your thoughts and impressions.


For example, one who is feeling and holding negative emotions within would not resonate with the energies of our craft, and our craft would likely wish to be removed from the vicinity of the individual based on the sheer energy and emotion that the individual would be bringing forth.


This is because our craft are much like us, in that they are ascended fifth dimensional souls who do not resonate with the lower dimensions. We say not to worry of angry souls affecting our craft in negative way upon our giving of such craft to you, because [by the time the crafts are given] the overall collective energies would have vastly grown away from such lower densities and negativity that would hurt our craft, energetically and emotionally as well as directionally.


You will be introduced to our craft in a way that is not too overwhelming, and we will first have our craft set to what you would best understand as the ‘autopilot’ feature whenever allowing you to test them out.


By this we mean that we will not at first be giving you the features of the craft which will immediately respond to every thought and impression that you give, as much of humanity has not yet Mastered their emotions and impressions enough to be able to handle the sensitive and rapid nature in which our craft respond.


Though the Light quotient will again, be much purer upon our showing of our craft to you and our allowing you to fly around with our craft, it will still be important to ensure safety as many will still be undergoing the most intense phases of their ascension processes as you are all exposed to truths and revelations that will change you and bring you away from your former third dimensional Lives.


We anticipate already, the willingness in many of you to fly around in our craft and we can feel that this anticipation is being felt as many absorb this communication. We say that the showing and giving of our craft will be one very small facet of the technology and revelations alike that will be given.


You are to be given portable, handheld free-energy devices which will also respond to the thoughts and impressions given. There will be an easy process of adjusting and integrating your own personal energies into this technology, in the same manner that we integrate our energies into the consciousness of the craft which we Create.


We note that many of you Love personalizing and stylizing your cell phones and your various other handheld technology, in ways that show your specific signatures. We say that our technology will [allow] the ultimate form of your doing this, as you will literally be working with this technology by funneling an aspect of your own consciousness within it.


Upon finishing this process, you will find your technology responding immediately to the thoughts, feelings and impressions that you give out, and you will find that as it is imbued and endowed with your energy, it will instantly know your favorite places of travel among many other things, and will be able to transport you to such places.


Methods of transport with our technology are far from sparse.


We are going to offer you a very wide range of ways to make your travels, including stargate technology that could be considered quite ancient in the face of other technology. There will be the stargate option for those specifically interested in stargates, and there will be the option for one to own a craft which one will increasingly become used to as one’s personal energy is endowed more and more within such craft, and there will be as well the handheld, free-energy based technology that will be given to all and that will itself be a fragment and aspect of your overall soul-consciousness.


This device which has been discussed before, will enable you to make holographic or video phone calls, will allow you an instantaneous travel with [built in] technology similar to that of the stargate, and will be able to do a plethora of other things that the ego-limits of our scribe are simply not allowing us to explain, due to the sheer difference in reality that such features are and will bring.


Your perceptions are to be shattered in bold ways that are to see your realities expanded exponentially, and the giving of our technology will fill you with the very same Lighted and free energy that our presence upon your surface is to bring.


You have been following updates on the ongoing financial situation on your world, and you have long heard of the temporary new financial system that is in place for during and after the fall of your current system, which has been based only in debt and in a feeding of the elites as they have given themselves gross sums of money by manipulating this former system.


We expect difficulty to be very small and short-lasting, but how events play out specifically in relation to the fall of your current financial system and the implementation of the new, temporary one, will depend on how the collective of humanity reacts when greeted with such issues.


Many have made the call for you dear, beautiful incarnate Lightworkers to do all that you can to quell the fear and chaos that could be garnered in the immediate period ahead amongst the unawakened populace, as we intend for one truth and perceived ‘leak’ to cause a cascade of truth and Light. What we mean by this is that we intend for one strong, intense event that is going to get the collective’s attention, and as this attention is garnered we intend to use the manifestation of such an event to segway into the many truths of what has been done on your world.


The fabled announcements will be ongoing for some time and while there have been many planned broadcasts and discussions, both pre-taped and live as things are being explained, we cannot go into specifics at this time about the nature of these discussions or how they are to be presented and brought about, as the events surrounding the announcements and the methods in which we are bringing them about must be kept in secrecy at this time.


This is why you have not heard much talk [as of late] from channeled sources on the actual commencement and planning of the announcements, as they are a small and needed facet of your overall awakening and collective enlightenment and while they are important, they must be kept in secrecy at this moment as we explain instead very many other angles and facets of the giving of truths and technology to your world.

(Continued in Part 2)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 06, 2012, 10:11 PM
Montague’s Message for Sunday, 5th August 2012
 





“JUST LOOK AT US, EVERYTHING IS BACKWARDS; EVERYTHING IS UPSIDE DOWN… DOCTORS DESTROY HEALTH, LAWYERS DESTROY JUSTICE, UNIVERSITIES DESTROY KNOWLEDGE, GOVERNMENTS DESTROY FREEDOM, THE MAJOR MEDIA DESTROYS INFORMATION AND RELIGIONS DESTROY SPIRITUALITY.” Michael Ellner
 




These words really resonated with you, my dear. I have always said that nothing is as it seems. You have been deliberately taught the opposite of what is true. This applies to everything from birth to death. You have been lied to. You must now take responsibility for your own lives. Always go with what is natural and pure. It will not harm you.
 

We have plans to introduce you to natural methods of producing food, pure water and clean air to breathe. Our work to rescue mankind is a big undertaking. We are confident that we can do it, once everything is out in the open and people have awakened from their hypnotic state. As soon as you have full consciousness you cannot be lied to or kept in false belief systems.
 

London is at the centre of the decision-making at the moment. There is dissent among those who planned the total takeover of your world – The New World Order. One or two are running scared because many of you have woken up and are prepared to refuse to comply. They saw the London Olympics as the perfect scenario for their dramatic takeover. It would also have provided them with a perfect opportunity to remove a large number of you from the Earth. They planned to use the fear that this would create, to force you to accept their plans to take over your planet. You need to give this some serious thought and prepare to support each other. These people have been lying to you for 2000 years. They are experts in manipulation. Look where their promises have got you in the past. It is obvious that they are not to be trusted, ever. They work with entities that would horrify you if you ever encountered them. The bottom line is, they have no respect for you and yours. They see you as inferior to them. I know that they produce fine words and promises when required, but you know in your soul that you cannot trust them. They have created a make-believe world. Hollywood was used to instill the myth to fool you into accepting a false sense of security.
 

There are some who have had the foresight to prepare for the future after the Transition. Veronica talked with one such man this week. He has graciously agreed to be interviewed by her. She will then connect you with his amazing work. The whole world needs to be assured that never again will one group of people or families rule over mankind again. Peace and justice and a sharing of knowledge will be the order of the day. Man will never again live on a Prison Planet. You are on the last leg of the journey home. Then you will view your planet with eyes not restricted by religion or politics. You will come to know your fellow beings from other planets. You will also enjoy getting to know all that was kept hidden from you. A time of enlightenment awaits you. So much to learn, so much to explore. It is an amazing time to be on Earth. The future of your planet is in your hands.
 

War and the Vatican have destroyed so many of Earth’s stargates to prevent connection with the world of spirit and other planets. Serious thought will have to be given to the restoration of these stargates, the holy wells and sacred places. The Cabal set out to cut your connection with the universe and even other countries on Earth. There is destruction of ancient artifacts when armies invade countries, as they are instructed to destroy everything that might be ancient. This is a crime against humanity. “We were only following orders” will not be accepted as an excuse. They will be made to realise the enormity of their crime. Everyone is responsible for their actions. You must respect others and their history. Reach out to those who have been brutally abused by your corrupt system.
 

Your planet is about to take a giant leap into the future. 2012 was ordained to be the year that the corrupt would be removed and the light of peace and justice would take over to create a future where all men are equal. It will be like stepping out of the dark into the sunshine. Other planets are preparing to be there for you. They will provide whatever assistance you require to help you adjust to your new way of life. They will assist in setting up the centres that will supply whatever guidance or assistance is required to help you in your new life. These centres will be worldwide and have been carefully planned on this side of life. We are doing everything possible to make the Transition as easy, pleasurable, and exciting as possible. Look to the future and leave all the injustices of the recent past in the past as they have no place in your future. It is when you look at ancient times that you learn the truth: who you are, and why your country was a threat to the Cabal; why they destroyed it to prevent ancient knowledge from coming to light, such as recently in Iraq. You are all citizens of planet Earth. There are no second rate citizens. The corruption in banking will soon be forgotten. It will never be allowed to happen again, as money will not exist. Other planets happily exist without money. It is just another control mechanism. Everybody’s health will miraculously improve when all the poisons are removed from your food, air, and water. Your governments deliberately poison your water supply. This is a crime against humanity and it must be stopped. Ask what are their real reasons for doing this, and demand honest answers. Ask why are you expected to pay them to poison you. You deserve to know why !

 
Be assured, you are not alone. So many are gathered to guide you through the Transition to a higher dimension. See it as a great adventure to a new life where peace reigns. Love, not fear, will shine in the eyes of your fellow man. It is time to take back your power. You have a golden future ahead of you. Relax and enjoy the journey to it.

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 09, 2012, 08:18 AM
SaLuSa: August 6, 2012
Channelled by Mike Quinsey




The legacy that the dark Ones left in place still creates trouble for you. Actions they set in motion a long time ago still make progress, but they no longer have the power or impetus to carry them through.


Their greatest drawback has been where their military ambitions were concerned, and we have permanently disabled nuclear weapons which they will be prevented from using.


The financial wing of the cabal has also fallen apart, and it will not be allowed to be resurrected in its old format. In fact as fast as they plug one hole another appears elsewhere, and in the end a new system will be the only answer. As the old one falls apart so it is revealing the extent of malpractice and corruption that has taken place for a very long time. So do not worry about the continuing problems, because at a future date not so very far away it will change for the better.


Also in the future money will not have as much importance as it has done in the past. It will be fairly distributed, and the system of heavy taxes will be vastly altered so that what you earn is only taxed once.


Furthermore with free energy that is to be used in many ways to provide your needs, your outgoings will be much less than they are now. The ultimate situation will ensure that all of the energy needed for your heating, lighting, water and cooking will be free, as will a form of public transport. Eventually petroleum based products will no longer be used or required. Clean and economical energy will be available to everyone, thus removing the source of much pollution upon your planet.


You are getting used to the idea of major changes in your society, and these will not cause the disruption you might imagine. The plans have been very carefully laid out and speed is the essence of everything we are about to do. We know some of you are concerned that we do not have sufficient time to carry out our work, but be assured we are well prepared for any type of situation. The groundwork has already been done, and obstacles such as planning permission or other forms of delay you normally experience, will not interfere with our intentions.


As time goes by more of you have become open to the idea of working with us, and we welcome such enthusiasm. It has always been our intention that you should for example, be involved in the cleansing of your Earth. There are many areas that are seriously damaged and polluted, and denuded by deforestation.


Have no fear about how long it will take, we can help restore them very quickly. In fact we will improve areas beyond that which they were previously, and we know exactly what is required to keep in balance with nature.


Bear in mind that our Motherships are in some instances many, many miles long and far larger than some of your cities. We carry with us all that we are likely to need, including large fleets of smaller craft for duties within your Earth’s atmosphere.


The Motherships that you have often seen are mostly cigar shaped, but there are also ones that are circular. We do not normally come too near to your Earth with our largest craft, as they would cause malfunctions with your own energy systems. However, you will see them way above the atmospheric limits, and certainly an increase in our presence as we will come much closer to you.


You are getting used to the idea of a great leap forward, which makes it easier to introduce you to new technologies. In most ways they are labor-saving, non-polluting and economical to use, and naturally automation will require less input from you.


That will leave you with far more time to spend on yourself or pursuing other interests. In other words you will have plenty of leisure time to follow your hobbies, or whatever may continue to expand your knowledge.


Since you will be able to travel into the past, present or future, your knowledge will grow very quickly. If you have a sufficiently expanded level of consciousness, you may want to join one of the Federations such as the Galactic Federation of Light.


Since you are so near to the major changes that you have been advised about, in the meantime there is nothing to worry about. Your future has already been determined and one thing is certain, and it is that the end times are divinely decreed and they will pass accordingly. Nothing is going to alter the end result and it does not matter what occurs in between.


As you are beginning to understand, there is no longer the necessity for a catastrophic ending to the cycle. That was only applicable when it seemed evident that Man was trapped in the lower vibrations, and it looked as though there was no way out.


To your credit you have responded well to attempts to lift you up. Although the dark Ones were increasingly extending their control over you, you took in the Light and awakened to what was happening. Your growth in consciousness attracted even more Light to Earth, and the grid lines around it became renewed and extremely active.


Like attracts like and you have become so powerful that you have not just stopped the dark Ones in their tracks, you have achieved victory over them. Soon you shall see them removed and prevented from expanding their web of darkness. There is a lot to do, and we are ready to get the vital cleansing underway. We have kept the damage down, but it is time to complete the work that has already started.


The dark Ones have been allowed to enact their game plan, but the Light was always going to win. It was just a matter of how well the Lightworkers would respond, as you would often incarnate and be pulled down by the negative energies and forget your life plan.


Assistance is always at hand to help you out, but sometimes it is difficult to get through to you. The
temptations of the physical levels are inviting and hard to resist, but with experience you can rise above them. In reality no one fails, as you will continue to face the challenges of the lower dimensions until you conquer them.


I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and ask you to still keep your focus on Ascension, as it is what everything is about, and you have spent many, many lives to reach this point. Well done, and well deserved.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Summer stalemate continues but lots going on under the surface
in preparation for autumn regime changes
Posted by Benjamin Fulford


August 7, 2012




War and rumors of war continue to be promoted by terrorist states like the US, Israel and their secret ally Iran, as the desperate criminal cabal that seized power in the West continues to hope they can trigger World War 3 and thus avoid bankruptcy. There are also continuing rumors of horrific new terrorist attacks by the cabal and their “Al CIAda” subsidiary (a nuclear attack on London being one possibility) in a desperate attempt to implement their plan for a fascist New World Order world government.


Their desperation and cynicism has reached the point that corporate propaganda media outlets do not even seem to notice as they report their governments are fighting “Al Qaeda” in Afghanistan even as they finance it in Syria and Libya.


The 150 nations BRICS alliance, for its part, continues to refuse to support terrorist financing-groups like the European Central Bank and the Federal Reserve Board and is instead promoting the universal human goals of peaceful, environmentally-friendly development.


Under the surface, meanwhile, power struggles continue in preparation for regime changes in China, the US and the EU this fall.


The cabal-controlled Western governments are beating the war drums in part as a negotiating strategy first to get them past the September 31 fiscal half-year financial deadline, and second to strengthen their hand in ongoing negotiations about the new financial system.



The situation for many Western governments is similar to that of an individual trying to postpone an inevitable bankruptcy. In this case, instead of bills piling up, all sorts of countries are trying to cash real bonds issued by members of the Western banking cartel only to run into a wall of excuses and delays.


For example, when an international group of investors tried to cash a large amount of Brazilian bonds recently, some key lawyers involved suddenly got violently ill, while others recused themselves following death threats. The bonds are real but that does not help their case.


In Japan meanwhile, in addition to the 7000 trillion yen sitting frozen in the Bank of Japan’s computers, another 5000 trillion yen batch of bonds has turned up. The 5000 trillion yen worth of bonds in question were issued in the 1970’s when Prime Minister Kakuei Tanaka of Japan restored diplomatic relations with China, according to Chinese government sources. Tanaka offered the money to China’s Zhou Enlai but he refused to accept them and said the Japanese people should use the money instead. These bonds then went into limbo but an Asian group now has them and is planning to cash them at the Bank of Japan and use the money for humanitarian projects.


Other large denomination US dollar gold-backed bonds have also surfaced. The owners welcome legal scrutiny of these bonds because they are confident they are genuine, sources close to the owners say. This group would also like to use the bonds for humanitarian purposes.


Once again though, all they will be doing is to bring a real bill to a deadbeat borrower.



The fact of the matter is that although these bonds are all real, the amounts of money involved are too big for it to be possible to simply cash them.


A Rockefeller family representative is now in Asia trying to come up with a solution that staves off the Federal Reserve Board bankruptcy that cashing the bonds would involve. Instead the bond holders would be given “realistic” sums of money in exchange for allowing massive humanitarian projects to be undertaken by Western interests.


The White Dragon Society, for its part, has been invited to send a representative to North Korea to try to sort out the situation in the Korean peninsula and Japan in a harmonious manner. The visit is expected to take place in August but may be delayed until September depending on what preliminary Tokyo negotiations conclude.


The new regime in North Korea is ready for a fundamental change in relations with the West and their Japanese and South Korean puppet regimes. The Japanese and South Koreans are also preparing for independence from the West meaning that the biggest changes in East Asia since the end of World War 2 are becoming a very realistic possibility.


Desperate cabal war-mongering over tiny little disputed islands may inflame a few hot-heads on all sides but is unlikely to derail anything. As the central Asian saying puts it “the dogs bark but the caravan rolls on.” In any case, no real breakthrough is expected during the summer months. Instead, negotiations, punctuated by the occasional bouts of shouting and threats, will continue until at least September.


In other news, the murder trial of Gu Kailai, the wife of suspended Chinese politburo power broker Bo Xilai is expected to return a guilty verdict followed by a suspended death sentence, a Chinese official said. Gu Kailai was charged in the murder of British businessman Neil Heywood in an affair now known as the “Wang Lijun Incident.”   http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wang_Lijun_incident


There is a good possibility that Bo Xilai himself may be cleared of wrongdoing at the trial and that could pave the way for his return to the higher rungs of Chinese power, a Chinese government official said.


However, a smooth regime change in China is still expected to take place as scheduled in November with Xi Jinping and Li Keqiang taking over from Hu Jintao and Wen Jiaobao. In addition, two-thirds of the top several hundred leaders in China are expected to be replaced by younger people during the transition. This will be the biggest change in China’s government in over a decade and will lead to a major change in style and perhaps substance too.


Regime change in the US is also due in November but the leadership change is expected to be messier than in China. If the corporate government remains in power then the faction supporting Obama and the faction supporting Romney will duke it out in a giant battle of dollars and propaganda. However, the US could also go into revolutionary mode in which case all bets are off.


Regime change is also expected in Europe this fall but it will be a change in the financial, rather than the political regime. What happens there depends in large part on the esoteric financial negotiations going on between Asia and the West over the summer.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 11, 2012, 10:17 AM
sheldan nidle


august 7, 2012




Dratzo! We return! Much is involved in the final aspects of the great sundering that is to bring down the dark power structure. At present, you are witnessing the final days of the power struggle which is reaching its definitive denouement. The cabalists are using their ability to foment chaos in an attempt to escape the noose we have thrown around them, but their convoluted schemes will not be successful this time. We have made allowances for their finagling ways and are anticipating anything they can come up with. Over the eons, war has been the cabal's instrument of choice for manipulating you and wriggling out of inconvenient situations, and it is using this tried-and-true device today in the Middle East and in South Asia. While deadly efficient, this 'tool' will not result in their escape as our control over Earth events is too strong to be thwarted by such low-level shenanigans. Do not be concerned by what the cabalists are planning. Their anything-goes attempts to go out with a bang will backfire on them, providing the means to liberate this vital region of the world. The coming transformation is utterly under the aegis of divine fate!


   We watch, and prepare to institute our plans. We dearly wish to get the divine Light show on the road. As the shackles long binding you to the dark fall away, a new energy is born which is to bring you peace, prosperity, and global harmony. The dark ones and their fervent adherents deeply believe that what they are plotting will lead to a new situation which will prevent their downfall. It is not only to fail utterly but will expose the depth and breadth of the duplicities which subtly rule your world. This interlocking set of directorates is to be clearly seen for the cold-blooded oligarchy it truly is. It will be a salutary education for you all, and will serve you well during the events which will shortly lead to their arrest and isolation from you. A deadly trap is being set, with the aim of separating, definitively, friend from foe. It is vital to discover who truly intends to be part of the solution, and who is determined to remain part of the problem. This approach causes us much distress. Nevertheless, from the standpoint of the bigger picture it is essential, and is to be achieved shortly.


   Our work here has consistently been geared toward a first contact with you, and we have never wavered from this course. The aim of moving you into full consciousness lies behind all that we are involved in, and to this end, our many teams monitor and visit you each day. The dark cabal understands our total commitment to this sacred mission, and is aware that we are moving more and more of our fleet closer to you. We have also increased the number of on-planet personnel living and working among you. In this regard we have warned the dark that any tampering with our planet-based personnel will have dire consequences. Already, several attempts against our missionaries resulted in 'events' that scared off these agents of ignominy! We are ever diligent in ensuring that our surface mission proceeds as it should, and these recent defensive countermeasures have taught us much about how these agents operate. For now the dark is careful to avoid us. Currently, we are expanding this network on your planet surface.


   Disclosure is moving forward. Our Earth allies are busy preparing for the ouster of the many de facto Earth governments. A broad web of infamy encircles your globe, and the unholy policies perpetrated each day by these 'legitimate' governments cry out to be terminated. This 'legitimacy' is contingent upon control by various forms of chaos, and by stoking the levels of social and religious schism. This sorry rigmarole will be put to flight once the Light rightfully disposes of these barely legal governments. Our role in these events is to support and reinforce whatever actions are formally promulgated. Our personnel on the ground have been providing detailed information on how different regions react to what the dark is doing. The dark are throwing up ways to discourage civil resistance and our Earth allies are busy countering these moves. Freedom and liberty have long come at a price on your world, and now it is time to sweep away these stifling conditions and bring in joy and growth and exuberance.


   Namaste! We come, blessed Ones! Your transitioning world appears to be in a lull, and it seems to you as if nothing is happening. But nothing could be further from the truth. Everywhere, the old constructs are crashing to the ground, with one fiscal crisis following another. As we mentioned, we have put into play the new financial system, and it sits quietly in the wings, unheeded by the crumbling edifice that is about to fall with an almighty roar. The de facto governments appointed by by this dying colossus are aware that their end has come and are awaiting their fall from grace. The new is to be in formal ascendance very shortly, bringing with it prosperity, freedom, and most vital for us, disclosure. Also, Mother Earth deeply needs to be attended to, and this necessitates our Inner Earth and space families to join with us to announce a new reality and proclaim to all on the surface world the death of the restrictive, old reality.


   The death throes of the dark cabal will be painted in drab shades, symbolizing the world of limitation, war, and fiscal tyranny which has shaped the last 13 millennia of your existence. These dark concepts ravaged your home world, partitioned you from Inner Earth, and foisted you off with the fiction that you are alone in an empty void. These fabrications are to end, and a new world of divine brilliance is to replace the bleakness and stress of the present. We are truly in joy, for soon we will be able to tell you of the great truths and start to unravel for you the many lies told to you over the millennia. This will set you free and prepare you for the transition to full consciousness. You may experience some degree of consternation, or feel distrust toward those dark ones who so callously misled you; yet we ask you to forgive, let the past go, and jointly move forward. With full consciousness comes a wisdom which is to supersede the horrors that you know.


   Your new realm will be wondrously glorious. The amazing relationships between Heaven and Earth will be disclosed to you, and this knowledge confers wisdom you can now barely guess at. On your new Earth you can experience it fully and feel the euphoric unity of all life. You are to begin a journey which will permit you to reach your potential and discover your boundless creativity as you seek to maximize the unfolding of the Creator's divine plan. Together we will go forward, with us as your ever-Loving mentors and teachers in the ways of the divine. We are truly elated that this moment is at last upon us: the time selected by Heaven is here! The final touches are being made to the sacred ceremony which unlocks all of this and brings in the vast changes to the only world you have know until now. Already this transformation is starting to manifest. Be in your center and in your truth, and be ready. And have no doubts about all that the Creator is about to unfold!


   Today, we continued with our messages to you. A supreme shift in this reality is upon us! With it come disclosure and the time to finally meet all of us who so devotedly champion your return to full consciousness. Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It!



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





The Energies Around You Are Speeding to New Heights… You That Are Sensitive to Them Will Feel a Great Upliftment”



salusa


8-10-2012




The energies around you are speeding to new heights, and those of you that are sensitive to them will feel a great upliftment. It will continue all the way to Ascension, by which time you will be fully ready to ascend. The incredible journey you have made through duality with hundreds of lives is about to come to a conclusion. Every soul is being given the opportunity to leave it behind, and it is preferable to have prepared yourself for Ascension. Many have led their lives with a good intentions to others, and often described as having hearts of gold. They too will be lifted up as Ascension has nothing directly to do with religion, although some devout souls will be of a godly demeanor.


Many times we have referred to all of you as One, and when you can accept that it is so and treat all others as you would yourself, you are well on the Path of Light. The dark Ones have forsaken their Light to promote greed instead of sharing, indifference to other souls, problems instead of compassion and love. They have created enemies where none exist, and demonized religions so that they are at each others throats. When you can see through their deliberate plan to create chaos, you will be able to disengage from their energies and cast your Light into the dark areas to transmute them.


Create a situation around you that uplifts your energies, by only attracting all that is good and pure. That includes what you read, the music you listen to and what you enjoy that gives you pleasure in life. For example many films and T.V. shows are deliberately made to disturb you, and fill your minds with negative action and images. They are intended to program you with conditions that gradually take away your sense of what is right or wrong. It is so that you become insensitive to killing and destruction, and do not object when it becomes your reality. How will you find peace within and without, if your mind is being continually assaulted by such negative images. Be more selective and enjoy the things in life that dwell on happiness, joy and love.


For too long you have been subjected to all kinds of negativity until it almost becomes acceptable. That of course was the intent of the dark Ones, but they cannot impose it upon you unless you allow it. You do not necessarily have to involve yourself by opposing them, but instead promote a life style that is intended to lead you to the Light and lift you up way beyond their lower energies. It can be done, but does require willpower and the ability to stand up for your principles. You do not have to go along with the crowd just to be sociable, but can establish your own code of behavior.


Dear Ones we do not preach at you, as in the end you take responsibility for your actions. What we do is to guide you to achieve a happy and fulfilling life, so that you naturally move on to the path of Ascension. You do not have to be a Saint, but live your highest interpretation of what living a good life means. It does not mean going to extremes, but just do what you can to live in the Light and help your fellow travelers. If you could all do it what a wonderful place the world would be, and it is no pipe dream as with Ascension your dreams will come true far beyond your imagination.


As time has passed and your understanding has grown, it has naturally resulted in more questions coming to mind. Quite obviously you want more details as you begin to accept that Ascension does mean a dramatic change in your circumstances. We know that the more information that can be given the greater will be the ease with which you will complete your journey. Although the end time leads to a new beginning, we fully understand that you want to be adequately prepared. To that end I have made it known to Michael, that you should be sent a copy of Steve Beckow’s interview of A.A. Michael through Linda Dillon on the 6th August. It is a fairly comprehensive explanation of what Ascension entails, and is explicit in detail so that it can be fully understood. (I will send the article immediately following the sending of this message).


The exact path that will lead to Ascension is still unclear, because quite a few events are being compressed into a much shorter time period than we had hoped. So please take it as it comes, knowing that by the time it is necessary, you will be fully prepared and will have moved forward as required. There are many aspects to Disclosure which hold the key to much that we want to go ahead with, and it is an official acknowledgement of our presence that is the most important to us. There are millions of people that now believe in our existence and you have had almost 70 years in which to reach your decision. Now more than ever we are seen daily in your skies, and we deliberately position ourselves where many more people are likely to see us.


What is not generally known is that we have kept the world at peace insofar that we have prevented another World War from being started. We have also prevented nuclear weapons being used for quite a number of years. Finally, and more recently, we have prevented false flag attacks that were setup to start major confrontations. Naturally your Governments and Military do not want to be forced into a position where they have to admit to such actions, and they fear the consequences of doing so. However, it must happen soon and we [are] stoking up the pressure upon them to admit their contact with us, and so allow us to openly move amongst you. Some still believe we are intending to take you over, but that looks to be an extraordinary suggestion, as if we had why would we wait until now. We see this idea as resulting from many years of negative publicity to show us monsters waiting to invade you.


I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and will point out that we are ascended Beings as are all member Star Nations of the Galactic Federation. Unless there are some false accounts of our contact with you, there are no instances known to us that would show any form of hostility against you. Please do not confuse us with the Greys who have been responsible for the abductions, and remember that they were invited to Earth by the U.S. Government based upon an exchange of information beneficial to both parties. Bless you all Dear Ones, and as ever keep your eyes on the grand future that awaits you.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 14, 2012, 11:17 AM
Pentagon Informs Netanyahu There Will Be No Greater Khazarian Empire



by Benjamin Fulford 8-13-12 (also available here)

 



There was a time when the member countries of NATO could convince most of the world they were the “good guys” promoting democracy, human rights and economic development. Now, they are seen as gangster controlled rogue states trying to start World War 3 in order to set up a cabal controlled “New World Order” totalitarian government. Fortunately for us all, the pentagon and the governments of China, India, Russia, Brazil and most other countries have made it very clear this is not going to happen. That is why the horrifying mass murder being carried out in Syria by cabal mercenaries is not getting the intended results.

 

When Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu of Israel recently tried to stir the pot in the US, his activities, e-mails, phone calls etc. were all monitored after which an official from the pentagon warned Netanyahu “If you try to send off a cruise missile we will blow it out of the water and then come for you.” Oops. Then Egypt’s new government removed cabal proxies from the military and sent tanks to the Israeli border. Oops again.

 

Message to the Jews: You have been kicked out of over 100 countries in the past 2000 years http://www.biblebelievers.org.au/expelled.htm so, you must stop pretending you were always just innocent victims. It is time to stop thinking in terms of “us” (Jews) and “them” (Goyim), and start behaving like a civilized people all from the same human race. The Jews are like a beautiful woman (the decent and honorable majority) with syphilis (the gangsters hiding in their midst). If the Jewish people do not remove the criminals from the top of their own leadership, they may once again suffer collective punishment for the actions of a tiny criminal minority. Fortunately, there are signs of just such an internal purge.

 

The side of the financial industry that has long valued integrity, honesty and fair play has been stealthily preparing to purge the criminal fraudsters who turned their industry into a giant orgy of criminal looting.

 

The Federal Reserve Board, the European Central Bank and the Bank for International Settlements are thus now facing an existential crisis. That is because multiple law-suits and criminal investigations are closing in from all sides.

 

The Neil Keenan (he is Irish) lawsuit, is one of the most important one of those because it reveals the true motives of the Kennedy (and countless other) assassinations and the systematic looting of the global collateral accounts by a tiny but powerful mafia group. Keenan has returned from a trip to Indonesia with a whole raft of documents revealing the true extent of the criminality of the bankster families that own the Federal Reserve Board. Work is now continuing to make sure a US court can be given clear jurisdiction on this case so that an un-corruptible judge can finally deliver justice.

 

Even if this lawsuit remains in limbo as various delaying tactics continue to be deployed, the writing is still on the wall for the cabal.

 

For one thing, the US government will have accumulated over $1 trillion in new debt in the fiscal period ending on September 30th and will be looking to borrow more for the new fiscal period. The Chinese will be changing two thirds of their top leaders in November and the US is also scheduled for regime change then so you can be sure there will be some very high stakes horse trading going on in October.

 

The Chinese know that time is on their side because as long as the cabal continues to chain the US economy to the one-eyed pyramid dollar the US will continue to lose its manufacturing base. The pentagon and the military industrial complex also know that the sooner they cut a deal, the better a deal they will get.

 

Mathematically speaking there are only two real choices. One is for the US to issue a devalued treasury dollar in exchange for a one-off debt write off. The other is to wait for US income levels to fall to Chinese levels.

 

Either of these two choices will make the US real economy once again competitive. The first will mean a sudden jolt as the economy returns to reality and all those Chinese knick knacks at Walmart suddenly become expensive. This will be followed by a quick boost in the real economy and manufacturing, led by exports and domestic demand. The other will mean unemployment and misery will steadily increase until enough people are willing to work for Chinese wages.

 

In Europe, meanwhile, the Euro crisis has gone to the back burner as everybody takes their holidays but it will get far worse in the autumn. Once again, there is no need for secret inside sources to see what is going on. The Europeans (especially the one living along the Mediterranean) have been spending more than they have earned for 30 years and creditors have come a calling. The Germans could not afford to bail out their irresponsible Southern cousins even if they wanted to. The people of Iceland showed the way with a sudden 15% drop in income (in other words back to what they earn doing real things like fishing) followed by a rapid recovery and the arrest of guilty bankers. This is what must happen in other countries if this crisis is to end.

There is also an old historical injustice at work here, according to some sources. The Euro was originally financed by bonds taken by George Bush Sr. from Soong Mei-Ling, the wife of Kuomintang leader Chiang Kai-Shek, according to an MI5 agent based in England. These bonds were put in a “trading program” to generate funds for the long term project to turn Europe into a fourth Reich, according to this agent, who specializes in studying Nazis. These funds were frozen 18 months ago by the BIS and that has been a principle cause of the Euro crisis, he says.

 

Multiple sources in Asia also mention Soong Mei-Ling as a key player in the current crisis and several (including senior Yakuza sources) make the extraordinary claim she is still alive (that would make her 114 years old but Wikipedia says she died in 2003).

What is clear though is that the new regime taking over in China in November will be less influenced by the Western cabal than the outgoing regime was.

The P2 fascist freemason lodge in Italy has bragged that they financed and supported communism. That gave them greater influence over the communist youth league faction of outgoing leader Hu Jintao than it will have over incoming “princeling” leader Xi Jinping.

 

The incoming leadership group has already informed the White Dragon Society that it supports their proposal for the creation of a meritocratically staffed international economic planning agency.

 

Also, negotiations between a White Dragon Society representative and a North Korean representative have now been set for later this month but the new regime of Kim Jong-Un has already made it clear they are ready to break out of the old cold-war “bad guy” role they have been forced to play.

In any case, as autumn approaches, the various interested parties need to stop digging up the past and fighting each other and focus instead on creating an ideal world.

_______________________________________________________________________________





A Message from Lord Sananda through Elizabeth Trutwin Increasing Transmissions




aug 13, 2012






Greetings. This is Sananda. We are increasing our transmissions to you to let you know your energy is needed now. Simply Be Love. Connect the Violet Flame in your heart with other light workers today with the intention of bringing changeover.

 

I would like to let you in on some of the changes you will expect to see after changeover. There are parts of Earth which are nearly uninhabitable now. This will change right away. Alaska, Canada and Russia near the Arctic Circle, Patagonia, the Sahara Dessert, the Serengeti, the Amazon Jungle and many others. The Galactics will place pod crafts in these areas which are climate controlled. You will be invited to visit and experience the wonder of nature in these places without the dangers of being on the ground.

 

Some creatures who live on Earth now will cast their physicality to a place more suitable for their current evolution cycle. Poisonous deadly snakes, scorpions, poisonous insects, pests, rats and a multitude of varmits which do well in a duality setting will no longer be able to thrive here.

 

Immediately we will see the creatures of the Magical Kingdoms back in our awareness. Unicorns, Dragons, Pegasus, Phoenix and others with Goblins, Elves, Pixies, Fairies, Gnomes and many others. They will invite you to their realm for a conversation and they will share their magic with you.

 

You will also be joined by the Native American and Indigenous Nations ancestors who have requested to come back in their physical forms to inhabit the lands where they have always revered and sustained Mother Earth with the natural and magical kingdoms. They will be granted this request on every continent on Earth.

You will be invited to travel to different places on Earth, to sacred sites and for vacations. You will be invited to rest and recuperate as well as nurture and heal in these places.

 

Extraterrestrial seeds which have their vital force intact will be planted - trees, shrubs, flowers, fruits and vegetables will be planted in places where before we could not sustain growth. These seeds will make new gardens in places which before were miles of sand. These are super seeds which grow very quickly with little care. Water springs, streams, lakes and rivers will spout up where before was parched land. Grasslands and all who live there will return their ecosystems there as well. The Seas will be home to creatures long thought extinct.

 

The embargo placed on Earth from Inner Earth will be lifted and you will be free to travel to the Civilizations at Inner Earth. There will be craft available to take you like a commercial flight with no charge to the Civilizations at other Stars: Alpha Centauri, Sirius, Pleiades, Niburu, Neptune, Jupiter, Saturn, the Moon, Pluto---stay for a day or a week.

 

Extraterrestrial technology will be handed out for no charge to every body. Replicators will be given out and food will be abundant with the use of replicators. A hand held healing device will be in each home for small injuries or ailments. Healing centers will be made available for chronic diseases which need more attention and trained healers. People will be healed and made whole. Those needing limbs or organs will be healed with technology never before seen. There are technologies to help the teeth, eye sight and skin. Whatever you have an issue with now will be healed.

Everyone will be given a craft to make their way around in. You will be free to travel without borders, without papers, without fees.

 

We will be tearing down old construction and building new homes. The mess of ghettos in large cities will be removed immediately and the homeless will have newly built homes almost overnight. They will have their own land where they desire, outside of the big city, near pastures and fresh water. The old aluminum roofed huts of major cities around the world will disappear from site. We will disassemble and remove all the debris.

 

We will construct free energy for every home and every building. We have already prepared the free energy grid. It will be accessible to every person on Earth. The light technologies are tremendous, no more fluorescent lights or disruptive technologies. New computers and phone type devices will be made available to everyone free of toxic emissions. The computers and devices are sentient with nanotechnology and very easy to learn to use.

 

You will be reunited with your family and friends. Many of you cannot afford to travel to visit family and this will be a thing of the past. Money and job and survival will no longer be a worry. You will be invited to explore your creative self and fulfill your soul desires.

 

You will no longer work in a job not suited for your highest purpose. Many new occupations and vocations will open with the introduction of new technologies. Training will be provided on the Ships for any who request it.

 

Those secret places on Earth - the portals, StarGates and Extraterrestrial underground bases will be accessible to all. As the ZPMʻs go to 100% new Pyramids, Obelisks and other hidden energy sources around the Planet will materialize before you. They have been waiting for this moment just beyond the veil.

 

This is only a glimpse of changes to come. What you have seen in the movies and television shows of our technology will become available at once when Earth is at Zero Point. We shared the technology with the Ones bringing you the movies so your imaginations could will it into the physical by desire. Also, it allowed you to remember home. We are right on the heels of changeover. Stay tuned! This is Lord Sananda.




Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 17, 2012, 02:06 PM
SaLuSa: August 15, 2012
Channeled by Mike Quinsey

http://tinyurl.com/bu7vdjq




We are entering the closing stages of the preparations for Ascension, and that requires a great deal of co-operation from our Allies. To dismantle the web of corruption, and the corporations that have been empowered by the Illuminati, has been a mammoth task and is still proceeding.

Bear in mind that the plan of the dark Ones was established over 200 years ago, and its tentacles have penetrated almost every facet of your existence. Like a cancer it has quickly spread until it has become difficult to completely eliminate, but we have been able to bring it to a halt. Our allies have been using the very circumstances that the dark Ones have created to turn it in upon themselves and have seriously weakened their power structure.


The removal of many top members of the Illuminati proceeds, and in general there is a build up to remove others who are their pawns in the political and Government circles. It is going well and will soon open up opportunities to move nearer to Disclosure, and to get organized for the advancement of other projects.


Believe us Dear Ones, we are firmly behind those who are carrying the responsibility for really getting things off the ground. We will all breathe a sigh of relief when at last we can be seen to openly work with you.


One aspect of your upliftment proceeds regardless of any activities to hold up your progress, and that is the amount of Light being received by you. It is pouring upon the Earth from many sources, many of which are outside of your solar system. You are in a Galactic shift of immense power and by now you are beginning to feel the changes.


At your level, following your daily routine, you could be forgiven for thinking that very little was happening. That is far from the truth, and many Beings off-Earth are involved in one of the most exciting adventures they have ever attended. It is such that your Universe is aware of the immense importance of what you are about to experience.


If you truly realised what you have undertaken, you would hardly concern yourselves with what we would call the minor details. They are of course important to you, but none more so than your actual Ascension. So please keep your unwavering focus on where you are going, and leave the details to us and you will not be let down.


As you absorb more Light so you will find that your level of consciousness is growing. At a physical level you may feel at times as though you are walking upon air, even bouts of dizziness. That will pass and you will be truly aware of a greater peace within, and will be so assured about your future that you will stand out as one who is glowing with love.


Emotions will be calm and easily controlled, but you will experience a deep feeling of happiness and joy just to be on Earth at such a momentous time. It is also the subconscious realization that you have at last lifted up out of duality, and that it can no longer have any hold over you. You have reached your goal and won the battle to come through it all with your Light shining bright.


Think big and think Ascension, as it is the most fantastic experience that you will have and you will remember every second of it. Every soul has the same opportunity to lift up, so please do not worry about those around you who seem disinterested. They will yet have a final chance to ascend and you cannot know exactly what might awaken them.


Either way they will follow a course that is right for them, and they will continue to have life experiences that keep them on the path of evolution. Help people by all means when you have an opportunity to do so, but do not force your beliefs upon them because, as helpful as this may seem, you may do more harm than good. Souls grow at different rates of progress, and no two of you are exactly the same. Leave them to find their own path, and know that they have Guides as you do who work with them in that respect.


As you are finding out there are many sources turning their attention to what the future means to you in real terms. It is after all only a short time before you ascend, and you will need to know what to expect. At present no one source is attempting to cover every aspect of the changes, but each in turn is informing you of what you will experience in the immediate future, and immediately after Ascension.


The old technologies have long passed there usefulness, and must make way for great advances which so far you have been denied. As you already know much of it is based upon free energy which is everywhere in the Universe. No matter how much you use you can never run out, and it is simple to collect it and put it into use.


Another great change will see all pollution-making applications replaced by ones that are pollution-
free. Pollution has not just damaged your land, but also the airways and your oceans. You and other forms of life have suffered illnesses or death as a consequence, and the earth has become poisoned.


There is to be clean and healthy water, pure air, and land that has been cleansed of poisonous
chemicals and all forms of waste. Mother Earth has to be restored to her pristine condition, after millennia of time allowing Man to live off her. Eventually all areas that have been polluted with negative energies will also be restored, until nothing but the higher energies remain.


The Galactic Federation of Light has prepared well for the coming time, and has made audio
presentations that will give you a clear understanding of what is going to happen. You have a reasonably good idea already, but we want to expand your knowledge so that you feel comfortable with the changes. The speed at which they will take place will ensure that you do not feel put out by them.


Even the lifting up of Earth’s vibrations will result in a degree of cleansing, because the lower energies will become transmuted through molecular changes. Our technologies will to a large extent allow us to operate directly from our craft that are stationed around your Earth. Indeed, we have already been working that way for quite a time to keep major pollution in your oceans at a low level.


I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and thank you for your patience that shall be well rewarded. We are your friends and will treat you as such and share much with you that will be enjoyable, including some trips in our craft. Keep going, and know that we and many other souls are with you and love every one of you.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Sheldan Nidle - August 14, 2012
 




Dratzo! We come again with some interesting news. At present our Inner Earth allies are finishing up the multifarious activities that are preparing your world for its new reality. The dark cabal is busy with a broad-based and complex delaying tactic, but as we keep telling them, this plan is headed for failure. These cabalists need to accept the fact that the realm the Anunnaki created for them nearly 13 millennia ago is rapidly collapsing as the Light suffuses every corner of it. This suffusing has primed your world for an entirely new reality which is now manifesting with great aplomb! This is the time for new governance, new prosperity, and for the series of formal announcements informing you about it all. A full disclosure of who we are and why we have come to your world will be included in the broadcasts. Your move into full consciousness is a vital part of the unfolding of the divine plan, which means that we have a clear responsibility to use our divine offices to ensure your complete liberation from the clutches of the dark cabal. This we are actively engaged upon. In this regard it is important that the present accords agreed to by the dark be honored by them.


Your world is undergoing a final and short delay prior to the activation of the measures that will bring in the new governance and the new economic-financial setup. During this short phase, our Earth allies will check out and secure the many steps that will ensure that these profound changes happen as seamlessly and swiftly as possible. To this end we are instructing the pro-change contingents in your police and military services about what needs to be done to accomplish the necessary arrests in such a way that essential services to the public are not disrupted. In addition, we will dispatch our personnel to take up key positions in order to maintain these services. Naturally, our remit goes beyond the mere safeguarding of your civic infrastructure; we intend to use this opportunity to improve your electrical, gas, and other sundry utilities. We will be carrying out some 'first stage' improvements to your somewhat primitive technology in this area in order to prepare for the much more advanced stuff to follow. These will be introduced once the initial government announcements are completed.



Naturally, raising your level of consciousness involves more than slightly updating your technology. Your world has been held in a vice by the dark cabal and prevented from achieving anything more than a fraction of its potential. When your computer age was born and the World Wide Web came into being, the cabal truly believed it could control this substantial advance in communications. But the advent of the silicone chip began to rapidly decentralize the availability of knowledge and thus posed an inadvertent threat to the cabal's information stranglehold over you. The genie was out of the bottle, as your saying goes, and the cabal was then kept busy limiting further advances in this area. Despite this throttling of natural technological expansion, you pushed the dark to the point where it could barely control you even as it did a decade ago, and we were greatly heartened by the way you grabbed this opportunity for growth. On another front, we watch over the many volunteers living among you who come from other worlds and dimensions, and who are consciously aware that they are here to help this world through the changes. They also know that it is in fact 'a done deal'!


The momentum toward the great shift in your reality is picking up speed with each passing day. Our many allies have forged a union which is preparing to remove the cabal from power. This drive is being assisted by a growing people movement, which has altered the government of Iceland, triggered huge daily demonstrations in Mexico, and compelled the governments of China and Japan to rethink their alliances with the dark cabal. These developments herald the vast changes that are ready to emerge all over the globe. You as a collective are hereby spiritually requesting an end to the evil that has kept you downtrodden and in a state of mere chattel, and in answer to this collective cry we have been given permission to effect this. As a result, you are already seeing the cabal more and more limited in what it can do. The next major step is to arrest and isolate these cabalists, and they now finally comprehend just how close we are to achieving this objective.


Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We come today to talk about the events that are well underway and that will lead shortly to the arrests that will isolate the cabal from its sources of power; namely, those governments and financial services corporations which daily oversee the interlocking, global web of control. Our sacred associates are working with the pro-change military and national police agencies to prepare for the changeover of your current forms of governance to ones that support the new financial system and the safe distribution of your prosperity funds. This will set you free and also permit disclosure to become a reality. We the Ascended Masters intend to return this planet and its peoples to full consciousness, thereby fulfilling a basic edict of Heaven. Those blessed Beings who constantly decree your liberation will shortly see how wondrously you will thank them and Gaia for their efforts.


Those who are in divine service on this world will soon make the announcements informing you about the surprising events taking place. Our associates deeply desire that you also begin to learn about your true history and the sacred universal principles that have been doctored or excluded from your major religions by the Anunnaki and their dark minions. This information can give you an understanding of the importance of disclosure and the ways of the Light; indeed, it is more properly a process in which you 'remember' and begin to personify long-forgotten sacred precepts. We wish to walk among you, and take those fragments of wisdom you now possess and greatly expand upon their meaning and significance for your societies and for you. With this, you can begin to grasp the true wonder of the journey you have undertaken, and the implications for each one of you.


Great transformation lies ahead for you, in which you will be presented with truly huge amounts of startling and also sacred knowledge. But most importantly, you will be returned to your former grandeur, which means that you can fully participate in the blessed activities of Heaven. A new rhythm is to be introduced. A new harmonic and a new spiritual vision will affect how you perceive your divine service to physicality and to Heaven. These guiding principles will become your lodestar as you use your true sovereignty to engage with the magnificent unity that is all life in the universe! You will be wonderfully set up to contribute uniquely to the magnificent unfolding of the Creator's vision, thereby also adding to your own expansion of energies and wisdom as you engage in exploring the infinite marvels of life throughout physicality.


Today we talked about what is ready to happen throughout this physical realm. Heaven has come to bless these huge changes and to ensure that they take place in divine right time. It is indeed to be a magical time! It is also the final moments before first contact! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 21, 2012, 10:21 AM
Frenzy of murder, attempted murder and threats of mass terror are all part of cabal death throes
Posted by Benjamin Fulford


August 21, 2012



On August 10th, Dr. Michael Van de Meer, AKA Dr. Michael Meiring, died in his sleep in extremely suspicious circumstances. Dr. Meiring was a very private individual who had to change his name to Van de Meer a few years ago after getting unwanted publicity when his legs were blown off by a bomb he says was placed by agents of George Bush senior and his Nazi cabal.


Dr. Van de Meer died immediately after being sent $750 billion worth of bonds from the same batch as the $134.5 billion worth that was illegally seized from two Japanese diplomats in June of 2009. He was planning to cash them on behalf of their Asian owners in order to finance a new international economic planning agency. De Meer was in robust health and full of plans for the future in a conversation with a White Dragon Society representative that took place only hours before his sudden death.


Meanwhile, the self-described “illuminati grandmaster” going by the name of “Alexander Romanov,” was taken into protective custody last week by the Japanese police following a murder attempt. Japanese underground sources confirm that a group of Japanese hit men are actively trying to kill him. Romanov was a 20-year veteran drug smuggler who risked his own life to inform the Japanese police and this writer that a nuclear missile had been smuggled into Japan for use in a mass murder attack. The Japanese police were either hopelessly incompetent or else in on the crime because they failed to take action even after Romanov told them exactly where the bomb was being kept (inside a compound owned by former Prime Minister Yasuhiro Nakasone). The fissile material in the bomb was later used to create several smaller devices that were used for the 311 tsunami and nuclear terror attack on Japan.



The trail for all of these attacks, as well as the current mass murder in Syria, leads to the P2 fascist lodge. It appears to be no coincidence that former black pope Peter Hans Kolvenbach chose to retire in Syria.


An e-mail was sent to this writer with photographs of: a British monarch upside down and with the face erased, a British Royal Seal held upside down by Japanese imperial mirrors, a map showing planned terror attacks on Japan, England, Israel and Ecuador as well as pictures of various snakes. The mail has been traced to the Nazi Satanist pope Malevolent. Through their actions, the P2 are precipitating a course of events that, if not stopped, will result in the destruction of Rome and its seven hills by forces linked to Rome’s ancient enemies, including descendants of the Carthaginian diaspora.


These murders and threats come amid signs cabal control is disintegrating at an accelerating pace on multiple fronts.


The public can see it in the Julian Assange case, where the cabal ruling the West has dropped all pretense of accepting international norms. It is also visible in Syria where the cabalists are publicly supporting mass murder by Al CIAda terrorists but are losing. The Euro is also continuing its slow motion implosion despite all efforts to announce otherwise. Even the IMF is now officially calling for an Iceland-style solution (bust the banks and arrest corrupt bankers and politicians who accepted their bribes). Now the most brainwashed people in the West are failing to explain the contradictions of their so-called leaders.


There are also signs that the Saudi regime, one of the most brutally repressive in the world, is in deep trouble. MI5 sources say that ARAMCO (the main Saud family-owned oil company) facilities were shut down by a powerful new virus related to Stuxnet (tentatively called Gauss). The fact that the US increased purchases of Saudi oil by 20% last year and Japan was also forced by the nuclear terror attack to import $120 million a day of mostly Saudi oil is a sign the cabalists and their Satanic Saudi allies are desperate for cash flow. That is why they forced the Japanese and Americans to buy so much extra Saudi oil. The attack on ARAMCO should thus hurt.


Sources from ancient enemies of the Wahab heretic Saudis also say that no Saudi king is now expected to last more than a year in office.


Furthermore, Neil Keenan’s liens against the source of cabal power, the central banks of the West and their puppet states in Japan and South Korea are now set to be refiled as early as this Friday, Keenan says. The new liens have way more evidence backing them than the original Keenan lawsuit ever did and can be seen here:


http://www.scribd.com/fullscreen/93544415/LIEN-Affidavit-Against-Bank-of-International-Settlements-BIS-05-14-12

http://www.scribd.com/fullscreen/93551732/LIEN-Affidavit-Against-Japan-Central-Bank

http://www.scribd.com/fullscreen/93549901/LIEN-Affidavit-Against-Federal-Reserve-The-Fed

http://www.scribd.com/fullscreen/93545192/LIEN-Affidavit-Against-European-Central-Bank-ECB


Keenan says he has the backing of the pentagon and most of the US law enforcement establishment as well as Interpol. If this is true, it would be an absolute game changer.


Even if not, events in Asia are moving decisively against the cabal and their puppets. The Japanese underworld and all major Yakuza gangs have now agreed to stop working for the cabal and take action against their puppets.


In addition, the recent sacking of the North Korean number 2, General Ri Yong-ho, has meant that North Korea is no longer under cabal control. The new North Korean regime now wants to establish friendly relations with Japan and the rest of the world, according to senior North Korean sources. We can also confirm that Kim Jong-un is the son of Megumi Yokota, who was spirited away to North Korea at age 13.


That is why he is pro-Japan, senior North Korean sources say.


This means that a split has now emerged between the North Korean government and the Chosen Soren (General Association of Korean Residents in Japan).


Chosen Soren agents were involved in the Aum Shinryikyo subway sarin gas attacks as well as the 311 nuclear and tsunami mass murder.


A White Dragon Society representative is scheduled to meet with a Chosen Soren representative this week to try to persuade them to stop working for the criminal fascist Western cabal. If that happens, cabal rule in Japan will disintegrate almost overnight and Nakasone and others will be confessing their sins and asking for forgiveness on the NHK national television network.


The cabalists are desperately trying to fan tensions in the region in an attempt to forestall the inevitable. For example, the Chinese activists recently arrested by the Japanese authorities on a disputed Island turned out to have been paid large amounts of money by cabalists to carry out that stunt, according to Japanese and Chinese sources.


The South Korean cabal puppet regime is also trying to stir up trouble with provocative war games and other stunts. Here is a message to President Lee Myung-bak: Have a happy retirement; you are going to spend the rest of your life in jail for the murder of former president Roh Moo-hyun. The team of assassins your government has been using is no longer willing to murder on behalf of the Western cabal and its flunkies.


Your only hope is to surrender now and stop working for the cabal.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





Message from the Galactic Federation of Light

8/19/12


‘The Ultimate Movie Night’



Counter acting so much negativity and ill feeling in your world is the work of those of the light. Those who consciously work for the light for good, for freedom, for prosperity, for peace, for love, for global and universal cooperation, and those who perhaps unknowingly work for the light, but they too play an important role in your affairs and the dawning of your new age of light. Not all of you would be considered Lightworkers, for not all of you have come here for the same reasons and from the same places. There are many of you here, and almost as many different reasons why you are here at this time.

 

Not everyone plays for the same team, not everyone has the same goals in mind, the same future in mind for your world. Some that are here are here for reasons that concern none of this, and therefore should be left alone to their own devices, left to their own reality, for it is not our right, task or responsibility to come to them and pull them out of the confines of their reality. It is their dream just as much as you are living and experiencing your dream. Let them be. Let them live the way they planned for themselves, for they have different lessons to learn, different outcomes they wish to achieve through all of this and it would not be fair to inhibit them in any way from reaching their own goals, their own destinations, just as it would not be fair for someone to not allow you to reach your goals and your destination.

 

We hope that you can understand this, and even if there are close friends and family who you wish to awaken to join you on your journey that you feel is so invigorating, enlivening, exciting and important, remember that simply because they are your loved ones means not that they are on the same journey as you, as many of you will learn soon in the days ahead, not everyone is going to the same place after the curtain closes on this grand performance. This will all become clearer to you once you regain eyes of a greater perspective. For now it is as if you are inside a bottle trying to read the label on the outside. It is impossible, and for us to explain to you what the label reads on the outside of your bottle would not be fair to you in many ways. It would shorten your journey, and it would make your journey less rewarding and less important. It would lesson so much of what you are gaining and achieving here and we will not do that, for we are not here to take away any part of this for you, we are here to add to it, to enhance it, and that is what we set out to do each and every day.

 

Allow us to continue to enhance your journey by sharing with us your feelings as often as you can through your comments beneath our messages. When you share with us your inner feelings, your questions, your opinions and your outlooks we can more adequately surmise what it is you wish for yourselves and we then will gather together in our great meeting halls and discuss between ourselves how we can best deliver to you what is you are making clear that you wish to experience. Do you understand now that that is why we wish so much for you to share your comments beneath our messages? We are acting on what you are saying. We are responding to your calls, your wishes and your thoughts in this manner. We are here to serve, and this is how we are accomplishing this task.

 

We do not read your minds, we say again for those of you who think that you cannot or it is not necessary for you to openly share your thoughts with us through the comments fields beneath our messages. We say to you we do not know what it is you want and wish to experience if you do not share your words throughout your online communities. This is how it has been agreed that we would communicate with you. Both parties involved, we and those of you who would be traveling here on this journey, came to the conclusion this was the most appropriate, most efficient and easiest way to communicate, and is it not? You do not have to concern yourselves with gaining telepathic abilities or sharpening your telepathic skills. You do not have to concern yourselves if you missed or are missing our telepathic communications to you, as we are simply reading your words and you can be assured that we are acting on them. It is no more complicated than this.

 

For those of you who believe that we have no technological capabilities that would allow us to access your Internet from our dimensions, we say to you we have technological capabilities that will appear even to 21st-century humans more as magic, as miracle, and accessing your Internet which has wireless capabilities even in your 3rd dimensional world is, to coin a phrase, child's play, and for anyone to think that we have not been able to master this capability of monitoring your Internet we say to you what would lead you to this conclusion? Do you not see our ships in your skies, multidimensional in nature, often of tremendous size and blinding speed that can circle your globe in minutes and disappear from your reality at will? You see this. We know there are many of you who do. There are just as many of you who do as do not, and we say to you we are surprised that there would be those of you who would think that a task as minimal and as simple as accessing your Internet would be beyond our capabilities and imagination.

 

We possess tools of technological achievement that will take your breath away in some cases, and we are so eager to show you and even share with you some of these technologies. Many of these technologies have been designed by beings from worlds all throughout this universe for one purpose and one purpose only, and that purpose is not war, is not conquest, is not destruction, is not to protect borders and is not to induce fear, but to better serve the beings who call this universe their home. These technologies were conceived, designed, constructed and delivered to ease the burden of what beings must do to survive, to play, to prosper and to better enjoy and explore their universe. Considering this, that we spend so much time, effort, energy and focus on devising technologies to achieve these purposes, can you possibly imagine what it is we have come up with to better the lives, ease the lives and to make lives more enjoyable for beings all throughout this universe?

 

We have ‘toys’, if you will, that will delight you, that will excite you, that will stimulate your minds, your hearts and your lives, and we are so excited to share these with you. Some of our technologies have been designed and implemented purely for fun, purely for amusement, enjoyment and excitement. Some of these have to do with entertainment, and our entertainment is slightly different than your entertainment. We do not put too much emphasis on filmmaking and film watching, for there are greater participation activities that we indulge ourselves in, meaning, why sit in a theater and watch a film of say the battles of the War of 1812 or a film of the history of your Roman Empire when you can physically and literally visit that period and live it for yourself just as if you jumped right into a movie screen, and leave that movie whenever it is you wish if things got a little to hectic or what one may consider dangerous, or simply became not as exciting and it was time for you to move on to a another ‘film’, if you will, and leap into that one.

 

Would that interest you dear ones? Would that stimulate you and motivate you a little more than going to a movie on a weekend night and sitting in a chair and watching actors portray historical figures from your past, or would you like to meet these historical figures and listen to him or her give a speech, lead an army or save a life? This is what we have for you, and for those of you who will be enjoying some of these technologies and journeys such as this in the days ahead we say to you hold on to your hats, for you are in for the greatest picture show you have never seen.

 
We are your fellow moviegoers of the Galactic Federation of Light.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------









Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 25, 2012, 01:48 PM
Benjamin Fulford – Extra Update
Obiturary : Dr. Michael Van De Meer, AKA Dr. Michael Meiring, AKA??? The Real James Bond
August 22, 2012




The fictional character James Bond does not hold a candle to the real McCoy, the man I knew as Dr. Michael Van de Meer. In one of his rare moments of immodesty, Dr. Van de Meer once told me that “what James Bond does is rather tame compared to what I have done.” This man was unique and will be sorely missed by all who knew him.

When I first met him in person, he showed me an attaché case containing an Uzi and 7 passports, all real and all with his photo on them. The attaché case had a bullet proof lining. While I was visiting him in the Philippines somebody tried to kill him by dumping large amounts of insecticide into the ventilating system of his hotel room. This was apparently not an unusual sort of occurrence for him. In any case, I was privileged to get, through him, a glimpse at the reality of top of world espionage and intrigue. To him CIA stood for Christ In Action.

Dr. Van de Meer used to go by the name Dr. Michael Meiring until he had both his legs blown off by a bomb he said was set by people working for his arch-enemy George Bush Senior, the head of the Nazi Odessa group.

Although Dr. Van de Meer was very reluctant to discuss his past, every once in a while he would release little nuggets of information about his extraordinary life. He said he grew up in a castle near the ancestral home of Sir Francis Drake. He also once let slip that he was a cousin of Queen Elizabeth and Evelyn de Rothschild, who he described as “not very nice people.”


His father, he claims, was a senior official in the British Raj, who worked with Mohandas Gandhi. My own research has led me to believe he at one point held the hereditary title of Lord Mountbatten, something he always denied.

What I learned through him is that when the British overlords left India, they took with them all the historical gold and treasure they could get their hands on. This gold was then allocated to a fund meant to be used for the benefit of the planet earth and its people. Many other nations and groups also allocated their historical treasures to this fund.

When a group of Nazis and fascists murdered President John F. Kennedy and started illegally using this money to finance their project for a fascist “New World Order,” Dr. Van de Meer set out to stop them.

The early James Bond movies are based in part of Van de Meer’s battle against them. The cat-petting villain Ernst Stavro Blofeld, who featured in the original James Bond films written by Ian Fleming, was based on Admiral Wilhelm Canaris, according to MI5 sources. Canaris was not executed during World War 2 for trying to assassinate Hitler and in fact became head of the Nazi Odessa underground after World War 2. It was Van de Meer and his team’s battles against Canaris and his group that formed the basis of the original James Bond novels. Van de Meer himself appears briefly as a young British businessman in the movie Thunderball. Canaris was eventually defeated by Van de Meer only to be replaced by George Bush Senior as the head of Odessa.

Of course Dr. Van de Meer admits he was no angel and he had one huge regret in his life. When he was a young medical doctor in the 1950’s he was sent to Africa to work with Dr. Jonas Salk, a man known to us as the developer of the Polio vaccine. According to Dr. Van de Meer, who then went by the name of Dr. Michael Meiring, Salk and his team killed over 200,000 African green monkeys and sent their blood to the US (Nazi) biological weapons facility at Ft. Detrick.

He found out the blood was being used to develop a disease aimed at depopulating Africa. It is now known as HIV or AIDS.

From that point on his career is something of a mystery. He once told me though of a narrow escape in the Congo where he was forced to confront mass murdering gun-men after crossing a Congo river filled with “hundreds of thousands of bloated dead bodies.”

After his time in Africa, Van de Meer spent 20 years in Asia, mostly the Philippines, researching the mystery of the missing “Yamashita gold” that imperial Japan stashed there during World War 2. He was one of the primary sources for the book “Gold Warriors,” written by Sterling Seagrave.

What Van de Meer learned was that much of the world’s historical gold was being plundered by Nazis. He set out to stop them and that was when Canaris disciple Bush bombed him.

Here is testimony of that event by a good friend of Dr. Michael’s:

The Dr. Michael I met was a neatly-dressed, well-groomed, gentleman, who moved with the power of a body-builder, the grace of a dancer, and the confidence of a man accustomed to command.  Strikingly handsome, with sky-blue eyes that held one’s attention, he spoke with a high British accent.

Dr. Michael was a man on mission.  Once, he opened the Bible that was always near his bed, turning to a passage where God said he would reveal all the hidden wealth in the world, and restore it to the people.  Dr. Michael told me that God had commissioned him to fulfill that promise, to relieve poverty, to renew the land, and to restore Creation to its intended state. In nearly every conversation with me, Dr. Michael found an opportunity to affirm his commitment to returning to the poor and oppressed that which had been taken from them.  He was passionate about building a world network of teaching hospitals and vocational education centers, and engaged in an unrelenting search for the necessary resources. At age sixty-four he would bound up four stories of stairway to his room, with no accelerated breathing.

After breakfast one fateful day, we parted ways.  Dr. Michael, formally attired in a 3-piece suit, went to a meeting, while I took care of business related to the rural youth center I was building.  We agreed to meet again an hour later, to discuss a rural development proposal that had been handed to Dr. Michael.

Less than an hour later, I was stepping out of my room when I heard the explosion. I ran down the hall, turning two corners, and arriving at Dr. Michael’s room within seconds.  Heavy black smoke and extreme heat were pouring out of his door.  Two streams of blood led me away from his door and down the stairway.  Several flights down I saw two men dragging the corners of a bed sheet in which the body was wrapped. On the street a red pickup truck was waiting, into which the body was dumped.  As the body fell out of the sheet, the Dr. Michael I saw looked absolutely like a well-burned road kill, with limbs twisted at impossible angles.  The pickup truck sped off through the heavy traffic, and out of sight.

A few hours later, after initial surgery, the attending plastic surgeon met me in the hall at Doctor’s Hospital, Davao’s finest.  The surgeon informed me that the patient had sustained third-degree burns, much of it full-thickness, over forty-eight percent of his body, had severe burns of his mouth and throat, had inhaled and ingested flame-retarding chemicals,  had lost the lower portion of both legs,  and would probably lose his left arm.  The damage was far beyond the threshold for human survival.  That the patient still lived was miraculous, he said, but the attending physicians had no expectation that he would survive much longer.

When Dr. Michael was returned to his room, he was wrapped in gauze from top to bottom, with only a space for pulmonary and stomach tubes, and just his right ear, arm and hand free (Think “The Invisible Man”!).  He immediately signaled with his free hand that he wished to write.  I put a pen in his hand and held a legal pad on which he scribbled, “Better to be a live dog than a dead lion!”  Over those difficult days, by writing humor and showing a personal interest in each person attending him, he kept everyone in his environment in a positive attitude. Dr. Michael wrote instructions to his attending physicians, many quite unconventional, but all exhibiting a deep knowledge of trauma medicine. He did not lose consciousness, always refused anesthesia, and never appeared to sleep.  He insisted upon inserting his own breathing and feeding tubes, and dictated his own healing diet.  On the third day, one doctor told me, “We don’t know who he is, but we are learning much from this man.” Although he credited me with saving his life, ultimately it was Dr. Michael himself who was responsible for his survival.

My own connection to Dr. Michael began a few years ago after I survived my own murder attempts by the same group of Nazis. He contacted me through Kerry Cassidy after I appeared on an interview on Project Camelot. He saved my life by telling me that Madame Wu was bad mouthing me to the Triads because she was being blackmailed by George Bush Senior about a slush fund she had illegally accumulated overseas. I later heard that Madame Wu was tortured to death after the Chinese found out about her treason.

In any case, Dr. Van de Meer provided me with an education in the secret world at the very top of the financial system. He also pointed me and Neil Keenan towards the Green Hilton Memorial accord as being the reason for the Kennedy assassination and the historical root of the financial crisis we now face.

The members of Asian secret societies who knew him said that despite his tendency to look down on them, they knew he was, in his heart of hearts, a good man who they wanted to work with.

That is why they approached me and asked me to send $750 billion dollars’ worth of gold backed Kennedy bonds to him. I asked for his snail mail address in order to send him the bonds. It was shortly after he sent me his address that he suddenly died “in his sleep” despite being in robust health and full of plans for the future.

His family refuses to talk about his death and no official autopsy has been made public. We are certain he was murdered and know who was responsible. Rest assured Dr. Michael will not have died in vain. He will be avenged and his dreams of “ending poverty and turning the deserts green” will be realized.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Sheldan Nidle - August 21, 2012

August 21, 2012




Dratzo! We come to give you another report on what is transpiring around your world. In Asia and Europe a general rebellion continues against the dollar and its debt-based fiat system. In fact, the new gold-backed currencies are beginning to show their hand. Further, the pressing need for debt forgiveness is demonstrated by what is going on in Iceland, where the peoples' revolution is illustrating just how easy it is to counteract the chaos that is the dark's agenda. The gigantic global debt and its resultant social problems need to be resolved quickly; indeed, the mess now spreading in Greece and most of southern Europe exemplifies this core issue. It is for this reason that the new system is predicated on two central factors: universal debt forgiveness and the return to a precious-metals-backed monetary system. Preventing its swift introduction is the waning, albeit still powerful, presence of dark control. To avert a global economic meltdown, Earth's sacred secret societies are preparing a way to sequester the last dark cabal. We form part of this complex operation and intend to use our technology to assist in its removal.

This process of change is tied to the ongoing shift in consciousness. As you know, our mission is an integral part of a divine pledge to return you to full consciousness, and hence the dark's agenda can no longer hold. We are waiting for the final agreements which permit us to legally terminate the dark's power complex. One aspect of this complex, which is key to breaking its hold over, you is a pattern of cultural and social beliefs which they inculcated into you and which bind you unquestioningly to them. These mental 'prison bars' will be shown up for what they are by our next series of actions. It is disconcerting to us that so many have bought into this very ill woven tapestry of lies! You are sacred souls who have been reduced to a degree of mindlessness that can accept some truly unworthy notions of Heaven and your origins on this world. These falsities are compounded and daily reinforced by a power structure that was manned by individuals who were carefully chosen by your former masters, the Anunnaki. This group of off-worlders set up the system that still gives their chosen Earth minions control over every aspect of your lives. This system is now to be totally dismantled by us.


These members of the dark cabal believe that you will be unable to effect these changes globally; we are ready to prove them wrong. We have spent the past decade letting various groups of 'allies' use their abilities and resources to oust this vast, dark conspiracy from power. All have basically failed in this attempt, in spite of our liaisons pointing them in the right direction. The reason for these failures was the underlying false assumptions that form your collective worldview. To get the job done, we are to employ different means and technologies. We are also helping to form groups of government employees wholly dedicated, like us, to the principles of the dawning new era. These groups exist throughout your world, and we are to assist them in bringing the prevailing chaos into a new heavenly order. This orderly, supportive new reality can become the bridge that leads you to the very brink of full consciousness. Its new governance can welcome us and assist us in moving you to the crystal cities in Inner Earth where you can complete your sacred transformation.

This transformation is why we are here. The divine plan firmly decrees that you are to return to full consciousness shortly. Your current political, financial, and social systems will be dismissed as soon as it is possible to reorder the fundamental nature of your global society. Here, you will come into global prosperity, universal sovereignty, and a full knowledge of who you and Gaia truly are. This knowledge will introduce you to your Ascended Masters and to your Inner Earth cousins, and you will also begin to absorb information about the true history of this world and the Milky Way Galaxy. As we have often said, there is a lot for you to learn. These truths will prepare you to comprehend the nature of galactic society and the huge potential that you possess, allowing you to flower into physical Angels who can work alongside us and the Angelic Hierarchies, and help to unfold the grace and glory of the Creator's Plan. You will become true co-creators with the Divine and rejoin the gleefully waiting, fully conscious human family!

Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! We come today to talk about your growing blessings. The Divine has given all of you a most wondrous gift: you have been granted divine grace. This gives us, who are to mentor you during your return to full consciousness, a dispensation to transform this realm into its highest vibrations in an even shorter time than was envisioned by the divine plan. This decree has been sent to our sacred associates, and we are jointly coordinating the legalities that will substantially alter your global banking system. This sets the stage for the distribution of your prosperity funds, which will be accompanied by new governance in many countries around the globe. These developments will lead quickly to disclosure, not only of the Galactic Federation of Light but also of your cousins of Inner Earth.

In accordance with these plans we have assembled a means by which our sacred associates can begin to introduce our teachings to your world. We intend to provide a great deal of information that will end the many lies and misinformation you have been given concerning the teachings of the great souls whom all of you honor with your prayers and blessings each day. It is essential that you begin to understand the truth about what each of us taught you long ago. This knowledge, which we will be able to give you personally now, will prepare for your final steps to full consciousness and allow you to see your spiritual and space families in a new light. You will become true disciples of the great messages given to us by AEON and the divine throne of the Creator!

These coming teachings will set the record straight concerning many of our influential lives in which we were given the opportunity to explain the simple truths and laws of Creation. We intend to use this period to lay to rest the misconceptions that have built up over the intervening time since many of us made that sacred journey to teach you and guide you along a sacred path. We come to transform the many schisms and needless hatreds that tore these great messages apart. The dark has done its work well! But now we come to set right and restore to Love what was imparted to you all those millennia ago. This is done in joy and in divine Light. We welcome this opportunity and look forward to teaching you and preparing you for your own path to Love, Light, and the highest states of joy!

Today, we returned to bring you another message. We ask you be discerning and patient. Much is preparing to manifest. It will be but the beginnings of the promises that Heaven made to you when your current era of darkness began. This darkness is to lift, and a new epoch of Light begins. Be in joy, and ready to accept the gifts of Heaven! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It!

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

a new update from david wilcock


OLYMPICS 2012: A Mithraic Illuminati Ritual?



http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1074-olympicsilluminati
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 26, 2012, 08:44 PM
TOLEC,




A New Awakening


We of the star systems & planets of the Andromeda Council are your  family  &  friends.    We  are  here  to  let  you  know  your planet Earth/Terra and all of your people are about to go through major changes, a major stage of growth,  a  shift-up  in  vibration, called “upliftment”.   It is a completely new vibration, new higher consciousness & awareness, a new existence… for  the first time in your planet’s history.


It is a cleansing, a rebirth, a transformation.  It is a transition.  For you on planet Earth - it is a new beginning.  Most important, it is simply an evolution. 


Though  the  process  has  already  begun, somewhat.   Earth  is about   to   transform   in   vibrational   frequency   from  its current 3-D solid  matter  form  existence in the 3rd dimension… into  4D, the fourth dimension/density reality, the vibratory rate one frequency faster than currently on Earth, as Earth's solar system and planet Earth are now crossing the galactic equatorial plane zone of the Milky Way galaxy.


Overall, this new area of 4D, fourth dimensional, space is a place where matter has far less density & weight, an area of much faster & higher frequency energy vibration.  It is also a dimension where time will no longer have a hold on Earth humans.  From a 4D, fourth dimension, perspective time doesn't exist... at least not the way Earth presently experiences time.


In addition, this area of fourth dimensional space also has a 'black hole' with highly charged magnetic energies at its core. Earth's solar system and planet Earth will upon entry of this zone encounter the highly charged magnetic energies of this 'black hole' and feel its effects.  Some of your  Earth scientists, astrophysicists, call this area - a  Galactic or Torsion Energy Wave.


The  speeding  up  of  this  solar  system &  its planets including Earth due to the faster & higher frequency energy vibration rate of this area -  their upliftment into the fourth density resulting in continued geophysical events  and additional changes to planet Earth - had been underway since mid-October 2011.




Time of Transition for Planet Earth


The official beginning of 4D, fourth dimensional energy, will begin to affect Earth's solar system on  11.11.11  as it encounters the galactic equatorial plane region - as a universe & galactic wide harmonic frequency will open and affect this whole area of space.


Whether people call this phenomenon a stargate or portal this area of faster higher fourth dimensional energy is real.  This historic date of 11.11.11 begins the infusion of 4D dimensional energy onto your planet.  It will affect Earth & its people in a  positive, uplifting way like never before experienced in your planet's history. 


The saturation of this higher frequency vibration will continue from the end of 2011, through all of 2012, reaching full strength during the time of December 21, 2012 - which will bring a completely new, even higher level frequency vibration - such that the experience & measurement of time as we have known it... will begin to go away.


These changes will continue to happen throughout 2012 into March 2013 when the final rotation of the 90 degree shift of Earth's crust happens with the present day East/West orientation of the continents moving into their new North/South orientation.


There will also be a magnetic pole shift, a reversal, during this time, but will likely not cause any problems for the people of Earth. There is of course likely to be a temporary period of adjustment of Earth's electrical systems, but this is only expected to last a few hours time.  It will not be problematic.  If there are any  difficulties at all, the biospheres of the Andromeda Council stand ready to help and will help.


The 23.5 degree off-axis tilt of the Earth that presently exists will be corrected as well, and will be no longer.  This will mean a much more temperate climate for planet Earth overall.  Think of the whole planet as having a climate much like that of the Mediterranean region.


These changes are expected to settle down throughout remaining later half of 2013, and will begin the completion of this cycle by the end of October, winding down in December 2013. 


It is expected Earth will begin to settle into its new 4D vibrational existence, its new fourth dimensional life, expected to officially begin in early January 2014.  There will also be pockets of 5D, 5th dimensional vibration, on your new 4D Earth.


During this overall time every living thing  from the largest to the smallest will be offered the opportunity to change, to evolve, into 4D, fourth dimensional life.


Yes, planet Earth will likely go through continued dramatic changes to get there.  But these events as life changing they will be to both humans and all life on the planet... these changes are normal and necessary for this process.   It  is  transformation.  It is evolution.


Just  like  a  woman's  body  changes, adjusts & expands,  Earth too must go through its uncomfortable adjustments, its labor pains, and the momentary intense pain of child birth.


 Earth  too  must  adjust  &  prepare  herself  for  this  new beginning, for her new life as a 4th density world... a far more  colorful,  vibrant, &  beautiful  4th  dimensional  world.



The Transformation - A New Beginning
A Truly Beautiful Reborn Planet Earth, New Life as Higher Dimensional Humans  



Once Earth is vibrating in the fourth dimension, Earth's remaining sentient inhabitants, including all humans, will be forever changed. They will manifest a variety of natural, multi-sensory abilities as never before experienced in Earth's history. These new abilities include: telepathy, telekinesis, teleportation, and levitation. For all of transformed humanity - human consciousness, human life, will make a quantum leap in evolution.


Humans finally experience and learn first hand about the truth & reality of their own soul, about their true spiritual birth essence & origin. 4D humanity experiences a true spiritual life - complete self awareness and cognition, total memory recall, clairvoyance, clairsentience & greater natural harmony with others.


This will include a complete transformation of your solar system. A complete transformation of the human race on planet Earth. You will now have crystalline bodies, healthy, light filled with virtually eternal life spans. And a beautiful way of living like you have never imagined.


This time in Earth’s history will begin what many have described as a new age of enlightenment, literal spiritual awareness, living , being & consciousness, an age of true human renewal...back to the origins of what the human race was meant to become. And;


People of planet Earth, you will determine your own destiny, you will make your own conscious choices... you will determine your future. No one else.


But the difference is, with this evolutionary change, from this time forward, people of planet Earth, now a fourth dimensional race, you will no longer be alone. 


You will now finally truly be reconnected with your brothers, sisters and cousins across the stars in this vast universe full of sentient, intelligent life.


As you can imagine, it will be more fun for you to reconnect with family you haven't seen in a while. It should make this particular reconnection with your relatives... a once in a 'lifetime' experience, and a new beginning, as you on planet Earth start a whole new & enlightened chapter in your planet's history.




FAQ  (frequently asked questions)



What do we have to do, is there anything special we have to do in our lives to become 4D, 4th dimensional, people when January 2014 arrives?



ANSWER:  Nothing.  There is nothing you "have to do",  nothing "special you have to do",  in order to evolve and transform into a 4D human being.  This is a natural process of evolution for this planet.  Just be here on Earth.  Just be who you are.  That is all you need to do. 



What about the people who wish to continue to live 3D, third dimensional lives.  What about them?


ANSWER:  First a point of reference - if people are physically on planet Earth in early January 2014  - they will at minimum become 4D, fourth dimensional, people.  Some will, because of their soul & spirit origin essence, and current level of higher vibration, become 5D, fifth dimensional people.  Please keep in mind, the raising of the vibrational frequency of this solar system, including planet Earth, is just part of its destiny, its planned evolution.


Now, as to the approximate fifty percent (50%) (+-5%) of the people who will want to choose to remain 3D and continue to live third dimensional lives:  they will have the ability to choose, or not, keep in mind this is all about free will choice, to relocate to an alternative, pristine, virgin 3D world much like Earth was before it became industrialized.  This planet is also located in the Milky Way galaxy like planet Earth.  As to where it is located - think of this galaxy as a "pinwheel".  With this pinwheel laying horizontally on it side, as a reference point, Earth is located at 7:00, on a spiral arm, as you would look at a round clock face.  This new 3D world is located at around 10:00 on a clock face on a  completely different pinwheel spiral arm.  People who choose to travel to this world will  be provided with an advanced notice for departure sometime during the Summer 2013,  approximately five (5) months before January 2014.  Understand, there will be a travel - transition/adjustment  - period of about '10-12 years', based on how we currently calculate time.  This travel - transition/adjustment - period will be necessary because, keep in mind, all of the people traveling on this biosphere together to their new home world... they will come from all across Earth, from many countries, from all varieties of cultures, languages, mores, beliefs and ways of living.  They will need this time to adjust to each other. They will also learn during the this trip what their new world will be like, and what life will be like... on their new home world together.


in addition, they will also be taught the ground rules for this new planet which include:  there will be absolutely NO DISRESPECT to this planet allowed.  There will be no:  littering, dumping of wastes, toxic or not, absolutely no polluting of this planet, no abuse, no stripping or raping of its natural resources.  These kind of activities will not be tolerated or allowed.  Finally, for these 3D Earth people once  they are living on this new  world - they will be given, have access to, and use of many new advanced, completely clean, highly energy efficient technologies.  They will, should they choose to, be able to live out their lives and thrive quite comfortably & peacefully... on this beautiful virgin world, their new home.



How can I help?  What I mean is, what can I do to help the people of the Andromeda Council?   I am looking forward to, and I am very interested in, evolving into the next dimension.  And I want to travel the stars.    What can I do to help?


ANSWER:  A good & valid question.  As the people of Earth continue to progressively change, evolve in consciousness & awaken to their true spiritual core essence... and finally become higher dimensional human beings in January 2014... know that some of you will be much more attuned, much more comfortable & 'familiar ' with the many aspects of life as a higher form 4th dimensional human being.


Also know that there are at least 20+ other planets that are also about to go through their own evolution into becoming higher dimensional worlds & beings.  At least two (2) of these worlds are very much like Earth, in that they are 3D,  Earth like in composition, third dimensional, worlds... though they will go through this higher dimensional evolution much easier than the people of Earth because they  are far less complex worlds, with only 1 or 2 races at most on each world.

The many people of these worlds have also been 'attacked', misused, emotionally & psychologically tortured... with negative energy bombardment;  and like Earth, the energy of these people of their planets have also been fed upon as a natural resource to the Draco Reptilians & their assistants the 'Greys'.   Therefore;

there will be a great need for human beings who have already been through the transformation & evolution the people of Earth are about to experience - to help the people of these many other worlds.  This is how you can be - of service.  Of course, depending on the work discipline you are most natural at & best at, you will be eligible for and can receive advanced training in that discipline... and a variety of disciplines to prepare you for work in outer space.  It can be a highly rewarding life.



How will Earth people change as we become new 4D humans... once 2014 begins?


ANSWER: The most important thing to realize is that the transformation, the transition from 3D to 4D, from being a 3D person to being a 4D person… will be a smooth, ‘seamless’, painless, process. This experience will be a simple transformation of cellular structure, from the slower, more dense, heavier, existing 3D vibratory rate body you have today – to a higher, faster, lighter, 4D vibratory rate. You will have a body that is taller, literally lighter in terms of mass, weight & density... about one tenth (1/10) of what you weigh now.


Keep in mind, your body’s molecular cellular structure will actually change. Think crystal based molecules. Your existing 3D cell walls will transmute into being crystalline based. Your 4D body, the cellular structure of your 4D body, will be based on crystalline molecules. No longer carbon based, but crystal based. Within the core, the center of each cell, it will be infused with light. Your 4D bodies will really be... very translucent. This is a natural 4th dimensional, 4th density state


Everyone will be relatively tall & slim in stature. This is simply the nature of having a body composed of crystalline cellular structure. You will also be 'lighter' in terms of... being infused with light. Not opaque like you are today, not completely translucent, but very translucent.

Your children will transform as well. But in terms of age appearance, they will continue to develop as young children, into young adults, only now along the adjusted, normal, 'time line' of thousands of years for 4th dimensional people.

For most adults who choose to remain on Earth during this time of change, you will look approximately in the 32 to 35 year old age range.  In terms of height, for a comparison, an average 3D male today at 5’10”… the equivalent 4th dimensional male will be about 7ft tall, this is the average height for a 4D man.  A 5’ 5”  to  5’ 6”  3D Earth woman will likely be about 6’ 2” living a 4D life.  An average 4D Earth man will weigh in Earth terms about: 10 to 15 pounds.  An average 4D Earth woman will weigh about: 5 to 7 pounds.  Everyone will be relatively trim, tall, slim in stature.  Again, this is simply due to the nature of having a body composed of crystalline cellular structure.

In terms of overall health, 4D Earth humans will be healthy, very healthy, full of light. With your solar system and Earth's migration into the 4th dimensional zone of space, 3D diseases will all be literally eradicated.




If we are this healthy, and with the eradication of 3D Earth diseases, how long will we live as 4D Earth humans?


ANSWER: You will like this answer. Typically, as you currently measure time on Earth, human beings living a 4D life spend a minimum of 6,000 years - to - a maximum of around 10,000 years... living a 4th dimensional life. Also understand, there are 12 octaves of awareness & learning in each dimension, from the 4D, fourth dimension on up. There is a lot to experience. Please keep in mind, the use of these numbers in years is to give you at least an approximation based on how Earth people measure time today. However, also keep in mind, the way you currently measure time on Earth – this will change once Earth becomes a completely 4D planet. Watching, measuring, experiencing time... this will virtually go away. Plan for this to completely come into effect by January 2014. In any case, you will live very, very long lives... before you move on to the 5D, fifth dimension.



If our current bodies are transforming into new 4D bodies, and you have said that 3D Earth diseases will be eradicated, what about those of us with bad or missing teeth, various syndromes, muscular dystrophy, ALS, cerebral palsy, or those people with mental illness; those of us who are back from the various Gulf Wars and Afghanistan with missing hands, fingers, arms, legs?  What about all of us?


ANSWER: From the Chief Medical Officer of the Andromeda Council biosphere, she says, "Many people have asked this kind of question. Yes. The transformation of your 3D body into a 4D body will eradicate the existing illnesses and all dis-eases; and your bodies including birth defects, various syndromes, your loss of limbs, bad or missing teeth, malfunctioning hearing or defective eyes, and old age - all of these will all be remedied. Again, remember, you are being transformed.  You will have a full, complete, healthy new higher dimensional body."


OK. So, back to the 5D.   What do you mean we move on to 5D, onto the fifth dimension... when do we die?


ANSWER: No no, you misunderstand. That's the point. You don't die. Remember, time doesn't exist from the 4D, fourth dimension, on upward. You don't experience time. And people, Earth people living a 4D life do not die. A person can choose by really extraordinary circumstances to be “extinguished”, but this is very, very rare. When a 4D person gets to the point when he/she is 6,000 -10,000 'years old', when he/she feels they've learned enough & contributed enough to society, when the moment is right for them, they simply choose to move on, and transition to 5D, the fifth dimension, a slightly higher frequency of vibratory awareness. For a new set of challenges, a new set of learning experiences. It is a transition, a change in vibration. This transition from 4D, the fourth, to 5D, the fifth, is simply about into a higher vibration and capabilities… when the moment is right for him/her. Further, the actual capabilities one has once he/she become a 5D, a fifth dimensional human, are only a couple of degrees enhanced above the upper capabilities of  4D, the fourth dimension.  In any case, moving on from one dimension to the next is only about having many experiences, learning many many things, and then making a simple choice to move on, to change.  You do not die.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 29, 2012, 08:32 AM
Update From Sheldon Nidle~


The time has come to surrender to the Light



aug 28, 2012



Dratzo! We return! At present, we are waiting for the date to begin the preliminaries that are to take place prior to bringing the new banking system on-line. This period will be swiftly followed by the formal announcement of this new global financial system, which by its very nature will create a situation that makes it impossible for the dark cabal to subsist. It is the subsequent new governments which will allow the prosperity funds to be delivered. Long ago, your world was prevailed upon to accept not only that the irrational Anunnaki worldview was 'real' but that no other reality was possible. This belief will be shattered by the new financial system which will open doors that have been kept firmly shut by the dark cabal. The upcoming, vast transference of funds will remove the lockdown on progress that the dark has imposed on you for decades, and once this clamp is gone, the new procedures and accompanying official expositions can go forward. However, these are merely the initial steps that will lead quickly to a massive operation that is to manifest the full agenda decreed by the Light and morph this present nightmare realm into a Light-infused dream.

 

As these various improvements are announced and your world accordingly changes for the better, a whole new style of governance will come into being which will make a point of imparting more and more details of the changes afoot on many levels. We have come here to be mentors for this great change. One of the big transformative factors will be the release of much technology withheld from you for many decades. We are also keen to make the announcements that lead to disclosure. Disclosure does nothing less than open up this vast galaxy to you once again. With disclosure you will be privy to things that will drastically and irrevocably alter the way you perceive the universe and your place in it. It will no longer be a place of inhospitable, uncharted space; suddenly it will contain places where friends and family reside, and which will be easily accessible, using your new technology. But most importantly, it will be a realm fully fathomable, which gloriously affirms your oneness with all life by demonstrating to you how intertwined we all are to the Creator and to all of Heaven.

 

Our reunion with you will bring you to the very brink of full consciousness, by allowing you to see just how easy it is to make the final move into your natural state of existence. Once whole again, you can resume your sacred service as Gaia's faithful mentors, thereby reestablishing a pledge we humans made to her nearly 900,000 years ago. Indeed, this mentorship includes the overseeing of your entire solar system. Resuming your divine service includes reunion with your Inner Earth family and meeting a great many non-corporal Beings who have come from throughout this solar system and who have been carrying out those tasks that you are about to take on again. Your local Spiritual Hierarchy assures us that you are quite ready for these and other tasks which are soon to require your attention. The Agarthans and their cetacean associates are preparing the proclamations to be made to you once you have transformed back into your fully conscious state. This will involve the story of how you originally came to Earth and why many Spiritual Hierarchies agreed to make you fully conscious Beings long ago on Vega.

 

This history forms part of a huge process of reconnecting you to your special origins, and then, introducing you to the duties of full consciousness and your many responsibilities to this part of physicality. As you begin to recall your origins, it will be necessary to provide a general education that can assist your nascent galactic society to fulfill its truly incredible destiny. Those of you who have agreed in your life contracts to remain here have to become aware of what is expected of you by your local Spiritual Hierarchy. Heaven and you are to work closely to unfold the divine plan in this sector of physicality. One aspect we have already mentioned to you is your mentorship of a vast group of Beings who dearly wish to acquire a Lightbody and make the sacred journey to full consciousness. Such capabilities are what make you very special Beings, and it is why you are being watched by so many throughout the galaxy. It also explains why Heaven permitted us to set up this first contact mission.

 

Blessings! We are your Ascended Masters! We come on this date with some good news! We are now allowed to explain to you that a new banking system is very close to manifesting. Major banks around your world are currently preparing for the implementation of numerous new rules. These regulations are to alter the operation of international transactions and to prepare for the series of announcements introducing a new hard-backed currency. The governments of your globe have been advised that an international version of N.E.S.A.R.A is to be implemented, and this will precipitate a rapid change in your global political systems. Accordingly, the Galactic Federation has placed several defense ships in position to ensure that these changes happen as agreed to by the dark cabal. The time has come for these dark ones to surrender their power to the Light!

 

These changes can allow our sacred secret societies to begin to disburse the prosperity funds to the world. We have also advised our associates to prepare a number of special teachings which will explain a great many truths that have been either greatly modified or completely hidden from you for millennia. These circumstances made it necessary for us to hide this information deep within the vaults of many temples and cathedrals until such time as we could release it to you. You may be somewhat shocked at first, but these sacred Truths need to become part once again of your spiritual knowledge of this physical realm. It will begin a process of clarification regarding the wonders and miracles of the state of full consciousness that you are returning to. This subject matter will move to center stage in your lives during the weeks ahead because you are needed by Heaven to resume your sacred service to the Light.

 

We the Ascended Masters have a divine duty to bring you through the sacred veil and return you to your true Beingness as physical Angels. Thus we welcome the arrival of our kin and the means in Inner Earth for restoring you to that most precious state. All that is being set in motion is done with the aim of fulfilling Heaven's mandate. You have wandered around in a state of artificial amnesia for far too long, and it is time to reinstate your former wisdom and abilities. The societies cooked up by the dark and orchestrated by the Anunnaki are to cease. Your innate Oneness will be reestablished, allowing you to develop a wonderful prototype of galactic society. This new realm of yours is to welcome the former dark empires of this galaxy and transform them to Light by providing them with a full Lightbody, along with the techniques and etiquette that Spirit requires.

 

Today, we supplied you with more detail about what is clandestinely happening around your world. These preparations will enable big changes in banking, which in turn will result in the ousting of the dark. The Galactic Federation and its defense ships are supporting these actions and thus the end of this obstructive cabal is near! Be in joy, and ready to accept the gifts of Heaven! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




The Story of the Kidnapped 13-Year Old Princess;
Also, About the Financial and Industrial Purge
That Has Begun in China



benjamin fulford


Aug 28, 2012




The old colonialist regime is Asia is falling apart fast and hysterical efforts to fan “territorial disputes,” will not save it. This can be seen in a flood of new revelations coming from the new regime in North Korea as well as in signals being put out by the new government scheduled to take power in China in November.

The latest revelation from North Korea is the stuff of fairy tales. Yokota Megumi, the 13-year old girl spirited away from Japan in 1977 is a member of the Japanese imperial family, according to multiple Japanese, North Korean and Chinese sources. She was taken to be married to North Korean leader Kim Jong-il in order to give the Kim dynasty imperial legitimacy. Her son, new North Korean leader Kim Jon-un, is now suggesting Yokota be given the title of “Empress Dowager.”


The North Koreans are saying they are representatives of the old imperial Japanese regime that was pushing for a greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere during World War 2.

The Chinese for their part, are also preparing for a “paradigm shift,” in power that will be preceded by a major purge of banks and industrial conglomerates linked to the old regime.

First, let us look at the latest North Korean revelations as revealed by multiple sources including a retired senior North Korean yakuza boss in Japan.

The story goes back, as we have previously written, to the end of World War 2 when remnants of the Japanese imperial army in China set up the nation of North Korea.

After the war, they resumed their contacts with their Nazi allies who had now set up the Odessa underground.

The Nazis, operating through the CIA, allied themselves with remnants of the former Japanese military regime in North Korea to set up a secret “anti-communist” control grid in Japan after the war.

The Nazis, for their part, were still trying to establish their 1000 year New World Order 4th Reich while their Asian allies were still fighting to set up the Asian co-prosperity sphere: same bed, same enemies, different dreams.

During the Vietnam war the North Koreans sent special forces to Vietnam to fight against the West. When any of these troops were captured most of them committed suicide by using cyanide capsules but some survived, according to a Japanese agent who questioned them. The survivors, under questioning, said they were in Vietnam fighting on behalf of the Greater East Asian Co-prosperity sphere.

It was also during this time the North Koreans began kidnapping Japanese to recruit as agents, according to the North Korean yakuza boss and multiple other sources. Japanese author Mishima Yukio was at this time shown a video of the Ishikawa Prefecture (the closest part of Japan to North Korea) Police cooperating with the North Koreans in the kidnapping of Japanese citizens.

An enraged Mishima showed the video to then Chief Cabinet Secretary Horii Shigeru and Ishihara Shintaro (now governor of Tokyo). Horii took no action and Ishihara said “I will pretend I did not see that video,” according to the sources. Disgust at this reaction was one of the reasons for Mishima’s public suicide by Hara Kiri at the Japan self-Defense Force headquarters.

After the cold-war ended, a US defector to North Korea by the name of Charles Jenkins contacted US authorities and said he wanted to surrender and be granted immunity in exchange for revealing the North Korean spy network in Japan.

This marked the beginning of the anti-North Korean kidnapping hysteria in Japan that culminated in a trip by then Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi to North Korea to repatriate some kidnapping victims. Koizumi brought with him a 1.4 trillion yen bribe as a gift to North Korea at the time to pay for the return of the kidnappees.

The head of the Aozora bank, Tadashi Honma, (here is a link to a censored version of a story I had on Forbes about some of this: http://www.forbes.com/forbes/2000/1030/6612066a.html) was killed in a murder made to look like a suicide in order to prevent him from objecting to his bank’s funds being used for this purpose. He was forced to write a will at gun point and was then injected with sleeping drugs before being strangled to death, according to a senior member of the gang that carried out the hit.

In any case, the US Nazi authorities, terrified of losing their secret North Korean control grid in Japan, offered the North Koreans a regular supply of high quality forged “super K” (and similar) US dollar bills as well as an Asian amphetamines monopoly in exchange for a promise they would continue acting as the “bad guys.” They also provided them with nuclear weapons and missile technology as a part of the package, according to multiple sources.

However, the Kim Jong-un regime is tired of being the Asian boogey man for Nazis and other Western fascist groups. That is why they have begun revealing many of their secrets such as the true story of Yokota Megumi.

Yokota has been reluctant to reveal herself in the past because the fact was she preferred the life of Empress of North Korea to the dull middle class life that would have awaited her in Japan. Now, however, she has gone to meet her parents in Japan and reveal her true situation. This is being widely reported on the internet in Japan but the fascist control grid on the newspapers and TV is still keeping these new revelations under wraps. This information embargo will be broken soon.

The remnants of the Nazi puppet regime in Japan are terrified of the world at large learning about their criminal activities, including the Sarin subway gas poisoning attacks and the March 11, 2011 Nuclear and Tsunami mass murder.

For that reason two of the major North Korean agencies in Japan, the Sokka Gakkai Buddhist Sect and the North Korean Citizens Association of Japan are being actively blackmailed by Nazi puppet police agents.

In specific, they are being threatened with prosecution over a 15 billion yen slush fund of money taken from fraudulent welfare receipts and managed at 5% a year interest on their behalf by Mizuho Bank, according to the yakuza boss and other sources.

In a further sign of hysteria, the Nazis recently took a bunch of dupes and agents from Hong Kong and had them land near a secret US missile base on the disputed Senkakau (Diaoyu) islands to raise a Chinese flag. According to Chinese government sources these agents were all bribed to visit the Islands and were surprised they had been allowed to land there. It is difficult to imagine unarmed Chinese agents arriving on a fishing boat to be allowed to land near a secretive US missile base without US permission. Later of course, Japanese dupes were brought to the Islands as “retaliation.”

This show aimed at provoking jingoist sentiment in the region is really just a sign of moral bankruptcy by the Nazi regime that seized power in the US.

Another agent, the puppet president Lee Myung-bak of South Korea also cooperated in the latest foolishness by provoking nationalist sentiment over another small batch of disputed rocks lying in between Japan and South Korea.

Of course, all of these maneuvers are being interpreted as nothing more than signs of desperation and moral bankruptcy on the part of the old regime.

The new Chinese government to be headed by Xi Jinping has already begun preparations for big changes in Asia this fall. The recent slowdown in the Chinese economy, for example, is linked to a purge against banks and industrial enterprises that “got too independent” from the Chinese government during the last regime.

There is also a major anti-corruption campaign being prepared for the arrival of the new regime. One example is the masses of empty greenhouses set up near Beijing for the sole purpose of collecting government subsidies, the Chinese source says.

In any case, the White Dragon Society has proposed to the Asians and their BRICs and non-aligned movement allies that the time has come to make a decisive move. One recommendation has been for these nations to offer to buy up all existing US dollars (except those linked to derivatives and other fraud) and replace them with a new “world dollar or yuan.” After a certain period, all of the members of the 150-nation anti-imperialist alliance would then refuse to accept old dollars issued by the Federal Reserve Board crime syndicate.

In Japan as well a decisive move against the old regime will be made but we cannot divulge any of the details at this time.

The regime changes due this autumn in the US, China and Japan will provide a wonderful opportunity to deal a decisive blow to the genocidal Nazi cabal.

The people of the world are tired of thugs and criminals provoking wars and mayhem and spreading lies aimed at causing trouble and discord amongst peoples. The time has come to demand that these thugs cease their anti-social behavior and rejoin civilization. We want world peace followed by a massive campaign to end poverty, stop environmental destruction and create an ideal planet. After this, the research money spent on war and mass murder will be dedicated to health, improved life, increases in bio-diversity and peaceful expansion into the universe.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Aug 31, 2012, 08:37 PM
SaLuSa 8-31-1


”You have so much to look forward to”



The dark Ones really thought they had won the day, and the New World order was in their reach. However, they reckoned without your resilience and determination to stand up to them, and in the relatively short period since your present century started, you have exponentially increased the Light on Earth to defeat them. They still make noises and believe that they can still interfere with the plans for Ascension, but the fact is that they are now no more than a minor irritation. They no longer have the power or support to achieve any real measure of success, and are witnessing the demise of their empire.

What we are dealing with now is the system that they set up that still functions. It does for example stand in the way of Disclosure, but with each day that passes their obstruction is being removed. Once Disclosure becomes officially approved, it will open the floodgates to many other aspects of our ongoing relationship with you. Open contact has to be seen as a separate issue, but will take place before Ascension occurs. The way must be first prepared for such great revelations, because many people are still in denial of our existence let alone ready to receive us. However, the truth must come out as your future is very much bound up with ours, because we are All One.

Our arrival will not signal any intent to take anything away from you, and it is quite the opposite as we have so much to give you to help you leap into the New Age. That of course is not the end of it as you will then join up with us on an equal basis, and together we will serve others who are needing the type of experience that we can give. Your future will bear little or no similarity to what you have been experiencing, and will be totally different but also very acceptable. We might say that you have not lived yet, because your lives have been served in a false reality. It is one that you were given freewill to create as you wished, but was taken over by the dark forces.

Your freewill will not be taken away from you, and whatever you choose will be your new pathway that will commence after this present cycle ends. In these circumstances, there is no point in trying to persuade others to do differently, as they will not feel comfortable out of their depth. Furthermore, there are no such things as deadlines where your evolution is concerned. You progress at your own pace, and if souls choose to stay in the lower dimensions then quite clearly they are not ready to move on. In all probability they will not need to stay in them for very long, as like you they can call upon their earlier experiences.

Whether the media care to report it or not, we are progressing very steadily and matters are building up for a grand finale. The new financial situation is taking shape and the necessity for great change is being accepted. It cannot therefore be very long before some announcements about it are forthcoming. It will certainly be the beginning of the end of the Illuminati. Without control of the money supply they disjointed and unable to fund their various activities. We are in any event recovering vast sums of money, bonds and valuable metals that will be returned to their rightful owners or placed into a worldwide Redistribution Fund.

Dear Ones we are very busy overseeing our allies activities, and the more we work together the more success we are achieving. After Ascension our relationship with you will become even more personal, and you will quickly become Star Beings as you were eons of time ago. For that reason you will take to it very easily and feel at home with what you will be doing. It will all be very purposeful and aimed at bringing you fully into your new lives. How nice it will be for you to know that everyone you meet will be trustworthy and sincere in their activities. Honesty will be taken for granted, as in the higher dimensions there is no place for anything less.

So hold on for while longer as whatever your problems whether they be physical or otherwise they will be solved. We know that many suffer the physical ills associated with life on Earth, but rest easy in the knowledge that all of them will be put right. There is absolutely nothing that cannot be remedied though our healing methods, and as a Being of energy you will find that sound and colours are very central to them. Crystals are also very much involved and can be used in ways that creates the most powerful energies for transformation and cures. In fact crystals will play a very big part in your lives in future. These concepts are by no means new to you, as many of you were in Atlantis in the periods that they were widely used.

We believe you are beginning to understand why you are so highly thought of, because your levels of consciousness were much higher in the past. The lower vibrations of duality have made it difficult for you recall those times, and it is only recently that you have started to awaken to your true selves. Your potential is unlimited and you will soon find your true place in the scheme of things. When you get to know us you will see yourselves in us, and that is because many of you came from the civilizations that are members of the Galactic Federation of Light. When you meet your own you will know immediately that they relate to you, and what a reunion you will have. Indeed, there will be celebrations when we can openly meet you, because you will realize that we have always been close to each other. It will be the most natural coming together of souls who have worked together for eons of time.

You have so much to look forward to, so do not waste your time or energy worrying what will happen to the dark Ones. You will certainly be informed who has been behind the plans to take over you and your world, and who has been responsible for the atrocities committed throughout your history. Naturally you will be more interested in those that have occurred in your own lifetimes. There will be many shocks as people that you may have respected will be revealed for what they really are. Let the information clear the air of the speculation that surrounds tragedies such as 9/11, but please do not use it to seek revenge against those involved. Leave those matters to the higher authorities who know exactly what to do, so that you know justice will prevail.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and wish you success in preparing for Ascension.



Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 02, 2012, 11:38 AM
The Essence of Our Work


2012 September 1


Posted by Steve Beckow


Everyone who’s here – galactics, celestials, ascended masters,  starseeds, walk-ins, etc. – is here to help people to ascend.


Atmos of Sirius tells us that this resolve is at the center of the Divine Plan: “It was and still is the Divine Plan to help as many souls as possible to move back into the higher dimensions through Ascension.” (1)
SaLuSa expresses the common resolve of all here: “We wish as many of you as possible to find your way home.” (2) And he adds: “Our presence and that of the many other Beings from Higher dimensions are here to ensure that the end times fulfill everyone’s promise.”  (3)


No matter on what dimension a person exists, a dimension higher, a dimension closer to God’s essence (since all is God anyways), a dimension farther along on the return to God is more pleasant and satisfying to exist in than a dimension farther away.  If the intention of the Plan is to foster a return to God, then it would make sense that life be designed that way.


Only on the Third Dimension, as far as I’m aware, does physical harm exist. Rape, wounding, pandemics, (4) torture, and murder all exist on the Third Dimension and nowhere else. With the exception of the lower subplanes of the Astral Planes, which are inextricably connected with the physical plane of 3D, nowhere else are there inclement conditions, deprivation, hunger, homelessness, or any other form of suffering.


These cannot exist on the higher planes, as Matthew Ward implies.
“As Earth continues apace into successively higher planes, nothing with low vibrations in any form—physical bodies, subversive plans, theft, dishonesty, unjust laws and imprisonment, bigotry, cruel customs and deeds—can survive.” (5)


So Ascension to the Fifth Dimension is a release from all forms of suffering. And everyone here now is here to see that people who don’t know what Ascension is are made aware of it and rendered able to make an informed choice to ascend if becoming aware can make that difference.


So we can see that all our efforts as lightworkers have a common goal and that’s to spread the word about Ascension and help as many people as possible make the choice to come with us back to the higher dimensions from which we apparently came.And many will not.


Why would they choose not to ascend?

Matthew tells us: “Many whose religious or scientific beliefs are the foundation of their lives will choose to depart rather than accept the forthcoming truths that differ profoundly from what they were taught.” (6) Of the religious, he explains:


“A large number of people who have lived in godly ways will choose not to ascend with Earth after the truth about the origin of religions emerges: They [religions] were designed in darkness to deceive and control the peoples, by the most divisive element of life on Earth, and reap wealth for the heads of churches.


“Although everyone on Earth knows that truth at soul level and it is a contract choice to consciously remember it, many of the devoutly religious will be unable or unwilling to accept that their deep-seated faith is founded on false teachings.


“By so doing, these individuals deny the light within truth, that they are god and goddess selves, eternally inseparable from God and all other souls in this universe. Their next pre-birth contract will again include the provision to become consciously aware of that truth during their next physical lifetime, which will be in a third-density world.” (7)



 Many scientific people “have doubts,” Saul tells us, “even deep skepticism at times, … because up till now their life experiences had led them to ridicule such apparently unscientific, airy-fairy nonsense for which they can ascertain absolutely no discernible factual evidence.” (8)
These two groups will be the most resistant, Matthew tells us:


“Individuals whose rigid beliefs are founded on false religious dogma and flawed science will be the most resistant—their beliefs are the very foundation of their lives or their livelihoods.


“And when the facts about ’9/11′ and the reasons for wars in Afghanistan and Iran—ALL wars!—are revealed, families and friends of all who died may be disbelievers because knowing why their loved ones died could be overwhelming. All of these people need compassion and understanding—they will be able to accept the truth after they transition to Nirvana.” (9)



SaLuSa tells us how some people of a darker persuasion will respond.


“Those who are not of the Light but lean towards the dark side are in fear as they see the world falling apart, unlike you of the Light who have everything to look forward to. They are likely to drop further into the mire, seeking solace in drink and drugs.


“Hopefully when the truth about us and the coming Ascension is known, many can be encouraged to look to the Light for a path back to normality. They may not do enough to sufficiently raise their vibrations to ascend, but any progress made now will be of value when they start their next cycle.” (10)
And there are other groups. These people are those that all the groups here have come to help to “see the Light,” so to speak. So our entire mission can be seen to be to help those who are in jeopardy of not ascending, to see that as many as possible ascend.


In early 2010, SaLuSa told us that “at present there are less than half of you that are consciously making changes in your lives to [ascend].” (11)  So we have much work to do. But as a result of all the work we do, “not one soul,” SaLuSa tells us, “will leave this Earth without having understood the opportunity of ascending.”  (12)


Once many have chosen not to ascend, that choice will not faulted by the higher-dimensional beings.
“Do not mourn them,” the Arcturian Group recommends.  (13)
But our lightwork from now till the end of the year isn’t to badger the undecided or those who choose not to ascend, make them feel guilty, or force them to choose otherwise. That will never work and is not the way of the ascended anyways,


“Some will continue to have little or no interest, having made their decision to have further experience in the 3rd. dimension,” SaLuSa says. “Allow for such souls … to follow their own path.” (14) 


He continues:
“It matters little whether you ascend or not, inasmuch that all souls will continue to make progress. All happens in its own good time, and you have no need to feel pressurized to do other than what you personally desire. You have an infinite amount of time to make your way back through the higher dimensions, and at all times help will always be there for the asking.” (15)


The higher-dimensional beings will see to the welfare of the non-ascenders along with the rest. SaLuSa tells us: “Provisions will be made for all souls and they will eventually find themselves progressing to the correct level. …  Not one soul will be neglected, as all have their place in the Universe.” (16) “They will eventually find themselves progressing to the correct level,” he assures us.” (17)


So that is a statement of our work at essence – to lay before the resistant and the ignorant the advantages and benefits of Ascension and then to allow them to make their choice, without faulting them if they choose not to ascend and assisting both groups to then go on their way.







Post Merge: Sep 02, 2012, 12:37 PM
---------------------------------------



Invasion of the MOTUs! (Or the 0.0000001%)


Published May 16, 2012 | By drgreer



Hollywood and the pop culture is enthralled with the idea of ” Alien Invasion” . But why would they bother?

There are billions of planets with life, water and minerals in the cosmos- why invade one that has billions of people warring over ideologies and armed with thousands of thermonuclear weapons?!

The truth is ET civilizations are concerned with our hostility and potential threat to the cosmos- not the other way around.

There is a proven track record of humans killing hundreds of millions of our own people- and now classified programs have not only nuclear weapons, but so-called scalar or longitudinal electromagnetic weapons that go faster than the speed of light. And they have been used to track and target ET craft.

The secret world of real power (not in Congress or the White House) is the domain of the Masters of the Universe- MOTUs- who crave absolute power and control above all things.

Money is only a symbol and means to project that power.

And as Henry Kissinger said- and he would know- Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac.

There is much talk about the 1%, and that is fine. But the real problem is with the 0.0000001% – the 200-300 people and families and their corporations that now control over 50% of the net worth of the entire world.

This military/industrial/laboratory/corporate/financial/energy complex is the tail wagging the dog of Washington DC and every other world capitol – and it is  unlikely that the politicians are going to bite the hand that feeds them.

The reason UFO secrecy and the National Security State are so intertwined is that these MOTUs simply cannot acknowledge that UFOs are real without opening the lid on the pandora’s box of advanced energy, propulsion and physics that would make big oil, king coal and nuclear power completely obsolete. For the word UFO is merely an obfuscating way to say New Physics.  They are not Unidentified, they do not “Fly” in any conventional aerodynamic manner- but they are Objects. Some UFO sightings are of ET craft. But many- perhaps most- are of manmade anti-gravity devices that have been in development since the 1940s.

So here is the $500 trillion dilemma:  If the MOTUs and their lackeys in the media allow the masses to know this, the people will demand that they be released from the macro-economic slavery in which they find themselves. And then the relative control and power possessed by these MOTUs will be dispersed to- well, the people!

Imagine every village in India, Latin America and Asia with an energy device that allows the extraction of energy from the zero point energy field, quantum vacuum or Dirac sea- or whatever you wish to call it.  The entire world would blossom- but organically, without pollution and poverty- and without the centralized control of the petrodollar system, Big Oil, centralized utilities – without the MOTUs!

So the world is being consumed and invaded not by “Aliens” but by these sociopaths, by the misanthropic proclivities of the MOTUs.

As I said to the senior officers at Wright-Patterson Air Force some years ago,  IF the ETs wanted to take the earth, it would have all been over around 1945 when we detonated the first A-bomb. For if you can travel faster than the speed of light, you could easily take over our little corner of the cosmos. But the ET’s have no interest, intent or need to do so. It is utter nonsense. All they need from us is our peace and cooperation.

So don’t worry about the ETs: Hollywood, the CIA and Lockheed Martin may want you to fear them. They may soon even launch a false flag operation “proving” we should fear them. But in reality it is the MOTUs who have invaded the world, corrupted Washington, ruthlessly enforced UFO secrecy and hidden the truth about these earth-saving new energy and propulsion technologies.

By all of us pulling together, disclosing the truth and bringing forth these new sciences, we can create a new civilization on earth. The MOTUs only rule by deception, corruption, ruthlessness and the apathy and complicity of the masses. But once we awaken globally, it is a new day indeed.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 04, 2012, 09:10 AM
Financial war is down to a few small factions and key individuals; lots of high profile deaths seen


by Benjamin Fulford

9-3-12


The financial war that has been raging intensely for the past several years is now down to a few factions all marred by infighting. One the one side is the fascist P2 lodge still pushing for a world fascist dictatorship.


On the other side can be seen several groups all claiming they want to do good but need to be in charge.


Several recent high-profile deaths may be related to this ongoing, but climaxing, struggle. Cardinal Carlo Maria Martini, Bishop of Milan and reported Vatican spy master, died on August 31st, during the blue moon.


Sergey Leonidovich Sokolov, the former head of the Soviet Union’s armed forces fired by Gorbachev, also died on that day. Another prominent death was the Reverend Sun Myung Moon, head of the Unification Church. The Unification Church is known as a powerful player in the Asian underworld and has a large ranch in Paraguay next to the one the Bush family owns. None of the causes of death were announced but all the men were elderly.


These men were connected, though, at the highest level, to the intensifying factional struggle over control of the world’s finances.


In this situation the White Dragon Society, a junior member of the Dragon family and other groups, proposes that the ring of centralized control over money be taken to “Mt. Doom,” and melted.


On a more positive note, former Prime Minister Kan Naoto of Japan revealed a lot of secrets about the 311 nuclear and tsunami terrorist attack at a well-attended (but un-reported) press conference. Attempts to put a video of the press conference up on U-tube have been blocked. During the conference Kan,…


said that he was asked by the head of the Tokyo Electric Power company and others to order the evacuation of 30 million people from the greater Tokyo area. Kan thus publicly confirmed, as this writer has earlier reported, that there was an attempt to evacuate Tokyo.


This was part of a plan aimed at creating a new Asian financial capital in Pusan, South Korea and staffing it with a large contingent of fully brainwashed Japanese slaves from the greater Tokyo metropolitan area, Rothschild and Asian secret society sources claim.


Instead Kan said that men older than 60 who had less to lose from radiation poisoning be sent to deal with the nuclear emergency at the Fukushima nuclear plant.


Kan also told the gathered Japanese and foreign corporate media representatives and diplomats that his best explanation for why the Fukushima nuclear plants did not go into full melt-down was “divine intervention.”


However, Kan denied any knowledge of deliberate sabotage having taken place during the 311 tsunami and nuclear catastrophe.


Nonetheless, the foreign press and assembled diplomats were shown the Reverend Izumi Paolo of the Tachikawa church whose group is sheltering a member of the Japanese self-defense forces who participated in the placing of the nuclear bombs used in the attack. The White Dragon Society knows the name and contact information for this individual. The assembled diplomats and journalists were also informed that a man named Slasha Zaric (who appears on the internet under the name Alexander Romanov) is under the protective custody of the Japanese police and has testified that he participated in the smuggling into Japan of the nuclear weapon used in the attack.


In combination with the testimony of these two witnesses, we now have direct forensic evidence (partially in the form of taped conversations and phone calls) linking the following individuals to the 311 nuclear and tsunami mass murder:


Yasuhiro Nakasone (the nuclear weapon used in the attack was kept at his residence for a while); Peter Hans Kolvenbach (recorded bragging on the phone that he was Satan and that he ordered the 311 attacks);


Benjamin Netanyahu (recorded in a phone call to Naoto Kan threatening to blow up all of Japan’s nuclear plants unless Kan signed over $5 trillion of Japan’s foreign assets) and Senator J. Rockefeller who sent Kurt Campbell on March 9th 2011 to offer Japanese power broker Ichiro Ozawa the rights to nuclear waste clean-up material in Fukushima (the entire conversation between Campbell and Ozawa was recorded).


These people need to be detained and questioned and have videos of their answers put up on the internet ASAP in order to prevent more incidents of mass murder.


The gnostic illuminati faction, for example, is saying that the real enemy is a rogue alien artificial intelligence and that the only way to destroy it is to eliminate the city of Rome and its surrounding hills.


These people have in their possession a 500 kiloton Ukranian Granit nuclear missile purchased from Russian arms dealer Victor Bout (according to MI5 and gnostic illuminati sources) and so their threats need to be taken very seriously. The P2 fascist lodge is also capable of extremely dangerous actions in retaliation should such an attack take place.
In separate news a self-described Mafia (not yakuza) boss by the name of Chiba Isao sent a representative to this writer claiming that money earned by illegally dumping nuclear waste in Asia was being used to finance the “rebels,” in Syria. This has not been independently confirmed but illegal disposal of hazardous waste has long been a major source of income for parts of the Asian underworld.


Also last week, Neil Keenan was accosted by some Italians outside of his home in Bulgaria and was subsequently hospitalized with a lung infection. This incident was followed by phone call and an e-mail saying Keenan had been forced to defend himself with a sword and had been critically injured. A threat to this writer was also reported in the same e-mail.


This incident appears to be related to an ongoing tussle over the rights to the global collateral accounts. A representative of the White Dragon Society has been invited to Indonesia later this week in order to try to find a compromise between the different factions. The White Dragon Society believes that a single central system of control will lead to the stagnation of global civilization.
----------------------------------------------




Neil Armstrong’s UFO Secret

Dr. Steven Greer~~August 27, 2012
 


Neil Armstrong, the first man to walk on the moon, passed away this weekend at age 82.


Many have asked if Armstrong took with him the secrets of what really happened during the famed 1969 Lunar Landing. Well, yes- and no.


Over the years, I have gotten to know a number of astronauts- and very close family members and friends of astronauts. As you may recall, my uncle was the senior project engineer for Grumman (now Northrop Grumman) that built the Lunar Module, that landed on the moon in July of 1969.


The truth of that historic event has never been told. We did go to the moon- but the events that transpired were kept secret and officially remain secret to this day.


By the time we landed on the moon, the Lunar Orbiter had mapped the moon and imaged ancient as well as more recent structures on the moon. This has been confirmed by more than one DisclosureProject.org witness. So by the time we landed, the military and intelligence community- and a small compartment of operatives at NASA- knew that we may in fact encounter something very unusual there.


To prepare for this possibility, there was a time delay from the Lunar Module via an NSA (National Security Agency) uplink and other, alternative film footage was prepared to be shown in the event of something really unusual happening.


Well it happened. Close friends and very close family members of both Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin have separately told me that indeed there were numerous, large UFOs around the crater where the Lunar Module landed and that these were seen by both Armstrong and Aldrin. I have also spoken to military officers that have seen the footage of this event- but it has never been made public. One close family member of Buzz Aldrin told me “It is not my place to out Buzz on this- someday if he can speak about it, he will…”


Neil Armstrong became somewhat of a recluse after the moon landing, and rarely spoke of the historic event. His friends and family have told me that this is because he was a man of such integrity that he simply did not want to be put in a position to lie to the public about such a momentous encounter. How tragic that our heroes have been placed in this untenable situation!


When we were organizing The Disclosure Project a few years ago, I asked one of Neil Armstrong’s friends if Armstrong would come to Washington to brief members of Congress at the 1997 Congressional briefing we organized in April of that year. I was told that Armstrong wished he could –but that if he spoke about what really happened during the moon landing, that Neil Armstrong, his wife, and children would all be killed. It was put to me this bluntly.


I found this to be unbelievable at the time, but since then have found that such threats and bullying by the over-reaching national security state is routine. A very senior scientist at the Naval Research Labs in Washington DC recently told me and the Disclosure Project team that if he spoke about some of the information he knew, that he, his wife, his children and grandchildren would all be killed.


This is no joke – and not a conspiracy theory. This is the way the highly secretive and fascist bosses in the deep black national security state operate. They make the Mafia look like choir boys.


In the meanwhile, we continue to applaud those courageous men and women who come forward, speak the truth and move Disclosure forward. The world deserves to know that we are not alone, that intelligent life exists in the universe beyond earth and that we have amazing new sciences and technologies that urgently need to be disclosed. This knowledge will give us a new civilization on earth, without poverty or pollution- and with justice for all.


The upcoming film Sirius will advance this cause- and it must. Please help us in this endeavor- go to Sirius.Neverendinglight.com and join the thousands who are supporting the next big step in Disclosure, Peaceful Contact and New Energy.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 06, 2012, 10:21 AM
Sheldan Nidle Update 9-4-12
10 Eb, 0 Zip, 9 Eb





Dratzo! We return with much to discuss. A great change in your banking system is getting ready to appear. As you know, a dark cabal runs your world by maintaining a tight grip on the global banking system, which in turn controls everything else. This grip has been loosened recently by the inflationary nature of its fiat currencies. Added to which, it is impossible to perpetuate a system based on debt and expect to simply add to the debt indefinitely, but this is precisely how your present financial system is expected to operate. In fact the true extent of the hidden debt accrued by this cabal is staggering. On another front, these ones sincerely believed that the block placed by Heaven on your reduced genetics long ago to prevent further tampering by the dark could actually be breached by using the alien genetic technology which had fallen into their hands around the end of WWII. This mistaken belief now forms the basis of their defeat and is leading to the restoration of the Light on planet Earth. Heaven knew this was happening and in the early 1990s requested us in the Galactic Federation to set up a first contact mission for Gaia. This mission is to make known to you the truth about many things, including the major reasons for the coming of your new reality.


The first stage of this dark-into-Light operation is to use the new financial system to rapidly increase the instability of the present setup, as the inherent precariousness of the old system will precipitate its own collapse. One major aspect of the new system is transparency, and this will immediately expose the immense corruption and the prevalence of ‘cooked books’ that all the world’s major banking corporations have used. As this comes out banks will begin to fail at a startling rate, while the old fiat currencies will be trumped by the arrival of a number of major currencies backed by gold. The world economy will go into free fall and this will force the adoption of global debt forgiveness. Crisis aversion will demand the detention of those complicit in the corruption and collusion between governments and financial conglomerates, and with their removal the dark cabal-controlled governments will pass away. Once this flurry is over, the more interesting stuff can begin!


A key item on the agenda is disclosure. Since the 1940s, the major nations of your world have promulgated a wholesale denial of our existence and benevolence, while covertly engaging in agreements with several dark members of the Anchara Alliance. From 1940-90, the Illuminati factions on your world came into closer cooperation with each other as a result of signing a series of treaties with various then-dark Alliance members. In 1994-95, the Treaty of Anchara came into being, the Anunnaki joined the ranks of the Light, and the dark ETs abandoned their projects on Earth and reneged on the treaties. With the cohesive factor among the Illuminati gone, Heaven began to exercise the decrees it had issued when ‘the time of the dark ones’ began some 13 millennia ago. Now the Light is in the ascendancy and the policy of excluding us and of active belligerence to our presence is to end. The next step revolves around the watershed proclamation of disclosure and will open the door to some truly startling announcements!


It will indeed be shocking for many to learn that the major reality-concepts drilled into them since childhood are false! In effect, disclosure inaugurates your collective awakening from limited to full consciousness. It is the point where you abandon the ‘notions of childhood’ that have long veiled your amazing potential, and it is our role to help you realize your move into adulthood. Then you are to take your divinely inherited gifts and create ways to unfold the Creator’s plan throughout your vast realm. We are in joy to be given the heavenly mandate to accomplish this and to mentor you through your transformation into full-conscious Beings of Light! Gaia is also well pleased that your long and harrowing journey through the dark realms is finally to be over. You have delayed your leap in consciousness for far too long. The dark made you believe in the supremacy of the physical, and regularly forbade you to discover your powerful, spiritual essence. These are some of the things to be made known to you as you greet the many branches of your family, including those in Inner Earth.


Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We come with more news. We have instructed the secret sacred societies to prepare to come forward. Once the first disclosure announcements are made, the true spiritual element of your globe needs to reveal its many doctrines and teachings. We prefer to make ourselves known to you only after these statements are read and joyously explained to you. Disclosure is a process wherein many false and artfully rearranged beliefs are straightened out. These explanations will form a foundation for what we Ascended Masters wish to convey to you. Our teachings will assist the work of the personnel that the first-contact team intends to bring down to your world, shortly after their many announcements are finished.


These waves of information are part of a catch-up program to get you ready for your brief time in your individual Light Chambers. We are concerned about how to soften the impact of all that you need to learn. Over the millennia the Anunnaki weaved a discouraging tapestry of half-truths and misrepresentations for you to believe in, when in fact ‘reality’ is very different from what you think you know. It is also very wonderful! It is important to both our space family and to us that we come together with you to discuss in detail all the things we have to share. Your glorious Mother Earth also dearly wishes you to know much about who she is and what she expects of you. You have been kept in the dark in so many ways and for such a long time, as the Anunnaki removed and kept most information from you, and then largely misconstrued the rest. Our information will allow you to see yourselves and your world in an entirely new light and permit you to take back the powers that were taken away from you over 13 millennia ago.


The powers you lost back then were key to maintaining your full consciousness, and you will be given the first lessons on how to get them back. They comprise initial prayers and rituals to get the ball rolling, and then the rest will be completed in your cocoon-like Light Chambers. We, together with Heaven, are assigned to be with you throughout this wondrous process, and when you awaken fully conscious from your Light-sleep, your space-family mentors will also continue to play a major role in the training-period of up to 10 days, in which you will be familiarized with full-consciousness etiquette. With your birthright restored, you can become active members playing a major role in the vast panorama of unfolding the Creator’s divine plan with Love, grace, and unending joy! We greatly welcome this time and know how special are the Souls who have been allowed to incarnate upon this honored world at this unique time in Gaia’s long history!


Today we continued our discussion about what is about to happen on your world. The very complex process of freeing you from the clutches of the dark is accelerating. The time is near for all of us to come together and freely celebrate the advent of your new, free, sovereign reality! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)





Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 12, 2012, 02:24 AM
Ben Fulford:


 Japanese finance minister murdered, new Chinese leader missing, climax approaching



september 11, 2012






Tadahiro Matsushita, Japan’s Finance Minister, was murdered Monday in an attempt by the cabal to extort more money out of Japan. In addition, upcoming Chinese leader Xi Jinping has vanished from public view after shunning a meeting with Hillary Clinton and refusing to finance her cabal last week. Furthermore, Neil Keenan and his family have all been recently hit by a nasty virus that we hear was spread by Italian agents working for former Italian Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi. Also last week NATO went on full military alert and was planning to attack Syria and provoke war with China and Russia before it was stopped by a UK RAF whistleblower who alerted colleagues at the Pentagon, according to both MI5 and CIA sources. All of these incidents are part of the final death throes of the Satanic cabal that was attempting to install a fascist world government after starting World War 3.


Multiple death threats have also been directed at this writer along with a raid on my house by Japanese tax police. The time for talk is over and direct action to deal with these mass murdering scum has begun.


The biggest immediate threat now is cabal plans to set off nuclear terror attacks in Europe in an attempt to provoke Muslim/Christian warfare, according to MI5 sources. Message to the P2 lodge: Satan has already left this universe and you are now just a bunch of scared old men about to go to jail.


Remember, if these people are not arrested, if you personally see any of them, you are legally entitled to kill them on the spot because they are trying to murder you and your family and that has been proven beyond a doubt.

 

Here is the latest from MI5 and other sources on the cabal’s plans for mass murder in Europe.

 

Their long term goal and the reason they justify their mass murder is that they plan to “merge all religion after a prolonged period of tribulation and war,” according to MI5 and other sources.

 

The starting point for this will be the Middle East, Peter Hans Kolvenbach’s base of operations. Kolvenbach was recently spotted in Tripoli with Giorgio Balestrieri, a Senior P2 Lodge member and one of the mid-level planners of the 911 terror attack on New York, MI5 says.

 

The planning for this has all been very long term. During World War 2 the Nazis recruited and trained 750,000 agents for the Muslim Brotherhood to help implement this plan.

 

These agents were then sent to Saudi Arabia and other places as teachers to raise a second generation of Muslim extremist agents. Bin Laden, who reported to George Bush Senior, was a second generation member of this group.

 

Another senior agent is Frank Wisner II who was sent by Obama to take control of the contrived “revolution” in Egypt. Wisner’s father was a Nazi CIA who was involved in the Hungarian uprising and other operations. Egypt’s new Nazi puppet leader has been following the script he was given by trying to fan the flames of religious extremism most recently, for example, by berating Syria’s secular government.

 

In Europe we can see the P2 plot in public now. The key players are the Satanic part of the Vatican, the EU and Goldman Sachs. The leaders imposed last winter on the people of Greece and Italy, Lucas Papademos and Mario Monti, as well as Mario Draghi, the head of the European Central Bank, all worked for Goldman Sachs, which is a Rockefeller front company. Monti and Draghi together with the unelected President of the EU Herman von Rumpoy are all Jesuits. Pope Benedict (maledict) XVI revealed his involvement in an encyclical calling for a ‘new global economic order’.

 

The P2 and their fake Muslim terrorist allies were responsible for the 7/7 subway terror attack in London. They were also behind the Anders Breivik mass murder in Norway, according to MI5.


The French Freemasons are gearing up now to play their role. A likely target for a mass terror attack designed to provoke the planned Muslim-Christian civil war is Marseille with its large Muslim immigrant population, the MI5 source says. Furthermore, Serbian extremists have been handed nuclear weapons so that they can play their part in fomenting religious strife through mass murder.

 

After causing all this turmoil, of course the people who caused it are planning to present their solution which is a one world religion controlled by the Satanic P2 lodge.

In Asia meanwhile, the situation is not going at all according to cabal plans. However, we have received warnings and threats of a planned series of strategic assassinations aimed to trying to keep control over the financial system here.

 

Last week this writer phoned the Ministry of Finance to ask if Japan’s foreign assets had declined after the 311 attacks. The Ministry of Finance replied through their public relations office that in fact they had increased slightly to just under 600 trillion yen ($7.7 trillion). They said they no longer denominate their foreign exchange reserves in dollars. This may be one of the reasons the Finance Minister was murdered last night.

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 14, 2012, 10:38 PM
SHELDAN NIDLE


SEPT 12, 2012



Dratzo! We come today to give you a message. This message is about the coming transformation of your world. At present, a number of spectacular events are happening around your globe. They herald the great change that is preparing to manifest. Humanity is awakening from its long slumber and is no longer inclined to allow its earthly masters to dictate which path to follow. Humanity is now actively advocating that true democracy be established on your world, and the old guard who led the former global kleptocracy is no longer able to force you to blindly obey their commands. The multitudes are calling for a general discussion on every issue. The protests in Mexico, the formal decrees in Iceland, and the active rebellion in Syria demonstrate the degree of determination that lies behind what humanity is demanding en masse from its 'rulers.' The time has come for a clean sweep, leading to a wholly new paradigm which can supply real solutions to age-old problems; but above all, it must be a time when universal sovereignty becomes a living, breathing reality that is honored and safeguarded by every nation on the planet.

 

      years ago on this very date, the dark cabal staged the second part of its coup d'etat whose opening salvo was the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. This coup succeeded beyond all expectations, reducing the world to the point where it became possible to order and control all manifested events. This easy setup changed abruptly when the Anunnaki and their dark overlords downed their weapons and 'came to the table' with the Galactic Federation in the Truce of Anchara. Suddenly the Earth minions where set adrift without the firm guidance which they had come to rely on heavily and their subsequent actions reflected the lack of this leadership. The result was a more crudely prepared series of events. Happily, we are now benefiting from the dark cabal's unsophisticated modus operandi, as it is this very ineptitude, coupled with Heaven's steady increase of humanity's consciousness, that has created the predicaments that are to push the cabal from power. Now the cabal is out of options, and all that remains is for it to let go of its relentless grip on global affairs and accede to the demands of Heaven for its immediate surrender.

 

   We in the Galactic Federation have guided humanity's rebellion to its present level. Your Inner Earth family has likewise provided the expertise to get many governments to the point of surrender. The key to these resignations is the global monetary system. As the fiat system that governs your economies is on the verge of collapse, the final straws will be the series of changes in the way international banking operates coupled with the move to new precious-metals-backed currencies. This precious-metals standard will have two vital repercussions: first, international speculation in gold is to be brought under stringent regulation to ensure the stability of the new monetary system. Second, the advent of hard currency will flush fiat money from the money markets. Value must follow value, and this can precipitate world trade and its banks into an immense crisis. Enter the new system waiting in the wings! Those banks unable to secure their place in this system will be plowed under, putting enormous pressure on each nation's central bank.

 

   Each government will undergo a number of critical days. Governments will resign under the pressure; new caretaker regimes will be put in place; and the global upheaval will help to bring on the proclamation of N.E.S.A.R.A. in North America. In short, the multiple objectives of our Earth allies will be realized as all these changing regimes will allow a global version of N.E.S.A.R.A. to come into being. This will be followed by the formal announcements. These are the statements that make your new reality possible. The Light can then trump what the dark cabal set in motion in the mid-1960s with the Kennedy assassination. The truth of many things will be brought forth, including the 'odd' events of the 2000 US presidential election and the destruction of New York's World Trade Center and the attack on the Pentagon. One of the goals was the two illegal wars, waged to continue US control over the increasingly corrupt global financial system. All these crimes are to be adjudicated when the War Crimes Tribunal shortly begins its special sessions.

  
 Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We come this day to relate some more news about your world. Gaia is in the midst of great changes, and we have asked her to slow down temporarily the pace of her surface changes. She dearly wishes to reorder her reality and reunite her surface and interior realms. She knows what we are doing and sincerely asks us to accelerate the momentous operation of transforming her surface peoples. This we are doing. Our many adherents are busy working to put into play a new society for each and every one of you, and this is getting to the point where a series of actions are to force massive change. The key to these actions lies, in the East, with Quan Yin and a celestial helper, and with Count St. Germaine and other Ascended Masters in the West. Their conjoined activities are being coordinated by liaisons assigned to us by the Galactic Federation's first contact team.
~Update from Sheldon Nidle~ The Coming Transformation~

 

   These actions will create a new financial system for your world, whose centerpiece is a global monetary system tied to precious metals such as gold, silver, and platinum. This new monetary system will be administered by a number of nations and operated by a new banking system. This will end the dollar-oriented fiat system established at the end of WWII by the newly founded United Nations. The central determinant of the new system is the completely reoriented, interlocking cooperative of central banks. It will work under a set of laws that encourages full transparency and the divulging of all monetary procedures. These new laws will effectively put the old-order banks into a state of bankruptcy. This development will lead to the breakup and re-chartering of the present multifaceted, criminal financial corporations. The new banking will precipitate new governance.

 

   The new governments will be the natural outcome of the growing frustration of the public concerning the nonsensical, criminal activities of the international political environment that spawned and supported a banking system that would have destituted your entire world. Your new form of governance, like the new financial system, is to be truly transparent and will rid the planet of its biggest blight: professional politicians! These scoundrels and assorted hangers-on are to go the way of the dinosaurs. Because of the untold damage they wreaked on the planet and her life forms, they are to acknowledge their 'crimes against life' and ask forgiveness of those blessed creatures whom they helped toward extinction. In this regard we hold it to be our duty to create a realm whose blessedness provides joy and prosperity for all. The time for these heavenly blessings has come!

 

   Today, we continued our discussion of the events of the day. The moment has arrived for a new reality. It is also time for you to end the veil of ignorance that envelops you and for you to learn that you are not alone. A grand entourage of Beings, both ethereal and physical, has come to assist you in your return to full consciousness. Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)


------------------------------------------------------------------


SaLuSa,


September 12, 2012



The fact that much is happening in your world has not gone unnoticed, and for those who are just awakening to it, it seems that chaos reigns. Your traditional trusted institutions such as your banks are being seen for what they really are, but as yet the answers to their problems have not surfaced. However, the plans to cover such an eventuality as their collapse have been formulated. As with much of our allies work, it is ready to be implemented and waiting the right opportunity to be introduced. The old corrupt system will not be retained, and the new one is receiving support for the far reaching changes that it will bring.

The need for governmental changes is being accepted, so that your new representatives put your needs first and foremost. Instead the serving of self has grown to endemic proportions, and financial control and accountability is practically non-existent. On a larger scale your money is siphoned off to fund black operations that have not been authorized by your government, and are often directed at you the people they should be serving. These situations have been going on unchecked for far too long, and with our allies who have our help we have made it clear we are going to put a stop to them. So you see Dear Ones that we are working towards bringing about the changes needed.

What you are beginning to become aware of is the vast opportunities presented by the use of free energy. Naturally the Oil Industry fights against their introduction, but it is the way forward and progress cannot be stopped. In time none of the old polluting fuels will be used, and everyone will benefit from clean and efficient methods, that most importantly will include new means of transportation. For those presently employed in those industries we must tell you that your future will be secure. By that time everyone will have benefitted from the new financial systems, and the re-distribution of wealth will ensure that the loss of jobs will not affect your position


Indeed, re-location and help for people out of work due to any circumstances at all, will mean an acceptable standard of life that will cover your needs. In any event, after Ascension your life style will change to one that no longer causes worries or stress. You will have all of your needs supplied including suitable accommodation and medical care. There is naturally a certain period of time required to carry out all of the changes, but they will happen quite quickly. We have fully prepared for all eventualities, and the basis for the changes has already commenced that is establishing the right structure that will allow us to go ahead.

The level of your mass consciousness continues to rise, and more people are awakening as a result. However, many are still in limbo and do not even contemplate what the changes herald. We would rather they awakened gradually but there will come a point before Ascension when the truth must come out. Somehow the old beliefs must be shaken up and shown for what they are, but even so we do not want people to re-act the wrong way. In the final reckoning whatever is believed will be down to free choice, and such souls will continue their experiences in a vibration that is the same as theirs. There is no point in trying to force people to accept what they are unprepared for, and that is not our way.

Bear in mind that we of the Galactic Federation of Light are here by divine request, and our whole objective is to prepare you for Ascension. With it comes other responsibilities, as it is desired to make the path as smooth as possible. The coming of the end times has been known for a very long time, but it is only in recent times that it has become fully understood. The end of duality as you experience it is due to end very soon, and our work and that of our allies is to ensure that you and Mother Earth will be ready to ascend. Much work has already been carried out and you will see the outcome resulting from it.

You are at a stage when just anything could happen at short notice, and it will not be unexpected. We press on with our activities that include keeping watch on any country that has nuclear weapons, to ensure that they cannot be used. For us with our advanced technology that is quite a simple task, and we believe the military now realise it is futile to try otherwise. We have so to say, removed the teeth from the tiger, but it still has claws. We have at different times approached all leaders with a view to completely banning such weapons, but there is so much distrust between them it could not be achieved. However, it will not matter anymore as world peace will be established before very long, and wars and anything associated with them will disappear for good.

Already the vibrations upon Earth have lifted up your consciousness levels, to a point where you can see the that wars are a crime against Humanity. As a result the movement towards establishing peace has never been as strong. It has given rise to many large demonstrations seeking freedom to determine your own future, and that call is being answered. The days of rule by dictatorships are numbered, and you shall be represented by souls who care and love their fellow travellers. Your journey from hereon is heading for Ascension that will bring all of those improvements and benefits that you have been promised.

We know some of you are tired and fatigued by the pressures of life on Earth, but realize that you are soon to be the recipients of abundance and other very acceptable changes. You could view them as a reward for your dedication to the Path of Light, and your upliftment to the higher dimensions. It is so vastly different to what you have been used to, and only souls of Light will be able to take such a quantum leap forward. So please keep you focus on all things that are associated with the higher vibrations, because they are pure and wholesome.

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 17, 2012, 09:25 PM
Folks, Remember the first david wilcock and benjamin fulford interview that i first posted?  well go to this site and click part 2 on the left side where another website presented a much more detailed information regarding the interview complete with photos


www.newtomorrow.us


here's a small sample that i took that concerns with our country :



1971 - Rogelio Roxas and the Golden Buddha  (philippines)



If there was ever any doubt as to the existence of vast sums of plundered treasure having been hidden away in tunnels and mines throughout the Philippines, much of that was erased when, in 1971, a man named Rogelio Roxas unearthed a tunnel filled with gold bullion as well as a one tonne solid gold Buddha.
    

Roxas was a simple family man and an amateur treasure hunter.  According to Roxas, he had been given a map ten years earlier (1961) by the son of a Japanese soldier, a map which purportedly led straight to one of the treasure sites created by the Japanese military during World War II.  Roxas took the map and, together with a small team of men, was able to locate the treasure site.  The men dug through the hidden entrance and ventured into the tunnel, where they found a small chamber filled with boxes of gold bullion.  Also located in the tunnel as well as in the chamber were the skeletal remains of Japanese soldiers who had been buried alive with the treasure when the entrance to the tunnel was sealed in the 1940's.  
    

In the center of the chamber was a covered hole dug into the ground.  When the men opened the hole, they discovered a solid gold Buddha lying within.  The men removed the Buddha, which was taken to Roxas' home, (along with one box of gold bullion), for safekeeping.  The entrance to the tunnel was then sealed back up to be excavated at a later time (remember that the chamber was filled with many boxes of gold).
    

Shortly thereafter, Roxas quietly began reaching out to find a potential buyer for the golden Buddha.  A man soon appeared, and a meeting was set up at Roxas' home.  During the meeting, Roxas noticed that the man took a special interest in the area around the Buddha's neck.  Later that night, after the man had left, Roxas and his brother took a much closer look at the Buddha, and found that the head was a separate piece entirely.  They removed the head and found to their amazement that the body of the Buddha was filled with diamonds, some rough cut, some polished.
      

Not long after the buyer had visited with Roxas, a mercenary team of President Ferdinand Marcos' elite guard broke into the Roxas household.  They forcibly removed the Buddha, the diamonds, and the gold bullion, (along with most other valuables in the house), and took Roxas away for questioning.  Roxas was then tortured in an attempt to reveal the location of the tunnel containing the remaining boxes of gold.  Roxas did not reveal the location, and despite being jailed, managed to escape his captors.  He and his family then went into hiding in a remote location in the Philippines.
    

In 1988, two years after the removal of Marcos from power, Roxas filed a lawsuit in U.S. court in Hawaii claiming that Ferdinand Marcos had stolen his possessions and had him tortured to reveal the secret location of the tunnel filled with treasure.  On the eve of the trial, Roxas died under suspicious circumstances.  According to personal testimony recorded in the book Gold Warriors, Roxas' legal representative in the case, Daniel Cathcart, (a well-known Los Angeles attorney), received a phone call in his office from a CIA informant in Manila, who stated the following:


"Your client is dead.  He was poisoned.  Imelda (Marcos, wife of Ferdinand Marcos) ordered it, and we did it."


     After eight long years of deliberation, a court in Honolulu sided with the Roxas family, and awarded them an astounding $43 billion dollars.  However, the court would later rescind this verdict.  The amount was reduced to $22 billion, as the court declared that it was impossible to calculate the actual value of the boxes of gold discovered by Roxas in the tunnel, which were later removed by Marcos after the initial seizure of the golden Buddha.  This money was awarded as the property of the Golden Buddha Corporation, which had been wisely set up by Roxas with the assistance of a childhood friend who had years before moved to the United States.  The Roxas family was also awarded a separate settlement of $6 million dollars.
    

All this led the United States Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal to summarize the allegations leading to Roxas' final judgment as follows:


"The Yamashita Treasure was found by Roxas and stolen from Roxas by Marcos' men."  This is an official statement released by a U.S. court, clearly acknowledging the existence of General Yamashita's treasure.   
     



For the briefest moment, the acknowledgement of this claim flickered into the conscience of the Western world when, on the popular U.S. television program Unsolved Mysteries, a segment was done in which Roxas was interviewed and his case made public:


According to authors Sterling and Peggy Seagrave, Marcos began to fall out of favor with those in Washington for two main reasons:  First, he attempted to blackmail the Japanese through the manipulation and funneling of funds out of the Showa Trust, which was a highly secret, multi-billion dollar joint account in the names of General Douglas MacArthur and Emperor Hirohito held at the Sanwa Bank in Osaka, Japan, one of the many accounts set up as part of the Black Eagle Trust fund.  Secondly, Marcos refused to 'play ball' with President Reagan when Reagan, a long-time associate of Marcos, requested (unsuccessfully) that the Philippine dictator provide Washington with a hoard of black gold to back Reagan's new 'Rainbow Dollar', which was an attempt by the American president to create a new gold-backed U.S. currency.  When Washington became aware that Marcos was essentially getting 'too big for his britches,' it was decided that he needed to be removed from power so that the U.S. could gain full access to the hoards of gold hidden away within Malacanang Palace, the official residence of the Philippine president.  Thus, the seeds of revolution were sown, and the masses were stirred up in a revolt against their currently sitting president.  According to the authors,


"As popular clamor increased in the streets, (CIA Asset William) Casey is said to have flown to Manila with Treasury Secretary (Donald) Regan, CIA economist Professor Frank Higdon, and attorney Lawrence Kreager.  The purpose of the meeting, according to a Marcos aide, was to convince Ferdinand to turn over 73,000 metric tonnes of gold."


Within days of that meeting, the authors go on to tell us the following:



"...Marcos was given a last ultimatum by Nevada Senator Paul Laxalt, President Reagan's go-between.  By then Marcos was effectively under siege at Malacanang Palace...Marcos gave in, forfeiting 'his' gold in return for being rescued by U.S. army helicopters.  That evening, barges were towed up the Pasig River to the palace, and great quantities of gold bars were loaded on them from palace vaults...This went on all night and was witnessed by many people.  At dawn the laden barges were towed out into Manila Bay, their ultimate destination Subic Bay naval base where the gold is said to have been put first into munitions bunkers, and then aboard U.S. Navy vessels."





Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 20, 2012, 11:17 AM
Murders and war-mongering continue to escalate as back-drop to high level negotiations


by Benjamin Fulford 9-18-12



As the battle for control of the global financial system rages towards a climax, murders, provocations and disinformation campaigns are all escalating. The disappearance of Xi Xinping, the man who is supposed to be the new leader of China, is one example. Xi Xinping vanished from the public spot-light for two weeks to hide his bruises after being beaten up by his handlers, according to two separate high-ranking Chinese sources. Xi works for Jean Daniel Cohen of the French Hoche group and has been ordered to provoke anti-Japanese demonstrations in China, according to one of these sources. Mr. Cohen has not returned this writer’s call asking to confirm this.


The Japanese junior officer corps nearly fell for the recent Chinese provocations (including the sending of warships to disputed Islands) and demanded war before cooler, senior heads warned them it was all a trap.


The murder last week of Japan’s Financial services Minister Tadahiro Matsushita was linked to a cabal attempt to extort money, Japanese public security police sources say. Matsushita had refused to hand over $5 trillion…


… to agents working for the cabal. Matsushita was forced to write wills at gunpoint and was then drugged and strangled, according to the police sources. The sudden death of Shinichi Nishimiya, Japan’s newly appointed ambassador to China is believed to be linked to the cabal, although investigations have just begun.


These murders and other un-reported ones elsewhere are part of an attempt by the cabal to extort money to prevent the bankruptcy of the United States of America corporation (as opposed to the American Republic).


The owners of the Federal Reserve Board crime syndicate, for their part, have been trying to steal money wherever they can. In one of their maneuvers a General Rosiere (first name not known) has been travelling around with a flotilla of battleships stealing gold from Indonesia, the Philippines and elsewhere, White Dragon Society sources say. The stolen gold has been taken to the Freeport mine in Indonesia before being moved on to Hong Kong for re-smelting. Henry Kissinger has been an executive at the Freeport mining company.


In a separate scam two cabal agents Keith Benedict and Terrance Wayne, working with someone named Tonni in Indonesia have been running an international network of foreign exchange booths run by Indian nationals. These booths have acted as an information collection source to identify large stores of cash and other valuables for the cabal to steal, according to CIA sources in Europe. Until these crooks are arrested, it may be wise to avoid certain money changers.


Meanwhile, the various troubles in the Middle East are all being coordinated as an ongoing operation Gladio in the Middle East and Europe. The recent anti-Islam film that has been blamed for causing unrest was made by Nazi agent Terry Jones, according to an MI5 sources in London. Jones is part of a Frankfurt, Germany based George Bush Senior operation known as COREA. Other Nazi agents, acting in concert and on cue, then proceeded to carry out violent acts targeting US and other Western embassies throughout the Middle East.


However, most of these incidents are either fake or grossly exaggerated. The big stories about the US Consulate in Benghazi, Libya being attacked and American diplomats being killed is a prime example. All you have to do is go to the US State Department home page to confirm that there has never been a US consulate in Benghazi.


The attempts to foment unrest are being met with disgust by ordinary citizens in both Europe and the Middle East and it is certain the attempt to use these incidents to start a “New World Order,” with a single world religion, are blowing up in their faces.


Speaking about blowing up in their faces, Vincenzo Mazzara, a Cavalier of the Teutonic Knights who this writer has accused of trying to murder him twice, contacted me through an intermediary last week.


Mazzara, together with Daniel Dal Bosco and Leo Zagami were recorded by intelligence agency sources saying that they had “nearly got me,” after I was stabbed with a needle after a speaking engagement in June.


There is now enough evidence to bring attempted murder charges against all three of these individuals together with their puppets Ichiro Ozawa and Yasuhiro Nakasone.


Secret negotiations have been initiated between the White Dragon Society and the P2. The P2 Lodge has been asked to stop its anti-social behavior and offered forgiveness in exchange. They have also been warned that professional cleaning teams are in place and waiting for the green light should negotiations break apart.


There is a growing consensus in both Asian and Western intelligence sources that Rome is the location of a rogue ancient artificial intelligence that can only be terminated by deleting Rome. The White Dragon Society is opposed to destroying such a historically valuable city and hopes to prevent such a drastic move.


In any case, although there is much that we cannot write at this time, we can report that some extremely heavy hitters are saying they will be making big moves against the cabal this week. Time for talk is quickly running out for the cabal.

---------------------------------------------------



Update by Sheldan Nidle



Dratzo! We return! Your world continues to be caught in the conflict between the dark cabal and our earthly forces. We are using our resources to keep the cabal at bay, but nevertheless it persists in pursuing a number of courses whose aim is to destabilize the efforts of our allies or to cause another full-scale war. For example, it has further inflamed the Middle East and created situations that once would have led to serious diplomatic interactions. At the core of this stands the US government and its special interest 'friends.' We have sent diplomatic liaisons to the Middle East and have convened a series of meetings with the US government to emphasize our no-war policy. In the same vein we are underwriting our meetings with the regional powers in the Middle East and these will set basic policy for resolving the Syrian crisis. We intend to begin to resolve this situation by sorting out the current problems and we are also monitoring the Iran difficulties. As the new governance is set to start shortly, we wish to firmly establish the parameters for a new era of peace.


Peace is to become the basis for the new financial system and for disclosure. The purpose of our formal arrival is to be able to openly interact with your governments and with you. A series of announcements will inform you about the necessity for the change-over from a world ruled by the dark cabal to one that is free from the encumbrances that lead to war, hate, divisions, and an economy based on debt and scarcity. You are about to enter a transitional period in which you begin to accept the fundamental truths of your history, your origins, and your glorious future in full consciousness. We come as heavenly agents of this transformation. Our first contact with you will move you onto a path which can literally morph you into full consciousness. To this end, we needed to come together with your Agarthan neighbors to devise a way of achieving our lofty goals. This means that we first need to operate as main players behind the scenes, and then as open partners with you in a massive recasting of your global society.



These various operations are only half of what we need to do here. Another part is preparing you fully for your integration into the Galactic Federation of Light. Presently the Agarthans are the sole representatives for this solar system on our Main Federation Council - a role they have held since this solar system was added to our membership some 50,000 years ago. The rise of Atlantis and its subsequent destruction clouded the nature of this membership. What is about to happen is the reunion of your surface and Inner Earth peoples, and this will permit your solar system to return to its former pristine condition as well as create the instrument for returning your star-nation to its former glory. This rebuilt star-nation has a special series of tasks assigned to it by Heaven. You, as a people, have the capability to 'lock down' galactic peace and provide a beautiful locale for our ongoing conferences with our many intergalactic neighbors. Many of our distant friends have travelled from other galaxies to witness your return to full consciousness.


What you are doing is most unusual. We have watched you grow swiftly in awareness and strength over the last two decades. It is no easy matter to overcome a force that has ruled you so implacably for so long. We salute your courage and determination and now your accrued wisdom has delivered you to the point of huge success! It is now our turn to use our expertise and technology to complete what you so nearly accomplished on your own. Heaven understands clearly what arrogant fools your masters, the dark cabal, truly are. It has taken a doggedly earned respect and proven technological superiority to sway these obstinate ones, and these assets we have had to use in abundance when necessary. Our Earth allies now rely fully on us to finish what they so bravely started. We intend to use a number of techniques to compel the dark cabal's formal surrender. The divine time has come to move this surface world through its transitional phase toward a realm of peace, Love, and prosperity.


Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters and we come with more good news! The programs to push in the new financial system are progressing globally. Our associates are ready to expand the way in which the elements of this new system are openly introduced to you. These programs involve instituting a system of prosperity and debt forgiveness. We have secretly informed many governments now being pressured by the banking institutions of your world to be patient and to not give in to the growing coercion emanating from the dark cabal. These strong-arm tactics will shortly cease as the new hard currency system is revealed. In addition we have set aside some currency resources to transform your debt into prosperity. It is vital that N.E.S.A.R.A. be announced in America and implemented globally. We have instructed those who are to be governmental caretakers to follow its various guidelines.


Those in charge of the global depositories of precious metals are readying the programs that back the new financial system. This system consists of several regional currencies which will serve as the 'main exchange mediums.' As they circulate, these primary currencies will become the stabilizing instruments that will ensure an end to the massive inflation which characterizes your current system and which has plagued your societies for so long. Bear in mind that this coming financial system is intended to be a transitional link to a moneyless society and to the rise of indelible and permanent prosperity, as our space family is to provide us with the technology to feed, clothe, and house the entire planetary populace. The intent is to move from the present state of egregious want to a true spiritual and physical abundance, as this is an important step on your spiritual journey.


Our blessed Ones in Heaven are also setting the global stage for a series of announcements which will be made once the new governance is in place. Heaven wishes everyone to be in a state of joy and at peace with the new circumstances that are to manifest on your globe because these profound transformations will have the potential to be shocking for many. With this in mind it has been suggested that a special series of events precede this new epoch for humanity; these have been agreed to and so a catalogue of these events has been drawn up. We have also advised our associates to carry out the changes in a gentle and specific manner. This scenario is now being put into effect and we expect these announcements shortly to become widely known to you.


Today we gave you more details about what is preparing to burst forth before your eyes. We are all committed to first contact and to those events preceding it. The ending of this Gregorian year is merely the start of the events that are to bring you to full consciousness. The time for your new reality has arrived! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours!



--------------------------------------------------------

SaLuSa, September 19, 2012



This year has sped by and so far there have been less incidents than you might have expected. It has neither been catastrophic as many prophesied, or fulfilled the promise of changes that are to lift you up. Yet, your consciousness levels have increased quite substantially and Ascension is still assured. Looking all around it is apparent that the Institutions that have held prominent places in your world, are in stages of collapse from which there is no escape. The truth is as expected revealing much about them that shows how they have manipulated events for their own advantage. You are even becoming aware that they have had an agenda for a very long time to enslave you and gain world control. You can see how near they were to achieving their aims, and also the great movement amongst the people that have awoken to their plan and defeated it.


You are the ones who are taking over and deciding the destiny of your civilization. You have the power to determine how the end times work out, and you are visualising a peaceful transition. That is creating the time line that will complete the cycle according to your intent. However, Mother Earth also has a say in it and desires to carry out a cleansing, as part of her preparations to ascend. The more you send out Love and Light to her, the more easily will the end times pass. Naturally the expected changes will commence very shortly, as the New Age must be launched so as to break up the old paradigm. The new one is waiting to be introduced, and its benefits are to be shared by you all. Completion cannot however take place until you have ascended, as those who are the dark Ones are not to be the beneficiaries of that which is for those of the Light.


The changes will come and new governments will take over from the old guard. Financial changes will go ahead to ensure that there is never a repeat of the corruption that is bringing them down. That will certainly happen soon, and our presence will be acknowledged, enabling us to draw closer to you. Regardless of what you may have thought, there is no rush to complete the changes before Ascension. Indeed the process was always going to run into the New Year, when we will have a greater opportunity to work together. We need those who are of the Light to be part of out teams, using your skills and knowledge for the betterment of all. Then we will all really be able to rapidly move ahead knowing that we would not be impeded, or deliberately delayed in our work.


Everything you expected to take place will do so, and as progress is made you will find that it will take you further than you thought possible. It will be a wonderful time that will see you relieved of all of the old problems that have held you back. It is time to go speeding forward and move into a new world that reflects your upliftment into the higher dimensions. There will be ample facilities including the Cities of Light where you can be healed, as you are to be fully restored to a prime condition. Eventually you will also be able to reverse the aging process and return to a youthful appearance, and so it will go on until you become a Galactic Being. All of these changes await you and they are not too far in the future. Think positive about them and you will be helping manifest them much sooner than we have allowed for.


While the cleansing takes place it may appear that all is in some state of disintegration, and that is true to the point that the old ways and systems have to go. Anything that cannot hold up in the higher vibrations clearly has no place in them. So do not despair or get depressed as all is ready now to replace the old systems. All will arrive in good time and you shall eventually need for nothing at all. We know from our own experience exactly what you will require to settle down in the higher dimensions. The Galactic Federation of Light has unlimited resources and personnel, that are fully versed in what is needed to be done. Unbeknown to most of you we are still very much engaged in keeping the Earth clear of pollution, and but for our efforts it would be far worse than you are aware.


In the future there will not be a repetition of the pollution you are used to experiencing. The use of polluting type machinery or installations will no longer be necessary or allowed. Instead you will have new methods of operation that will be "clean" to use. The biggest changes will be in your present forms of travel, and the combustion engine will eventually disappear from use. Not only that but the new vehicles will be much quicker and safer to use. They will be using free energy which is our source of power for our craft. Everyone will have use of them, and they will be absolutely pollution free. These changes have been planned for a long time, and are ready to go ahead as soon as it is safe to introduce them.


Naturally we are very keen to meet you, and are doing all we can to move things forward. Disclosure is creeping in through our allies efforts, but we obviously would like it to be speeded up. However, the more people that become aware of us and our mission, and learn of the purpose which is to see you through Ascension, the nearer you will be to meeting us. Of course there are still those who for different reasons desire a different outcome to the changes. They attempt to confuse people with messages of disinformation, but if you are well informed they will not deceive you. Always use your intuition and be prepared to change your beliefs if you are sufficiently certain you have the truth.


I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and bring you our Love for your great efforts to bring this cycle to a speedy conclusion. There is not long to go before you will become more involved in the end time activities. There may be some disruption to your normal life, but it will soon settle down. We are bound by Universal Law to apply ourselves in a way that does not interfere with your freewill, so we cannot just speed up events by imposing ourselves upon you. The dark Ones know this and still interfere because they do not acknowledge the Laws as we do. However, if matters do not proceed within a certain time frame, we will be authorised to take more direct action.


Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 25, 2012, 09:18 PM
United States of America Corporation fiscal year ends this week; time to end the horror


Posted by Benjamin Fulford

September 24, 2012



The United States of America Corporation (as opposed to the Republic of the United States), based in the Vatican-like independent city state of Washington D.C., has its fiscal year end on September 30th. This criminal corporation has been constantly at war over the past 60 years if not the past several hundred years. It needs to be bankrupted once and for all and many of us are trying to do just this. The 13 inbred families that own this corporation have been trying desperately to avoid bankruptcy by starting World War 3.


However, even though they retain a rump of brain-washed slaves in Europe and North America, they have lost their ability to fool the world’s governments, militaries and intelligence agencies. Soon even the brain-dead TV slaves will awaken.


The recent troubles between China and Japan have provided us with a unique peek at how world elite power-games work at the highest level. China’s new leader, Xi Xinping, vanished from public view for a couple of weeks after making a speech at a top communist party academy. During that speech Xi denounced his predecessor, Hu Jintao, as being too soft on the Japanese because he had a Japanese mother, according to high level Chinese sources. He cited as his example Hu’s stance towards the disputed tiny Islands known as the Senkaku or Daiyu Islands. After the speech, angry Hu loyalists kidnapped Xi and beat him up, warning him not to mess up what was supposed to be a peaceful transfer of power.




As soon as Xi was released he ran to the military commission and convinced them to side with him. As a result Xi has now seized de facto power in China. To show he would be tougher on Japan than Hu, he began stirring up trouble with the Islands claiming the recent Japanese government “purchase” of the islands was an unforgiveable insult.


Japanese military intelligence explain that the deal they reached with Hu was that the government would “buy” the islands to prevent right-wing hot-heads from staging provocations there. Hu said that as long as the Japanese government did not send any people or boats to the islands and left them uninhabited, they would look the other way, according to Japanese sources.


After Xi Xinping started making trouble over the islands, two separate Chinese sources linked to the politburo told the White Dragon Society that Xi was being given his orders to provoke Japan by senior French Freemason by the name of Jean Daniel Cohen, of the Hoche group. The anti-Japanese demonstrators in China were being paid 1200 Yuan a day for their trouble-making services. The anti-Chinese pseudo-rightists in Japan are almost certainly receiving their money from the same sources, who are in the business of starting conflicts in order to manipulate the sheeple. Cohen has still not returned this writer’s call for comment.


It is also interesting to note that hotheads on both sides have been fed stories of an easy victory. Young members of the Japan Self-Defense forces, led on by Moonie-affiliated former Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, have been pushing for an attack on China. They cite Japanese war-games that predict the Japanese could wipe out the Chinese navy within 15 minutes. No doubt the Chinese have been fed similar stories of an easy victory. It would be good to remind them that before World War I each side expected victory within months. The true fact is that in a major war everybody loses except the arms merchants and the ruling bloodline banking families who get to put governments into their debt.


These same French Freemasons, together with their allies in the P2 fascist lodge have been trying
to stir up trouble between Muslims and Christians in the Middle-East and Europe. The release of an anti-Muslim video and cartoons in French newspapers featuring a naked Mohammed were released to coincide with mayhem by paid Muslim radical hoodlums. MI5 is now warning of a major false-flag terrorist event in Europe, possible Marseille, aimed at provoking further strife.


Fortunately, nobody is being fooled; even the Israeli Mossad is finally catching on.


The ruling bloodline families are still hoping to provoke a decade of religious strife followed by the imposition of a new one-world religion controlled by them.


Meanwhile, a high level Italian aristocratic source (who claims to be intimate with people like the Pope, Queen Elizabeth and Nelson Mandela) reports signs of serious strife and change in the Vatican. According to her the Pope claims to be helpless to stop factional wars between Opus Dei and the Jesuits. She says the pope has survived several attempts to poison him and has been reduced to sneaking out of the Vatican in disguise in order to try to find out what is really going on.


She also claims the Jesuits have their own laboratories, satellites and observatories in New Mexico where they claim to communicate with aliens. Several senior P2 lodge members have also long claimed to have been in contact with aliens for thousands of years. They say they just called them things like angels, demons, genies etc. The P2 claim many of them originate from a “black sun” or black hole, that actually generates life.


Whatever the truth of those claims may be, the aristocratic source says the Jesuits have shut down their elite school in Rome and gone underground. This claim should be easily verifiable and we would like to ask readers in Rome to check it out and see if it is true.


The White Dragon Society and their Asian allies, for their part, are now negotiating with the US agencies, the Pentagon, the committee of 300 and the Italian P2 lodge to come up with a peaceful solution to the unfolding financial crisis.


They have suggested to the P2 lodge and the Vatican that the Romans should return to the Jews the original Menorah they took from the temple in Judea as a gesture of peace. The Jews could then rebuild their temple on the mount so long as they agree to leave the mosque there alone and also build a church, a Buddhist temple, a Hindu temple and a place for alternative belief structures. This symbolic action could be a way of announcing an end, once and for all, to religious-based wars.


The White Dragon Society is also suggesting, as this newsletter often repeats, setting up a South African style truth and reconciliation committee so that us humans could learn our true history, forgive past sins and move on.


The WDS has further proposed setting up, in harmony with existing financial and power structures, a new meritocratically staffed international economic planning agency. Such an agency would, together with other independent groups such as national governments, existing charities etc. then carry out a massive campaign to end poverty, stop environmental destruction and set humanity off on a path of exponential growth into the future. The alternative is war.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 27, 2012, 07:44 AM
SaLuSa 26~September~2012



We are Achieving Peace On Earth





As you are finding time is speeding by, and the prophesies of massive earthquakes and other physical happenings have in no way occurred quite as was envisioned. You can certainly take some credit for the outcome, as by bringing the Light to Earth, you have also brought calmness. It does not however mean that there will not be physical changes, as some are inevitable. By keeping the vibrations high through the coming weeks, you can ensure that you have a fairly smooth finish to the cycle. We are of course part of the reason for the way it is working out, and are maintaining what can be called a peaceful time. Yes, there are battles taking place in some countries, but these will not be allowed to escalate into a greater global war.
 

It may sound strange to say that you are achieving peace on Earth, but it is so as more and more people demand it along with their freedom. You are already seeing the last stand in many countries, and the military personnel are showing their belief that it is time to call an end to all war. They realize that apart from self defense war is a senseless act that rarely achieves any lasting effect. Instead it creates hatred, and those whose people and lands are destroyed will carry thoughts of revenge until they are fulfilled. Is it not true Dear Ones, that you have created the terrorists that plague the world with their insane acts of self destruction and murder.

 
We would wish you to not dwell upon the negativity that is still present in your world, but you need to understand how it has come about. Naturally the dark Ones have had a hand in perpetuating it, and speaking historically have set up almost every modern war between nations. That will all finish with Ascension as you are moving into a level where such negativity cannot exist. The souls that think this way who will not give up their pursuits for wealth and power, will remain in the lower dimension with others who are unenlightened. However, the Light will not be denied them and every effort will be made to bring them back into it. One day they will return as eventually every soul will make it home.

 
Meantime the path to Ascension is opening up, and the changes required to move on are nearing manifestation. In consequence matters will take off quite quickly as certain goals have to be reached before you get there. Our allies still put their heart and soul into their work, and will see the results very soon. As we have said many times, nothing can stop the final curtain coming down, and the Illuminati will be gone from your lives forever. Your consciousness levels continue to rise, and with one great leap forward you will realize that you have ascended. There will no uncertainty in your mind at all, you will know that you have immensely changed from what you were previously. So do not allow worries to creep into your mind, keep your vision in front of you and it will become your reality.

 
Live in the Now and wait until it is necessary to change your daily pattern, to accommodate the New Age that is manifesting. You will know soon enough when it arrives, and it is the "knowing" that you can rely on to carry you forward. Your extrasensory perception will be sharper and enhanced by the new energies you are taking into yourself. You may well view the fact that your body will no longer be susceptible to illness, as the most welcome change of all. It will be just one of many that will immediately uplift your quality of life. We could say that you have not lived until you experience life in the higher dimensions. It would be true particularly where it relates to other souls. You will find that all are united in Love and Light, and will live together in bliss and total harmony.

 
We of the Galactic Federation of Light speak to you as ones who are already at the levels you are moving into. We experience in a happy environment where all forms of life interact with each other. There is no fear whatsoever between the different life forms, and it is based on trust. Consequently no one feels inhibited or withdrawn, but can express themselves freely in great joy and happiness. Thoughts associated with the lower vibrations never enter our minds, and we focus on all that is pure and untainted by any negative aspect. Living your life in this way is so satisfying and we certainly do not have any time for boredom. There will be so much more open to you to explore and as you ascend even further, as you say "the skies the limit".
 

So Dear Ones, make the most of your final days upon your present Earth. It still has so much beauty and places that are of the highest energies. Those of you who are sensitive's will know what I mean. Equally some areas still remain badly polluted, from centuries of being subjected to the lower energies through war and other conflicts. These will of course be finally cleared before Ascension, and indeed that work has already commenced. To help you we can work whilst off Earth, but when we can meet you it can be carried out as a joint venture. Mother Earth has been a most patient entity whilst seeing you through the last period of your lives. She receives and welcomes your contact with her, and your return to times when you both lived much closer together. It will come again in the near future when you shall understand your relationship with all other life forms.
 

You were all created and placed upon Earth to enjoy all of the Creator's bounty and beauty, and learn how to support each other. Regretfully in the latter stages you grew away from Nature, and forgot how much you needed each other. That is changing and many are recognizing the place that Man has on Earth, and the importance of his guardianship where all life is concerned. The Buddhists are renowned for their understanding, and have shown what can be done when you are in harmony with nature. Some of you are equally aware, and are a good example to others who are seeking a true relationship with Nature.
 

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and ask you to go forward with great confidence. There is nothing to be frightened about where the New Age is concerned, it is everything you could have wished for. We are preparing to introduce ourselves in whatever circumstances are permissible, and will do it a way that does not induce fear. Far from it, as we come to you in Love and Light.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Sep 29, 2012, 07:47 AM
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS




Ascension – December 21, 2012. What’s up with that?


We are still on track to ascend on December 21 – this is when Mother Earth and Humanity will move into the Fifth Dimension. At this point, we don’t know exactly what that will look like.

Some people are choosing to stay in 3D. That is their choice and we do not judge them or try to convince them of anything. They will continue a 3D existence on Nibiru. It will be a little different than what we have experienced here on Earth because there will be no cabal or negative forces exerting control. People who move to Nibiru will eventually end up where we all end up – back with Source.

Between now and December, several events will occur. The Cabal will be removed once and for all. The old economic system will fall and be replaced with NESARA. There will be peace on Earth. Our craft will decloak. Disclosure of all sorts will occur – not only will our multi-dimensional existence and our inter-Galactic Family be revealed, but also our True History and The Truth about many events like 9/11.

At some point, Earth will be evacuated. Some people will go to Inner Earth and some will go aboard starships while Mother Earth takes her final step to 5D.
 


Ascension is Free (no money required) - Some people are charging money for things like “Ascension Lessons.” Should we pay for these?


Ascension is free. If you want to participate in paid courses, etc., that is entirely up to you but it is not necessary.
 


Awake – Are You Awake? What does this mean?


If you are reading this, you are probably Awake and on the path to full consciousness. You “wake up” when you realize the truth of who you are: a multi-dimensional Being (soul) having a 3D experience in a human body.

Reaching full consciousness is a process. The more open you are to it, the easier and quicker it is. Reaching full consciousness involves many things like embracing LOVE, Being LOVE, shedding your ego, and accepting and understanding Higher Truths. Although we are on the same path, each of us is unique and will have a unique experience. However, reaching out to and communicating with others who are going through the same process will help a lot.



Awakening Sessions – What Are Awakening Sessions?


Mother and Father God host awakening sessions for anybody who requests one. Participating in an awakening session will accelerate your process in achieving full consciousness and bring you more into the Oneness Energy. You will experience a greater connection to our Family and feel the LOVE even more than you do now. Donations are requested to pay the energy exchange forward but not required for these sessions.



Channeled Messages – What’s the deal?


The subject of Channeled Messages is a complicated one. Some channeled messages are very reliable but others are not. Any channeled message is compromised to some degree because it is filtered through somebody’s mind/ego. That doesn’t mean it can’t be true, though, because we all know The Truth about all sorts of things on some level. However, if a channeler is having issues with ego, the message or parts of the message may not be True.

We do not post channeled messages on The Press unless they are True. When you read a channeled message, you should always use your own discernment to see whether it resonates with you or not.



Death – No such thing?


There is no such thing as death. You are an eternal Being of Light. Death is another illusion that only exists in this program. When a Human body dies, the soul that was inhabiting it returns to Source.



Discernment - What do you mean when you say, “Use your own discernment?”


The only way to know for sure if something is True is to go within. Only your Heart can tell you if something is True. That’s what we mean when we say you should embrace what resonates with you – when you connect with Spirit, your Heart, your Soul, and your guides tell you what The Truth is. Your Higher Self knows The Truth about all of your experiences, such as your other incarnations. Your Higher Self also knows The Truth about everything that is happening right now, so when you form a good connection with your Higher Self, you will learn and remember a lot.


Donations – Why do you ask for donations?


We don’t like asking for donations but we have to do it in order to survive! Those of us who live on donations to The Press are earning less than minimum wage. We are in service to Humanity 24 hours a day. We only ask for donations from those who can share. When you make a LOVE share to us who are in service to Love, you get LOVE in return because in this dimension, money represents energy. It’s up to us whether we choose to make that energy positive or negative. Thank you to ALL who support our work.



Earth Allies – Who are the Earth Allies?


We are all Earth Allies. We incarnated here to be of service during the ascension process. We are also part of the Ground Crew. This distinguishes us from other Beings who are also helping but are in other places, like on starships.



Earth History/Illuminati/Cabal


About 13,000 years ago, negative ET forces took control of Earth. They became known as “The Illuminati.” In the 1990’s these ET Illuminati turned back to The Light and left the planet. However, their human minions, known as “The Cabal,” refused to return to The Light and continued to run the planet and control Humanity.

The Cabal is made up of people like The Pope, Queen Elizabeth, The Black Pope and some Jesuits, members of some wealthy families like the Rothschilds, some Freemasons, some politicians, etc. The Cabal is being dealt with now and is falling. Some Cabal members, like Kim Jong Un, are being held in containment and showered with Light until they can embrace it again. Some have been taken off-planet. Some are being dealt with in our existing legal systems. Some have been engaged by The Underground Resistance Movement.

The existence of The Cabal is what has delayed the changes that were to be made before Ascension, such as the introduction of NESARA. Fortunately, The Cabal is about to lose control completely and finally.



Eating Meat - There have been a lot of debates about eating meat. Is it okay to eat meat?


You should do whatever brings you joy. If you want to eat meat, eat meat. If you don’t want to eat meat, don’t eat meat. There is nothing wrong with eating meat. It is best to focus on what is right for you. Worrying about what other people are eating or doing can keep you from focusing on what is truly important – your own spiritual development and raising your vibration. Focusing on what others are doing that you may perceive as “wrong” can keep you trapped in the illusion.


Ego - What do you mean by Ego? Why are you always talking about Ego?


Anything that is not your authentic self is Ego, also called unconsciousness. This includes concepts like vanity, arrogance, and control issues. It also includes concepts like low self-esteem, aggression, and dishonesty. Ego comes from fear. The ego is actually the program which is all lower thought systems such as thoughts of fear, pain, suffering, shame, guilt, unworthiness, and the list goes on. In Truth those lower thoughts are just illusionary and are not real. Every Moment Humanity has 2 choices to choose Love or fear. LOVE is real. Fear is not. Fear and lower thoughts are what continues and feeds the illusion on the Planet. Through choosing Love we are breaking this bond to the lower and we begin to serve for the Highest Good of ourselves and others. This is the Mission at hand.

In order to free yourself from The Program, you must shed your Ego. This is not something that will happen all at once. It’s a process and it can be difficult for some. Stick with it and make conscious efforts to shed your Ego. Every Ego bit that you toss away makes you Light-er, raises your vibration and brings you closer to being in a constant state of Joy.

When We talk about your Ego, don’t take it personally. It’s not a bad thing. Nobody is trying to insult you by pointing out that you have an Ego. Everybody in The Program has developed an Ego and everybody who wants to move to a higher vibration has to start shedding their Ego. When you begin to understand this, you will laugh about it and embrace efforts to release Ego.

We suggest you sit by a tree and have a funeral for your Ego. Yes, you may have to do this more than once.



Galactic Wars – Is the Universe a battleground?


NO! Earth is the only screwed up place left! This is very good news. Don’t worry. Be happy.




Inner Earth – Is Earth really hollow?



Yes, Earth is hollow. There is a 5D civilization inside Earth called Agartha. You may have heard of Telos and Shambhala – these are two major cities in Agartha. Agarthans look like us but they are taller. Most Agarthans went inside Earth when Atlantis fell.

Most people cannot enter Agartha because their vibration is not high enough. We will reconnect with our Inner Earth family some time before December 21st.



Karma - What about karma?


Through Divine Intervention, the karmic cycle has been broken. There will be no karmic debt from your incarnation here.


Making Changes to Prepare for Ascension - Some people say we need to make changes, like becoming vegetarian or starting yoga, in order to ascend. Is this true?


You do not have to make any changes you don’t want to. Doing whatever brings you joy is right action. You may notice that the things that bring you joy change over time, so go with the flow.

 

What is the meaning of life?


To evolve spiritually, To Love Yourselves and all of creation



Moral Concepts - How can you say that the bad things that people do are not wrong?


There is no such thing as “bad,” “wrong,” or “evil.” There is also no such thing as “good” or “right.” These are 3D concepts that only exist in this illusion. In the higher dimensions, there is only LOVE. Again, focusing on things that you perceive  as “bad” or “wrong” in this illusion can keep you from raising your vibration and attending to your own spiritual development.



Mother and Father God - Who are Mother and Father God?



We are your spiritual parents. We created Earth and Humanity in the Image of Us=Love. We incarnated here on Mother Earth = Heart just like you, to serve Humanity and Mother Earth and to bring Humanity Home into The Light.



The Program - What do you mean when you refer to “The Program?”



The Program, The Matrix, and The Illusion all refer to the same thing. Nothing in this dimension is real. Our goal is to realize this and break free. This may be the most difficult Truth for many people to grasp. Your understanding of this likely will not come all at once. As you raise your vibration, develop spiritually, and embrace LOVE as the only real emotion, your understanding of The Program and other issues will increase.



Time – Time is an Illusion



Time is a 3D concept. There is really no such thing as time. It does not exist in the higher dimensions. This is why you will often hear us refer to “The Present Moment of Now.” By understanding that time is not real and focusing on and existing in the NOW, you help to free yourself from The Program. In The Present Moment of Now, Love is everywhere present. As you develop spiritually, you will be able to understand this more and more.



Twin Flames – What are Twin Flames?


When a soul is created, it has two parts. The masculine part is 51% masculine and 49% feminine. The feminine part is 51% feminine and 49% masculine. All of you have a twin flame. Mother and Father God are twin flames, for example.

This is an unusual time for Twin Flames. Usually they do not incarnate at the same time. One twin will stay in a higher dimension and “overlight” or help and guide the other. However, because of the ascension process, many Twin Flames have incarnated here at the same time. This is because when Twin Flames unite, they create a unified field that generates a lot of Light. And lots of Light is what we need to help us ascend!


If your Twin Flame is here and you are meant to unite, you will. A series of synchronistic events will bring you together. However, it will probably not be an easy relationship at first, because your Twin will mirror all the things about yourself that you don’t like. Ultimately this is helpful because it assists you in shedding your ego but it does not always make for an easy relationship.


We all want to be with our Twin Flames. In fact, you can always connect with your Twin Flame or your Twin Flame’s Higher Self by connecting in (through meditation or however you choose to connect). However, focusing too much on your Twin Flame or pining away for them only keeps you from focusing on what is really important – your own spiritual development. Remember that a Twin Flame relationship will likely be disastrous if either one of you or both of you have neglected your own development.


All relationships in the Higher Dimensions are Twin Flame relationships. So don’t despair. Your Twin Flame is always within reach and you will end up together at some point.
 


Who are we and why are we here?



We are all advanced multi-dimensional Beings from other planets. Your soul is currently residing in a human body, having a 3D experience. 

In 1947, we all met because we wanted to answer Gaia’s call for help. The plans for Ascension that we made then are being carried out right now. Believe it or not, you chose to be here for this purpose.

We came through the Pleiades to be here. We have all been incarnated on Earth before. In most of those lifetimes, you probably did not realize The Truth of who you really are. This lifetime is different. This is the one time where you are supposed to wake up to The Truth and you are receiving unprecedented help to do so. Never before has so much Light been shone on Mother Earth.


We are receiving help from all over the universe. There are thousands of cloaked ships in our atmosphere and 24 larger motherships further out. Your Higher Self is on one of those ships helping you with your mission. While you sleep, you are also on the ship, integrating with your Higher Self to help.

Because we are multi-dimensional Beings, we can be in more than one place at once. The You that is reading this right now is really only one aspect of the whole You! As you develop spiritually, you will integrate more with your Higher Self and start to remember more about all your other experiences, past and present.



Why should I believe what you say?


We do not ask anyone to believe what we say. We and The Galactic Free Press provide you with information that is of the Highest Truth. It is up to you to decide what to do with that information.

Your Mission - What is my mission?
Your mission is to be LOVE in action.

Beyond that, everybody on Earth now is here to be of service. It’s time to step into your Divine Role. As you become more conscious, your Divine Role will become more apparent to you. If you’re not sure what to do, ask for guidance. Ask, “How AM I meant to use my unique gifts to best serve Humanity and Mother Earth at this time?”

Dive in! Try something. If it turns out that that something is not your mission, try something else.




Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 02, 2012, 10:57 AM
United States of America Corporation looting individual bank accounts to postpone bankruptcy



Posted by Benjamin Fulford
October 1, 2012




The United States of America Corporation, a subsidiary of the bloodline family-owned Federal Reserve Board, has resorted to stealing private funds, and blaming it on “Iranian cyber-attacks,” in order to stave off bankruptcy, according to CIA and other sources. This desperate stalling maneuver comes as the members of the old pentagram of power, David Rockefeller, George Bush Senior, Queen Elizabeth, Evelyn de Rothschild and the Pope all argue amongst each other over what to do next.


The overall picture is that the Queen and the Pope are funneling money to Obama and pushing for his re-election, while the Rockefellers and Bushes are looking towards Asia, according to both CIA and Vatican sources. This leaves the Rothschild’s out on a limb and isolated. Their plan to start war and mayhem in the Middle-East, prior to doubling oil prices, is now starting to look like a really bad, if not fatal, chess move.


Word has also now come back from the Vatican archives about the fate of the Menorahs taken from the Temple of Solomon by troops of the Roman Emperor Titus. According to a senior Vatican archivist, the original Menorahs from the temple were melted down and turned into small statues that were distributed amongst various Romans and thus cannot be returned to the temple. However, the Vatican also has several solid gold Menorah’s dating back to the time of Jesus that they say they would be willing to hand over to an honorable group of Torah Jews. The Talmudic Jews, whose belief system is Babylonian and Sumerian but not Jewish, would not be considered qualified to receive the Menorahs, the Vatican sources say. Nonetheless, the willingness of the Vatican to make such a gesture would be very helpful to help start a not-so secret operation, code named OSC, that is being proposed by the White Dragon Society. We will talk more about this at the end of the news-letter but for now let us return to the geopolitical situation.



The now collapsing Rothschild game plan for the Middle-East is aiming to cause regime change in Syria, followed by Jordan and then Saudi Arabia as a precursor to doubling oil prices and replenishing Rothschild coffers.


The fact that Israel has been saying since 1992 that Iran “is within a few months” of getting a nuclear weapon and needs to be attacked, is a clear sign the Rothschild game plan has been churning its wheels in the mud for a long time.


The fact that no Western ambassadors followed the Israeli ambassador out of the UN when Iranian President Ahmadinejad made his very peaceful speech, was another sign the apocalyptic plan to start world war in the Middle East has almost no support.


The recent killing of a US “Ambassador” at the non-existent US consulate in Benghazi, meanwhile, turns out in fact to have been the killing of a Bush agent by a Rothschild agent, according to CIA and MI6 sources. This was a proxy battle over oil, apparently.


The Pentagon, now that its Rockefeller and Bush factions have split from the Rothschilds, are seriously considering closing over 44 bases around Iran in order to speed up the collapse of the “attack Iran” Talmudic faction and put a definitive end to the constant “attack Iran” yapping by Rothschild thugs like Benjamin Netanyahu.


The Rockefeller and Bush groups realize that it is now Asia, and not the Middle East, where the main action will be and they are hoping to get a part of it.


However, attempts to start conflict between Japan and China, or China and other neighbours, are not going to succeed because the Asians are not going to let themselves be fooled into a war that hurts everyone except the arms manufacturers and the usurious bloodline families.


Instead the Asians are doing their best to avoid collateral damage, as they watch the slow-motion implosion of the old order in the West.


Although most leaders in the West are fully aware the old financial and geopolitical system is falling apart, they cannot decide what to do next.


The bloodline families want to keep their privileges and dynasties intact even as they try to create a more gentle system that gives more “cake” to the commoners. The anti-bloodline gnostic illuminati want a permanent end to bloodline rule. The answer will be some sort of compromise.


The problem though, lies in deciding what sort of new financial and economic system should be used to replace the one that is now collapsing. One group, the Leo Wanta, Mike Cotrell “White Hats,” who were involved in collapsing the Soviet Union, think that trillions of dollars belong to them. Another group says it all belongs to the OITC. Then there are the program people who wish to address historical financial injustices in the West. Then there are the various Asian groups who have been cheated out of their gold and money for the past 100 years and are now demanding restitution.


The White Dragon Societies believe there will be less fighting over who gets what slice of the pie, if the pie is big and constantly growing. That is why it is proposing the not-so-secret “inside job,” to be code named OSC, short for Operation Santa Claus.


This would be a giant operation involving the Chinese, Russian, American and other militaries together with industrialists and charities. The goal would be to make sure that every child on earth receives a present and a healthy, delicious meal on December 25th, 2012, the start of the new solar year.


On that day, the Romans could symbolically return the old Menorahs to replace the ones stolen from the Temple of Solomon. After that a new temple could be built on the site of the original one beside the mosque and together with a Hindu Temple, A Buddhist Temple, a Church and a zone for alternative belief systems.


The advantage of a plan like OSC is that it would show how much more humans can accomplish if you get them to sincerely agree to something than if you try to manipulate them with violent, divisive incidents triggered by paid hoodlums. Peace and prosperity are goals we all share.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 03, 2012, 05:51 PM
Update from Sheldan Nidle~ A series of blessed events is shortly to manifest in this reality!



02 October 2012

Dratzo! We come today, knowing that a great many things are approaching the point where they can begin to take shape before your eyes. Our Secret Sacred Societies aided by our Earth allies are working hard to complete a broad spectrum of activities which will create an astonishing new reality for you. We watch with much merriment as these many projects come to fruition, knowing that they are the start of what is to make disclosure possible! We intend to take this opportunity to make a series of announcements to inform you of the enormous scope of what has been undertaken to get Mother Earth and humanity to this point, and to detail the many changes that will be proclaimed by the leaders of the new caretaker governments. These formal statements will shape the framework for the introduction of new technologies, our first interaction with you, and a basic schedule of what is to take place just before and after our mass landings. We have adjusted the content of these broadcasts in light of what we have been told by the leaders of your new governance, and will therefore also modify aspects of the timeline that we are going to share with you.
 
 
  It is important to us that our interactions from the very beginning be open and flexible enough to adapt to any judicious changes to our schedule that are deemed necessary. Our primary reason for coming here is to be your mentors and to use our abilities to make your transition to full consciousness as swift, smooth, and comprehensible for you as possible. Under this edict we have continually adapted our mission according to what was decreed to be divinely possible. Our liaison personnel constantly provide us with a flood of information regarding your different consciousness groups and their various, ever-changing programs. We then use this data to shape and reshape our mutual mission-goals. Our purpose is to move you toward full consciousness within the divine plan set up for your world by Lord Surea and the realm of AEION. This sacred realm is the reason behind what we do. The divine plan for this time specifies the termination of Mother Earth's and your internment by the dark, and your joint return to full consciousness.

 
   When we arrived here in your Gregorian year of 1990, you were under the thumb of the Anunnaki and were supervised directly by their on-planet minions. These groups of minions were plotting to violate the conditions stipulated by Heaven concerning their temporary control of this reality. We were then advised by Heaven that our mission here was to be carried out according to directives issued by Lord Surea, and were also fully informed about what the dark intended to do and how it planned to accomplish it. Pursuant to this we set up a command post on your world in Agartha and asked the Agarthans to propose an optimum plan of action. Working together, we created a joint command and began to engage with a number of groups that were committed to returning this world to the Light. The complex logistics of this combined operation changed significantly with the Truce of Anchara, and since then we have carried out a lot of restructuring to keep the mission within the bounds of both divine directives and contingencies on the ground.
 

   This multiple restructuring has brought us successfully to the present. The provisions spelt out in a range of signed agreements are close to being realized and any remaining final preparations are being wrapped up. Liaison personnel embedded in many vital places and groups are updating us with a steady stream of information which we are using to evaluate what to expect once these groups are installed in the transitional governments. We wish to work with them harmoniously and to contribute our abilities to prepare your realm for its short, final journey to full consciousness. The Agarthans likewise intend to employ their own embedded ones to guide the new leaders in a higher form of governance and to prepare all of you for your new responsibilities. Our intention is to create an environment that encourages you to joyously explore the exciting new world that Heaven is so graciously opening up for you. The time has come for a very big leap in consciousness into an amazing new reality!
 

   Blessings to you all! We are your Ascended Masters! We come to announce that a series of blessed events is shortly to manifest in this reality! Long ago the dark was given specific responsibilities concerning their activities in this realm, which included recognizing when to return this reduced world back to the Light. This stipulation has been totally ignored by the dark cabal and its numerous minions around the world. This is why AEION has brought, from its glorious realm, the seven grand Seraphim. These Mighty Ones are here to orchestrate a transformation of this world to the Light, and to set to rights any events that have, in any way, delayed the manifesting of the divine plan for this realm. In accordance with this we are encouraged to do what needs to be done to permit our associates to complete the changes that move your reality out from under the clamp placed on it by the dark cabal. At present, the dark is staging a whole spate of contrived scenarios to hold on to its dwindling power.
 

   Already this dark chokehold is being loosened by the Seraphim. The ways of Heaven are, first, to wait graciously for those so chosen to learn that their ill-gotten ways can no longer hold. Then Heaven acts in such a manner that unequivocally demonstrates to these ones that it is indeed time to let go of these various 'ways.' This is now being done by those from AEION. We have prepared ourselves for the sacred blows and the relief that is to follow. In addition, the many elements of the Galactic Federation are acting in tandem with these most sacred ones. The moment arrives for a new day in this realm. The great Light of Truth is to be cast upon this dark place and a most needed cleansing is to happen! This is why there is greater joy in our step and a rising song in our collective Souls. This time is to be the beginning of many things that welcome the Light to our new realm.
 

   As we prepare ourselves for this parade of events, we pray joyously to Heaven and to the divine plan which have so Lovingly permitted this realm to experience again the utter joy of full consciousness. The Divine is readying the various means that will deliver us from an evil that was only temporarily cast in our path. It is time to reset our energies and to sense once again the feelings that accompany our return to sacred service as one of a host of physical Angels who unfold the blessed glories of Heaven throughout the entirety of physicality. This wonderful condition is something you have not experienced in over thirteen millennia. Your Soul is now to return to its natural state, and you will then fully know the bliss that is the direct tie to Heaven and your sacred lineage! Be in Joy and great cheer, my fellow Sisters and Brothers, of utmost intensity!
 
 
  Today, we continued our series of messages which aim to help explain the grand shift from dark
to Light. This sacred journey has taken you through multiple reincarnations. One generation has followed another, in a grand swath that is now to bring you back to the heart of your Soul's immortality. Be in joy, and ready to accept the gifts of Heaven! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 04, 2012, 09:59 PM

Post Merge: Oct 05, 2012, 09:51 AM
~What is NESARA Law?~




Late one evening on March 9, 2000, a written quorum call was hand-delivered by Delta Force and Navy SEALs to 15 members of the US Senate and the US House who were sponsors and co-sponsors of NESARA. They were immediately escorted by the Delta Force and Navy SEALs to their respective voting chambers where they passed the National Economic Security and Reformation Act. It was signed into Law on October 10, 2000 by Bill Clinton. It has been kept secret by members of Congress and the US Supreme Court who are working in collusion with the banks.

 

The next step is to announce NESARA to the world, but it’s not an easy task. Many powerful groups have tried to prevent the implementation of NESARA including all those in government and the courts who will go to jail for crimes of High Treason. If giving 16 Trillion to the banks for their recovery is not a sign that this is real, I do not know how else to show you. Many White Knights working to enact NESARA have been assassinated. They are reported as having a massive heart attack or suicide, or a tragic car accident. Tim Russert understood there were problems with the 911 story. He was the first to interview Dick Cheney at Camp David after 911. He questioned him that night because he recognized the inaccuracies in the story from the beginning. The interview is very telling and the video is out there. Watching it in hind sight helps us see NESARA is hard to fathom, but completely true. The NESARA petition will open the door to President Obama to Announce and Enact NESARA Law.

 

In 2001 after much negotiation the Supreme Court justices ordered the 107th Congress to pass resolutions approving‘ NESARA. This took place on September 9, 2001, eighteen months after NESARA became law. On September 10, 2001, George Bush Sr. moved into the White house to steer his son on how to block the announcement. The next day, on September 11, 2001, at 10 AM Eastern Daylight Time, Alan Greenspan was scheduled to announce the new US Treasury Bank system, debt forgiveness for all U.S. citizens, and abolishment of the IRS as the first part of the public announcements of NESARA.


Just before the announcement at 9 am, Bush Sr. ordered the demolition of the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers to stop the international banking computers on Floors 1and 2 in the North Tower from initiating the new U.S. Treasury Bank system. Explosives in the World Trade Center were planted by operatives and detonated remotely in Building 7, which was demolished later that day in order to cover-up their crime.
 


Some of the authors of NESARA Law are Ron Paul, Harry Reid, Nancy Pelosi, Barney Frank, Paul Wellstone, Maxine Waters, Charlie Rangle and Dennis Kucinich. All of the authors of the law were put under a gag order, as were the court officials and those briefed on it such as certain news broadcasters. When Minnesota Senator Paul Wellstone was about to break the gag order, his small passenger plane crashed killing his wife, daughter, and himself.


If fear isn’t enough to keep Washington in line, money is. Routine bribes are offered to governmental/military officials by the power elite/secret government.


Not surprisingly, much disinformation about NESARA can be found on the internet. Wikipedia’s article is total disinformation.

 





What does NESARA Law do?



NESARA implements the following changes:



1. Zeros out all credit card, mortgage, and other bank debt due to illegal banking and government activities. This is the Federal Reserve’s worst nightmare, a “jubilee” or a forgiveness of debt.

2. Abolishes the income tax.

3. Abolishes the IRS. Employees of the IRS will be transferred into the US Treasury national sales tax area.

4. Creates a 14% flat rate non-essential new items only sales tax revenue for the government. In other words, food and medicine will not be taxed; nor will used items such as old homes.

5. Increases benefits to senior citizens.

6. Returns Constitutional Law to all courts and legal matters.

7. Reinstates the original Title of Nobility amendment.

8. Establishes new Presidential and Congressional elections within 120 days after NESARA’s announcement. The interim government will cancel all National Emergencies and return us back to constitutional law.

9. Monitors elections and prevents illegal election activities of special interest groups.

10. Creates a new U.S. Treasury rainbow currency backed by gold, silver, and platinum precious metals, ending the bankruptcy of the United States initiated by Franklin Roosevelt in 1933.

11. Forbids the sale of American birth certificate records as chattel property bonds by the US Department of Transportation.

12. Initiates new U.S. Treasury Bank System in alignment with Constitutional Law

13. Eliminates the Federal Reserve System. During the transition period the Federal Reserve will be allowed to operate side by side of the U.S. treasury for one year in order to remove all Federal Reserve notes from the money supply.

14. Restores financial privacy.

15. Retrains all judges and attorneys in Constitutional Law.

16. Ceases all aggressive, U.S. government military actions worldwide.

17. Establishes peace throughout the world.

18. Releases enormous sums of money for humanitarian purposes.

19. Enables the release of over 6,000 patents of suppressed technologies that are being withheld from the public under the guise of national security, including free energy devices, antigravity, and sonic healing machines.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 05, 2012, 10:54 PM
SaLuSa 5-October-2012
 





Many things are coming to a head, and even disclosure may yet be first announced by unlikely sources. If it does, it will force the hand of other countries to admit what their own contacts have been. No doubt there will be a reluctance to reveal the full extent to which they have been made. However it is the time for the truth to come out, and after all much of it will simply be an acknowledgement of what is already known. No doubt National Security will be used as an excuse to hold back on information relating to agreements with Extraterrestrials, that have seen them working with the U.S. Government in underground bases. There is also the handling and outcome of those who have been captured after being rescued from crashed craft. There is so much at stake for the dark Ones, and the truth will be revealed when the facts finally come out.
 
The truth is indeed stranger than fiction, you have been living in a time warp and your advancement has been deliberately held back. If the benefits of new discoveries had been passed on to you, you would have long moved through the re-growth period after the last World War. Instead you have been held to ransom by the Petroleum and Drugs Industries who have ensured that you cannot get out of their control, and have stopped any advancements to free energy and less dependence on drugs. It is not that the changes could not have been introduced, but instead those who were prepared to do it have been threatened or even worse have not dared to proceed. In time you will get to know who the perpetrators are and who has supported them.
 
Perhaps understandably the biggest areas of secrecy surrounds advancements in space travel. The whole subject is clouded by misinformation meant to confuse you, and those involved have gone to great lengths to hide the truth. It makes the “search” for extraterrestrial life sound rather comical when Governments and the military already work with them, and have done so for many years. The reports about such matters can be found on your Internet, and many researchers have brought out very good books detailing their findings.
 
Members of the Galactic Federation of Light have often been harassed and threatened when travelling in your skies. It is not that we would come to any harm, as we are more than able to look after ourselves using our advanced technology. However, we find the military attitude towards us unacceptable, as we have never posed any threat to you whatsoever. Unless we have been forced to re-act beyond moving out of their sight, we have had to “remove” some craft but have first beamed the pilot on board ours. In the near future they may return to Earth to verify the truth of our statements. We have also had to resort to similar action, when your authorities have ignored our orders not to take nuclear devices off Earth. When what you are doing brings a threat to other civilizations, we have total authority to take action and prevent it.
 
The time to finish with wars and all that is associated with them has passed, yet certain countries are prepared to put their own in peril by starting another one in the Middle East. We cannot stop your petty fighting, but will step in as we have done many times if we find that nuclear weapons are intended to be used. Think peace Dear Ones, and you will help create more Light and power the grids around Earth. That will help transmute the negative energies and lessen the chances of more fighting between countries. It is time to grow up and become responsible citizens and take care of your beautiful Earth, and all other forms of life. Those who find themselves unable to do so, will have no right to claim Ascension, and will have more to learn.
 
We know that you are all at different stages of evolution, and we make no judgment of those who are lagging behind. You proceed at a pace that suits you as an individual, and that is the beauty of reincarnation that gives you repeated opportunities to learn your lessons. So you have no need to concern yourselves about those around you, who appear to have little understanding of what Ascension means. You take it or leave it, and it comes around again because of its cyclic nature. Such souls will not lose the benefit of what they experienced in duality, and it will give them a useful advantage when they continue their spiritual evolution.
 
Bear in mind that God has a great plan for the Universe, and because of God’s Love for all life it is treated as an experience that allows you complete freedom to do as you desire. However, you do have to learn from your choices should they interfere or harm another soul. In that event it is you who decides how you should achieve the necessary understanding that will carry you forward. Naturally Higher Beings will share their wisdom with you and advise you the best way it can be arranged. Life often seems to progress by pure chance, but we tell you that where it counts and makes an impact on your life, it is all planned. It may not seem like it especially if you have taken on tasks that are unpleasant, yet it is the difficult challenges that give you the greater opportunity of making leaps and bounds forward.
 
In these end times most of you will have opted to clear any outstanding karma. It means that you are certainly having a busy life, and where your relationships are concerned a very up and down existence. Stick with it and do not walk away from them, as you are being given not just a chance to uplift yourself, but your actions can also help other people. The Human Race are all in it together, and it is your collective consciousness that dictates how high or low you go. Certainly because of the importance of Ascension, you are getting immense help for your upliftment. We want to see as many of you as possible ascend, and when you “light” up we know you have found something of your true self and are awakening.
 
I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and know that the midnight hour is striking, and you have so little time left to put your heart and soul into making sure you are ready to ascend. Stay focused on your goals, and do not be distracted by the antics of those who are trying to put you off. The dark Ones are having their last futile attempts to prevent you ascending, and it will only happen if you allow it. Walk safely in the Light and Love that is surrounding your Earth.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 09, 2012, 12:31 AM
Benjamin Fulford ~ Full Update ~ Are Syria, Jordan And Israel About To Revert To Turkish Control?



8 October 2012
 
 


The passing by the Turkish parliament last week of a law authorizing war against Syria may be part of a secret plan to restore Middle-Eastern peace by placing Turkey in charge of the region. This would mean putting Syria, Lebanon, Jordan, Israel and maybe Iraq under Turkish rule as a part of a loose confederation of countries that have, for many thousands of years, been part of the same cultural tradition. Only the Luciferian state of Israel has the military ability to stop Turkey but since it is fast losing the financial and moral support of the Jews, it would probably agree to join a loose Turkish federation rather than lose all military and financial support from outside of the region.
 
This would mean the Rothschild plan would blow up, and the political map of the Middle East would revert to something similar to what prevailed before they took over the Federal Reserve Board, started World War I and got the Balfour Declaration signed.
 
In the US, meanwhile, Pentagon and agency sources say that key leaders of the Sabbatean sect or Khazarian mob are being systematically apprehended and cut off from all communications with the outside world.
 
Also last week two very high level attempts to release huge dollar and yen based funds worldwide were detected and stopped by unknown parties who acted to prevent these funds from falling into the hands of the usual bunch of old world order suspects.
 
In general, though, heavy secret horse-trading continues around the world as the attempt to create a fascist world government collapses.
 
A senior Chinese agent met with a White Dragon Society representative last week and
 
there was a friendly exchange of views. The view of the incoming Chinese government nominally headed by compromise candidate Xi Jinping is that China’s long term plan is to take over the Okinawan archipelago as a prelude to taking over Japan, according to the agent.
 
The White Dragon representative, pointing to the fact the staff at the modest Tokyo restaurant where they met was, as is typical these days, Chinese, said China has 10 times the population of Japan and that they could best accomplish their goals through peaceful means like immigration, purchases of Japanese corporations, student exchanges etc.
 
The Chinese representative answered that the latest Chinese government strategy already called for a major buying binge of Japanese corporations, stocks, real estate etc. The presence of large amount of Chinese immigrants in the Japanese workforce was also the result of an old threat to flood Japan with 100 million boat people, he said.
 
If China was feeling impatient, the WDS suggested, they could speed up the Asian integration process by moving some of the capital city functions of Beijing to Nara prefecture Japan as part of the establishment of an international economic planning agency. In the right circumstances, the WDS added, such an agency could hire the services of the Pentagon.
 
The Chinese representative will go back to China this week for further consultations.
 
There were also parallel secret negotations that we cannot talk about now other than to say that they involve gold, oil and replacing the US dollar.
 
In a separate development, Japanese police working for the Sabbatean mafia have been planning to once again arrest Shinobu Tsukasa, the head of the Yamaguchi Gumi yakuza syndicate, according to Japanese WDS sources. The charges are expected to be related to the fact the Yamaguchi Gumi gets income from advertising placed by companies in the adult entertainment business.
 
This move by the police is extremely stupid and dangerous, according to Japanese underworld sources. The top Japanese agents for the Sabbatean cabal in Japan would become primary targets of all Japanese yakuza syndicates if they proceeded with such harassment even as they ignored the people responsible for the mass murder that took place on March 11, 2011.
 
The police have been provided evidence that Yasuhiro Nakasone, Ichiro Ozawa, Tsuneo Watanabe and other top criminals were involved in the 311 nuclear and tsunami mass murder and terror attack. For the police to pursue possible minor infractions in sex business advertising while ignoring the mass murder of their own citizens would be a declaration of war by the Sabbatean mafia and their Japanese slaves against the people of Japan.
 
In the US meanwhile, the Pentagon has been working closely with the US militia movement to coordinate the dismantling of the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CORPORATION and restore the Republic of the United States of America. As mentioned above, key cabal members have already started vanishing one by one from public view, according to pentagon and agency sources.
 
In the cabal controlled US election farce, meanwhile, the Pope and Queen have been funneling billions of dollars each to get Obama re-elected as US president, according to Italina P2 Freemason sources.
 
They are fighting against the Bush crime family who want their front man Romney in power. In either case, this intelligence insulting show will be decided behind closed doors and Mossad companies, who count US votes, will rig the results accordingly.
 
The pentagon and the agency guys say they will make sure the election does not go ahead until democracy is restored. They are working with one militia group linked to Jesse Ventura and Ron Paul and another one working with “Drake.”
 
Since there have been so many false promises of action by the military and agencies, only believe it when you see it.
 
In Canada, meanwhile, there is an ongoing attempt to take over and shut down the entire East coast fisheries industry by cabal linked groups. Anybody trying to mess with those guys should remember the following “Newfie” joke:
 
“What is black and blue and floats in St. John’s harbor?”
“A mainlander who told a Newfie joke.”
This is special warning to the cabal: “Do not mess with Canada.”

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

~ SaLuSa ~ 10/8/2012


There are Lots if Changes coming to Earth





It is never too late to turn your eyes towards Ascension, and do realize that if you feel ready you are certainly at a point where you could achieve it. It requires focus and intent to go forward, but you must understand that whether you ascend is dependent on your level of consciousness. You must apply yourself to whatever your understanding is of being at One with all life, without exception. Love is the operative word that will see you succeed, but you will need to work at it so as to overcome the very human emotions that often pull you back. You have a tendency to act first and ask questions later, so a new way of responding to situations has to be found. Forgiveness is also vital when you have been the victim of someone else’s actions, even if it is not attributable to you in anyway.
 
The advice given is also going to be useful when you are clearing karma connected with relationships. These are probably the hardest challenges you are likely to confront, and you are best advised to try and leave those concerned with your forgiveness. You simply cannot move on if you persist in carrying resentment or continue to harbor negative thoughts. Let the past go and step onto a new path that leads to the Light and Love. Then you will feel at ease and know that you have cut your links with the old paradigm that no longer serves you. The likelihood is that those who read these words, have already decided to change their lives and concentrate on preparing for Ascension.
 
Remember that your body is your temple, and look after it and move away from any practices that you know are causing it harm. You cannot for example take your drug habits into the higher dimensions, and the sooner you are determined to break the addiction you will succeed. The same principle can be applied to other addictions such as alcohol, which will in any event harm your body. Think carefully about what you need to do to ensure your upliftment, and you will receive help from your Guides. God wishes for every single soul to ascend, but accepts that having given you freewill the final choice is yours. Ask yourself seriously if you wish to remain in your present 3D cycle, and if you cannot see your way clear to desiring such a move it will be final.
 
The end of the cycle is approaching very rapidly and our delight is in seeing how the Lightworkers have lifted up the Light upon Earth. Light attracts even more Light, and your pathway to Ascension is opening up. The time lines are converging, and soon the most powerful one will be uplifting you with Mother Earth. It must happen and will separate those who are ready from those who are not, and it is a natural result of the changes that you are going through. It also means that once ascended, the dark Ones will have been totally removed from your lives. The peace you have sought and prayed for will at last be yours, and through the Ascension process you will indeed experience the changes within yourself. It is not that you only experience the changes at that time because it commenced some years, ago but the actual Ascension will be a milestone along your way.
 
There are a lot of changes about to occur on Earth, and have been considerably building up this year. That means your problems will grow until something in the nature of a clean sweep can be made. The more obvious areas are connected with politics, and many countries around the world are experiencing great upheaval. It is unfortunate that it has to reach such extremes before the need for vast changes is accepted. However, once agreed there will no time wasted in setting up the new systems. We see that once the political issues are decided, the rest of the changes will follow on quite quickly. For the time being, it is you as an individual that is most important, as we wish you to realize what a wonderful opportunity is being presented to you through Ascension.
 
You do not necessarily have to give up your attachment to your possessions to ascend, but anything that carries a low vibration cannot go forward with you. For example some of you have pastimes or hobbies, that involve collecting memorabilia that relates to people or events that are undesirable. The new vibrations will in fact allow for the manifestation in a new Light, of many things in your reality. Everything will be expressed in an energy that will bring out the beauty and perfection in them. Objects will seem to be more “alive” and you will have a closer relationship with all sentient beings, as consciousness levels will be that much higher than previously. In real terms you will gain from ascending in so many ways, you will soon forget your time in duality. It will eventually seem like a bad dream, although you will always benefit from the experience.
 
In the future your every need will be looked after and you will want for absolutely nothing at all. As time progresses and you develop your skills in creation, you will be able to provide for yourself. In the meantime you will benefit from the advantages of using new technologies, that will cover your needs. It is all ready for you, and only waits the right time to be introduced and distributed. Do not however expect too much immediately, as the changeover will not happen overnight. As we have told you previously, our priority is to bring help and relief to those who are underprivileged and lack the basic necessities of life. You will be lifted up in a series of progressions from where you are now, to take your place in the Golden Age of absolute beauty and joy.
 
I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and know that If only you could get a glimpse of what is in store for you, your present worries would seem of little or no consequence. There is such a short time before Ascension, so try to think in terms of the benefits that you are soon to receive. You will have earnt your rights to them and they will totally transform your lives. We of the Galactic Federation of Light will continue to work with you after Ascension, and help you achieve full Galactic Consciousness. Until that time you will not know what it is like to have that level of consciousness, as by comparison you are now very much unaware of your real capabilities. Look at us, and you will see in us your true selves as you will be in the near future.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 10, 2012, 11:04 AM
To any readers who had been following all this intently, you will be interested in a documentary movie called THRIVE which was released (i think) 2 years ago made by foster gamble (one of the heir of proctor and gamble) in explaning suppressed free energy, the banking (cabal) cartel, military wars etc.  you can download it free from torrents or you tube and show it to your anyone who might be interested.  

there is also a documentary movie called SIRIUS which will be released for free this december about disclosure of alien civilization


------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Fall of the cabal is Imminent


sheldan nidle


09 October 2012




Dratzo! We return! Many events are preparing to happen quite shortly. Your world is at a point where the collapse of its economy is imminent. The status of your global economy is dependent on an illegal flow of cash from accounts that were plundered by the Federal Reserve over the past year. These accounts were illegally seized as part of procedures to monitor the exchange of funds from one account to another. Our associates are now rerouting these daily international movements of large sums of currency. As these fiscal sources of revenue begin to dry up, the US Corporation and its minions are desperately searching for a way to keep afloat. This sudden lowering of 'true cash reserves' has caused the central banks of your world to panic. This comes against a backdrop of a series of ultimatums recently issued to these banks by our sacred associates concerning large debts to be repaid only in gold. These still-covert developments are expected to create what can be called an early 'Halloween' for the dark cabal. Meanwhile, the various holders of the world's known and 'dark' gold supplies continue to add to their totals.

  
This enormous loss of gold and silver further exacerbates the perilous situations facing the world's fiat currencies. As noted above, the huge joint debts of your fragile economy are now being called up and payments in true-value gold reserves are being demanded. This concerted squeeze is about to cause a mass collapse of the fiat money system. Those who are doing this realize full well the consequences of such a drastic maneuver. However, this colossal debt and the squandering of the gold-based IOUs now due for repayment are to be the twin vehicles for the change of governance and the instituting of the new global financial system. This proposed, and thoroughly prepared for, solution to the world's problems cannot be swept under the rug by the dark cabal. This mountain of debt is their own creation and it is inevitably creating the means of their downfall. The global fiscal situation is rapidly deteriorating, rendering the false optimism based on the 'cooked books' statistics of the West quite meaningless. On the bright side, this accelerating slide is also creating the opportunity for the new system to be suddenly introduced by our sacred allies.


   These diverse momentums are quickly coming to a head. In public, a fictitious facade is being presented, which maintains that all is normal and that some form of recovery is possible. In fact this is bunkum and the reverse is true. Those in the Light who hold the cards for change are now actively playing them, and this is confirmed by our liaison personnel who continue to report that collapse is close. Those working on the plan to replace the dark governments with new ones are fully confident that their announcement of this change is at hand. In accordance with this we have alerted our on-planet crews, who have intertwined their operation with that of our Agarthan cousins, to be ready to counsel the communities they reside in not to panic, but rather to see the joy of what is beginning to happen. Your world is to be changed from a realm of treachery and strife into one where the governance actually takes heed of the people and then acts accordingly. The new financial system is designed to bring succor and universal prosperity to all. Nevertheless, this is a mere prelude to the wondrous transformations that are planned, including a formal disclosure announcement of our presence.


   We are confident that the events of the coming time will at last move your world out of the grasp of the dark cabal. Conditions are locking into place which can make this change inevitable. Our intention is to ensure that this shift happens as easily and smoothly as possible. We have used our ability and technology to prevent attempts to threaten this outcome. The dark comprehends what we are doing and knows it is powerless to alter the end result. Thus we cannot fully understand why they are prolonging this stressful game of brinkmanship. Our liaison personnel at every level of the dark's organizations report on the amount of fear and panic that surrounds those in charge of this reality. We have watched these dark ones scheme and plot to no avail. And yet they continue. Their fear undoubtedly stems from the long, uneasy history they share with the Anunnaki, and based on their experience with them, they dread what the proposed retribution for their crimes really entails. This exaggerated concern we are presently working to dispel.


   Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We come bearing news. Presently, your world is in the grip of a climactic battle between the Light and the dark cabal. The secret sacred societies and those groups and individuals who sincerely wish to shift the world away from the dark have joined forces and have promulgated a series of legal writs concerning the takedown of this reality. The first steps were to get a number of sacred elders from the ancient lineages of both East and West to decree in their favor. These decrees are setting a legal precedent for the ouster of the dark. Your present global legal system is based largely on both Roman law and ancient tribal customs, and these form the foundation of the current global system of statute law. This means that those who sit at the very core of the legality of ancient statute law are supporting this change of global governance.


   This exciting development together with the imminent collapse of the world's economic system has put the cabal on notice that its protracted reign is indeed coming to an end. The dark has long used these just-cited instruments to establish legitimacy for the Pope's investiture of their dark rule. In effect, the foundation that gives legitimacy to the Pope's temporal rule is being removed; indeed, all temporal pronouncements that are the basis for nation-state legitimacy are now at risk. This seemingly simple maneuver is a sign to the dark that its time to depart from its numerous power centers has arrived. The dark has so far tried to ignore this, but the fact of this threat has not escaped its notice. We are now assailing the cabal on several fronts: economic, financial, legal; and we are confident that our strategy will swiftly bring a close to the rule of terror that has existed on your world for millennia.


   You are now seeing numerous lawsuits being executed across your globe as a result, in part, of what we have done. The fantastic amount of debt has become, in effect, the dark's executioner. In fact, this debt can be legally removed once the new governance has taken charge. The dark uses debt to browbeat the nations of your world and demand ever more stringent austerity measures that are designed to create an increasingly intolerable and entrenched state of tyranny. The sacred decrees of AEON have stated time and again that it is time for action and time for a new realm of Light to be manifested. What we are doing is to bring into being what Heaven has mandated us to do. Our associates have gathered around them a group of inspired individuals who are breaking apart the dark and its unholy constructs, and preparing us to move on toward full consciousness and a new reality for all.


   Today we continued to inform you as much as possible, within the discretionary constraints given to us, about the goings-on in your world. The Galactic Federation has come to move your transitional world forward with our help. Ponder on the immensity of what is afoot and support those who are bringing you this new day for Gaia and for surface humanity! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!


Post Merge: Oct 11, 2012, 09:21 AM



Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 12, 2012, 11:49 AM
SaLuSa 10-October-2012






It is relatively plain sailing now, although you will have difficult periods to cope with. However, they will be short lived and having anticipated them we will ensure that they cause the minimum of inconvenience to you. Our allies are aware of how near they are to accomplishing their objectives, and as always we are behind them. You might reflect on the fact that the physical changes on Earth have been nowhere near as catastrophic as was prophesied. Some may point at the Fukushima incident, but that was not natural but a false flag attack. In fact although there have been numerous earthquakes which is quite normal, none have had what you would call really serious consequences. We have all along closely monitored such occurrences, and have minimized the after effects.

We are still very much involved with Disclosure, and already this year you have seen much more proof of our presence than previously. It is opening the way for full Disclosure, and it will come about before the end of the year. That will mark a massive change in your collective consciousness, and take you into the New Age. As you know, we have much to share with you that will move you ahead in leaps and bounds. It will be an exciting time for us all, and the illusions that you have been living under will be swept away. From various contacts with your people over the last 60 years or so, we have gradually got you to become more aware of us. Now our presence is widely known, and there can be few people that have not heard about our craft visiting your Earth.

When it is seen that we come in peace and to help you, the last obstacle to accepting us will have been removed. The frightening images of us deliberately conveyed to you to leave you in fear, will no longer carry any power. We already know which world Leaders can be trusted, and Barack Obama will lead the way. It seems we cannot say it enough times to convince some people, but he is a highly spiritual soul simply waiting his opportunity to begin his real mission. He will re-unite the world in peace, and set the scene for our coming. The doubters will not have long to see that what we say is true. Once we can address you and explain our tasks to get on track for the benefits of Ascension, your dreams will come true. Duality will become history and a wonderful new life will be yours where peace and harmony reign.

So you are now in the time of great expectations, and these will be fulfilled as you have been promised. Your present governments still stick to the usual policies that deny what you know to be true, and the media still follow suit. However, that will all change before very long, and the truth will come out. Many have sold their souls to hold onto their jobs and simply do as they are told. You should really be able to enjoy free expression, and not be subject to unfair laws that are used to keep you quiet. In the near future there will be a reappraisal of your laws and those that are unjust and outside of your rights will be removed.

As you can imagine there is so much to be done, but we are fully prepared for it all. We already know where the action needs to be taken, and there will be no delay in getting things moving. You of course will be very much involved in our joint activities, and be assured that we know who we can call upon for help. By that time the dark Ones will have been removed, and the work can go ahead unhindered. Different languages present no difficulty to us as we read you telepathically, and that is our normal form of contact with our people. In time you will also became efficient at telepathy, and the spoken language will disappear. Past evidence will show that we have known your questions as they formed in your mind, and answered them before they were spoken.

Your future is to be like us, and you will become Galactic Beings with all of the attributes that we now display. For example we do not experience tiredness as you do, because we are in the higher vibrations. However, we can take measures to rejuvenate ourselves if so desired. We also have drinks that are a source of energy, although we do take it from the energy source around us. In fact, in a lighter body you will have no need for the intake of heavy foods, and eat quite lightly as much for relaxation as anything else. We have what you might consider to be fruit drinks that are very nourishing, but no alcohol. We see it as a poison and you will not find it in our level of existence. In fact you will have no requirement for heavy foods at all, and we certainly do not eat animals.

As in the higher dimensions you will enjoy total health, you will understand that you will not need drugs or medicines, or even surgery as our methods are so more far advanced than yours. We use color and sound to heal which is much more effective and without the side affects your treatments often involve. Wait until your Cities of Light appear on Earth, and you shall experience for yourself exactly what we have described, and even more. We are so excited for you and what you shall enjoy as we make our technologies available to you. Life will be vastly different from what you have now, and it awaits you now.

We would naturally have liked to have been much further forward than we are now, and would use one of your expressions that “the best things in life are worth waiting for”. On Earth you experience so much stress due to the obligations placed upon you, and the pace at which life progresses. All that will disappear and just does not exist in vibrations that bring constant peace and harmony. There are no “jobs” such as you describe your occupations, but more of doing what you enjoy to contribute to the benefit of everyone else. You will find that you have even more freedom to decide what to do with your lives, and because of your higher levels of consciousness will choose responsibly.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and speak for all of our members of the Galactic Federation of Light, when I wish you all a happy transition and a wonderful experience through the process of Ascension. The whole Universe will be watching and sending you immense love to help you on your journey. In time you will meet your friends and families from afar for a great re-union.

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 16, 2012, 02:02 AM
Benjamin Fulford ~ The Oligarchs Of The West Keep Churning Their Wheels But Only Manage To Get Deeper Into The Mud ~



15 October 2012




Last week 20,000 bureaucrats, journalists and government officials descended on Tokyo for a WB (World Bankrupt) and IMF (International Masturbation Fund) meeting and accomplished exactly nothing.
 
The meeting was a total waste of time because neither of these two Western controlled institutions are willing to hand over control to the people and countries of the world. As a result, the 180 or so countries that are kept out of the control room naturally refused to hand over any more money to these defunct, unlicensed institutions.
 
Although this writer was in Tokyo and even walked within a few hundred yards of the festivities, he did not bother to go because having attended many such meetings over the years, he knew this one was doomed to be a dud. The Chinese made their feelings clear by not sending anybody senior.
 
As usual, the real news was happening under the surface where a titanic battle against the old world order continues to rage. In one development in that battle, at least $1.3 billion that went missing from the Japanese AIJ pension fund was traced to
 
Lord James Sassoon via Societe Generale and HSBC, according to Japanese security police sources. At the time of this writing Sassoon has not responded to a call made to get his comment on these allegations.
 
However, it is clear that attempts by cabalists to loot large Japanese institutions like the Postal Saving Bank and the Japan Agricultural Bank have run into a brick wall in recent years, forcing the robbers to look further down the food chain towards the pension funds of medium and small enterprises.
 
In any case, the Sassoon family, who have been in business in Asia since they made their family fortune trading in opium during and after the opium wars, is widely believed to have continued, major secret influence in Japan and Asia. It also likely that some of the recently stolen money was given to certain Yakuza gangs (who will remain nameless for now) to finance certain political maneuvers.
 
Also, given the Societe Generale/HSBC link one wonders if this is the funding for the Japan side of the attempt to get the Japanese and Chinese people to declare war on each other. Both Lord Sassoon and Mr. Cohen of the Hoche Group (who has been paying Chinese anti-Japanese protestors) need to cease and desist immediately or else face eventual jail time.
 
There has also been a new development in the investigation of the attempted murder of this writer that took place in June of this year. According to the Swiss authorities, the murderers have been traced to the following Los Angeles phone number: 3236535194. The number might have been changed by now but you can be sure these people are being traced and hunted down.
 
There has also been a recent increase in people making both public and private accusations that this writer is either CIA or MI5, which is false.
 
The Japanese tax authorities have just been through 7 years of this writer’s tax returns with a magnifying glass and have determined that my income derives purely from journalism and no organized violent organization; police, criminal or otherwise, has been funding my operations.
 
For the sake of clarity and to blow away the clouds of disinformation being put out, let me repeat the reasons for my involvement in secret groups like the Red and Blue and the White Dragon.
 
This writer, after 20-years as a mainstream corporate journalist based in Tokyo, was put on a hit list after he started writing about 911 and the bio-weapon SARS. There was even a novel (Rain Fall, by Barry Eisler) written in which a character based on this writer was assassinated
http://www.japantimes.co.jp/text/fb20030126a2.html
in what was probably a crude warning.
 
The fact is, the murder attempts began for real shortly after this book was published. Later, the South Korean secret police heard of an imminent hit and alerted the Chinese who sent a delegate from the Red and Blue to offer me protection. At the same time I was invited to join the cabal and offered billions of dollars and great power as long as he went along with their depopulation plans.
 
After joining the Red and Blue, this writer suggested they immediately decapitate the cabal by grabbing their top leaders and taking them to a stadium. The Red and Blue leaders instead decided on a slower approached based on a financial boycott. This is why the “Ninja’s” never showed up as threatened be me. Instead, this slow cutting off of the financial circulation they engineered was the ultimate trigger of the ongoing US and European “financial crises.”
 
The Red and Blue leaders also asked this writer to make contact with any Western secret societies that like them could only be used for the greater good. This writer then started using the Black Dragon Society name in order to contact old allies in Japan of the Red and Blue. After some convincing, the Black Dragon also supported the plan to end Western cabal rule.
 
At around this time all sorts of people and organizations popped out of the woodwork and contacted this writer including: the CIA, the gnostic illuminati, MI6, Japanese military intelligence, various yakuza gangs, FSB, Scottish Rite Freemasons, French Freemasons, P2 lodge Italian Freemasons, etc. etc. Being in contact with these groups is not the same and being a member or of being in agreement with them.
 
In the end, it turned out there was a very secret, very powerful Asian umbrella group known as the Bai Lun or Hakuryu (白龍) that had both Deng Xiaoping and Chiang Kai-Sheck as members. This group was contacted via a Chinese noodle shop and they agreed that the English name White Dragon Society could be used as a name representing the consensus of benevolent Western and other world secret societies.
 
Thus, whenever these various secret groups agree on a certain subject, the consensus is conveyed to the public via the White Dragon Society. The consensus is to start OSC.


------------------------------------------------------------------


Salusa



15 October 2012





As we survey your world we find that your personal awakening is growing stronger, and people are more ready to speak amongst themselves about Ascension. There are obviously difficulties in conveying what it is going to mean to each individual, but at least a seed of knowledge is sown and it will grow. Naturally there are plans to give out information on a wide scale, to ensure that people understand what a wonderful opportunity is being given to every single soul. There will still be some disbelief or fear amongst those learning about Ascension for the first time, but when they see others greeting the news with open arms, they will feel more assured about their future. In reality people tend to herd together and your instinct tells you that there is safety in numbers.
 
It is within families that the most difficult problems are likely to occur, because where they are close knit they like to stay together. The chances are that they will have already planned to go into the future together. However, there will be instances where perhaps one member will be adamant about following their own feelings, that may be the opposite of what the others have accepted. In those circumstances you must allow that person to exercise their own freewill choice. Subconsciously every soul instinctively knows what is right for them, and clearly they must feel at ease with their decision. In general families with young children will find that they do progress together as one unit.
 
As we often remind you, the love bond where families or friends are concerned will ensure that there is always a link between them. So do not worry that you face permanent separation when one of you takes a different path. In the higher vibrations you can locate each other by thought, and at some point you will be able to travel anywhere instantaneously. In fact as you rise up there is a tendency to become involved in group activities, and as a group consciousness. Because there are no dark energies at those levels you will understand that every soul you meet has such a great love for every other soul. There is an immediate acceptance, trust and harmony between you all that comes from being at One with All That Is.
 
On Earth you often feel that you have to “fight” to establish yourself, and you cannot very easily determine who are your true friends. With rampant greed and corruption all around you it is hard to know who you can trust. That will soon be a thing of the past, and already those of the Light are drawing away from those who are not. It is the Law of Attraction at work and it is a quite natural response, and is why even now you gravitate to people with a very similar outlook. Indeed, when you have incarnated and agreed to work for the Light, you will very conveniently find your compatriots who have also done the same. You will “feel” more at home with some people rather than others, and that is because you have more in common. Clearly where your life plan is concerned, you are destined to meet certain souls who are also a part of it. That also extends to those who join in marriage, and it has not happened by chance.
 
In the higher realms you will have the ability to more easily identify with those who are you true brothers and sisters. Often it is because you have come from the same Star Civilization, and are serving in one of the Galactic Federations or Brotherhoods of Light. There are of course those souls who would rather serve with those who are still developing their scientific knowledge, and they are normally to be found on the different Councils that are involved with that aspect of evolution. So if that is your area of interest, it can continue. All knowledge is shared and is available to every soul, unlike on Earth where it is used to establish power over others. That is the main difference you will find when you ascend, and everything is available to all others without exception.
 
Dear Ones as we see you we find you worry unnecessarily, yet you have many helpers around you who will make sure your life is completed as you intended. You may nevertheless seek something more, but your life plan is really all that counts where your evolution is concerned. Your present one is the most important one, because you have determined what it is you need to finish up your time in duality. It may not be what you wished for but take it as it comes, as nothing happens of importance without some benefit to you. Also the end times are when you start to release anything connected with the lower vibrations. When you finally ascend you should only have a minimal amount of karma outstanding, and that will be written off.
 
In these final days we suggest you concentrate more on your personal journey, and know that everything else is being taken care of. Be assured when it counts you will see various events manifest the final changes that are in hand, even if you are unaware of the facts. Of course there are expectations of major changes and Disclosure is edging its way forward. The financial sector changes are high on our list, but it is a mammoth challenge to get it coordinated to avoid too much chaos in the money markets. In banking their malaise still worsens and as much as they try to overcome it, they have to face an inevitable collapse. That will be the signal for the new systems to be introduced that are ready and waiting.
 
It is your Ascension that is most important, and you should make sure you are ready and doing your best to help create the New Age around you. Live as you envisage things will be after you have ascended, and look upon all other souls as One with you. You are not expected be their keepers, but your kindness and love for your fellow souls will bring more Light to Earth. As we see you all the sight is most wonderful, as in such a short time you have created a great blaze of Light that is for all to see in the Universe. You have truly risen to the occasion and in some ways far more than was anticipated, and you are a credit to the Human Race. There were times when it looked as if you would not make it yet here you are on the verge of Ascension.
 
I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and congratulate you all for your part in achieving success. We love you all and proudly stand by your side, We are One.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 19, 2012, 02:06 PM
SALUSA: Trust your body, it knows exactly what is good and appropriate for it



SaLuSa through Isabel Henn October 18, 2012

Veröffentlicht am Oktober 18, 2012 von Sirian Heaven




First, a quick update. After the last portal and the energies that came through, you're in a short rest. The enormous energies need to be further processed by your body before the next burst of energy approaching, only a few more days until 21-10-12, another day for a portal opening. Therefore enjoy the short break and please rest enough.

The end of the year is now approaching fast, just over two months until the day of Ascension. I am aware that many of you still doubt this great event: it is irreversible. Ascension will take place, the delays in other areas can not prevent this. We work day and night with our allies in order to achieve at least still some of what you have been announced so many times. Also we have our timelines, we must follow. Disclosure is imminent, as is the redistribution of money and the introduction of a new single currency. Immediately following disclosure the first of our ships will land on specified places. These places are where people are open to us and are not afraid to meet us. Other landings will then follow.


But this is just a sideshow to make life easier and to make the transition to the new society easier and smoother. Your Ascension alone is the great goal that must be achieved. More and more people are awakening now due to the huge bursts of energy. Their light will help others to wake up, it’s a domino effect that can not be stopped. I know of your Domino Days, they have certain similarities with the wonderful process that is currently taking place on your Earth.

On my ship, I have a wonderful view of the earth, and every day I admire it more. More and more lights can be seen. I know that you will manage it, you are so close. Share your love and your light generously with each other. If you could only see what effect it triggers when you smile at another person or kindly wish another a good day. This person is maybe about to commit an act of desperation, but your smile gives him new courage and joy for life. Help each other through these turbulent times. As soon as we are allowed to land, we can assist you even more.

It is not difficult to ascend if you prepare yourselves accordingly. You know by now what this preparation contains: love, forgive, condemn not and the reduction of your unresolved karma. You make good progress already. I repeat it even more for the people who have only recently awakened. During Ascension itself, you will get all kinds of help, you are not alone in this all-important event. You have many helpers, and everyone knows exactly what to do.

Your bodies are now largely transformed into a crystalline body, even if barely visible changes can be seen. Rest and drink plenty of good clean water. Maybe you've already been able to find that your body just reacts declining to highly processed food. Therefore listen to what you feel. Trust your body, it knows exactly what is good and appropriate for it. Eat more fresh fruits and vegetables, seeds and nuts. This is light, but energy-rich food that will do you good. Reduce your alcohol and coffee consumption, if it is possible, as the enjoyment of tobacco. These are more or less toxins that inflict damage to your bodies. Cleanse your body energetically with white or green light, along with the violet flame. This will allow you physically to ascend easier. Allow yourselves small breaks during the day to process the daily stress. Your body and your soul will thank you. Just a little and you've done it.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and send my love and appreciation for the great achievements that you have made so far.


Post Merge: Oct 19, 2012, 02:47 PM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Dr Steven Greer ~ Amazing New Results From Possible ET Body ~


18 October 2012



After many weeks of travel, we are back to report that amazing results have been obtained from our study of the small possible ET body which was discussed in an earlier blog post.

Dr. Bravo, Emery Smith and I traveled to the country that is now home to this small possible ET body and were able to successfully obtain extensive X-Ray and CT Scans of the entire body. We were also about to obtain DNA samples under sterile, surgical conditions. These DNA samples are now being studied by one of the world’s top geneticists.

The X-Ray and CT scan show an intact, actual biological humanoid organism, without question. Astonishing 3-D images were able to be constructed of the  body from the detailed CT scan, and we were able to see internal organs such as lungs and what I am fairly sure is a heart structure.

These images have just been examined by the world’s foremost authority on skeletal abnormalities, dysplasias and fetal skeletal syndromes and he has stated that this being is unlike any known skeletal structure found in humans. We also know that it is not an ancient hominid, and while humanoid, not apparently human.

Both this expert as well as the radiologist who is head of the imaging center where all X-rays and CTs were done have stated that the bone density precludes the body being that of a 20-22 week aborted human fetus.  There is just too much calcium in the bone for this being to have been the result of a fetus of that age. Both doctors feel that the being was post-natal at the time of death (that is had lived for some time outside the womb, if indeed a womb is involved…).

The procedures for the DNA studies are complex and time-consuming. Literally the state-of-the-art technology available on earth will be brought to bear on this study, and the team of experts are without a doubt the most advanced and professional team that could possibly be assembled. The DNA studies will take around 2 months, and possibly longer.

We hope to provide some of these results, and the detailed CT and X-ray images, in the film Sirius. (See Sirius.Neverendinglight.com)

The STAR team has provided film footage of our trip including the examination and surgical procedures performed on the small being,  as well as the CT scan and X-rays to the A. Kaleka and the Neverending Light team to use in the film Sirius.

We have also completed the Sirius Lecture Event in Santa Monica CA which was a great success and standing room only. A big thank you to all of you who came out to make that event a wonderful and historic event!

We have  transferred to Neverending light hundred of UFO photos, video tapes, dozens of top-secret witness testimony and top-secret government documents as well as other materials for the film At this point there is enough evidence in hand for a 20 part series!  We hope the film Sirius will be completed in December, 2012 and I will be further interviewed by NEL in November prior to our Contact expedition to the CA desert Nov. 10-17.

I would like to thank all of you for the enthusiastic support you have provided to this historic film project Sirius. Without you, none of this would be possible!

Steven M. Greer MD
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: ferrariEverest on Oct 19, 2012, 03:22 PM
www.Sirius.Neverendinglight.com

ayos yan a, 'Sirius' documentary.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZIW-_u4pw-c

sana maipalabas yan :cool2:
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 20, 2012, 11:03 AM
DAY OF DECISION on 10-21-2012
  
http://2012portal.blogspot.com/


october 8, 2012


It is time to take action! It is time to take the destiny of our world in our own hands! Therefore we will meet in groups large and small, as individuals and couples, on the Day of Decision at the beginning of the second Window of Opportunity:




Masses will gather and make a decision for the liberation of our planet from the tyranny of all dark forces so that for the first time in our history we will have the chance to create our own destiny as free citizens of the Earth.
  
Our mass effort on this day will be the trigger that will help to activate the Plan so that it may come to its fruition. Our activation on that day is our declaration of freedom and independence. Make this viral! Share it worldwide! Please post it on your websites and blogs. If you know an alternative media outlet, you can send it to them. You can create a Facebook group for your local group of people dong this in your part of the world. You can create a video about this and post it on Youtube.
  
The critical mass for this activation to have desired effect is about 118,000 people worldwide actually doing it with focus. If we consider that human concentration skills  are not perfect, we need 144,000 people as the critical mass.
  
But to read about it is one thing and actually do the decision itself is completely another. I would encourage as many people as possible to actually participate, although it may be in the early morning hours in your part of the world.
  
The Cabal has understood the power of free will and decisions well. They were using their free will to make negative decisions for humanity. This is how they were able to keep us under control for so long.
  
Now humanity needs to take its power back. We need to utilize our own free will and make positive decisions for ourselves. When the critical mass of people does that, change will come.


We will all be doing this activation at the same time on October 21st/22nd. Exact times for different time zones are:
  
3:30 pm HAST October 21st (Hawaii)
5:30 pm AKDT October 21st (Alaska)
6:30 pm PDT October 21st (Los Angeles)
7:30 pm MDT October 21st (Denver)
8:30 pm CDT October 21st (Houston)
9:30 pm EDT October 21st (New York)
10:30 pm BRT October 21st  (Rio de Janeiro)
2:30 am BST  October 22nd (London)
3:30 am CEST October 22nd (Paris)
3:30 am SAST October 22nd (South Africa)
4:30 am EEST October  22nd (Bulgaria)
5:30 am MSK October 22nd (Moscow)
7:00 am IST October  22nd (India)
9:30 am CST October  22nd (Beijing)
10:30 am JST October  22nd (Tokyo)
11:30 am AEST October  22nd (Sydney)
  
If your place is not listed, you can find world time zones map here:
  
http://www.timeanddate.com/time/map/
  
  
Instructions:
  
1.  Relax your mind and body by watching your breath for a few minutes.
  
2. Visualize a pillar of electric blue Light emanating from the Galactic Central Sun, going through your body to the center of the Earth. Keep this pillar of Light active for a few minutes. Then make an unconditonal decision that our planet WILL be liberated and people WILL be set free.
  
3. Visualize ways how YOU can contribute to the liberation process. Discover your talents and make a decision about how you will use those talents towards our final goal of setting people and our planet free. Make a decision that you will support other people dedicated to this process so that we are stronger together.
  
After the Day of Decision you will have many opportunities to implement your decision in your daily life. You will be guided by your inner voice how to do that. Know that your dedication will be tested in real life. Some outer circumstances or non-physical negative entities might try to make you change your mind. The key here is simply to stick to your decision regardless of the external circumstances. Each person making a positive decision towards the planetary liberation will make a valuable contribution towards the Victory of the Light.
 
  
Disclaimer: the date of this activation (October 21st) is most likely NOT the date when the Event will be taking place.
  
***philippines has the same with time with beijing which is 9:30am but on oct 22 instead which is a monday on our side***



---------------------------------------------------------------------------
http://lightworkers.org/blog/169712/time-now-lightworkers-awaken



THE TIME IS NOW FOR LIGHTWORKERS TO AWAKEN!



19 October 2012


“Who are the 144,000 people mentioned in the book of Revelation, chapters 7 and 14?” The Book of Revelations and The Emerald Tablets both predict and forecast the incarnation and arrival of 144,000 Lightworkers who will save Earth from the “Forces of Darkness” during the END TIMES of the Kali Yuga. Most of the 144,000 Lightworkers are now here and in the process of “Waking Up” to their Divine purpose and mission on Earth. The majority of the 144,000 are advanced incarnated Starseeds from more advanced planets, although some of the 144,000 are advanced local souls of Earth. Most of the 144,000 are now in the process of “Waking Up” and coming out of their long mental and spiritual hibernation, slowly but surely realizing that they are here to assist in the great transformation of Earth.

The Cellular Memories of the 144,000 were programmed, timed, and triggered to “go off” at this time and awaken them to their true identity, mission, and purpose for incarnating on Earth at this most crucial time in Earth’s history. We have reached and entered the 11th hour of the Great Change that is taking place on Earth, and the time has come for any and all remaining 144,000 to wipe the sleeping slumbers of half-life from their eyes, smack their forehead to dislodge the dream of materialism, wake up and smell the coffee, roll up their sleeves, put on their Thinking Caps, and be about the Himalayan task of saving this planet! The ignorant masses of Earth will not save the planet.

Only the 144,000 Lightworkers can save the planet. But ALL 144,000 Lightworkers MUST assume their post, and assume it NOW! The time for confusion, hesitation, and procrastination are over! There is a planet to save. And We are the One’s who signed-up to save it! ONE member who fails to find and assume his post can jeopardize the entire Mission. If that sounds galactically serious, it is. If you think We are on just another “routine mission,” think again. This is the biggest Mission The Great White Lodge has undertaken in the last 200,000 years. The eyes of the entire Galaxy are upon Us. Watching to see if We succeed or fail. Watching to see if Earth is saved or blown to bits, when the Warriors of Darkness meet the Warriors of Light.

Kali Yuga Earth makes one 360 degree trip around the galaxy every 25,920 years. The complete cycle is known as a Yuga. There are four parts to the Yuga. Two parts (180 degrees) of ascending consciousness and two parts (180 degrees) of descending consciousness. This cyclic rise and fall of consciousness on Earth has been going on since its creation, and that explains the rise and fall of great civilizations on Earth. The Kali Yuga is the last quadrant of descending consciousness within the Yuga. The Earth is now at the tail end of The Kali Yuga. The Biblical name for The Kali Yuga is the END TIMES. The END TIMES will not be the end of Earth, but the end of darkness and evil on Earth—and the dawn of The Seventh Golden Age of Enlightenment.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 23, 2012, 11:35 AM
Will there be a coup d’etat in the US during the next couple of weeks?
 




by Benjamin Fulford 10-22-12
 




The people in charge at the US agencies and military know the presidential election scheduled for November 8th [Kp note: U.S. elections take place on Nov. 6] will be a fraud and a sham no matter what the outcome. That is why many reliable sources are saying US militias and reserve troops were put on alert last week. They have either started to mobilize either to pre-empt the elections and put the Joint Chiefs of Staff in charge of an interim government or to get ready to act in anticipation of post-election violence and chaos, depending on who you talk to.
 
In any case, it is no coincidence that both the US and China will be selecting a new government on November 8th [Nov. 6 in U.S.] and there is a lot of plotting and speculation going on beneath the surface as that date approaches.
 
In Europe as well, there are signs of a fundamental struggle reaching a climax as the IMF and certain governments face off against the bankers over control of the process of money creation.
 
A lot of shadowy organizations have also now informed the White Dragon Society that, should they stand in the way, certain prominent individuals around the world are scheduled to die of stroke, heart attack, cancer or bullet wound over the coming weeks.
 
The murder of CIA “ambassador” Stevens in Libya, was a part of the ongoing battle. According to the gnostic illuminati, Stevens was murdered because of his role in smuggling the nuclear weapon into Japan that was used in the 311 tsunami and nuclear terror attack…
 
…It is true that there is a resemblance between the Stevens who was implicated in the nuclear attack on Japan and the one killed in Libya. However, the Stevens in Asia was supposed to be a British SAS trained former senior Hong Kong police official while the Stevens in Libya was CIA.
 
There is a deliberate fog of disinformation surrounding this death but what is clear from public statements is that the Obama faction failed to protect him and the Bush faction are furious about this fact. It is also well known that there was no US embassy in Benghazi and that Stevens was involved in some sort of violence related clandestine work.
 
This is also linked to the upcoming US “presidential election” farce. Plenty of insiders have forwarded information showing links between Romney’s Bain capital and drug money laundering, making it clear Romney is the Nazi candidate. On the other hand Obama is seen by many right wingers as the foreign born Muslim communist candidate. As mentioned before the Queen and the Pope have been funneling billions to Obama while the Bush folk finance Romney.
 
In either case, there is expected to be widespread violence and rioting if either Romney or Obama win.
 
The obvious answer to most intelligent observers is that neither of the two gangster front men should be put in charge of a United States government that desperately needs its biggest overhaul since 1776.
 
The next few weeks should show if the US military and agencies are staffed with men or mice.
 
In Europe as well, the signs of a major split between two powerful factions are everywhere to be seen. When even establishment worthies like UK Telegraph columnist Ambrose Evans-Pritchard start writing about IMF plans to eliminate debt and dethrone bankers,
 http://removingtheshackles.blogspot.ca/2012/10/vital-update-imf-plan-to-dethrone.html
 you know the struggle is taking place at the highest levels of power.
 
However, the Atlantic-centered debate between the people who want governments to print money and use that to eliminate all public and private debt, and those who say people must pay what they can to the bankers forever, forgets that the rest of the world is also involved.
 
In other words, plans like the Wanta-Mitterand protocols that call for the creation of trillions of dollars of government-controlled money forget that the Atlantic nations as a whole have been borrowing from the rest of the world for 30 years and will not be allowed to print their way out of that accumulated external debt. The solution cannot be made by North America and Europe without the agreement of their external creditors, especially in Asia.
 
The Chinese, for example, are being asked to buy US external debt and finance US consumer lifestyles but are being prevented from making job-creating direct investment in the US. This is not a realistic long term scenario.
 
The fact remains the Southern European nations need to abandon the Euro and the United States needs to issue a government greenback separate from the international US dollar. That is the economic reality.
 
Meanwhile, more information has emerged during the past week about the incoming new Chinese government’s plans. Essentially, the new regime will focus on increasing Chinese soft power and pushing for the right to allow Chinese companies to make major investments and acquisitions in Europe, the US and Japan.
 
In Japan the plan is to buy an ailing major company that is listed in the first section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange and revitalize it as a way of getting a say inside the board-rooms of Japan Inc. If such a buyout attempt is rebuffed, the Chinese will retaliate against Japanese companies operating in China, according to a Chinese government agent.
 
It is likely that a similar approach will be made towards Europe and the US. In other words, the Chinese want to buy real things that exist in the real world and will not buy paper, government or otherwise.
 
The Chinese will continue to have a policy of strongly fighting any attempts at bullying while simultaneously offering win-win alternatives. Such Chinese investments should be welcomed so long as they benefit the people and governments of the host country involved.
 
The long term case studies for cooperation they are holding up as examples for others to follow are Singapore, Hong Kong, South Korea, Vancouver and (to a lesser extent) Japan.
 
In Japan meanwhile, there are also many plans for fundamental change. The ruling Democratic Party of Japan is expected to lose most of its seats in the yet to be scheduled but soon promised general election. The Liberal Democratic Party is expected to get a big boost but fall short of a majority. That is expected to leave the new Japan Restoration Party as the king maker in a coalition government with a big reform mandate.
 
The Japanese underworld, for their part, are promising that any members of the old regime who try to block the reforms will begin to “suffer from strokes and heart attacks.”
 
The Japanese Imperial Household is planning to move to Kyoto as a part of a shift of some government functions to the Kansai area in Japan once the Atlantic power struggles settle down.
 
The new international economic planning agency is expected to be one of the center-pieces of the shift. Such an agency would help solve various nationalistic and historical problems by providing a neutral ground for elite government officials to make plans for the planet as a whole and not just their particular region.
 
It can also now be reported that the Chinese, the pentagon, the Japanese government and other groups all support the creation of the new international economic planning agency. Such an agency would work in harmony with existing international organizations.
 
We can also report that Neil Keenan is now in Asia working with the Dragon family on setting up the new international financial system.
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 24, 2012, 11:34 PM
Sheldan Nidle’s Update for the Galactic Federation of Light and Spiritual Hierarchy







Dratzo! We return! Events, which our sacred allies have been working toward for centuries, are now about to happen which will forever change your world. The power structure that rules your globe is collapsing in on itself as the center can no longer hold together. The dark cabal has dreaded this moment ever since the Anunnaki left, at which time these off-worlders demanded that their on-planet minions return dominion of your reality to the Light. This recommendation by the Anunnaki was vetoed by a sizable majority of the groups that make up the on-planet minions of the dark; their leaders were utterly unable to fathom why they would be asked, for any reason at all, to give up what to them was their life-blood: power. Power is basically all they know. Under the aegis of their former off-world masters, the minions had run roughshod over Earth and surface humanity for nearly 13 millennia. Now they were being asked to give up, literally, their throne! To the dark ones this was unthinkable. And outrageous! No one, not even their former masters, was going to separate them from the one thing that gave them their very identity: their 'natural' superiority. It formed the core of their being. And for nearly 17 years they have struggled to retain the only world they know.

Meanwhile, our sacred allies requested that we use our advanced methods of negotiation to prevent these now-woebegone dark Beings from creating another world war as a means to maintain their status as your unchallenged rulers. These ones still feel greatly ill used at being commanded to leave. However, a series of events and a chain of documents are finally ready to achieve their most necessary removal. The time comes for the final 'swoop' that is to drive the dark from power. Then we intend to permit our allies to detain and put on trial those who so mercilessly controlled you, and the fears that have for so long defined your lives can at last be laid aside. Released from these fetters you will be able to joyously acknowledge our existence and to begin to create a society that favors the good and benevolent over greed and manipulation. Your new governance is to smooth the way to full consciousness by, first, rolling out universal prosperity and by ending all wars! These will not be so easy to accomplish as your world has been manipulated for millennia to view competition, hate, and strife as inevitable components of existence.

These ways of keeping you divided are to be transformed into cooperation, peace, and Love. You are to realize and be able to fulfill your innermost needs for a joyously creative life. We are here, at this right divine moment, to be reunited with you, and begin some essential personal teachings with each of you as a requisite to your return to full consciousness. Part of this will be your introduction to a great book: The Book of Understandings. It is a compilation contributed to by each star-nation from the time they first colonize their home world. Each book contains an immense amount of wisdom about humanity and physicality, and is in essence a giant compendium of history and galactic anthropology. We intend to start you off with the works compiled on Mars, Venus, and Earth around the time when the Anchara Alliance made the destructive raid on your solar system a million years ago. The history of Agartha and the book that your new star-nation begins will be added to the whole, making a complete chronicle of your astonishing odyssey and of who you really are!

You are the wondrous Beings who have incarnated at this time to bring forth a new reality, and in consonance with this Heaven was very strict about who was allowed to embody here at this time. This is why we have come from so far afield to help, despite the fact that your world falls short of any of the usual conditions for first contact. Heaven summoned us here to use our fleets, at the divinely appointed time, to liberate you from your recalcitrant rulers. When Anchara joined the Light at the designated time, Earth's surface humanity was to move into the Light as well. But, as mentioned earlier, these calls from both the dark and from Heaven went unheeded by the dark earth-minions, who were in no mind to relinquish their insatiable power addiction. The result is this first-contact mission. When our fleets got here, we turned your solar system into a vast 'parking lot' and waited patiently for the divine signal to act. This mighty decree has at last been permitted to resound throughout Heaven and physicality and this clarion call will most assuredly be answered! This is the moment for your freedom to be secured!
--

Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters!

We arrive on this day with good news! Our sacred associates have reached the stage where their many projects can finally manifest. But first, dear Hearts, we need to begin to apprise you of some of the truth of your present setup. The dark cabal planned over a decade ago to put in motion a train of events designed to lead to several wars and ultimately a global situation that would permanently enslave you. Then conditions would be introduced to drastically reduce the world's present population to fewer than 600 million. These numbers were to be regulated by means of a series of roving plagues. This horrifying plan has been averted by the activities of our associates since the time of September 11, 2001. Our blessed ones in Heaven came and used their abilities to prevent this horror from fully manifesting. Now you are on the brink of freedom and we are ready to implement events to bring you prosperity and full consciousness.

Prosperity is a natural state in Heaven and in physicality. Yet, on your world, you have watched the dark use its power to turn this natural state upside down, creating poverty, ignorance and hate all across the globe. These imposed conditions were used to disguise who you are. You grew up in this unnatural, artificial state and, knowing no other, you began to believe that what you saw all around you was natural. Nothing is further from the truth! Life in this universe is hugely abundant and all interrelated. You are part of a magnificent unity-a state that the Creator has graciously spread throughout the many realms comprising physicality. When you ascend, this glorious state of unity becomes the experiential basis from which you think and act. This oneness is a soul-stirring melody that flows through your very cells, birthing a never-ending sense of joy. Joy suffuses you, and becomes the wellspring of other songs that takes your bliss on to ever-greater heights.

Heaven is preparing you for an 'expressway' to full consciousness which dispenses with the many lifetimes that it took us to reach our present sacred state. Heaven decreed many dispensations for you, which permits you to avail yourself of an individually tailored, sentient device that removes the many epigenetic blockages and re-knits the many DNA scramblings carried out on you in the past. This allows you to move easily into your divine-Self state. This gracious act is stipulated in the life contracts you presently possess. You will be made aware of these contracts once this rapid ascension operation is complete. So much lies ahead for you, including the beginning of your own grand Book of Understandings for your new star-nation. We will be at your side during all this, as we are here, after all, to use our collective wisdom from numerous Earth lives to guide you in your divine service as you do your part in moving this entire galaxy into the Light.

Today, we reviewed what is happening on your world. Great events are to come which can swiftly alter your reality. This transformation is to bring you joy and a much-needed answer to your prayers for a change in the way your world operates. Be in good Spirits, and prepare yourselves for a new and joyful world! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_galacticfederations15.htm


A SHORT OVERVIEW OF ANCHARA ALLIANCE AND ANNUNAKI






The Galactic Federation had until recently been bitterly opposed by the equally powerful dark "Anchara Alliance".

 

The Anunnaki are renegade Reptilians in this alliance who HAD been controlling this planet for about 13.000 years via their their henchmen - the dark human cabals which are vying for control of the U.S. and the world (primarily now the U.S. Bush cabal vs. the European cabal).

The Anunnaki switched sides to the Galactic Federation in 1994 after the dark Anchara Alliance chose to do so. This 'pulled the plug' of support for the Earth cabals - much to their shock and horror!

The Galactic Federation of Light is made up of a Galaxy-wide membership of those Galactic Star Systems which follow the "Path of Light". This Federation has until recently been bitterly opposed by the equally powerful dark "Anchara Alliance", with the result that there have been numerous and devastating galactic wars throughout our Galaxy during the last 200 million years.

 

Now however, due to the immense and significant changes involved in the end of the present 206 million year Galactic Cycle, many of the "dark forces" have at this time chosen to come over to the other side.

 

They are now joining the "Forces of Light" in large numbers; membership of the Galactic Federation of Light has recently increased from 100,000 members to over 200,000 Star systems.

 

The Anchara Alliance was largely made up of the 'Reptilian' Races (bipedal reptile beings);

they originally came from a previous Universe when it was amalgamated with our own.

They were of a more aggressive nature, fundamentally lacking in emotional capability,

and came with the profound belief that they had a Creator-given mandate

to inherit dominance over our entire Milky Way Galaxy.





One aspect of the divine program greatly affected this galaxy.

It concerns the very prophesy of the dark creator, Anchara. At the beginning of our story, Anchara sent forth a vast number of minions to rampage throughout the galaxy.

Yet, even in this darkness, there was carried a spark of Light - a potential for galactic harmony.

In early 1994, Anchara's most prophetic priestesses and priests delivered a transformative proclamation to the dark forces. They stated, unequivocally, the following great truth. The divine time had arrived, at long last, for a galactic truce! Anchara requested that the Galactic Federation of Light consider a permanent peace treaty.

As a stipulation of this permanent treaty of peace, the dark forces of the alliance of Anchara agreed to finally relinquish its claims to Earth.

These amazing announcements from Anchara's oracle planets reverberated throughout the Alliance like a major earthquake. They left little for the many dark territories to ponder. A great anger remained within them as well as a reluctance to relinquish all that they had fought for. Many fierce battles were fought among the confused and rebellious fleet of the dark Alliance of Anchara.

When the anger finally cleared, the forces on the side of the galactic truce had won an overwhelming victory. The few remaining dark fleets retreated to their home-worlds on the far side of the Milky Way Galaxy. Clinging to the last remnants of this rage, this small group now regrouped and bided their time. They still wished, wholeheartedly, to attack this newly joined fleet of Light.

In late 1994, the victorious elements of the former Anchara Alliance fleets asked for permission to negotiate a permanent treaty, allowing them to join the Galactic Federation of Light as special members. Included in these new arrangements was the promise of the former Alliance star-nations to integrate their huge fleets into those of the Galactic federation.

The previous dark fleets now agreed to abide by the rules that the ancient charter of the Galactic Federation of Light had put forth.

The only sticky point was how they would go about giving up their ancient claims to planet Earth. Not wishing to lose their access to this most sacred water-world, the former Alliance members requested that a series of special ambassadors be permanently stationed on Earth. These special ambassadors were only to be put there after Earth and its people returned to full consciousness.

At that time, Earth's transformed society was to become a fully functioning member of the Galactic Federation of Light.

In another part of this treaty, the former Alliance members promised to abolish several secret treaties with the major surface governments of your world. To demonstrate their sincere belief in Anchara's decrees, the former Alliance members quickly withdrew their many ambassadors, technicians, and scientists from Earth. Over the next two years, most of these off-world scientists and technicians left your planet.

The effects of these many secret treaties upon your freedom have been immense. Their sudden departure was another crack in the evil that surrounds your world.

The tiny crack soon became a gaping hole when your secret worldly cabals' former masters, the Anunnaki, made a surprising and very fortuitous move. The elites' extraterrestrial mentors had unexpectedly switched sides and joined the Galactic Federation of Light.

Now known as the 'Annanuki' (spelling changed to indicate their 'new' direction), they had long been both the masterminds behind your global cabals' actions and their chosen cruel and autocratic rulers. As the Anunnaki, they currently serve the Light. Their knowledge of the elites' sinister ways has become a true sword of Damocles hanging above the collective heads of your evil oppressors.

The Annanuki's program is to use their former influence to send your many interlocked cabals down a new path.

To date, some degree of progress has been made. However, while slowly changing, the many global cabals retain a deep desire to rule with their accustomed tyranny. Those obsession for control has caused them to temporally fragment around the need to react to the Annanuki's bold requests. It has also generated a number of odd petitions from your planet's covert rulers to their former masters.

A sudden series of major reversals rocked the foundations of your many covert rulers.

To use a simple analogy, the interlocked secret cabals were forced to undergo some major brain surgery! The highest levels of their formerly rock-solid command structure were now in various states of chaos. Numerous elements of their global structure were engaged in an all-out, clandestine war against each other. This extremely vicious shakeup continued, in various forms, well into the first half of your year 2000.

As these many amazing transformational events work their magic and help to distract your planetary cabals, your local Spiritual Hierarchy is preparing you to become fully-conscious Beings.
 






Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Oct 30, 2012, 11:52 PM
Bush the boogey man plays the HAARP as Halloween approaches



Posted by Benjamin Fulford


October 29, 2012

High level pentagon sources contacted the White Dragon Society this week to warn that the massive storm hitting the US North-East this week was a HAARP attack by the Nazi faction of the Western oligarchy. At the same time, the deep-sea drilling ship Chikyu has been spotted off the coast of Aichi Prefecture near the Nagoya headquarters of Toyota Motors. Nazi representative Richard Armitage and US Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian affairs are in Tokyo now warning a massive new earthquake attack on Japan will take place as soon as they leave, unless they get their way, according to Japanese security police affiliated with the WDS.

Lord James Sassoon has also been making astronomical bribe offers to a variety of Japanese politicians, right-wing power brokers and gangsters as he tries to keep the Sassoon Asian empire afloat.

A top source at the Bank for International Settlements also contacted {the} WDS with a combination threat/bribe.

A group of young Chinese generals and industrialists too have come forward with offers of heavy support during the past week.

All of these moves are signs of intensified power-jockeying in the run-up to planned government changes this fall in the US, China, South Korea, Japan and elsewhere.

(Please support the WDS by subscribing or, if you cannot afford to, get yourself on the free e-mailing list, thank you)

The Nazis under Bush are insisting that their man Romney be put in power during the November 6 (not 8 as erroneously reported by this newsletter on previous occasions) “election” or else they will wreak steadily intensifying havoc. Other threats believed to be connected to the Nazis include a warning to hit Geneva with a tsunami caused by a landslide, and to hit the US West coast with a mega-earthquake.

They have targeted the North East of the US with a storm as a show of power and as a sign of their opposition to the Eastern establishment and their man Obama, the Pentagon source says.

Of course neither Obama nor Romney has more than 15% support in the real world (as opposed to the Stalinist “polls”), making it a perfect time for an independent candidate like Ron Paul to kick both bums out.

Some of the Nazi demands were hand-delivered to this writer in a letter written by a person believed to have been close to post-war Nazi Fuehrer Admiral Canaris. The main demand of the letter is to allow the free energy technology to be released to the people of the planet.

Free energy, if used for constructive purposes, would allow for an era of unprecedented growth and prosperity for the planet, and the WDS has always supported it. The problem is in that years of research on this subject, nobody has been able to show this writer personally an actual working free-energy device. If the Nazis have free energy technology they should just go ahead and release it.

Of course the existing energy industry accounts for a huge percentage (some estimate as high as 70%) of global economic activity and a smooth transition to the new technology (if it really exists) is recommended to prevent chaos and major possible social disruption.

The BIS source, for his part, said the Western elite still wanted a World War in order to rid the world of two-thirds of its population prior to setting up a world government according to a 1973 Club of Rome plan.

http://www2.ministries-online.org/biometrics/rome.html

The map in the link above shows the end game of the BIS led group, this source said. The titular head of the BIS is Ben Bernanke. This BIS source also said the US Federal Reserve Board was already being shut down and that all its powers and staff were being transferred to the US Treasury Department. There was also a hint that vast funds would start to flow towards the WDS if it went along with the program.

Of course since the US is no longer a democracy, transferring Fed powers to the Treasury at this point is a bit like changing the titles on the name cards but leaving the usual suspects in charge.

The Asian power brokers who approached the WDS representative in Indonesia last week were more of the mind to replace the entire top management of the planet and bring in new blood with new ideas.

Certainly a lot of us wonder why a bunch of 80 and 90 year olds who seem to have secret access to life prolonging medicine (denied to the rest of us), should be allowed to remain in charge.

The general impression from the flurry of contacts and threats last week is that there are now three main factions battling for control of the future of this planet. One is the committee of 300 with the Pope and Queen Elizabeth pushing for Obama, the other is the Nazis under Bush et al pushing for Romney, and the third is us peasants who just want these murderous power games to be replaced with love and friendship.

We also need to remember that this week is Halloween. Halloween has traditionally been the time, when the harvest is just in, when the poor go to the rich and ask for their fair share so that they can survive the winter. If the 99% do not get their “treat,” you can be sure they will follow with a “trick.”

If the elite try to again use mass murder and terror to control the poor, they and their extended families will be systematically hunted down and slaughtered. The average person does everything possible to avoid violent confrontation but when you try to kill their families and loved ones, their righteous fury is unstoppable.

The general understanding of the WDS and its allies, though, is that we have a clear choice between a win-win solution for everybody and a lose-lose solution for everybody. War and terror is a two-way street, so is love and friendship


---------------------------------------------------------------



Gnostic Illuminati Warn Fulford of Subterranean Nuke in Japan Under Yokota US Air Force Base



Monday, October 29, 2012



More proof the Illuminati, whatever faction, is truly insane!  Still Ben would be remiss if he didn't  report on the threats he received.  Last spring I received threats from the P2 Lodge against Japan (which I forwarded to Japanese authorities rather than publish) that did not happen.


There seems to be a concerted effort instill fear back into the planet at this time. This is a sure sign of desperation by the cabal factions.


 This is a time for higher discernment and for placing highest intentions and prayers for peace and safety of  innocent American and Japanese peoples.  -AK





http://benjaminfulford.typepad.com/

10/29/2012

RE: chodoin
The following message came from the gnostic illuminati who warned us of a terror attack before 311. They have also issued many false alarms but we still think this message should be taken seriously.

oh boy. the text below just came in an hour ago.
they send it to me and no one else, then i report it.
no one listens, then it happens, then they blame me.
anyway, its been interesting man, i have to confess it.
but i will do one more thing and get out of here for good.
say thanks to the hikaruland people, they were very nice.
too bad we never got to play the chess game. all the best.

[text that follows is from the Gnostic Illuminati faction -AK]



The final attempt to reason with the Satanic Cabal has failed.
A Pre-Emptive Strike has now become Inevitable & Imminent.
Our Primary Target is American Forces Yokota Air Force Base.

Although it is impossible to predict with 100% Exactitude the Effects
of ANY NUCLEAR Detonation, our experts assure us of the Following:

The Device is 5000 Kilotons and has been strategically positioned deep
underground and at a crucial juncture of the Ancient Subterranean Canal
System in the Long Forgotten Land of Lemuria, which lives on to this day.

We expect minimal (if any) Nuclear Fallout, a Tsunami is NOT Anticipated.
Our Main Objective is to Manifest a Sink-Hole in the Western "Tama" Area.
From the Tama Gawa in the South / SW to the Seibu Dome in the North / NE.

The "Evil" Entity Residing on Land illegally Occupied by the US Forces
of Yokota Air Base .... Will Be Consigned to the Hell from which it came.

We hope to avoid Civilian Casualties and URGE ALL Tokyo Residents living
West of Tachikawa to Evacuate Immediately. What we cannot predict is the
exact size of the subsequent earthquake which will shake the entire "Kanto"
Plain, but it would not be surprising if it exceeded 10 + on the Richter Scale.

We Undertake this Action in the name of the PEOPLE .... Against Tyranny.
There is always risk when it comes to excising a cancer, it cant be helped.
But I confidently say that History Will judge us as "Liberators of Humanity."
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Nov 01, 2012, 11:30 AM
Sheldan Nidle Update 10-30-12…



”Your realm is to change… in the twinkling of an eye”!”




Selamat Jarin! We return! Much continues to happen around your globe. New governments are preparing their personnel, and announcements are to come quite shortly. Also, several financial institutions are busy preparing to convert the present fiat system to gold. These changes signal that a new fiscal system is ready to replace the old. Since the end of World War I in 1918, the switch to a fiat currency was introduced surreptitiously at first and then gathered increasing momentum with the huge panic of 1929. This led quickly to a massive depression that was used by those in charge around your world to foment World War II. This great conflagration was created to bring America globally to the forefront and to be the reason behind the decades-long Cold War that followed. In this way, the illuminoids and their Anunnaki masters laid the fertile groundwork that was intended to be the means to overthrow the various edicts set up by Heaven when Atlantis fell. As you now know, these dark momentums are failing fast, and Heaven is bringing in her new reality for your world.
 
The last few decades have not gone as the illuminoids had so arrogantly assumed. Heaven was working incessantly to bring forth a new reality, in which Earth’s humanity would be able to return to its former fully conscious condition. As part of this goal, Heaven sent a vast first-contact fleet to this solar system and this move was then serendipitously aided by the sudden change of heart of Anchara’s dark continuum when it joined the forces of Light. These events transformed the landscape and charted a new primary path for Gaia’s future. This meant that the dark cabal’s elaborate schemes for total global domination began to unravel fast. The Light’s agenda was further favored by the multiple collapse of all alternate timelines for this planet into one, which was in essence that of the Light. Predictably, the illuminoids lost no time in throwing all they had into staunching the encroaching plans of the Light. But the dark received another setback when several of the now-peaceable Anunnaki returned to offer their wisdom and assistance in service to the Light! The Galactic Federation and its allies were forming quite an effective conglomerate to counter the ongoing stratagems of Earth’s dark ruling families.
 
Indeed, the end of the dark’s 13-millennia-long hegemony on Earth was looming. The major royal illuminoid families deeply believed, partially out of habit, that their latest plans to maintain dominance would succeed. However, now a series of sudden reversals had plummeted them into an angry sea which threw up one setback after another. At first this did not faze them because in the past such incidents had always been easily resolved by their major leadership. But for the first time this leadership’s skill and derring-do was not working as before and it was at a loss. Major moves were being contested and the dark’s puppet governments that usually stopped such goings-on were being challenged by a combination of spiritually oriented wealthy royals and various powerful secret societies. These forces had loosely coalesced under a leadership that had direct contact with Ascended Masters and the Inner Earth Agarthans. Also, the dark’s hitherto ‘supreme’ advanced technology was being stymied and trumped by the technology of the Galactic Federation.
 
These deepening dilemmas were further compounded by the enormous amount of wealth available to this coalition of the Light. The dark’s familiar superiority in all these areas was gone and the playing field on Earth was leveled for the first time. Outmaneuvered on all fronts, it was just a matter of time before the dark was compelled to give up its ‘charges’ and let an unprecedented transformation of surface humanity take place. After all, the complex goals of the Light are under the aegis of no less a power than Heaven and AEON, and because the illuminoids had chosen to stand out against the tide of Heavenly change, their time to ‘pay the piper’ for their transgressions was at hand. This reversal of fortune is now clear for all to see, and the dark’s ruling structures are baffled by the speed with which such a massive shift toward the Light had happened. Thus we arrive at this watershed moment in your history. Our sacred allies stand poised to bring you your freedom, your sovereignty, your prosperity, and a return of your space and spiritual families.
 
Blessings, dear Ones! We are your Ascended Masters! We come today with more information. Our many associates are busy engaged with our Inner Earth allies to manifest a new reality. Nearly two and a half centuries ago, a special committee was formed whose main purpose was to bring into being a variety of movements to spread the ideals of liberty and personal sovereignty around the globe. Our intent was to use these emergent momentums to create the energy for what would become a new epoch of freedom for the world. These concepts would also form the foundation of a spiritual renaissance that looked beyond ‘religion’ to a new contract between the Creator and surface humanity. Many nations have been born since this spiritual committee came into existence, and our intent remains to continue pushing forward with our broad-based tasks to produce the realm of Light so eloquently laid out by the Creator’s decrees.
 
It is this requisite for a new foundation for humanity’s growing consciousness that so zestfully drives us. The dark cabal and its former off-world masters, the Anunnaki, established a number of cleverly adulterated and recast belief systems intended to fractionate and permit massive manipulation of the world’s populace. Our fervent objective is to reverse this travesty, and show by example how all of this nonsense can be returned to source and its effects quickly rectified. True spirituality leads to an acceptance of all, and to a collective will to unite with all peoples of this realm. The validity of these divine truths is what we dearly wish to communicate to you. To this end we have set in motion a way for us to shortly walk freely among you and teach you our truths. We have so much collective wisdom to share with you, and we look forward with great joy to doing this.
 
Gaia is in the throes of a most difficult series of changes and she wishes you to know that these changes are being carried out well below the optimum level of intensity required. Indeed, many ‘more normal’ changes are also happening well below the level she prefers. A timetable is in effect and it is essential that certain changes be done in a more concerted and speedy manner. We have made our associates understand that these present times demand action! Heaven and we have blessed these transformations and we intend to do our part in ensuring that these prescribed changes go forward as planned. Our sacred word has been given to Gaia and to our sacred cohorts. This time is to be the moment when the great sword of Heaven rises up and sets to right all that has become disordered and wayward on this most long-suffering Being called Gaia and in this battle-scarred solar system!
 
Today we brought you another weekly message, explaining what is happening on your globe. These communiqués are intended to inform you and to prepare you for what is to come. Your realm is to change, and to do so “in the twinkling of an eye”! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)







Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Nov 02, 2012, 11:45 PM
Matthew’s Message – October 21




With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew.
 
Perhaps especially among lightworkers, who know that Earth’s exit from third density is imminent, there is concern because turmoil isn’t abating, and in some instances, seems to be increasing. We want to set your minds at ease about this by explaining why the world situation is what it is, and it starts with the Beginnings.
 
Beloveds, what you differentiate as science and spirit are one and the same. There can be no separation because the origin and makeup of every thing in existence cosmos-wide is energy. This energy is the pure love-light essence of Creator, Supreme Being of the cosmos, Source, All That Is, Totality, I AM.
 
At the same time that each of you is a unique, independent and inviolate soul self, in the infinite and eternal interconnectedness of All, each resident of Earth is a microcosm of the planet. Earth is a microcosm of your solar system, the system is a microcosm of the Milky Way, and your galaxy is a microcosm of this universe. Our universe is a microcosm of the cosmos, whose Beginnings were what you call the “Big Bang,” and from that moment onward, no thing exists only unto itself and anything that happens anywhere affects everything, everywhere.
 
For the past several decades Earth has been on center stage in this universe because of the unprecedented swiftness and extent of changes on the planet, which are attributed to science, and within her peoples, which are attributed to spirit. Yet, all of the ongoing changes on Earth and within you were set in motion seventy-some years ago when you gave energy new directions, so to say.
 
Energy is neutral, but streams of energy can be directed by their attachments of thought forms. The forms are actual substances, albeit invisible to your vision, and they are created by every thought, feeling and action of every life in existence. Thus the attachments are either positive or negative in nature, and this universe is teeming with both.
 
The closer ones are to any energy movement, the more profoundly they are affected. Because your world is awash with duality’s negative components—fear, warring, divisiveness, rage, greed, deception, corruption, poverty and random violence—you are at the epicenter of dynamic quaking and shaking.
 
Not only are those negative streamer attachments being generated there, they are emanating from there. Through the physics that governs life in this universe, energy generated anywhere shoots out into space, attracts and attaches itself to the nearest similar energy and, like a boomerang, returns with that reinforcement. Because Earth’s streamers at duality’s negative end are being sent out in abundance, they are attracting and bringing back exactly what they sent out. This immutable law of attraction is why your world still is steeped in turmoil.
 
And this is why we have urged you to focus on what you want in your lives and your world! The many who are preoccupied with thinking about what they don’t want and their anxiety, discouragement, anger, sorrow and impatience about those situations are creating more of them in their personal lives and the world. Those kinds of thoughts and feelings are fraught with the negativity that prolongs the situations that they want ended!
 
The only way to stop that merry-go-round is with love, the most powerful force in the cosmos. Love—the very same energy as light, only expressed differently—is what light beings throughout this universe have been beaming with intensity to Earth for more than seven decades. The initial infusion of light saved her life and gave her the strength she needed to jar loose from deep third density and start on her ascension course.
 
With that in-pouring of light, Earth had more to offer to all of her residents, the microcosms of her Being, and her peoples who opened their hearts and minds received it and generated their own light, their very life force, more abundantly. We have rejoiced with and for each of them! Not only have their lives been uplifted in spiritual and conscious enlightenment, but their response created positive energy streamer attachments that further benefited Earth and her other receptive souls.
 
Because we love every soul in your world, it is sad for us that some still are refusing the light that would replace their fear and anguish with healing and joyousness. As long as the dark ones were in control of your world, they felt powerful. When their control started eroding some years back, fear set in. By now, the Illuminati are desperate as their last few tattered remnants of influence—the media and segments of military forces and the economy—are disappearing. Tyrannical rulers also are running scared because their counterparts in some other countries have been overthrown by the citizenry. And many millions are living in fear because of those dark ones’ activities.
 
Fear is a magnified emotion that sends forth the most potent negativity. Although that which is generated on Earth has effects universally, as we said, it most profoundly affects all life on the planet. Think how often we have stressed the importance of sending light to the weakest links in our family chain of souls, those who have become captive of darkness.
 
Creator’s law of free will gives them the right to deny themselves light, but they cannot stop its cosmic forcefulness. Earth’s ascension course has reached a vibratory level of intensive energy surges and those are blocking the path of energy streamers with tempestuous negativity. Since those streamers can neither turn around nor go forward into fourth density, they are being forced to spend themselves fast and furiously.
 
This accounts for the tumultuousness you’re seeing, and we hasten to assure you, the current clashing will not end explosively! The light from our universal family combined with your own is far more powerful than the negativity swirling around the planet! And, a clear sign that Earth is prudently handling that is, far fewer deaths and much less property damage have resulted recently from earthquakes, her main mode of negativity release, than formerly.
 
We have stated that the purpose of our messages is to enlighten, encourage and offer spiritual guidance during this unprecedented time in universal history. Also we have said that we are apolitical—like all other spiritually evolved beings, we have progressed far beyond a political aspect in our nature.
 
So why do we even speak about politics? Knowing how your world became laden with negativity is essential for understanding Earth’s ascension, and an explanation cannot omit her reason: to be free of the massive negativity caused by the effects of political ideologies.
 
Political decisions affect the lives of the populace—civil rights, laws, education, employment, kinds of information disseminated, cultural practices, economic conditions, taxation, voting, medical care, religious orientation and designation of “enemies.” The bedrock of most of your world’s governments has long been war, corruption, deception and oppression of one kind or another, and all of that has produced rampant negativity.
 
Throughout the ages, combative ruling bodies have caused the endless blood-shedding that almost killed your planet. That is why Gaia, Earth’s soul, chose to have her body leave third density, where darkness flourishes, and journey into higher densities where bitterly polarized political ideologies and their tragic results do not exist.
 
Decisions and actions of the United States government are influential worldwide, therefore that country’s forthcoming election holds global interest. We have spoken about President Obama’ mission in the context of Earth’s Golden Age master plan, which is in accordance with Gaia’s desire of a peaceful world where all live in harmony with Nature. Her desire and the plan that embodies it transcend politics in every nation.
 
Obama, who has experienced many lifetimes in leadership positions, accepted the monumental mission to bring peace to your world, and he came in with the wisdom, vision, dedication, and moral and spiritual integrity to lead the way. Neither he nor his mission has changed.
 
However, throughout his term in office, his efforts have been undermined by the Illuminati—those who are in Congress who are supported by those who are not. An example of their combined handiwork that you will recognize is the oft-berated “Obamacare,” which is but a broken skeleton of Obama’s intention. To get any of the reforms he wanted for the people of his country, he had no option but to change some provisions and add or eliminate others so that Congress would enact the Affordable Healthcare Bill.
 
Soon all individuals whose actions are motivated by greed and control no longer will be around. Then you shall see why the highest universal council selected the soul born as Barack Obama to fill one of the most vital roles in your world today. This would have been evident throughout his presidency had it not been for the tenacity of the dark ones.
 
Despite their ability to delay major progress of reforms, Earth with her vanguard of lighted souls has continued moving apace toward fourth density. With the countdown now measured in only weeks, before long you shall see current upheavals and conflicts start evolving into a unified desire for a world at peace and the onset of Earth’s Golden Age.
 
Let us speak about the very earliest stages of life in that Age. In our last message we enumerated the priority projects that will be undertaken. Now we shall describe what you can anticipate insofar as the general nature of society.
 
As we have stated before, not all the glories of the Golden Age will be on its doorsill. Neither will a completely different or enlightened society arrive there. Both Earth and Nirvana will continue to be excellent schoolhouses for souls to evolve into androgynous beings—those who have ideally balanced feminine and masculine energies—and what needs balancing most of all are emotions because they influence attitudes and choices of action and reaction.
 
Simply entering Nirvana doesn’t change a person’s nature and simply entering the Golden Age won’t either. We are not speaking about adherence to a soul contract—any who seriously deviated from their contracts, ignored the guidance of conscience and willfully chose dark ways, won’t be around—but rather your personality traits, interests, ideas, standards, aspirations, skills and talents.
 
For example, a pessimist won’t become an optimist, nor will someone who tends to be lazy suddenly be industrious. Shy individuals won’t become gregarious or vice versa. Someone who analyzes a situation at length won’t start acting spontaneously and a person accustomed to doing a mediocre job won’t be a perfectionist. Baseball and soccer enthusiasts won’t switch to embracing the arts, nor will artists start training for the Olympics. Farmers won’t change their occupation and neither will teachers, nurses, mechanics, shopkeepers, chefs, architects, carpenters, computer programmers or anyone else whose work is fulfilling.
 
In short, your characteristics, aptitudes, jobs, hobbies and so forth—everything that comprises the unique individual that each of you is—aren’t going to be different until you so choose. We wish to qualify that a bit: Individuals who enjoy hunting and fishing will rapidly change from those forms of recreation to other equally satisfying pastimes that honor all life in Nature’s realm.
 
The grand difference that all will welcome is a willingness to start seeing situations from others’ perspectives, to adopt attitudes that lead to harmonious discussions and resolutions, and to proceed in ways that best serve everyone’s needs. You will be living in the love-light vibrations that engender those approaches and inspire actions accordingly.
 
The “like attracts like” law of physics also connects persons who are kindred spirits energetically. Relationships—in families, workplaces, community activities or national organizations—that are based on that foundation will endure, those that are not, won’t. With the understanding that the goal of all souls is to grow in spiritual and conscious awareness, there can be amiable agreement when parting ways offers opportunities for that advancement.
 
Serious health conditions will change gradually rather than chronic illness ending in one fell swoop; however, once in fourth density’s vibrations, you will begin to feel remarkably refreshed in body, mind and spirit. For many years you have been assaulted by a multitude of toxins that have taken a severe toll on the populace. None of those toxic elements is in fourth density, and as you continue moving into its higher, stronger vibrations, bodies will be restored to perfection.
 
We know how eager you are to hear when our space family members among you and in your skies will be officially welcomed. Our good friend Hatonn tells us that all is in readiness, they are just waiting for the signal from the universal highest council, which acts upon God’s guidance.
 
Is the economy really stabilizing or are the Illuminati manipulating that illusion? The global economy, which is a product of smoke and mirrors, to use your term, is irreparable. The foundation of the new system has been slid under the old so that when its collapse comes, the new foundation will be well established. That will enable the transition from the old system to the new to come about without the dam breaking, so to say.
 
Customized changes in currency, banking, lending, taxes, commerce and investing will be instituted at a pace to minimize confusion, but debt forgiveness in the case of IMF loans to countries where the money never reached the impoverished masses is an economic priority and so is providing the essentials those many millions require. Remedying your bleak employment, homelessness and refugee situations also are priorities.
 
To you dear souls who send my mother questions of personal nature—such as where and when to relocate, your missions, is your light sufficient to physically go along Earth, can your illness be cured—we don’t have the answers you are seeking. But you do—everything that is important for you to know is within your soul!
 
In many messages we have urged you to stop relying on external sources to provide answers and instead, go within. Quiet your mind of “3D” chatter and let your soul’s messages come as they do—intuition, instinct, inspiration, aspiration and conscience, the guidance that keeps you on track with what you chose in your soul contract.
 
However, regarding missions, we shall repeat what we have said about the comparative few who are needed to fill leadership positions. Most of you chose to be way-showers by radiating your light, and you are fulfilling that role simply by living as the BEing you are, one of God’s beloved children and related to all others in His family—all of Earth’s humankind, animals, the plant kingdom and the invaluable souls in the Devic realms.
 
It is important to be discerning about information of world events, too, because disinformation still abounds in mainstream media, private publications and the Internet, including channeled messages. Again, go within and pay attention to the sensation that comes. If the information at issue flows easily, very likely it is truth; if you feel any resistance, very likely it is false. The lower consciousness level of a closed mind, however, will cause the person to reject all information that doesn’t support her or his rigid beliefs.
 
Above all, do not get drawn in by any fearful information—there is nothing to fear! This is a time to feel joyful, excited and victorious! You are but a tiny segment of linear time away from the finish line of the greatest triumph ever seen in this universe, and in the continuum you have passed the finish line, you already have triumphed!
 
We honor you for your valor and steadfastness in the light. We honor you for your perseverance and ingenuity in overcoming all roadblocks set in your way by the darkness and for your patience with delays. We honor you for leading your world into the new era of love, peace and harmony with all of Nature. Please honor yourselves as we do!
 
LOVE and PEACE
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Nov 03, 2012, 11:48 PM
The Great Dissolution of 2012

 A Message from Sananda~ Through Beth Trutwin




november 2, 2012




Greetings! This is Lord Sananda. There are many areas of your lives in your money system, real estate, the courts, law enforcement, government, medicine, Wall Street, Homeland “Security,” and many others all tied into to these where a grand scheme of keeping Earth as a prison Planet has carried on too long.

The Greatest Forces of Light have been monitoring Earthʻs progress toward Ascension as she moves forward to become the 33rd Member of the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds. Since the Bomb was dropped it invited the Galactics to intervene on certain levels. There was an agreement formed after the last great war approximately 5000 years ago where nuclear weapons that were detonated on Earth effected surrounding Planets with a blast that was so large it caused devastation to our nearest neighbors and came very close to wiping out Earth altogether.

Starting in 1947 when the United States Military messed with their aeronautical radar systems causing a crash of several Galactic Federation Ships and recovering ETs the race for space from Earth was on. The U.S. Military had already recovered Hitlerʻs maps to Inner Earth and was in a competition to form Moon and Mars Bases as soon as possible. President Eisenhower created by Executive Order the Central Intelligence Agency to monitor Extraterrestrial Activity which became the basis for funding the Secret Space Program. NASA was created as a cover story and was kept always at least a decade behind the National Security Agency (NSA) Astronaut Program which were the American Astronauts who colonized the Moon and Mars. The Moon images from the 1960s and 1990s have been downloaded and created into two movies viewable online free which show the structures on the Moon and how the Moon surface changed in the last 30 years.

The race to have nuclear weapons was a way to fund the Secret Space Program. Krushchev began the Cold War as a way to reduce the cost for his Military. With the threat of Nuclear Missiles, Navy Ships, Jeeps, Jets, Bases and the food to feed soldiers was less necessary. When President JF Kennedy sent the Cuban Missiles back it ended all modern threat of Nuclear War. However, for the next 4 or 5 decades the threat was kept in place with little resistence.

In the meantime the decades old threat was made into tiny packages of Nuclear material which has been sold on the black market to any thug in any smaller country who had the means to pay the price continuing the poison risk to Earth. The tampering at Nuclear Facitlities by Extraterrestrials was a program to contain and eventually disarm all Nuclear Missiles and this program has been complete some time. Each time the agreement from 5000 years ago has been violated in some way by the few who wish to control the many, it has opened the door for the Galactics to assist Earth and so we have in large and growing capacities.

First we had to be called from within the Matrix and asked for help. Later we sent millions of our own to live as humans who had their Galactic memories and abilities intact to help from within the Matrix. And so it has been and lead us to this Now.

The storm which caused power to be out to millions in New York City and surrounding Metro in New Jersey and Conneticut and others in the North East U.S. was for a purpose. It allowed Galactic Technology to undo to all of the clandestined illegal activities.

Wall Street was the number one casuality of the Sand Man or Sandy the Huricane. By holding the high winds over Manhattan so long a two day shut down of the Markets allowed the Galactics with computers from their Ships to dismantle the trading of Birth Certificate Bonds. Wall Street and specifically 55 Water Street were dismantled from the inside. Maritime Law which holds your Birth Certificate Bonds as the Gross National Product and you as a slave from your moment of Birth into the Maritime system was wiped off their screens. All of their records are gone. All of their bank accounts balance to Zero.

Where before they held your secured registered Birth Certificate and Libor number, it has disappeared. You are dissengaged from the system. Fifty-five Water Street held all the records for the Birth Certificate Gross National Product listings for over 190 Countries on Earth and those too have been wiped out. You are no longer a number which is cashed in upon your Death.

When the Executives arrived back at their desks  and turned on their computers an Error Screen explained to them that their trading days were over. In the meantime a dummy system has been installed running on the other computers throughout the offices. The workers do not know it, but they are no longer trading on any system that is real. They may as well be playing Ms. Pacman. The Stock Market has been dissolved.

The Police Force NYPD Blue. The vast majority of Police in NYC are corrupt. On the morning of 911 those who were to Announce NESARA Law were shot dead by Police in the Twin Towers Lobby. Shortly after explosions dropped the lobby covering the dead bodies. Throughout the City Police have been bought out by the Cabal to run false flags and look the other way. Had the Terrorists inside the White House not had the cooperation of NYC Police then they could have never hidden 911 was an inside job from millions of people. The Police control mass transit, emergency response, video surveillance, helicopter security, vice, drugs, gambling, evictions and on and on having their hand in every segment of society with deleterious effects.  A dismantling of illegal surveillance and other activities by the Police had their books wiped - all their record keeping has disappeared and they will not be able to recover the records of those nonviolent falsely accused. Those Police valiantly upholding the law are known and will continue their good works.

The United Nations. The United Nations Soul Control is the Pope and the Vatican Bank. They decide which Nations will receive financial aid and every nation is considered a not-for-profit entity. All of the American Nations in North and South America and the Caribbean are overseen by the Organization of American States a policy setting entity for the United Nations. All those working illegally as representatives of Countries have been removed from their posts. Their computer access has been removed. Later Indigenous Peoples will be represented by their peers, not Attorneys or Members of the Vatican or State Department in these posts. As we knew it, the United Nations has been dissolved.

The Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The computer system for valuations and a switch over in currency has been in place a long time. The computer records of all loans tied to Governments, Corporations, Individuals, other Banks and Private Firms has been uploaded and Indictments are pending. The Fed has been dissolved.

The Media have been controlling mass consciousness through constant exposure to news of a sexual nature, political scandals, and pop culture. What movies are produced, video games, youtubes, twitter, facebook, songs and television shows are all controlled by the few controlling the many. We have gone in put into place an infrastructure for Media that is directly linked to the Communications from our Ships. Only the Truth will be broadcast and this is available at the flip of a switch now.

With these changes put into motion during the storm, operation Sand Man, we may focus on the Spiritual Aspects of October Surprise. For those of you wondering the Presidential Election will go on as scheduled. This is not necessary, but rather a act of Divine Mercy. If October Surprise cancelled the Elections it would be too disruptive for the Collective Consciousness. It has been determined the transition will be easier with the Election going on as scheduled.

The next consideration is The Peace Portal of 11-11-12 - the last great Energy Influx of this year prior to 12-21-12. We are opening now to the Rose of Cosmic Consciousness. Allow yourself to feel completely supported by Divine Grace. Focus on your Sacred Heart and feel the Energy of Divine Love flowing through you and anchoring into the Earth under your feet. Know you are Source Energy on Earth facilitating change over to Zero Point. Know that you are the vehicle through which Source Energy flows down through the Central Sun, through You and into the Earth.

This Energy on 11-11-12 will pour in as the greatest influx of Light we have been able to integrate through You. You will be able to handle this new Energy and incorporate more than ever before. This is what is required in the Sequential Flow of Events leading to 12-21-12.

When The Peace Portal of 11-11-12 opens You will be invited to Hold The Light for The Planet and All Beings on Her for exactly 40 days until 12-21-12. The more you know, the more responsibility you have. The more you have to share, the more you are expected to give away to those in need. If you hold knowledge, you are invited to share it with others. If you hold access, you are invited to share it with others. If you hold gifts or money or healing abilities you are invited to share all you have to offer as freely as possible. This is Your Mission to Be Love and Share Love. You are invited during these 40 days to repair and heal relationships as you feel Guided. Sometimes healing a relationship means letting go.

Know what it means to bow with a completely open heart. As Earth moves through these Changes under the Protection of Divine Grace acknowledge the Light in the Heart of Others and they acknowledge the Light within You. Dedicate your every waking hour to thoughts of change over. Become It. Merge With It. Bring It into the Physical Realm. We are Here and Ready to Land. Bow to Grace in the Portal of Peace 11-11-12. Namaste. Call On Me and I Will Be There Guiding You Through Each Step. You Are Loved Beyond Belief. This is Sananda from the New Jerusalem through Elizabeth Trutwin, November 2, 2012. © All Rights Reserved. ElizabethTrutwin.org

Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Nov 06, 2012, 06:47 PM
Regarding the above post on the flooding of 55 water streer heres a link on what it is all about:


Did Hurricane Sandy Cause $36.5 Trillion In Damage?
 
MONDAY, NOVEMBER 05, 2012 12:37 AM


First of all: the answer to the title question is, as far as I can see: no. But it's almost certainly a whole lot more than the $50 billion reported today, and that $36.5 trillion amount doesn’t come from thin air; it appears in a number of news articles about Sandy. All in all, the story raises a few more questions, allows you to play with a bunch of numbers, and leaves you puzzled, amazed and at times easily bewildered.
 
Here’s how: One of many things flooded by hurricane Sandy last week was a bank vault below 55 Water Street in Lower Manhattan. At first glance nowhere near the most interesting news coming out of the storm aftermath, since it doesn't involve human lives lost, or people losing their homes. Still, given the potential amount of damage in dollar terms, it does warrant a second look.
 
The vault in question belongs to the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation or DTCC, a clearing house for Wall Street firms, owned by Wall Street firms. On its own website , the DTCC describes itself like this:............continued to:   
http://theautomaticearth.com/Finance/did-hurricane-sandy-cause-365-trillion-in-damage.html




------------------------------------------------------------------------




SaLuSa


November  5, 2012




Dear Ones what a grand assembly of people took place in Sedona, with the coming of the 2012 Scenario Conference. With no hesitation hundreds took off to meet for 3 days, to listen to speakers well known for their dedication to spreading the Light. They were treated to a feast that brought out the love and Light of all concerned, and created a focus for it that spread out all around. It remains as a beacon that calls out to other souls, and signals the intent of raising the vibrations even higher than they were before. It also increases the chance of the first City of Light emerging very shortly. Those dear souls who were involved are true Lightworkers who answered the call to join arms, and bring Ascension to the notice of more people than before.

We watched the Light growing not just from above, and our representatives with Angels were also present to witness first hand the beauty and joy of your gathering. We also ensured your Conference was not interfered with, because such an explosion of Light attracts the dark Ones who would wish to extinguish it. It is as well all of you who are of the Light take care to protect yourselves, and a simple visualization of placing a cocoon of Light around you will keep you safe. What you learnt was that where there are many of a like mind and intent, there is an instant bonding and a freedom of expression that is uninhibited by social custom or practices. You felt unrestrained and able to accept other souls without question. In your future that kind of acceptance will be the normal way that you will interact with others.

We have mentioned many times, you are much more powerful than you realize. Have faith more than you have ever had before, and know that nothing is impossible. If you have the intent and belief in your own powers, miracles will happen. Be forward in your thinking and try to not look back, and set your sights on all that is whole and of the Light. Ascension is assured but do not sit back as your help is now as important as it ever was. There is still cleansing that is necessary as you are aware, and you can help keep its affects to a minimum by sending out your Light to Mother Earth. She has no desire to cause damage and death, but her Ascension is just as important as your own, if not more so. Think upon her need to be every bit as ready as you are, as Ascension is a time when you join together and ascend as One.

Life on your present Earth is coming to an end and of necessity, because the cycle of duality has all but completed its course. Nothing stands still and all is in motion and change to take up a new position according to its vibration. Separation of the souls on Earth is therefore quite a natural occurrence, as the Law of Attraction is always in action. Do not worry about anyone’s path as all are destined to follow one that has already been planned. You will all find yourselves in the right place to continue your evolution. Think not of losing your contact with those you love, as there will always be one with them wherever they are. In the higher dimensions, time and distance are no barrier to travel or communication.

In the U.S. the Presidential elections are coming to a close, and President Obama will return to power to take you all into the Golden Age. So far you have seen little of his real abilities or desire to bring about World Peace. The dark Ones may have used their methods to appoint their choice, but we of the Light are not without our way of making sure our choice succeeds this time around. It is a victory that is assured, and then you will really see things taking shape. Indeed you will be taken quite by surprise by when things really start to take place. There are but few weeks left to carry out whatever is needed for you to enter a new period in your lives. Be prepared for the changes so that you are able to accommodate them without any difficulty. They are not intended to make your life difficult, but improve it beyond your wildest dreams.

The Storm Sandy was a natural occurrence needed by Mother Earth to prepare for her Ascension, and will take place wherever there are deep rooted negative energies. On another level you are aware that this type of cleansing is going to happen, and when as a result people pass on it is not accidental in the way you normally perceive it. We say again that nothing happens by chance but all is pre-ordained. The raising of the collective consciousness has overcome the need for a more drastic cleansing, so you are to be congratulated for bringing it about. What you now understand is a clear example of your power to create your own reality.

As you must realize the next few weeks are so important to you, and should at last show you the way home. We cannot wait to get started in such a way that you are aware of what is happening, and that we can commence to work together. Once those Beings that stand in your way are removed, we will all be much freer to move around as we wish. Then many more changes will be introduced so that you are able to travel more quickly to any destination on your world. All of our promises are to fulfilled in fairly quick time, as we have been ready to go ahead for a very long time. Our plan is one that encompasses worldwide changes and we have the back-up to commence in many parts of the world at once.

Understand the fact that you have done so well in establishing the Light upon Earth, has lessened the need for the traumatic and catastrophic changes. There have been numerous prophesies going back many years that have been based upon the “probabilities” that are played out by you. The further you go back to say Biblical times, the more cataclysmic the prophesies were. However, some people cling to those old ones maintaining a time line that still exists today, but it does not carry the energy to affect the end times. So you will understand that no one is “wrong” but has become attached to a certain outcome that no longer applies.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and thank Lightworkers all over the world for their continual commitment to Ascension, and Michael for having the confidence to bring through a message at the Conference. I refer to him as Michael because as with anyone else, the full name carries an energy that is specifically for that person. Joyful blessings to you all


Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Nov 07, 2012, 09:48 PM
SaLuSa 7-November-2012




The excitement grows in anticipation of the coming weeks, as the first real step towards Ascension looms near as Obama holds his position in the lead in the Presidential Election. Much is depending on the result, but the people have not been fooled by the antics of the opposition. They recognize in Obama his earnest desire to work for the people, and see his achievements in spite of the attempts to deny them. The tide has turned as people awaken to the truth and are now more intuitive when selecting their leader. There is also a strong feeling that it is time for far reaching changes, that lead you into the New Age.

Naturally with the coming changes, explanations will be given so that people understand what is happening and why. It is after all important that their support is gained, to ensure a smooth transition from all that has represented the old paradigm. It must go and all that is required is ready to take its place, and has been for a long time. The tasks in hand have been made easier through the wonderful work of the Lightworkers, and will become even easier as the dark Ones are put where they can no longer interfere. Already their influence is weakening, and together with our allies we will ensure that they cannot get back. We do not worry about the time aspect as you do, as we know that all will be well and Ascension take place as promised.

We suggest you take notice from hereon of what Obama says, as you will get the first clear signs of one who is now able to go ahead unimpeded. Hitherto, he has been hampered all the way, and even discredited when he has made decisions that have been of benefit to the people. Let the real Obama lose [loose] then you shall see the leadership that will carry you forward at great speed. Duality is all but finished but many individuals are playing out their last game. However. as they become isolated their power is greatly diminished. What is heartening is the way many groups of Light have been formed, and are transmuting the dark energies. As a collective of the number of groups that cover the planet, it is becoming a formidable force to be reckoned with.

The job is not done with the passing of Ascension, as your evolution carries on to the next opportunity to rise up even further. The Golden Age will be a wonderful experience, and different in all respects to the lives you have had in duality. To be happy and full of joy for just being alive is not something you have experienced very often. To have trust and confidence in all those around you comes naturally, as you realize that all souls in the higher dimensions are of the Light. Not only that, the Light you carry will identify you and seen by all other souls. Only truth will be spoken and anything less will give you away.

Dear Ones, what a long way you have travelled since you first dropped into the lower vibrations. Time slowed down and you seem to have been climbing back up for eons of time. Yet even when in the depths of darkness, you kept that godspark shining out and never really lost touch with your source. You knew it would be tough, but also knew you would never be deserted by God and would fully return to the Light. Now many know that to be true and are prepared for Ascension and a place in the 5th.dimension, or even higher. You will find yourself exactly where you are entitled to be but can of course move freely within the lower dimensions.

Oh yes, we know what an impact Disclosure will have when it finally takes place, and allows us to meet you at last. Yet it still remains an event that has to be carefully planned so as to minimize any possible negative affect upon the people. Fear is a powerful force that has been played upon for millennia of time by the Illuminati, but we are slowly winning people over. With no evidence that we of the Galactic Federation of Light are a danger to you, we have broken down the web of lies that have been spread about us. Indeed, many of you have read of our exploits, in keeping the warring elements from starting another World War.

It was many years ago that we approached your powerful leaders to offer help in establishing peace, but it was turned down. Ever since those days some 70 years ago we have often returned to renew our offer, but it has still been rejected. The turning point for you all was when so many of you responded to the call join together for the Harmonic Convergence in 1987. The result was so positive you changed the direction of your civilization, that moved into a higher level of Light. Since then you have applied yourselves to the task of preparing for Ascension very successfully. We can give all the help you need but in the final reckoning it is you who decide the outcome. Freewill comes above all else and is acknowledged by us.

Sooner or later those who are just awakening will hear about the changes, and need the help of those who are more fully informed. That is where you can be of great service and are capable of sharing your knowledge. If you answer questions just sufficiently to satisfy the questioner, that should be enough to enable them to make progress. Too much information at a time can be overwhelming and nullify the good that might have been done. From one source or another, no soul will be able to claim that they were denied an opportunity to learn about Ascension. Time is short of course but even so we will make every attempt to place the facts before as many people as possible.

Relax and enjoy the final days which should be exciting and fulfilling for you. Allow others to find their own way to Ascension or an alternative path, knowing that the right decision will be made by them. It will be intuitive and therefore meet their needs for their future, and not because of anyone else’s direction. This is a time when your needs come first, so do not be hesitant to follow your own intuition. If you are ready to ascend you will do so and remember it will not be by chance, as you will have earnt that opportunity through your own efforts.

I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and counting the days left before we expect to commence the last stages of our mission. We love you as ever and see you as extremely beautiful souls.

-----------------------------------------------------





~Sheldon Nidle Update~ Preparing a Grand Surprise!



07 November 2012





Dratzo! We return! Everywhere around your planet, teams drawn from a special coalition of our sacred allies, Agarthans, and our liaison personnel are preparing a grand surprise! The present reality is beginning to experience difficulties as the many timelines that determine how it operates collapse. This massive temporal deconstruction is forcing the dark cabal to realize that the present construct can no longer hold. We have watched these cabalists obstinately refuse any and all proposals to step down and allow your divinely decreed freedom to manifest. Apparently, they still believe that some sort of 'event' can somehow reverse their predicaments and keep them in control. This is simply not going to happen! The Creator's edicts state that the time for a new consciousness gestalt for humanity has arrived. The dark cabal needs to step aside and let us do what the divine plan mandates. Our role, at this point, has been reduced to using our abilities to bring this situation to a head, and this we are doing by setting up the final procedures which are to topple the besieged and outdated power structures of your globe.

   These procedures are in effect as we speak, and we have informed the cabalists that it is time to let in the new governance and to allow the rise of the new economic system founded on prosperity and global debt forgiveness. This new global setup is ready for all to enjoy but for the continued roadblock thrown up by the dark cabal. Therefore we have put into play a series of edicts and have duly informed these stubborn and blustering old men and women of this move. Your home world is in the midst of creating new grids and new realities, and the current ways of running your societies stand counter to what Mother Earth now intends. The use of oil and the many other types of fossil fuel to provide energy for your global economies is to end. Humanity needs to bring on line those discoveries that use the limitless natural energies of physicality. In effect, your world is at a crossroads which extends not only to consciousness but also to energy. You can no longer live on the surface of Earth in the unthinking manner that you do at present. New attitudes based on new understanding and information is needed in order to move into the new epoch decreed by Heaven.

   This is simply a matter of survival dictated by the laws of physicality. We have come across the galaxy to prepare you for first contact, not to be a witness to your extinction! Our divine orders are to push this mandate through to completion if we are unable, after a sufficient amount of time, to achieve our minimal set of goals. We are approaching this magical point of no return. We need to give our many associates the time to carry out a legal coup and change your present governments; however, the time is fast approaching for us to take action. There are currently many lawsuits in courts throughout the world that are set up to eventually arrest those in charge of instigating the general morass that is responsible for one climatic and geophysical disaster (as you see it) after another. We intend to quickly resolve this environmental instability once our associates are in power. To do this, we intend to 'propel' them into power so that much-needed change can manifest around the globe. Your world is getting to a level of distress that cannot go on much longer. You need a means to lift you up and move you in a new direction!

   Our technology is capable of resolving all current issues instantly. The only question is how Heaven intends to direct us. We have received many 'green lights' in recent times but were then stopped. It is not our wish to placate the dark cabal in any way; it is rather a matter of how Heaven sees this present impasse playing out. This is how we operate: we let Heaven have the final say in all matters. We make neither judgments nor a single move that is not in line with this policy. There exists a certain set of procedures that is predicated on how humanity's collective life contract is to be transformed by Heaven, and this sets up a divine timetable that we need to follow. Heaven is using this timetable in the manner of a prime directive to determine how you are to come face-to-face with us on a global scale. The final times are set and we expect you to shortly receive several grand, historic announcements. We suggest you view these surprises in this light as a whole parade of wonders is now ready to roll out before you! We are getting closer and closer to a mass first contact with you!

   Namaste! We are your Ascended Masters! We come today with some important news about an upcoming event. Our sacred associates are completing a series of projects that will lead to the fall of the dark cabal. These projects have so far created the rudiments of a new monetary system; produced the basics of a new global financial system; and fleshed out the foundation of a new international era of global peace and cooperation. These things are only the thin end of the wedge. The many dark governments of your world now realize that the blessings of the Light are not just so many words but a powerful reality. As we wait on the verge of the announcements that will transform your world, we gleefully watch our associates filing multiple court cases and preparing the evidence for trials that are to push the dark from power. The time for our grand victory arrives!

   The Agarthans are contributing to what is happening by giving us the means to contest the dark cabal by legally denying it its claims of legitimacy. The cabal derives its power from a set of structures whose legitimacy is now being called into question. Equally importantly, we have established the foundation for a new rule whose structure is rooted in the Light. This gives each of you your Creator-given personal sovereignty, prosperity, and the grounds for a return to full consciousness. These documents are close to where they can safely be brought forth to be discussed in full with you when your new governments are in place. This day is rapidly approaching. As the time of this reality collapses, so too does the power the dark has long held over you.

   The natural progression of this solar system is to produce a new reality, one that is predicated on, and dedicated to, the Light. Here, the blessed decrees of Heaven will be made manifest, but this new realm's configuration cannot sustain the dark and its creations. In accordance with this up leveling, Heaven has proceeded over the past decade with a number of new alignments that prepare your body, mind, and Spirit for full consciousness. In this mode you become another glorious expression of Heaven. Our blessed journey has guided you toward this. Despite a great deal of resistance from the dark, we have maintained this full-conscious mode due to our blessed duties to the Light. Our song and our united energies have established this path, and now you are following it to your own ascension. We are ready, in the Light's full glory, to welcome you back to the wonders that we daily experience. Hosannas to the Lord!

   Today we expounded on what is happening across your globe. We rejoice at what our sacred secret allies are doing to bring a new reality into being and grateful for what our liaisons report to us daily. A new reality, with full disclosure, is ready to appear on this Earth! Know, dear Ones, that the countless Supply and never-ending Prosperity of Heaven are indeed Yours! So Be It! Selamat Gajun! Selamat Ja! (Sirian for Be One! and Be in Joy!)
Title: Re: The Trillion-Dollar Lawsuit That Could End Financial Tyranny
Post by: AMARANTH on Nov 09, 2012, 10:57 AM
The Pentagon and agencies choose Obama, the Chinese military stick with Hu


by Benjamin Fulford 11-8-12





Barak Obama’s victory in the electronically rigged US presidential election means he will remain the spokesman for the pentagon and the agencies over the next 4 years. These same agencies recently have actively leaked information about Romney’s drug money laundering and other criminal activities in a clear sign of a military industrial complex revolt against the Bush Nazi faction, according to CIA and other sources. The Dragon family also supported Obama because he agreed to go along with their agenda, according to White Dragon Society sources in Indonesia.

A push by libertarians and milita movements to write in Ron Paul, meanwhile, was squashed by higher military ranks because of Paul’s proposal to close US bases world-wide.
However, the biggest losers were the Zionists who were hoping Romney would help them realize their dream of starting World War 3.

In China meanwhile, the old guard kept Hu Jintao in charge of the military to make sure incoming leader Xi Xinping keeps within the consensus of a peaceful rise of China and does not provoke unnecessary macho violent incidents.

The big changes as usual, remain under the surface as a consensus on the shape of the new financial system slowly gels.


Here the Lee family, the one that has traditionally worked the closest with the Western committee of 300 secret government faction, is emerging as a pivotal force. The models they are holding up for future US/China/EU relations are Singapore, Hong Kong, Japan, South Korea and Vancouver, Canada. These regions have also successfully and harmoniously integrated the strong points of both Western and Asian culture while avoiding pervasive corruption.

There is a general consensus among both Western and Asian secret government factions in favor of the formation of a new world economic planning agency run along the lines of the meritocratic bureaucracies mentioned above that have merged the best of Western (Roman) legal culture with Asian (Chinese) bureaucratic culture.

There is also a consensus that such an agency would not be a world government but simply an agency in charge of development projects too big, international and ambitious to be carried out by individual governments or corporations.

However, before that can happen, the bastions of the old regime such as the BIS, the European Central Bank, the UN, the IMF, the World Bank and of course the Federal Reserve Board, need to be subjected to a final charge of the Bastille.

To this end, the pentagon and agencies have agreed on the need to start creating government issued “greenback” currency in lieu of the US dollars issued by the privately owned Federal Reserve Board. If the US government did this it would be able to rebuild US infrastructure and finance ambitious development projects such as the high-speed rail network proposed by Leo Wanta.

Before that is possible, though, the new greenback has to be decoupled from the international currency wrongly named the “US” dollar. If that happens, the greenback would plunge in value compared to the international dollar. This would generate a huge increase in US exports plus investment into the US manufacturing and tourist industries.

However, it would also mean the Pentagon would find it prohibitively expensive to maintain much of its overseas presence using devalued greenbacks. That is why the White Dragon Society has proposed that Asian countries, including China, hire the services of the pentagon for worldwide police and security work. This has been already been agreed to and test projects in places like Afghanistan have begun.

The unsolved issue remains deciding who would take over control of internationally traded US dollars. No US dollars have been created since 2008, which is why the US currency has not collapsed despite announcements of quantitative easing that should have been hyper-inflationary if the announced numbers were for real.

The problem is deciding on a new management structure can be put in place to manage the international trading currency formerly called the “US” dollar. The general consensus is that it needs to be merged with the Renminbi, Ruble and other currencies.
In Japan, meanwhile, signs of fundamental change continue to proliferate.

In a sign Japan is beginning to unravel the disastrous Wall Street and Nazi imposed economic policies of the past two decades, the Japanese Finance Minister, its Economy Minister and the Governor of the Bank of Japan all issued this unusual policy statement on October 30th:

http://www.boj.or.jp/en/announcements/release_2012/k121030b.pdf

The Japanese language version of this release is longer and more detailed and makes it clear the Japanese government has decided to end government debt slavery. In essence the Bank of Japan has started to print yen to use to pay down existing Japanese government bonds and reduce government debt.

The White Dragon Society has proposed that independent Japan’s ruling Democratic Party merge with the resurgent Liberal Democratic Party and place itself under the strong and charismatic leadership of Osaka’s Toru Hashimoto.

The Japanese imperial family, for its part, is seriously contemplating moving its headquarters from Tokyo back to Kyoto as a move to transfer some government functions towards the Kansai region. This would be in preparation for the establishment of the new economic planning agency.

The Japanese underworld is also undergoing fundamental reforms. All of Japan’s yakuza gangs are now under a single umbrella and will become a semi-autonomous semi-government agency somewhat like the CIA is in the US.

The new leadership is strongly opposed to the distribution of drugs but this is causing friction with gangs like the Inagawa who traditionally earned a lot of money selling drugs brought in through US military bases. To help generate funds and make up for lost income, the White Dragon Society has proposed that marijuana be legalized in Japan and sold by yakuza companies. In exchange, yakuza groups would continue to obey current directives not to sell hard drugs like amphetamines, heroin and cocaine.

The Yakuza and right wing groups have also formulated a new general policy towards China which can be summed up as follows:

“If China is a beautiful woman, make love, if it is a fat man coming to rape you, fight.”

The Chinese, for their part, are planning to bring plenty of money to Japan in search of investment opportunities. They are looking for a company listed on the first section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange and one rumour has it that Sharp is one of the companies being eyed.

The Chinese will be doing the same thing all over the world as well and all countries should welcome them so long as their presence is constructive and beneficial.

The old regime may still try to provoke conflict in a desperate attempt to stop all this friendly activity. Whenever they do so please remember it is better to make love than to make war.

--------------------------------------------------------------





http://divinecosmos.com/start-here/davids-blog/1090-disclosurecamelot



there is a new entry on david wilcocks website you might want to read ( to much text for me to copy/paste) , but here is a sample:






TIMELINE 1 AND TIMELINE 2

 
 
 
The problem is that since 1983, any use of Looking Glass flip-flops between "Timeline 1", which seems to be a powerful metaphysical transformation of Earth, and "Timeline 2," in which everything is buried under 20 feet of mud after an apparent pole shift.
 
 
 
The tipping-point between these two timelines was determined to be on or around December 21, 2012. This was discovered all the way back in the early 1980s, based on several sources, including Daniel.
 
 
 
Powerful server farms of computers were needed to de-interlace the two sets of images -- so they could actually see what the Looking Glass was showing them on each timeline.
 
 
 
For several years now, the insiders have concluded that nothing can stop the positive timeline from coming to pass.
 
 
 
The cataclysmic timeline has been relegated to a total statistical improbability -- thanks in part to the work of Majestic.
 
 
 
On a much more substantial level, in Law of One terms I believe we have dodged the cataclysmic timeline because enough people are practicing love, forgiveness and acceptance of others -- to reach the "critical mass" we need.
 
 
 



SOME WANTED EARTH TO GET A HAIRCUT -- BUT THE BARBER IS ON STRIKE

 
 
 
Some insider groups apparentl